Academic & Professional Publishing Catalogue Jan-June 2016 by Cambridge University Press

Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:

PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management

Nielsen BookNet Web Services/ Teleordering http://www.nielsenbooknet.co.uk • Internet service, available 24 hours 7 days a week • Bibliographic searches of over 3 million titles • Online ordering via Booknet Teleordering • Order tracking and history • Electronic messaging including order acknowledgements, delivery notes and proof of delivery • My Price and Availability enquiry • BookScan sales data available to assist buying decisions • Simple to use, simple to set up, easy to integrate with EPOS systems.

Datashop and Catalogshop http://datashop.cambridge.org • Free online data delivery • Define your own reports and update them online • File formats from simple text price and availability to ONIX • Delivery by email or FTP • Automatic updates daily, weekly, monthly or yearly • Download all Cambridge publicity material in PDF and other formats from Catalogshop

Batch http://www.batch.co.uk • Standard Batch service is free of charge for Booksellers • Make a single payment for all your suppliers, saving time, bank and postage charges • See invoices on the batch system before delivery arrives • No more copy invoices – view invoices online and print your own • Advance notification that deliveries are on the way • Make claims online, saving telephone calls, faxes and emails

EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format

www.cambridge.org/knowledge Cambridge University Press,University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK

Academic & Professional Publishing | New Books January – June 2016

Services for Booksellers

Academic & Professional Publishing New Books January – June 2016 www.cambridge.org/knowledge

Contents Art �� 1 Music...........................................1 Film, media and sport �� 3 Classical studies...........................4 English literature........................11 American literature.....................19 European and world literature....22 Drama and Theatre.....................24 Language and linguistics............25 Philosophy.................................32 Religion.....................................39 Management.............................43 Sociology...................................45 Anthropology.............................47 Archaeology...............................48 Psychology.................................49 Politics, social theory, history of ideas.....................56 Economics, business studies........74 Law...........................................77 Education ................................102 British history...........................104 American history......................106 European history......................109 History – other areas................115 History – cross discipline..........123 Statistics and probability...........129 Mathematics............................130 Computer science.....................138 Physics.....................................140 Earth and environmental science...............................144 Astronomy...............................149 Engineering..............................152 Life sciences.............................161 Medicine..................................166

Cambridge University Press Bookshop

Customer Services

Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org

Booksellers

Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.

North America - customer_service@cambridge.org

How to order

Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com

Cambridge University Press Bookshop occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ, where the complete range of titles is on sale. Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Email bookshop@cambridge.org

For customer service, please contact: UK, Europe - internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East, North Africa & Japan - internationaltrade1@cambridge.org Central & South America, Caribbean - internationalorders@cambridge.org Asia - asia@cambridge.org

PubEasy: Cambridge is a PubEasy affiliate. Visit www.PubEasy.com for online ordering and availability checks. Cambridge Website Visit our website at www.cambridge.org • A fully searchable Cambridge catalogue • Online ordering for individuals • A changing programme of new book features and promotions • Sample chapters • Email notification service • Cambridge Journals Online • Information about the Press worldwide Email: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East and N. Africa Trade customers: internationaltrade1@cambridge.org East Europe, Greece and Turkey Trade Customers: internationaltrade3@cambridge.org

Cambridge University Press Around the World Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country.

United Kingdom and Ireland

The Americas

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

North, Central, South America and Caribbean Cambridge University Press 32 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10013-2473, USA Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Email customer_service@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Europe (excluding Iberia), Middle East and North Africa Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Iberia Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Basílica 17, 1º-, 28020 Madrid, Spain Phone + 34 91 360 46 06 Fax + 34 91 360 45 70 Email iberia@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Asia

The prices and discount terms shown are usually approximate pre-publication prices and discount terms. While every effort is made to maintain their accuracy, final prices and discount terms may differ from those printed here.

We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/asia

Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speaking Caribbean Cambridge University Press African Branch Lower Ground Floor, Nautica Building, The Water Club, Beach Road, Granger Bay – 8005, Cape Town, South Africa Phone + 27 21 412 7800 Fax + 27 21 419 8418 Email information@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/africa

Australia and New Zealand Cambridge University Press Australian Branch 477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Fax +61 3 9676 9966 Email info@cambridge.edu.au Web www.cambridge.org/aus

Institutional ebook access If you’re interested in institution-wide access to ebooks, or other Cambridge digital publications, please contact online@cambridge.org in the Americas or library.sales@cambridge.org in the rest of the world.

Art / Music

Art

Opera and Modern Spectatorship in Late Nineteenth-Century Italy

New in Paperback

Alessandra Campana | Tufts University, Massachusetts

Classical Myths in Italian Renaissance Painting Luba Freedman | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

This book retraces the development of classical imagery in the visual arts of the Italian Renaissance. The extant artifacts of Roman antiquity, in addition to the study of Greek and Latin texts which brought to light descriptions of ancient paintings, were used as models for recreating the visual culture of antiquity. • Discusses central works of Italian Renaissance painting, representing core episodes from classical myths in the classical style and showing how and why they were designed in a particular way • Investigates the causes that brought about a birth of secular art with paintings on mythological subjects • Interpretation of favole and poesie as the terms designating their pictorial content and describing the paintings themselves Western art

April 2015 253 x 177 mm 308pp 32 b/w illus. 14 colour illus. 978-1-107-51295-5 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99 C

Music The Cambridge Companion to Percussion Edited by Russell Hartenberger | University of Toronto

This Companion explores percussion instruments and music from the perspectives of performers, composers, conductors, instrument builders, scholars, and cognitive scientists. It will be a valuable resource for students, percussionists, and all those who want a deeper understanding of percussion music and rhythm. • Explores percussion from the perspective of classical music, jazz, popular music, world music, and scientific research • Chapters are written by outstanding percussionists who are also scholars, researchers, conductors, scientists, and composers • Presents a broad overview of percussion music in the twenty-first century and explains its international influences Music performance | Cambridge Companions to Music

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 340pp 24 b/w illus. 24 music examples 978-1-107-09345-4 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-107-47243-3 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$34.99

Handel on the Stage David Kimbell | University of Edinburgh

For thirty years the opera-house was the principal focus of Handel’s creative work and he composed more than forty operas over this period. In this book, David Kimbell sets Handel’s operas in their biographical and cultural contexts, exploring the librettos and the music and how the operas were performed. • Places Handel’s life in the context of the multidisciplinary art of opera • Examines the working relationship between composer, librettists and performers, and what this tells us about the values of Handel’s age • Encourages a fuller understanding of Handel’s operas and assesses the impact of this upon modern stagings and revivals

Alessandra Campana examines four late nineteenth-century operas, Mefistofele by Arrigo Boito, Simon Boccanegra by Verdi, Otello by Verdi and Manon Lescaut by Puccini, and a silent film scored by Mascagni, to explore for the first time how opera participated in the making of a modern public in post-unification Italy. • Expands the field of opera studies to include a critical view on contemporary staging practices and their relation to the audience • Combines close readings of score, libretto and staging instructions with other critical discourses related to opera as a cultural product • Offers new contextual insights on key operas by Verdi, Boito and Puccini, and a film score by Mascagni Opera | Cambridge Studies in Opera

January 2015 247 x 174 mm 220pp 22 b/w illus. 19 music examples 978-1-107-05189-8 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00 C

Instrumentalists and Renaissance Culture, 1420–1600 Players of Function and Fantasy Victor Coelho | Boston University

This cultural history of instrumental music in Renaissance cities, courts and homes will appeal to a broad range of disciplines and performers. Victor Coelho and Keith Polk show that a full understanding of the contributions of instrumentalists is essential for any accurate assessment of Renaissance culture. • Offers a broad cultural study of instrumental music as woven into the social fabric of the Renaissance • Case studies throughout provide snapshots of the significant events and personalities of Renaissance instrumental music • Includes source-based and image-based studies of instrumental music to offer a wide range of contextual perspectives • Written to appeal to a broad range of musicologists, Renaissance historians, and early music performers Medieval and Renaissance music

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 400pp 28 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14580-1 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00

Mozart’s Music of Friends Social Interplay in the Chamber Works Edward Klorman | Queens College, City University of New York and The Juilliard School, New York

Using the metaphor of artful conversation, this study examines chamber music in Mozart’s period as a sociable activity undertaken among friends. Edward Klorman draws on a wide variety of documentary and iconographic sources to analyse selected musical extracts in terms of social interplay. • Traces the history of connections between chamber music and ‘conversation’ and explains what these mean for performers and audiences today • Combines historical, analytical, and performance perspectives and will appeal to readers seeking an integrated approach • Accompanied by online resources, including a complete recording of Mozart’s ‘Kegelstatt’ trio and the world-premiere recording of Momigny’s 1806 vocal arrangement of Mozart’s Quartet in D Minor Eighteenth-century music

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 361pp 15 b/w illus. 102 music examples 978-1-107-09365-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

Opera

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 265pp 34 music examples 978-0-521-81841-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Music

Highlight

Bach A Musical Biography Peter Williams | University of Edinburgh

J. S. Bach composed some of the best-loved and most moving music in western culture. In this book, Peter Williams, author of the acclaimed J. S. Bach: A Life in Music, revisits Bach’s biography through the lens of his music, especially that for keyboard. • Examines and questions the received views on Bach’s biography, employing the latest research • Reviews and looks anew at some of the best-loved and most moving music in western culture • Gives appropriate emphasis to Bach’s keyboard music to show for the first time how and why this was such a major priority Eighteenth-century music

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 720pp 2 maps 30 music examples 978-1-107-13925-1 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$54.99 C

Mozart Studies 2 Edited by Simon P. Keefe | University of Sheffield

This volume comprises a series of essays on one of the greatest and most famous musicians of all time, by internationally renowned Mozart scholars. Chapters explore the composer’s life and reception and many of his most popular works, including The Marriage of Figaro and his chamber and orchestral music. • Offers a broad overview of current research into Mozart and his music, opening up numerous avenues for future research • Combines traditional scholarship and cutting edge ‘new musicological’ work, suggesting new directions for the study of Mozart • Explores many of Mozart’s most popular works, such as the ‘Haydn’ string quartets and The Marriage of Figaro Eighteenth-century music | Cambridge Composer Studies

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 267pp 2 b/w illus. 13 tables 99 music examples 978-1-107-04423-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Schubert’s Late Music History, Theory, Style Edited by Lorraine Byrne Bodley | National University of Ireland, Maynooth

This overview of current issues in Schubert studies captures the interdisciplinary diversity of contemporary scholarship on the composer’s late works. Contributions offer a revised exploration of Schubert’s compositional style including a close examination of the topical issue of ‘late’ style. • Reveals new avenues of research into Schubert studies, with a particular focus upon the topical issue of ‘late’ style • Offers a unique variety of international scholarship, combining both traditional and ‘new’ musicology together with analytic criticism and music theory • Explores a wide range of sub-disciplines beyond Schubert studies including reception studies, performance studies, aesthetics and philosophy Nineteenth-century music

January 2016 247 x 174 mm 448pp 5 b/w illus. 18 tables 187 music examples 978-1-107-11129-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

Harmony in Beethoven David Damschroder | University of Minnesota

David Damschroder’s ongoing reformulation of harmonic theory continues with a dynamic exploration of how Beethoven molded and arranged chords to convey bold conceptions. The early chapters guide readers in establishing a broad and penetrating perspective on harmony, while the later chapters extend into the realm of Schenkerian analysis. • Offers a radical rethinking of harmonic analysis, using Beethoven’s oeuvre as a case study • Explains what a thorough and penetrating analysis of a musical work might entail and offers critiques of analyses by others • Guides the reader into the world of close analysis through careful demonstrations and explanations of a range of examples Nineteenth-century music

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 304pp 118 music examples 978-1-107-13458-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Schumann’s Music and E. T. A. Hoffmann’s Fiction John MacAuslan

Four of Schumann’s great masterpieces of the 1830s are connected to the fiction of E. T. A. Hoffmann. John MacAuslan explores these works’ musical patterns, stylistic developments and literary connections. Essential reading for musicologists, performers and listeners with an interest in Schumann and early nineteenth-century music. • Sheds new light on the development of Schumann’s great piano masterpieces and the evolution of his critical and aesthetic thinking • Offers fresh insights into the books Schumann loved and their relationship to his life and music • Combines careful attention to the relationship between music and literature with a discussion of aesthetic concepts Nineteenth-century music

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 310pp 6 b/w illus. 80 music examples 978-1-107-14123-0 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C

Expanding the Horizon of Electroacoustic Music Analysis Edited by Simon Emmerson | De Montfort University, Leicester

Innovations in music technology bring with them a new set of challenges for describing and understanding the electroacoustic repertoire. This edited collection presents a state-of-the-art overview of analysis methods for electroacoustic music, with analyses of key electroacoustic works from a wide range of genres and sources. • Explains the latest challenges posed by new technologies for the study of electroacoustic music • Present useful and accessible analytical tools and applies them to analyses of a wide variety of electroacoustic works • Accompanied by a set of online resources to help the reader with their own analyses Twentieth-century and contemporary music

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 428pp 82 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-11832-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

Music / Film, media and sport

Highlight

The Graph Music of Morton Feldman

The Cambridge Companion to Duke Ellington

David Cline | Institute of Musical Research, University of London

Edited by Edward Green | Manhattan School of Music

Duke Ellington is widely held to be the greatest jazz composer. This comprehensive and accessible Companion is the first collection of essays to provide an in-depth overview of Ellington’s career, music, and place in popular culture and will be essential reading for anyone with an interest in his enduring legacy. • The first book in English to provide a comprehensive overview of Ellington’s life and work and his impact as cultural icon • Esteemed contributors include Ellington’s nephew, Stephen James, who knew and toured with the composer and his band • A detailed chronology tracks Ellington’s life and career and gives information on notable recordings of his music Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Cambridge Companions to Music

January 2015 247 x 174 mm 318pp 2 b/w illus. 53 music examples 978-0-521-88119-7 Hardback £55.00 / US$90.00 P 978-0-521-70753-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

David Cline provides a detailed analysis of Morton Feldman’s groundbreaking graph music and its considerable impact upon the development of post-war classical music. This book highlights the influence of contemporary art on Feldman’s works and explores his relationships with Earle Brown, John Cage, Christian Wolff and David Tudor. • Shines new light on Feldman’s ideology and compositional techniques, reproducing previously unpublished items • Examines the influence of contemporary currents in painting upon Feldman, focusing on the work of Jackson Pollock and Robert Rauschenberg • Offers an extended case study in musical indeterminacy, including an in-depth study of David Tudor’s performances Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Music since 1900

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 350pp 15 b/w illus. 14 tables 100 music examples 978-1-107-10923-0 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C

The Cambridge Companion to the Singer-Songwriter

The Cambridge Companion to Jewish Music

Edited by Katherine Williams | University of Plymouth

Edited by Joshua S. Walden | The Johns Hopkins University

The term singer-songwriter refers to a musician who writes and performs their own music and lyrics. Essential reading for enthusiasts, practitioners, students, and scholars, this Companion explains the historical contexts, musical analyses, and theoretical frameworks of the singer-songwriter tradition, and includes case studies of singer-songwriters from Thomas d’Urfey through to Carole King and Kanye West. • Explains the development of the term singer-songwriter and its related musical idiom to reveal the history and origins of the genre • Offers a range of analytical frameworks for popular music studies and includes examples for students studying and analysing popular music • Discusses the singer-songwriter tradition around the world and its digital fan culture to situate the study of popular music in its social contexts

This Companion is a key resource for students, scholars, and everyone with an interest in the global history of Jewish music. Chapters by international experts offer an accessible overview of key topics from the biblical era to the present day. • Combines approaches to classical, religious, folk, and popular music in a diverse range of historical, political, and cultural contexts • Offers an international approach to the subject with a variety of perspectives from leading authors in the US, Europe, and Israel • Can be used as a textbook for students, a general interest book, and an introductory resource for researchers

Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Cambridge Companions to Music

978-1-107-62375-0 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 345pp 12 b/w illus. 5 tables 32 music examples 978-1-107-06364-8 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99 P 978-1-107-68091-3 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Music (general) | Cambridge Companions to Music

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 306pp 1 b/w illus. 20 music examples 978-1-107-02345-1 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99 P

Film, media and sport

Pierre Boulez Studies

Fantasy of Modernity

Edited by Edward Campbell | University of Aberdeen

Romantic Love in Bombay Cinema of the 1950s Aarti Wani | Symbiosis College of Arts and Commerce, Pune

Pierre Boulez is considered one of the most important composers in contemporary musical life. This collection explores his influence, legacy, reception, and works, featuring analysis of previously unpublished material, the historical context for Boulez’s music and a final section examining the reception of his music in the UK. Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Cambridge Composer Studies

May 2016 247 x 174 mm 335pp 978-1-107-06265-8 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

It is a comprehensive introduction to 1950s Bombay cinema that contextualizes the thematic of love in cinema within the discourse and reality of Indian modernity and nationalism on the one hand, and film theory and practice on the other. • Includes over thirty film stills • Comprehensive bibliography of 1950s Bombay cinema Film, cinema

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 234pp 978-1-107-11721-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Classical studies

The Image of the Artist in Archaic and Classical Greece Art, Poetry, and Subjectivity Guy Hedreen | Williams College, Massachusetts

New in Paperback

Constantine, Divine Emperor of the Christian Golden Age Jonathan Bardill

Constantine, Divine Emperor of the Christian Golden Age offers a radical reassessment of Constantine as an emperor, a pagan and a Christian. Setting the emperor in the context of the kings and emperors who preceded him, the book explores how Constantine’s propagandists exploited the traditional themes and imagery of rulership to portray him as having been elected by the supreme solar God to save his people and inaugurate a brilliant golden age. • Constantine is one of the most important Roman emperors – as the first Christian emperor and the founder of Constantinople, the capital of the Byzantine empire, he is the subject of extensive study by ancient historians, archaeologists, art historians and theologians • The first book to bring together and examine in detail both archaeological and historical information relating to Constantine and his image • While the book incorporates a historical narrative, it is much more, presenting an entirely new perspective on Constantine and exploring how traditional themes and imagery of kingship were exploited to portray the emperor as the saviour of his people and to assimilate him to Christ • Generously illustrated Classical art, architecture

November 2015 279 x 216 mm 465pp 227 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-53898-6 Paperback £23.99 / US$36.99 C Also available 978-0-521-76423-0 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00

Textbook

The Art and Archaeology of Ancient Greece Judith M. Barringer | University of Edinburgh

This richly illustrated, four-colour textbook introduces the art and archaeology of ancient Greece, from the Bronze Age through the Roman conquest. Emphasizing context and function, Barringer explores the purpose and use of buildings and objects within their particular time and place, leading students to a rich sociohistorical understanding of Greek art. • Contains more than five hundred illustrations, the majority in colour, including specially commissioned photographs, maps, plans, and reconstructions reflecting latest research • Includes text boxes, chapter summaries and timelines, and a detailed glossary • Looks at Greek art from perspectives of both art history and archaeology, giving students an understanding of the historical and everyday context of art objects • A richly illustrated, up-to-date textbook covering Bronze Age through Roman Greece with an emphasis on function and context Contents: Introduction; 1. The Bronze Age and early Iron Age in Greece; 2. The Geometric period (c.900–700 BC) and the seventh century BC; 3. The Archaic Mediterranean; 4. The Classical period: the fifth century BC; 5. The late Classical period and Alexander, c.400–323 BC; 6. The legacy of Alexander: the Hellenistic world; 7. Roman conquest and the conquest of Rome; Glossary. Classical art, architecture

April 2015 279 x 216 mm 445pp 84 b/w illus. 400 colour illus. 9 maps 1 table 978-1-107-00123-7 Hardback £80.00 / US$160.00

978-0-521-17180-9 Paperback £40.00 / US$95.00

This book explores the persona of the artist in Archaic and Classical Greek art and literature. Bringing together in a sustained analysis the roots of subjectivity across media, Guy Hedreen offers a new way of studying the relationship between poetry and art in ancient Greece. • Proposes a new way of understanding pictorial style in Archaic and Early Classical Greek art as well as new interpretations of the poetry of Archilochos and Hipponax • Offers an alternative way of studying the relationship between poetry and pictorial art in ancient Greece • Underscores the importance of the symposium as the locus of intermedia or inter-arts exchange in ancient Greece Classical art, architecture

December 2015 253 x 177 mm 408pp 65 b/w illus. 25 colour illus. 978-1-107-11825-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C New in Paperback

The Material Life of Roman Slaves Sandra R. Joshel | University of Washington

A lively and comprehensive overview of Roman slavery, ideal for introductory-level students of the ancient Mediterranean world. Using a variety of sources, including literature, law, and material culture, Joshel and Petersen examine all aspects of Roman slavery including legal condition, sale, family and social lives, and relations between slaves and slaveholders. • Provides a new interdisciplinary approach that opens up new ways of looking at important sites – Pompeii, the villas around the Bay of Naples, and Ostia • Richly illustrated with sixteen color plates and one hundred and seventy halftones • Appropriate for a range of readers, from undergraduate students to researchers Classical art, architecture

October 2015 253 x 177 mm 302pp 170 b/w illus. 16 colour illus. 978-0-521-13957-1 Paperback £29.99 / US$44.99 P Also available 978-0-521-19164-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Classical studies

New in Paperback

The Architecture of the Roman Triumph

Hellenistic and Roman Ideal Sculpture

Monuments, Memory, and Identity Maggie L. Popkin | Case Western Reserve University, Ohio

The Allure of the Classical Rachel Meredith Kousser | Brooklyn College, City University of New York

Kousser builds on recent scholarship to offer a unique analysis of Hellenistic and Roman sculptures. Unlike other books, she focuses on the reception rather than the creation of works of art, giving readings of important monuments integrating their analysis with less well-studied ones such as German provincial relics. • First scholarly analysis of a Classical Greek statue type, throughout all media and over time, addressing historical evolution and Roman adaptation for context rather than adherence to an original • Includes a re-evaluation of major monuments such as the Venus de Milo, Column of Trajan and Arch of Constantine • Covers major topics of contemporary interest, such as the transformation of Greek art in Rome, metropolitan art in the provinces, and pagan art in the newly Christian Roman Empire Classical art, architecture

January 2015 247 x 187 mm 223pp 978-1-107-69970-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$36.99

Also available 978-0-521-87782-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Innovative Vaulting in the Architecture of the Roman Empire 1st to 4th Centuries CE Lynne C. Lancaster | Ohio University

This book on Roman construction explains why and how Roman builders employed a set of unusual vaulting techniques and explores why each is confined to a particular area of the Empire. It is written to be accessible to advanced students as well as experts in the field. • Technical issues are explained in clear prose without jargon and are illustrated with original photographs and drawings • Examines architecture and construction from an architectural/ engineering point of view as well as from the perspective of cultural and historical contexts • Extensive searchable databases with bibliographical data are provided at www.cambridge.org/vaulting Classical art, architecture

December 2015 279 x 216 mm 256pp 108 b/w illus. 13 maps 2 tables 978-1-107-05935-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

This book offers the first critical study of the architecture of the Roman triumph, ancient Rome’s most important victory ritual. Through case studies ranging from the republican to imperial periods, it demonstrates how powerfully monuments shaped Roman experience of military victory and, consequently, of Roman identity. • Combines art history, memory studies, cognitive science, and more to gain fresh insights on the Roman triumph and some of Rome’s most iconic monuments • Offers a new model for historicizing the interrelations between monuments, individual and shared memory, and collective identities • Explores the relationship between visual culture and how people remember historical events Classical art, architecture

April 2016 253 x 177 mm 350pp 71 b/w illus. 11 colour illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-10357-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 C New in Paperback

Image and Text in Graeco-Roman Antiquity Michael Squire | University of Cambridge and Humbolt Universität, Berlin

Modern critics assume a bipartite separation between images and texts, whereas classical antiquity toyed with a more playful and engaged relation between the two. This book uses the ancient world to rethink our own ideologies of the visual and the verbal, providing a new cultural history of Western visual thinking. • Richly illustrated throughout, allowing readers to follow the visual arguments • An explosive cultural history of Western visual thinking • Makes a new and distinctive contribution to a variety of disciplines, building much-needed intellectual bridges Classical art, architecture

February 2015 244 x 170 mm 560pp 978-1-107-65754-0 Paperback £24.99 / US$37.99

Also available 978-0-521-75601-3 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

The Fall of Cities in the Mediterranean Commemoration in Literature, Folk-Song, and Liturgy Edited by Mary R. Bachvarova | Willamette University, Oregon

Intended for cultural historians and literary scholars, this volume offers new insights into the trope of the fallen city in folk song and a variety of literary genres. The scope is expanded beyond arguing for a continuous Mediterranean tradition, allowing for the exploration of the repurposing of city lament themes. • Discusses a broad range of literary and folk genres from the second millennium BCE to the beginning of the twentieth century CE, opening up new areas of research • Extends the study of collective memory through a focus on the hitherto neglected genre and motif of city lament • All texts discussed are translated and specialized terms are explained Classical literature

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 308pp 1 map 978-1-107-03196-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Classical studies

Linguistic Interaction in Roman Comedy

Virgil’s Eclogues and the Art of Fiction

Peter Barrios-Lech | University of Massachusetts, Boston

A Study of the Poetic Imagination Raymond Kania | Stanford University, California

There exist many ways in Latin of expressing the same thing, whether conveying an order or a greeting. What factors lead speakers to choose one expression over another? This book answers these questions in a comprehensive and original way. It will interest scholars of Latin and of Roman drama. • Analyzes many aspects of interactional Latin, particularly commands and requests, command softeners, and more • The explanations are jargon-free, making the findings accessible to those interested in Roman drama and Latin literature generally • Incorporates charts and tables capturing the essential results, making the book easy to consult

Virgil’s Eclogues is a key text in the tradition of pastoral poetry. This book reappraises Virgil and his genre in the light of current theory on fiction to show how ancient literature can challenge the contemporary reader’s imagination. • An original and comprehensive study of Virgil’s Eclogues that reinterprets the text and genre (bucolic poetry) as imaginative fiction • Provides a fresh approach to Virgil that integrates theoretical studies of fictionality • Discusses the history of the interpretation of the Eclogues in light of the most recent work on Greek bucolic poetry

Classical literature

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 320pp 10 b/w illus. 32 tables 978-1-107-12982-5 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Writing Biography in Greece and Rome

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 186pp 978-1-107-08085-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

New in Paperback

Narrative Technique and Fictionalization Edited by Koen De Temmerman | Universiteit Gent, Belgium

Roman Republican Theatre

Examines a range of ancient biographical texts, exploring how formal narrative categories such as time, space and character are constructed and how they address the borderline between historicity and fictionality. Makes a major contribution to the study of ancient biographical writing and to broader narratological approaches to ancient texts. • Undertakes the first exploration of formal techniques constructing the narration in ancient biography and examines to what extent these techniques act as markers of fictionality • Contributes to ongoing debates about the (often problematic) literariness and aesthetics of individual biographies • Contributes to a new understanding of the biographers’ presentation of their own documents

A comprehensive history of Roman drama from its beginnings until the end of the Republican period. Its clear structure and full bibliography also ensure that the book has value as a source of reference for all upper-level students and scholars of Latin literature and ancient drama. • The first modern single-volume history of the whole spectrum of Republican drama at Rome • Discusses developments and the connections between the various dramatic genres, poets and contexts • The clear subdivision and presentation of the material and the full bibliography make this volume an invaluable reference tool

Classical literature

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 336pp 978-1-107-12912-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Classical literature

Rethinking Roman Alliance A Study in Poetics and Society Bill Gladhill | McGill University, Montréal

March 2015 229 x 152 mm 404pp 978-1-107-69609-9 Paperback £21.99 / US$32.99

Also available 978-0-521-11016-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

New in Paperback

Explores the vital links between social order and cosmology through an examination of the concept of foedus (ritual alliance) in Roman religion and literature. Examines a wide range of texts from Homer to St Augustine. • Offers new and exciting readings of some of the most fundamental texts of Roman literature • Opens up new ways of examining and thinking about Roman imperialism through ritual and religion • Illuminates the role of cosmology in Roman thought in profound ways Classical literature

May 2016 228 x 152 mm 275pp 978-1-107-06974-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Gesine Manuwald | University College London

The Art of Euripides Dramatic Technique and Social Context Donald J. Mastronarde | University of California, Berkeley

This book explores key topics in the interpretation of the tragedies of the fifth-century BCE Athenian poet Euripides. Taking account of the Greek poetic tradition and of the social and political structures of the poet’s world, it demonstrates the great variety and creativity of the plays. • First comprehensive reassessment of Euripides for many years, by a leading scholar in the field • Considers all the complete surviving plays as well as the fragmentary plays, thereby providing the reader with a fuller, more balanced view of one of the most important ancient Greek playwrights • Mediates between formalist studies and social/ideological studies, guiding the reader to what is valuable in different approaches and avoiding oversimplified responses based on a single approach Classical literature

March 2015 229 x 152 mm 376pp 978-1-107-64661-2 Paperback £20.99 / US$31.99

Also available 978-0-521-76839-9 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Classical studies

Pindar’s Poetics of Immortality Asya C. Sigelman | Bryn Mawr College, Pennsylvania

Through close case studies of Pindar’s victory odes, Asya C. Sigelman offers a new approach to Pindar’s famously difficult poetics by focusing on the poetic aim of immortalization. This book will be of interest to classical philologists and readers exploring new interpretative approaches to poetic text. • Proposes a new approach to Pindar’s victory odes focusing specifically on their poetic aims • Offers a single coherent theory to explain the various notoriously perplexing features of Pindar’s art • Grounds analysis of Pindar’s odes in an understanding of the poetics of the epinician (‘victory ode’) genre Classical literature

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 234pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13501-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Technical Ekphrasis in Greek and Roman Science and Literature The Written Machine between Alexandria and Rome Courtney Roby | Cornell University, New York

How does an ancient historian describing a catapult at war differ from an ancient engineer writing a guide for building them? This book puts ancient technical texts into dialogue with broader fields of contemporary literature, analyzing the rhetorical techniques that gave technological artifacts a vivid virtual presence for the reader. • Links ancient technical literature to contemporary literature in more familiar genres • Addresses the visual elements of ancient scientific texts • Addresses broader approaches to ancient technical literature derived from the history and philosophy of science Ancient philosophy

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 354pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07730-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Texts, Editors, and Readers

Aristotle on Female Animals

Methods and Problems in Latin Textual Criticism Richard Tarrant | Harvard University, Massachusetts

Re-examines the most traditional area of classical scholarship, offering critical assessments of the current state of the field, its methods and controversies, and the challenges it faces. Useful both to classicists who are not textual critics and to non-classicists interested in issues of editing. • Adopts a critical attitude toward textual criticism, allowing readers to see the strengths and weaknesses of current methods • Includes a useful Appendix on reading a critical apparatus, making possible a more discerning and productive use of all critical editions • Provides translations of all Latin texts discussed, thereby permitting non-classicists to follow the argument Classical literature | Roman Literature and its Contexts

February 2016 198 x 129 mm 150pp 5 b/w illus. 978-0-521-76657-9 Hardback £59.99 / US$84.99

978-0-521-15899-2 Paperback £18.99 / US$28.99

A Study of the Generation of Animals Sophia M. Connell | Newnham College, Cambridge

Sets out Aristotle’s views on female animals and argues that they should be seen in a much more positive light than has been previously thought. This results in a reassessment of many fundamental aspects of Aristotle’s metaphysics, philosophy and methodology. • Provides an account specifically of the female role in reproduction in Aristotle • Allows a reassessment of classic problems in Aristotle • Neither vilifies nor attempts to exonerate Aristotle from charges of sexism, giving instead a more accurate view somewhere in the middle Ancient philosophy | Cambridge Classical Studies

January 2016 216 x 138 mm 448pp 1 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-13630-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

War and Society in Early Rome From Warlords to Generals Jeremy Armstrong | University of Auckland

Plotinus and Epicurus Matter, Perception, Pleasure Edited by Angela Longo | Università degli Studi dell’Aquila, Italy

Collection of essays proposing a new way of understanding themes such as matter, knowledge, human happiness and the gods in Epicurus and Plotinus. It argues that Platonism not only vehemently criticised Epicurus’ theory of human and divine pleasure, but also borrowed some concepts from him. • Argues for a new perspective on the relationship between Epicureanism and Platonism • Offers fresh interpretations of ancient philosophical doctrines • Examines fundamental concepts including pleasure and happiness, providence and fate, matter and the role of sense perception

Combines the rich, but problematic, literary tradition for early Rome with the ever-growing archaeological record to present a new interpretation of early Roman warfare and how it related to the city’s various social, political, religious, and economic institutions. • Proposes a new approach to understanding early Roman society through the lens of warfare • Combines literary and archaeological evidence, offering a multifaceted approach to the problems of early Rome and their possible solutions • Reinserts the human element into early Roman warfare Ancient history

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 338pp 9 b/w illus. 3 maps 1 table 978-1-107-09357-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Ancient philosophy

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 248pp 978-1-107-12421-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Classical studies

Exploring the Economy of Late Antiquity

Ancient Antioch From the Seleucid Era to the Islamic Conquest Andrea U. De Giorgi | Florida State University

Selected Essays Jairus Banaji | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

A collection of essays providing a stimulating rebuttal to the prevailing minimalism in late antique studies. Money, aristocracy, trade, and the problem of continuity are among the major themes considered, and a wide range of sources is deployed. Of interest to ancient and medieval historians and economic historians more generally. • Offers a fresh perspective on social and economic relations in late antiquity and a reframing of debates • Integrates sources from different source-traditions into a cohesive vision of late antiquity/the early Middle Ages • Overcomes the habitual division between ‘classical’ and Arabic sources, showing the reader how they might be integrated in historical work Ancient history

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 272pp 2 tables 978-1-107-10194-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

From fourth century BC Seleucid enclave to capital of the Roman east, Antioch on the Orontes was one of the greatest cities of antiquity, connecting east and west. This book draws on a century of archaeological fieldwork to offer a new narrative of Antioch’s origins, growth, and significance. • Offers a holistic approach to the study of ancient urbanism • Emphasizes the materiality of the city • Integrates old data into modern frameworks Ancient history

February 2016 253 x 177 mm 245pp 57 b/w illus. 15 maps 978-1-107-13073-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C New in Paperback

Peasants, Citizens and Soldiers C

Selected Discourses of Shenoute the Great Community, Theology, and Social Conflict in Late Antique Egypt Edited and translated by David Brakke | Ohio State University

The works of Shenoute illuminate the life and thought of late antique Christians in Egypt, providing unparalleled insights into a monastic leader’s involvement in church politics, his austere and demanding spirituality, his use of the Bible, and his conflicts with the rich, pagans, and heretics. • Provides translations of previously unpublished works of Shenoute, the greatest author in the Coptic language • An expert introduction to the life and thought of Shenoute • Offers access to a wealth of hitherto unpublished sources for Christianity and society in late antiquity Ancient history

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 384pp 7 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-02256-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$110.00 R

The Metallurgy of Roman Silver Coinage From the Reform of Nero to the Reform of Trajan Kevin Butcher | University of Warwick

The quality of Rome’s silver coinage is regarded as an indicator of the financial health of the empire: the traditional view is that quality declined almost continuously due to over-expenditure. The results presented in this book challenge this view, and offer new models supported by new scientific data. • Proposes a new view of the Roman monetary economy, moving away from ‘primitivist’ approaches to Roman coinage • Presents the first reliable set of analyses of the silver content of Roman coinage, the first reliable set of data on metal sources and production technology, and a new set of metrological data • Provides a history of analyses and a survey of different techniques, thereby enabling readers to understand why appropriate sampling methods are fundamental to obtaining useful results Ancient history

April 2015 247 x 174 mm 830pp 227 b/w illus. 24 colour illus. 118 tables 978-1-107-02712-1 Hardback £110.00 / US$170.00 C

Studies in the Demographic History of Roman Italy 225 BC–AD 100 Luuk de Ligt | Universiteit Leiden

Aimed at ancient historians and archaeologists, this book argues that Republican Rome had a unique demographic system which made it possible for it to recover quickly from large-scale losses of manpower and that the establishment of the pax Romana resulted in fast population growth. • Offers an in-depth analysis of Roman Italy’s demographic history during the late Republic and early Empire • Uses insights derived from general demographic theories to rethink traditional interpretations • Takes full account of archaeological evidence for the development of towns and of rural survey archaeology Ancient history

April 2015 229 x 152 mm 408pp 2 maps 11 tables 978-1-107-51912-1 Paperback £25.99 / US$39.99

Also available 978-1-107-01318-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Benefaction and Rewards in the Ancient Greek City The Origins of Euergetism Marc Domingo Gygax | Princeton University, New Jersey

This is the first analysis of the origins of one of the most distinctive features of the ancient Greek city-state: the exchange of gifts and honours between benefactors and the community of citizens. It will be important not only for specialists in ancient Greek history but also for historians of later periods and for social scientists. • Analyses an historical phenomenon from an anthropological perspective • Deals with a very long period of history, enabling proper attention to the relationship between change and continuity • All the texts from ancient literary sources and inscriptions appear in translation, and Greek words are kept to a minimum and transliterated Ancient history

May 2016 228 x 152 mm 315pp 978-0-521-51535-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Classical studies

New in Paperback

Abraham or Aristotle? First Millennium Empires and Exegetical Traditions

The Freedman in the Roman World Henrik Mouritsen | King’s College London

An Inaugural Lecture by the Sultan Qaboos Professor of Abrahamic Faiths Given in the University of Cambridge, 4 December 2013 Garth Fowden | University of Cambridge

This lecture heralds a major synthetic history of the religious and intellectual movements of the First Millennium, aimed at a wide non-academic audience. The book will place Islam at the focus of developments at the end of antiquity, not at their periphery as hitherto. • Based on a new historical periodization, the First Millennium • Addresses historical problems relevant to current tensions between adherents of the scriptural monotheisms • Engagingly written for a wide audience and gives a foretaste of Professor Fowden’s major new book to be published within a few years Ancient history

April 2015 186 x 123 mm 48pp 978-1-107-46241-0 Paperback £10.99 / US$17.99

The first comprehensive study of Roman freedmen and women in over a century, covering all major aspects of the subject. These include manumission practices, legal status, the patronus-libertus relationship, freedmen’s place in public life and the self-representation of freedmen and women through epigraphic and literary sources. • First comprehensive study of Roman freedmen and the manumission of slaves for over a century • Presents an original synthesis of a central feature of Roman slavery, providing a new understanding of the role of manumission • Places freedmen and manumission in a wider historical, social and economic context and relates the phenomenon to comparative material from other slave societies Ancient history

April 2015 229 x 152 mm 352pp 978-1-107-51908-4 Paperback £20.99 / US$31.99

Also available 978-0-521-85613-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Nicolaus of Damascus: The Life of Augustus and The Autobiography

Key Reference Highlight

The Codex of Justinian

Texts, Translations and Historical Commentary Nicolaus of Damascus Edited by Mark Toher | Union College, New York

A New Annotated Translation, with Parallel Latin and Greek Text General Editor Bruce W. Frier | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

The first reliable annotated English translation, with original texts, of the Codex of Justinian, one of the four works that make up the Emperor Justinian’s Corpus of Roman Law. Essential for understanding not only Roman law but the subsequent development of Western law and legal concepts. • The first authoritative English translation of the Codex of Justinian, one of the central documents of the Western legal tradition • Provides explanatory material through extensive introductions, a glossary, and thorough annotation, making it easier to understand the often arcane details of Roman private and administrative law • Provides facing Latin and Greek texts for the benefit of expert scholars Ancient history

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 2963pp 1 b/w illus. 978-0-521-19682-6 3 Volume Hardback Set £450.00 / US$750.00

Text, translation and commentary for an ancient biographical work on the first Roman emperor Augustus by his contemporary and friend Nicolaus of Damascus, the chief minister of Herod the Great. For all scholars interested in the development of ancient biography, the assassination of Caesar and the early history of Augustus. • The first critical text of the Life of Augustus in almost a century, based on a re-examination of the manuscript tradition and providing a full apparatus criticus • Provides an edition and translation of the fragments of the author’s autobiography, which is virtually unavailable in English • Introduction and commentary provides an historiographical analysis of the text that is crucial to understanding its value as an historical document Ancient history

Pericles

April 2016 216 x 138 mm 405pp 978-1-107-07561-0 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$140.00

Religious Deviance in the Roman World

A Biography in Context Thomas R. Martin | College of the Holy Cross, Massachusetts

For non-specialists seeking to understand why Pericles was so famous and controversial in his own time and now, this book explains the notorious family background and unconventional education that shaped him, while arguing that his hardline policies on national power were necessary and his personal life and career were tragic. • Explains the influences and pressures on Pericles by fully telling his notorious family history. No other Pericles biography does this • Expores in depth Pericles’ dramatic wartime experiences as a youth, which explores the genesis of his unyielding hardline policy against Sparta in Athenian foreign policy • Describes Pericles’ special intellectual training, demonstrating his singular approach to persuasive leadership in a direct democracy Ancient history

Superstition or Individuality? Jörg Rüpke | Universität Erfurt, Germany

The importance and primacy of individual religious experience is attested in ancient cases of and discourses about religious deviance. In reviewing religious norms from Cicero to the Theodosian Code in late antiquity, Jörg Rüpke reconstructs a hitherto neglected feature of ancient Mediterranean religion and its conceptualisation by contemporaries. • Written by one of the most important scholars working on Roman religion today • Reconstructs a hitherto neglected feature of ancient Mediterranean religion and its conceptualisation by contemporaries • Offers an important insight into both public religious norms and the primacy of individual religious experience in the ancient world Ancient history

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 256pp 19 b/w illus. 6 maps 978-0-521-11645-9 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

978-0-521-13335-7 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 130pp 978-1-107-09052-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Classical studies

Pagans and Christians in Late Antique Rome

An Independent Study Guide to Reading Latin

Conflict, Competition, and Coexistence in the Fourth Century Edited by Michele Salzman | University of California, Riverside

Second edition Peter Jones

This book sheds new light on the religious and consequently social changes taking place in late antique Rome. The essays in this volume demonstrate that the fourth-century city was a more fluid, vibrant, and complex place than was previously thought. • The most up-to-date analysis of the texts and archaeological evidence from late antique Rome • Written by an international team of scholars with diverse backgrounds and approaches • Illuminates new approaches to ancient history by addressing the nature of religious change in the largest city in the Mediterranean world – Rome Ancient history

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 432pp 30 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-11030-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

Classical languages

May 2016 247 x 174 mm 190pp 10 tables 978-1-107-61560-1 Paperback c. £20.99 / c. US$34.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Pericles and the Conquest of History

Oscan in the Greek Alphabet Nicholas Zair | Peterhouse, Cambridge

A Political Biography Loren J. Samons, II | Boston University

The Golden Age of Athens in the fifth century BCE is also known as the Age of Pericles. But how did Pericles become both the greatest and the most dangerous leader Athens ever produced? Loren J. Samons, II examines the events of Athenian history to understand the actions and legacy of this pivotal historical figure. • A readable and provocative account of the life of Pericles and his relationship to the development of democracy and imperialism in ancient Athens, combining historical, political, and literary analysis • Includes ten photographs of artefacts related to the life of Pericles and fifth-century Athens, as well as three detailed maps and a stemma illustrating important families and their interrelationships • Designed for students, scholars, or anyone interested in the history of democracy, politics, or imperialism, illustrating the parallels and differences between the world of classical Athens and the modern West Ancient history

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 346pp 8 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-11014-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-52602-0 Paperback £19.99 / US$32.99

Accompanies the bestselling Latin course and designed for students learning Latin on their own or with only limited access to a teacher. Contains notes on and translations of the Latin texts appearing in the Text and Vocabulary volume and answers to the exercises in the Grammar and Exercises volume. • Accompanies the bestselling course, providing notes on and translations of the Latin texts appearing in the Text and Vocabulary volume and answers to the exercises in the Grammar and Exercises volume • Designed for students learning Latin on their own or with limited access to a teacher • Uses a fresh, modern, spacious design, making it easier to navigate

Collects and examines the Greek-alphabet inscriptions in Oscan, which was spoken in Southern Italy in the second half of the first millennium BC. It provides new insights into the sociolinguistics, epigraphy and linguistics of ancient Italy, showing that bilingualism involving Greek was key to the evolving use of the alphabet. • Explains the spelling of Oscan inscriptions in the Greek alphabet, thereby aiding our understanding of what Oscan inscriptions say • Re-dates many Oscan inscriptions, thereby giving a better understanding of the social and institutional history of ancient Italy • Explains the phonology and etymology of all words discussed, providing an easily accessible reference source for Oscan Classical languages | Cambridge Classical Studies

January 2016 216 x 138 mm 258pp 52 tables 978-1-107-06892-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Learning Latin and Greek from Antiquity to the Present Edited by Elizabeth P. Archibald | The Johns Hopkins University

This volume provides a unique overview of the broad historical, geographical and social range of Latin and Greek as second languages. Elucidates the techniques of Latin and Greek instruction across time and place, and the contrasting sociopolitical circumstances that contributed to and resulted from this remarkably enduring field of study. • Surveys the full history of learning of Latin and Greek, drawing attention to interconnections and contrasts between educational techniques and the socio-political circumstances of learners • Covers a broad geographical range, including Egypt, Britain, Russia and the New World • Gives prominence to the history of women’s education Classical languages | Yale Classical Studies, 37

February 2015 228 x 152 mm 248pp 10 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-05164-5 Hardback £60.00 / US$95.00 C

English literature

The Rainbow D. H. Lawrence Edited by Mark Kinkead-Weekes

The Values of Literary Studies Critical Institutions, Scholarly Agendas Edited by Rónán McDonald | University of New South Wales, Sydney

In The Values of Literary Studies: Critical Institutions, Scholarly Agendas, leading scholars in the field illuminate both the purpose and priorities of literary criticism. At a time when the humanities are increasingly called upon to justify themselves, this book seeks to clarify their myriad values and ideologies. • Features some of the most eminent scholars of literature and cultural theory in the world • Engages with a pressing issue across the humanities: the need to articulate their value and social good • A state of the discipline study of interest to all academics in the field of literature and the wider humanities Literary theory

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 286pp 978-1-107-12416-5 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99

978-1-107-57568-4 Paperback £18.99 / US$27.99

The Cambridge Companion to the Postcolonial Novel Edited by Ato Quayson | University of Toronto

This Companion provides an engaging account of the postcolonial novel, from Joseph Conrad to Jean Rhys. Covering subjects from disability and diaspora to the sublime and the city, this Companion reveals the myriad traditions that have shaped the postcolonial literary landscape. • Offers fresh and innovative essays by leading scholars • Explores perennial as well as emerging themes in the field of postcolonial literature • Includes extensive chronology of socio-political and literary events Literary theory | Cambridge Companions to Literature

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-13281-8 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99

978-1-107-58805-9 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

New in Paperback

The Plays D. H. Lawrence Edited by Hans-Wilhelm Schwarze | Eberhard-Karls-Universität Tübingen, Germany

Professor Mark Kinkead-Weekes gives the composition history and collates the surviving states of the text to assess the damage done to Lawrence’s novel, and to provide a text as close to that which the author wrote as is now possible. Literature – editions, texts | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of D. H. Lawrence

April 2015 216 x 140 mm 750pp 978-1-107-56148-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$32.99

A Change of Class F. Scott Fitzgerald Edited by James L. W. West III | Pennsylvania State University

A Change of Class provides freshly edited texts, based on surviving manuscripts and typescripts, of twenty short stories published between 1931 and 1937. Important readings, edited out at the Post and other magazines, have been restored. The volume includes facsimiles, historical annotations, and a full record of emendation. • The volume includes Fitzgerald’s last stories for the Saturday Evening Post, the major outlet for his short fiction during his career • Presents for the first time restored texts of the stories, with censored material reinstated, as Fitzgerald originally intended • These stories, which are in general underappreciated, show Fitzgerald as an accomplished professional author, writing at a high level, at a difficult point in his career Literature – editions, texts | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of F. Scott Fitzgerald

March 2016 216 x 138 mm 400pp 6 b/w illus. 978-0-521-40235-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$120.00

Textbook Highlight

Troilus and Cressida Second edition William Shakespeare Edited by Anthony B. Dawson | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Featuring a thoroughly revised and updated introduction, an updated reading list and new illustrations, this new edition expands on the critical and theatrical history of Troilus and Cressida. It will be a valuable resource for students of Shakespeare studies and Renaissance drama. • This second edition provides a new account of the play’s critical and performance history since 2000 • Draws upon photographic archives, promptbooks and video tapes of recent productions • Gretchen Minton joins Anthony B. Dawson in updating the volume

This first complete edition of Lawrence’s plays contains eight full-length plays and two fragments. Until now, the plays have existed only in faulty or incomplete texts. This edition, drawn from Lawrence’s manuscripts, makes it possible for the first time to read and to stage Lawrence’s plays as he wrote them. • The first complete edition of Lawrence’s plays • An edition based on original manuscripts and typescripts, making it possible for the first time to read and to stage Lawrence’s plays as he wrote them • A major addition to acclaimed Cambridge edition of Lawrence’s works

Contents: List of illustrations; Acknowledgements; List of abbreviations and conventions; Introduction: style and genre: heap of rubbish, salty comedy, or what?; The play in its time; Symmetrical structures; Interpreting the language; Cressida; Literary identity; Scepticism and speculation; The play in performance: the play in 2015; Staging the staging; Note on the text; The 1609 epistle to the reader; List of characters; The play; Textual analysis; Appendix: sources of the play; Reading list. April 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 17 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13044-9 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$94.99

Literature – editions, texts | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of D. H. Lawrence

978-1-107-57142-6 Paperback c. £8.99 / c. US$17.99

Literature – editions, texts | The New Cambridge Shakespeare

April 2015 216 x 140 mm 952pp 1 b/w illus. 10 music examples 978-1-107-56150-2 Paperback £22.99 / US$32.99 R

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

English literature

Highlight

Imagining Medieval English

The Memory Arts in Renaissance England

Language Structures and Theories, 500–1500 Edited by Tim William Machan | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

A comprehensive account of the English language from 500 to 1500, which integrates literary and linguistic approaches to explore how we think about language. Drawing on a wide range of examples, this collection of essays by leading academics is accessible to scholars and students of medieval English language, literature, and history. • Evaluates theoretical frameworks for understanding medieval English • Includes wide-ranging essays from leading scholars in the field • Integrates literary and linguistic approaches to both Old and Middle English language and literature

English literature – Anglo-Saxon and Medieval | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Literature, 95

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 340pp 8 b/w illus. 1 map 9 tables 978-1-107-05859-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Printers without Borders Translation and Textuality in the Renaissance A. E. B. Coldiron | Florida State University

This innovative book reveals how early printing and translation transformed English Renaissance literary culture. Combining insights from both textual and translation studies, ten detailed case studies explore printed translations between Caxton and the late Elizabethan era. This volume appeals to readers interested in early modern English literature, translation, and print culture. • Combines textual and translation studies to illuminate the Renaissance more fully • Features ten case studies with detailed analysis of printed translations between 1473 and 1588 • Considers a broad range of sub-topics, including William Caxton’s work, Armada literature and poetry, multilingual printing and the printer John Wolfe English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 356pp 19 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-07317-3 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

Writing Performative Shakespeares New Forms for Performance Criticism Rob Conkie | La Trobe University, Victoria

Through a series of highly innovative visual forms, this original volume offers the reader an innovative approach to Shakespeare in performance. It will be of great interest to scholars and students of Shakespeare in performance, theatre studies, and performative writing. • Radically reinvents writing about Shakespeare in performance • Provides six case studies of recent Shakespearean productions • Integrates theoretical and practice-based approaches English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

March 2016 246 x 189 mm 280pp 51 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07299-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

A Critical Anthology Edited by William E. Engel | University of the South, Sewanee, Tennessee

This volume is the first critical anthology of contemporary writings and illustrations about memory in Renaissance England, featuring over seventy texts and over twenty illustrations. It is a valuable resource for students of the memory arts, Renaissance literature, the history of ideas, book history, and art history. • A critical anthology of over seventy writings and twenty illustrations • Each text is accompanied by an introduction and notes situating it within the intellectual and critical tradition • Gathers together the primary critical, historical and pictorial resources on memory in Renaissance England English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

May 2016 228 x 152 mm 350pp 24 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08681-4 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

978-1-107-45167-4 Paperback c. £24.00 / c. US$36.99

New in Paperback

Shakespeare and the Book Trade Lukas Erne | Université de Genève

Shakespeare and the Book Trade follows on from Lukas Erne’s groundbreaking Shakespeare as Literary Dramatist to examine the publication, constitution, dissemination and reception of Shakespeare’s printed plays and poems in his own time and to argue that their popularity in the book trade has been greatly underestimated. • The fullest treatment of the publication, dissemination and reception of printed Shakespeare in his own time • Shows how Shakespeare was disseminated not only in the theatre but also through the book trade • Comprises the Lyell Lectures in Bibliography of 2012, giving readers access to an expanded version of the prestigious lecture series • Follows on from Lukas Erne’s Shakespeare as Literary Dramatist, named a Times Literary Supplement ‘Book of the Year’ in 2003 English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 316pp 25 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-316-50758-2 Paperback £16.99 / US$25.99 C Also available 978-0-521-76566-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

English literature

Key Reference

The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea

Anne Finch Edited by Jennifer Keith | University of North Carolina, Greensboro

Volume 2: Later Collections, Print and Manuscript Anne Finch Edited by Jennifer Keith | University of North Carolina, Greensboro

Scholars and students of women’s writing, poetry, and seventeenth- and eighteenth-century literature have long called for a complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea. This edition provides, for the first time, authoritative texts, textual apparatus, and commentary for all known works by this important writer. • The first ever complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea (1661–1720) • Provides established texts of all Finch’s poems, plays, and letters, organized by their appearance in Finch’s authorized collections • Includes a comprehensive introduction, extensive explanatory notes and thorough textual commentary

Scholars and students of women’s writing, poetry, and seventeenth- and eighteenth-century literature have long called for a complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea. This edition provides, for the first time, authoritative texts, textual apparatus and commentary for all known works by this important writer. • The first ever complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea (1661–1720) • Provides established texts of Finch’s later collections in print and manuscript form • Includes a comprehensive introduction, extensive explanatory notes and thorough textual commentary

English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

April 2016 216 x 138 mm 1400pp 13 b/w illus. 978-0-521-19622-2 2 Volume Hardback Set c. £160.00 / c. US$275.00 R

April 2016 216 x 138 mm 600pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06865-0 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$125.00

Shakespeare’s Literary Lives

Key Reference

The Author as Character in Fiction and Film Paul Franssen | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea Volume 1: Early Manuscript Books Anne Finch Edited by Jennifer Keith | University of North Carolina, Greensboro

Scholars and students of women’s writing, poetry, and seventeenth- and eighteenth-century literature have long called for a complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea. This edition provides, for the first time, authoritative texts, textual apparatus and commentary for all known works by this important writer. • The first ever complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea (1661–1720) • Provides established texts of Finch’s early manuscript books • Includes a comprehensive introduction, extensive explanatory notes and thorough textual commentary English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

April 2016 216 x 138 mm 600pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06860-5 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$125.00

In this book, Franssen investigates the appearance of Shakespeare as a character in later literary genres, periods and cultures, analysing the political and cultural implications. It will appeal to students of Shakespeare, the novel, film studies, literary reception and creative writing. Taking an international perspective, it will also appeal to readers outside the Anglophone world. • Proposes a new approach to biographical fiction about Shakespeare’s life • Takes an international approach, going beyond Anglophone traditions • Written in an accessible style appealing to a broad readership English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12561-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

George Herbert: 100 Poems George Herbert Edited by Helen Wilcox | University of Wales, Bangor

This selection of one hundred poems by one of the greatest devotional poets in the English language, George Herbert, is designed for readers to enjoy the verse for its beauty, spirituality and humanity. The book is simply and elegantly designed, and includes a preface introducing key features of Herbert’s poetry. • Allows the reader to enjoy a wide range of lyric poems from one of the greatest devotional poets in the English language, George Herbert • Offers an authoritative text of one hundred of Herbert’s lyric poems in the original spelling and layout • Beautifully presented, this collection makes an ideal gift for poetry lovers and Herbert fans alike English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

March 2016 198 x 129 mm 200pp 978-1-107-15145-1 Hardback c. £12.99 / c. US$19.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

English literature

Selling Shakespeare

Shakespeare and Manuscript Drama

Biography, Bibliography, and the Book Trade Adam G. Hooks | University of Iowa

Canon, Collaboration and Text James Purkis | University of Western Ontario

Selling Shakespeare provides a new history of Shakespeare’s life and career in print, showing how the book trade created our modern idea of Shakespeare. It will appeal to scholars and students interested in Shakespeare, Renaissance literature and culture, drama, the history of literary criticism, book history, and readership studies. • Offers new evidence to show how and why Shakespeare’s works were first printed and sold • Provides a new critical method that shifts attention from Shakespeare to the publishers and booksellers who sold his works • Introduces an alternate form of dramatic criticism to show how booksellers were the first biographers and bibliographers

This book explores how Shakespeare wrote his plays and how the players revised them by examining manuscripts that have survived from use in early modern theatres. Looking at collaboration, theatre practice and the Shakespeare canon, it will greatly interest researchers and advanced students of Shakespeare studies, manuscript studies, and textual history. • Examines often overlooked manuscript evidence • Reconsiders the Shakespeare canon offering new models for writing about Renaissance dramatic texts • Combines documentary evidence with theoretical critique

English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-107-13807-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Chastity in Early Stuart Literature and Culture

Key Reference

This book explores early modern ideas of chastity and their cultural, political, medical, moral and theological applications, demonstrating how early Stuart thinking on chastity governed even the construction of different literary genres. It will appeal to scholars of early modern literature, theatre, political, medical and cultural history, and gender studies. • Proposes a new view of early modern ideas of chastity • Takes a broad perspective, considering a range of early modern discourses in medical, political, architectural, ceremonial, and textual phenomena • Offers new readings of familiar early modern texts English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

The Cambridge Guide to the Worlds of Shakespeare Edited by Bruce R. Smith | University of Southern California

This work’s focus is equally divided between Volume 1, which covers the time period of 1500–1660, and Volume 2, which covers 1660 to the present. It is transhistorical, international and interdisciplinary and will be of interest to students, theater professionals and Shakespeare scholars. • Frequent cross-references between articles allow readers to make quick connections to related topics • Act, line and scene references to Shakespeare’s plays and poems allow readers to see the book’s ideas in action • No other reference book integrates Shakespeare’s works and accumulated knowledge about Shakespeare so seamlessly English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

January 2016 279 x 216 mm 2248pp 332 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05725-8 2 Volume Hardback Set £400.00 / US$650.00

Memory and Intertextuality in Renaissance Literature Raphael Lyne | University of Cambridge

Highlight

This book uses theories of memory from psychology and cognitive science to give a new account of intertextuality, focusing on the ways in which poems and plays remember their sources. Offering new insights into major early modern works, it will interest researchers of Renaissance literature and drama, Shakespeare studies, memory studies, and classical reception. • Offers new ways of exploring the differences between allusion and intertextuality • Provides a cognitive approach to literature • Offers new accounts of major early modern works, giving detailed close readings English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 264pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08344-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Bonnie Lander Johnson | University of Cambridge

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 218pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13012-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 336pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11968-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

The Value of Milton John Leonard | University of Western Ontario

In The Value of Milton, leading critic John Leonard explores the writings of John Milton from his early poetry to his major prose. Leonard examines the significance of his most celebrated verse and the function of biblical allegory, classical culture and the language that gives Milton his perennial appeal. • Offers a close reading of Milton’s poetry and prose • Does not confine Milton to any one set of beliefs or moral values, but allows him to appeal to a wide diversity of belief and non-belief • Emphasizes both the sublimity and the terror of his great poems English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700 | The Value of

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 160pp 978-1-107-05985-6 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$45.00

978-1-107-66479-1 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$17.99

English literature

Home and Nation in British Literature from the English to the French Revolutions

Shakespeare and the Eighteenth-Century Novel

Edited by A. D. Cousins | Macquarie University, Sydney

An innovative account exploring the concepts of ‘home’ and ‘nation’ as they developed in Britain between the English Civil War and the Napoleonic Wars. The range of texts and concepts covered by an international team of experts will appeal to a broad spectrum of scholars and students of British literature. • Provides an overview and innovative analysis of the contest for home and nation during key periods of political and social unrest • Discusses a wide range of texts by key writers, including Samuel Pepys, Alexander Pope, Jane Austen and John Keats • Traces larger patterns of debate and explores how particular writers situated themselves within it and gave it shape English literature – 1700 – 1830

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 298pp 978-1-107-06440-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13240-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Literary Coteries and the Making of Modern Print Culture

Louise Curran | University of Oxford

Samuel Richardson was not only a prolific correspondent with friends and admirers, but his hugely influential novels were written in epistolary style. This study examines at Samuel Richardson’s letters and their relationship with his novels to explore the interconnection between fiction and correspondence in eighteenth-century literature. • Proposes a new way of reading the canonical author, Samuel Richardson • Discusses the importance of correspondence in eighteenth-century literature and its role in the emergent novel • Gives extended attention to unpublished and rarely considered material English literature – 1700 – 1830

1740–1790 Betty A. Schellenberg | Simon Fraser University, British Columbia

Betty Schellenberg offers new insights into the integral and influential role played by interconnected, manuscript-exchanging coteries – and the private circulation of literary material that they encouraged – in creating a new form of literary culture in eighteenth century Britain. • Examines 18th-century literary culture from the point of view of manuscript production and circulation • Provides an in-depth discussion four important literary coteries, including the Richardson and the Bluestocking circles • Offers a new perspective on influential developments in print literature, such as features of the novel, Dodsley’s Collection, domestic travel writing and literary biography English literature – 1700 – 1830

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 320pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12816-3 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

New in Paperback

The Rhetoric of Diversion in English Literature and Culture, 1690–1760

The Silver Fork Novel Fashionable Fiction in the Age of Reform Edward Copeland | Pomona College, California

Darryl P. Domingo | University of Memphis

A study of how literature of the early eighteenth century represented a newly fashionable life of amusement and diversion. Chapters explore a range of diversionary preoccupations and argue that the devices of digressive wit adopt similar forms and fulfil similar functions in literature as do diversions in eighteenth-century culture. • Explores the literary consequences of the consumer revolution and the commercialization of leisure in eighteenth-century England • Draws attention to the frequency with which self-conscious writers represent their linguistic and textual disruptions through the language of popular diversion • Provides a new history of eighteenth-century English entertainment, focusing on the production as well as consumption of pleasure English literature – 1700 – 1830

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 336pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14627-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

This study shows that Shakespeare is a very significant presence in major novels of the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries, from epigraphs to descriptions of performances of his plays, and from allusions in polite conversation to Shakespearean knowledge as a mark of erudition among men and women alike. • Reveals that Shakespeare and prose fiction help to establish each other as dominant cultural forms in the eighteenth century • Traces the contribution of literary quotation to the narrative innovations of the eighteenth century and beyond • Reveals fascinating new sources for familiar narrative techniques, such as Austen’s free indirect speech English literature – 1700 – 1830

Samuel Richardson and the Art of Letter-Writing

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 292pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13151-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Cultures of Quotation from Samuel Richardson to Jane Austen Kate Rumbold | University of Birmingham

This first modern full-length study of the silver-fork novel argues that such novels, wildly popular in the early years of the nineteenth century and yet condemned by contemporary critics as dangerously seductive, were in fact political fictions designed to effect an alliance of the middle-classes and the aristocracy. • The first modern study of a highly popular literary genre of the first part of the nineteenth century • Offers an authoritative and comprehensive account of late Regency fiction, an undervalued literary legacy between Jane Austen and the Brontës • Outlines the plot summaries of some of the major silver fork novels English literature – 1700 – 1830 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 81

March 2015 229 x 152 mm 308pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-50766-1 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

Also available 978-0-521-51333-3 Hardback £57.00 / US$103.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

English literature

Print, Publicity, and Popular Radicalism in the 1790s

Evolution and Imagination in Victorian Children’s Literature

The Laurel of Liberty Jon Mee | University of York

Jessica Straley | University of Utah

A revisionary account, by a leading scholar, of the turbulent decade of the 1790s, during which radical ideas spread to Britain from revolutionary France and were circulated and popularised in new ways. The study offers a general account together with case studies of key individuals of the period. • A fascinating narrative of the emergence of a popular democratic movement in Britain after the French Revolution in the face of government hostility • Rethinks popular radicalism in the age of revolutions in relation to material culture of print and publicity • Will appeal to cultural historians, literary scholars, and book historians, particularly those interested in material culture and the political history of the age of revolution English literature – 1700 – 1830 | Cambridge Studies in Romanticism, 112

May 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13361-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

Nightmare Abbey

An original and wide-ranging study that examines the convergence of evolutionary theory, educational reform, and Victorian children’s literature. It includes discussions of evolutionary ideas underpinning the work of Rudyard Kipling, Lewis Carroll, Charles Kingsley, and Frances Hodgson Burnett. • Explores the convergence of nineteenth-century evolutionary theory, Victorian educational reform, and the ‘Golden Age’ of children’s literature • Discusses scientific theories drawn from a wide array of nineteenthcentury evolutionary thought • Examines the work of Rudyard Kipling, Lewis Carroll, Frances Hodgson Burnett, Charles Kingsley and Margaret Gatty English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 103

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 268pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12752-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Writing Arctic Disaster

Thomas Love Peacock Edited by Nicholas A. Joukovsky | Pennsylvania State University

Authorship and Exploration Adriana Craciun | University of California, Riverside

Thomas Love Peacock’s third novel, Nightmare Abbey (1818), is a Gothic satire that offers a serious yet witty critique of Romanticism. This first fully comprehensive scholarly edition, including a thorough introduction, annotations and other essential textual apparatus, will be indispensable for scholars of Peacock and Romanticism more generally. • Nightmare Abbey (1818) is a Gothic satire that offers a serious yet witty critique of Romanticism • This is volume three of the first complete edition of Thomas Love Peacock’s novels to appear for over forty years • The series is the most comprehensive edition of Peacock’s novels ever published, with full introductions, annotations and other textual and scholarly apparatus

This fascinating study uncovers the rich variety of exploration texts flourishing before the Victorian equation of discovery with disaster: from the manuscript culture of secretive corporations like the Hudson’s Bay Company, to the Admiralty and its illustrated books of naval science, to the Victorian popular exhibits of disaster relics. • Shows how twenty-first-century geopolitical and cultural debates about the Arctic and Northwest Passage continue to draw on the Victorian legacy of exploration • Provides an interdisciplinary study of print and manuscript texts alongside artefact collections and exhibits, culturally hybrid objects, maps and graffiti • Reveals how the John Franklin disaster of 1845 continues to shape our ideas of what Arctic exploration is and was

English literature – 1700 – 1830 | The Cambridge Edition of the Novels of Thomas Love Peacock, 3

English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 104

April 2016 216 x 138 mm 450pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03186-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 356pp 39 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12554-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

The Cambridge Companion to John Ruskin

Science, Fiction, and the Finde-Siècle Periodical Press

Edited by Francis O’Gorman | University of Leeds

Will Tattersdill | University of Birmingham

This collection draws together leading experts from a wide range of disciplines to provide a comprehensive account of the life and work of John Ruskin – one of the leading literary, aesthetic and intellectual figures of his time, both in his own right and through his connection with the Pre-Raphaelites. • Draws together experts from a range of disciplines and contexts to explore John Ruskin’s diversity as a polymathic thinker and writer • The first multi-authored expert collection to survey the totality of Ruskin’s achievement • Topics include Ruskin’s Europe, architecture, technology, gender, autobiography, art, and his rich influence and relevance English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Companions to Literature

This fascinating study explores the ways in which fin-de-siècle periodicals portrayed science, both imaginatively and intellectually. It shows how general interest magazines and those who wrote for them, particularly H. G. Wells, contributed to the birth of a new genre: science fiction. • Provides analysis of some of H. G. Wells’s most famous writings, showing them in an entirely new light when placed back in their periodical context • Challenges the ‘two cultures’ model of intellectual discourse by exploring the cultural interactions between literature and science • Proposes a new view of the importance of periodicals as a way of understanding the creation of genre through fictional and non-fictional writing

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 316pp 13 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05489-9 Hardback £54.99 / US$94.99

English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 105

978-1-107-67424-0 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 251pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14465-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

English literature

New in Paperback

The Medieval Presence in Modernist Literature

George Eliot in Context Edited by Margaret Harris | University of Sydney

Prodigiously learned, alive to the massive social changes of her time, defiant of many Victorian orthodoxies, George Eliot is at once chronicler and analyst, novelist of nostalgia and monumental thinker. Her literary achievement is brought into focus by essays on its historical, intellectual, political and social contexts. • Puts the life and work of George Eliot into its historical, intellectual, political and social contexts • A variety of topics and perspectives are presented in succinct form by expert scholars • Includes illustrations, a chronology and suggestions for further reading English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Literature in Context

May 2015 229 x 152 mm 368pp 24 b/w illus. 978-1-107-52742-3 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

Also available 978-0-521-76408-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$114.99

This book rethinks the influence that early medieval studies and Grail narratives had on modernist literature. Through examining several canonical works, from Henry James’ The Golden Bowl to Samuel Beckett’s Molloy, Ullyot argues that these texts serve as a continuation of the Grail legend inspired by medieval scholarship. • Considers canonical texts as employing medieval models and versions of the Grail narrative • Analyzes failure aesthetics within the context of modernist literature • Explores how the meaning of the Grail was radically reimagined by modernists English literature – 1900 – 1945

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 275pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13148-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Mortality and Form in Late Modernist Literature

The Portrait of a Lady Henry James Edited by Michael Anesko | Pennsylvania State University

John Whittier-Ferguson | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

The Cambridge Edition of The Portrait of a Lady (1881) offers the most authoritative and most comprehensively annotated text of Henry James’s first masterpiece. Extensive textual variants provide complete collation of all published versions since its first appearance in serial form through the New York edition of 1908. • Provides an authoritative text of one of Henry James’s finest long novels, which explores themes of personal freedom, responsibility and betrayal • Includes extensive annotations, a detailed textual history and situates the story within its literary, cultural and historical context • One of the first volumes in the new Cambridge Edition of the Complete Fiction of Henry James, to be published in thirty-four volumes English literature – 1830 – 1900 | The Cambridge Edition of the Complete Fiction of Henry James, 7

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 1090pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-00400-9 Hardback £94.99 / US$150.00

The Quest to Fail Jonathan Ullyot | University of Chicago

Dreams of Modernity

This volume explores the later works of Virginia Woolf, T. S. Eliot, Gertrude Stein and Wyndham Lewis through the theme of transience. Its central argument is that these authors built their later writings around the question of what it means to be mortal in a chaotic era. • A particularly accessible book • Frames important questions about issues central to discussions of and debates about modernism • Sheds new light on major modernist writers by focusing on their more obscure works English literature – 1900 – 1945

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 284pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06001-2 Hardback £55.00 / US$90.00

The New Cambridge Companion to T. S. Eliot Edited by Jason Harding | University of Durham

Psychoanalysis, Literature, Cinema Laura Marcus | University of Oxford

Dreams of Modernity: Psychoanalysis, Literature, Cinema covers the period from around 1880 to 1930, when modernity as a form of social and cultural life fed into the beginnings of modernism as a cultural form. Throughout this work, Marcus addresses the question of how ‘the moderns’ understood the conditions of their own modernity. • Brings together discussions of literature, film, technology, psychoanalysis in an interdisciplinary synthesis • Addresses the concerns of ‘new modernist studies’, to which the author has been a significant contributor • Explores the continuities and discontinuities between late nineteenthand early twentieth-century literary and cultural forms

Drawing on the latest scholarship and criticism, this volume provides an authoritative, accessible introduction to T. S. Eliot’s complete oeuvre. It extends the focus of the original 1994 Companion, addressing issues such as gender and sexuality and challenging received accounts of his at times controversial critical reception. • Reveals rewarding avenues of inquiry for a global audience • Features contributions from top experts in the field, including several editors of The Complete Prose of T. S. Eliot • Challenges received orthodoxies concerning Eliot’s life and work English literature – 1900 – 1945 | Cambridge Companions to Literature

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-03701-4 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-107-69105-6 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$27.99

English literature – 1900 – 1945

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 269pp 978-1-107-04496-8 Hardback £50.00 / US$80.00

978-1-107-62295-1 Paperback £18.99 / US$28.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

English literature

Key Reference

The Cambridge Companion to Wyndham Lewis

The Cambridge History of Postmodern Literature

Edited by Tyrus Miller | University of California, Santa Cruz

This Companion offers fresh insight into the controversial works, both literary and visual, of Wyndham Lewis. Written by a team of leading experts, this book examines Lewis’s work in light of contemporary concerns with radical politics, feminism and queer perspectives, and the effects of mass media. • A comprehensive overview of Wyndham Lewis’s work, accessible to scholars and students alike • Written by a team of leading scholars, this Companion offers a host of perspectives ranging from feminist to philosophical criticism • Incorporates the most up-to-date scholarship

English literature – 1900 – 1945 | Cambridge Companions to Literature

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 270pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05398-4 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99

978-1-107-64573-8 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

The Value of Virginia Woolf

Edited by Brian McHale | Ohio State University

This History offers a comprehensive survey of the field, from its emergence in the mid-twentieth century to the present day. It offers an unparalleled examination of postmodern writing that helps readers to understand how fiction, poetry, literary criticism, feminist theory, and mass media have characterized the development of postmodernism. • Provides a clearly articulated historical framework • Offers authoritative coverage of a range of cultural fields and media • Is accessible and reader-friendly throughout English literature – 1945 and beyond

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 571pp 978-1-107-14027-1 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$185.00

The Cambridge Companion to British Poetry, 1945–2010 Edited by Edward Larrissy | Queen’s University Belfast

Madelyn Detloff | Miami University

In The Value of Virginia Woolf, Madelyn Detloff explores the writings of Virginia Woolf from her early texts to her inventive novels. Detloff examines the significance of her fiction and the function of time and allegory, natural and urban spaces, voice and language that give Woolf’s writings their perennial appeal. • The text is highly readable • Complements other works while offering a compelling exegesis of why reading Woolf still gives us pleasure and teaches us something about life today • Reads Woolf on Woolf’s terms English literature – 1900 – 1945 | The Value of

February 2016 216 x 138 mm 170pp 978-1-107-08150-5 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$44.99

978-1-107-44151-4 Paperback c. £12.99 / c. US$17.99

This Companion brings together sixteen essays that explore the full diversity of British poetry since the Second World War. Focusing on famous and neglected names alike, from Dylan Thomas to John Agard, leading scholars provide readers with insight into the ongoing importance and profundity of post-war poetry. • Offers the most up-to-date scholarship • Essays written by leading scholars provide a wide range of critical perspectives • Concentrates on context rather than simply on individual poets English literature – 1945 and beyond | Cambridge Companions to Literature

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 292pp 978-1-107-09066-8 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99

978-1-107-46284-7 Paperback £17.99 / US$27.99

Highlight

Children’s Fantasy Literature

The Value of James Joyce

An Introduction Michael Levy | University of Wisconsin, Stout

Margot Norris | University of California, Irvine

This book explores the writings of James Joyce from his early poetry and short stories to his final avant-garde work, Finnegans Wake. It examines not only the significance of the ordinary but the function of natural and urban spaces and the moods, voice, and language that give Joyce’s works their widespread appeal. • Produced by an established and respected specialist in the field of Joyce studies • Accessible to scholars and general readers alike • Covers a wide range of works by James Joyce December 2015 228 x 152 mm 160pp 978-1-107-13192-7 Hardback £29.99 / US$44.99

This fascinating volume discusses a wide range of children’s fantasy literature from the sixteenth century to the present, analysing key themes and ideas in important texts from across the Englishspeaking world. It features the work of Lewis Carroll, Frank Baum, C. S. Lewis, Roald Dahl and J. K. Rowling. • A comprehensive examination of children’s fantasy from its origins in the sixteenth century to the present day • Deals with a very wide range of texts, evaluating them critically and placing them within a worldwide context • Discusses the work of key writers including Hans Christian Andersen, Lewis Carroll, Frank Baum, J. M. Barrie, A. A. Milne, J. R. R. Tolkien, C. S. Lewis and J. K. Rowling

978-1-107-58316-0 Paperback £12.99 / US$17.99

English literature (general)

English literature – 1900 – 1945 | The Value of

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-01814-3 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00

978-1-107-61029-3 Paperback c. £16.99 / c. US$27.99

English literature / American literature

The Cambridge History of Gay and Lesbian Literature

The Cambridge Companion to the English Short Story

Edited by E. L. McCallum | Michigan State University

Edited by Ann-Marie Einhaus | Northumbria University, Newcastle

This volume presents a global history of gay and lesbian literature that covers a wide range of topics, from Sappho and the Greeks to contemporary science fiction and fantasy. Grounded in current scholarship, the History provides new critical approaches to gay and lesbian literature that will serve the needs of students and specialists alike. • Chapters are transnational and ‘planetary’ in scope • Introduces readers to existing scholarship and proposes new trends • Offers new readings of familiar texts and introduces readers to new texts in a wide range of fields

Featuring fourteen essays from international experts, this Companion provides an accessible overview of English-language short fiction outside of North America. It discusses the development and impact of the short story – including a variety of subgenres such as detective fiction and flash fiction – from the early nineteenth century to the present. • Engages with the publishing as well as the writing of short stories • Covers a wide variety of English-language authors from Great Britain, Ireland and the Commonwealth • Offers a wide range of expertise in self-contained chapters April 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-08417-9 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$99.00

English literature (general)

978-1-107-44601-4 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$27.99

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 1115pp 978-1-107-03521-8 Hardback £115.00 / US$190.00

A Critical Introduction Adam Hammond | University of Toronto

Edited by Adam Smyth | University of Oxford

A History of English Autobiography explores the genealogy of autobiographical writing in England from the medieval period to the digital era. Written by a host of leading scholars, this History is the definitive, single-volume collection on English autobiography and will serve as an invaluable reference for specialists and students alike. • Offers a very wide chronological range • New forms of text are considered in relation to the category of autobiography • Includes essays by authors of international standing English literature (general)

Key Reference

A History of New Zealand Literature Edited by Mark Williams | Victoria University of Wellington

A History of New Zealand Literature explores the genealogy of New Zealand writing from the colonial period to the present day. Beginning with a comprehensive introduction that charts the development of a national literary tradition, this History includes extensive essays that illuminate the cultural and political intricacies of New Zealand literature. • The first comprehensive and authoritative history of New Zealand literature since 1998 • Speaks to an increased interest in New Zealand and its literature as the country has established a distinctive postcolonial identity since the 1980s • Directs new critical attention at a body of major writers from Katherine Mansfield to Eleanor Catton who are increasingly capturing the world’s imagination English literature (general)

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 408pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08535-0 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$120.00

Highlight

Literature in the Digital Age

A History of English Autobiography

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 432pp 978-1-107-07841-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

English literature (general) | Cambridge Companions to Literature

A guide through the theoretical and creative possibilities opened up by the shift to digital literary forms. It contextualizes the digital in literary theory, explores the questions readers can ask of texts when they become digitized, and investigates the challenges that forms of born-digital fiction pose to existing models of literary analysis. • An accessible, readable overview of the critical and creative possibilities that exist at the intersection of literature and digital technology • Offers easy-to-follow introductions to cutting-edge text analysis tools and digital editions • Provides close readings of key texts in electronic genres including Flash Poetry, Webcomics, Interactive Fiction, Hypertext, Alt Lit, and indie videogames English literature (general) | Cambridge Introductions to Literature

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 28 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04190-5 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99

978-1-107-61507-6 Paperback £17.99 / US$27.99

American literature The Complete Writings of Henry James on Art and Drama Henry James Edited by Peter Collister

Henry James was a leading commentator on the art and theatre of his time. Readers of this complete collection of his nonfictional writing on art and drama will gain fresh insights not only into British, American and French culture, but also into James’s fiction and critical thinking. • Provides, for the first time, a complete collection of essays and reviews by Henry James on art and drama • Uses freshly established texts from the original source of publication • Includes detailed annotations based on original research American literature

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 1000pp 25 b/w illus. 978-1-316-50442-0 2 Volume Hardback Set c. £140.00 / c. US$220.00 R

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

American literature

The Complete Writings of Henry James on Art and Drama

A History of Western American Literature Edited by Susan Kollin | Montana State University

Volume 1: Art Henry James Edited by Peter Collister

Henry James was a leading commentator on the art of his time. Readers of this complete collection of his nonfictional writing on art will gain fresh insights not only into British, American and French art, but also into James’s fiction and critical thinking. • Provides, for the first time, a complete collection of essays and reviews by Henry James on art • Uses freshly established texts from the original source of publication • Includes detailed annotations based on original research

American literature

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 500pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14015-8 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$130.00

American literature

The Complete Writings of Henry James on Art and Drama

Mary Loeffelholz | Northeastern University, Boston

Henry James is a highly readable commentator on the theatre and performance practices of his time. Readers of this complete collection of his nonfictional writing on drama will gain fresh insights not only into British, American and French theatre and drama, but also into James’s fiction and critical thinking. • Provides, for the first time, a complete collection of essays and reviews by Henry James on drama • Uses freshly established texts from the original source of publication • Includes detailed annotations based on original research American literature

A History of Twentieth-Century American Women’s Poetry

This is the first compact introduction to Emily Dickinson to focus principally on her poems and their significance to readers. It addresses the question of literary value, considering current controversies over whether Dickinson’s writings are best appreciated as visual works or as rhymed and metered poems intended for the ear. • Discusses the most recent developments in the field, including the new Emily Dickinson Archive • Links concerns about the representation of Dickinson’s works to her own aesthetics and her way of thinking about the media of her poems • Weighs in on controversial debates central to Dickinson studies American literature

February 2016 216 x 138 mm 168pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08391-2 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$45.00

978-1-107-44586-4 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$26.99

A History of Nineteenth-Century American Women’s Poetry Edited by Jennifer Putzi | College of William and Mary, Virginia

Edited by Linda A. Kinnahan | Duquesne University, Pittsburgh

A History of Twentieth-Century American Women’s Poetry explores the genealogy of modern American verse by women from the early twentieth century to the millennium. Beginning with an extensive introduction that charts important theoretical contributions to the field, this History includes wide-ranging essays that illuminate the legacy of American women poets. • Spans the twentieth century and connects poets across modern and contemporary periods • Develops specific chronologies of diverse groups, formed around racial, ethnic, sexual, and religious identities • Focuses on a wide range of aesthetic, formal, and linguistic approaches to poetry American literature

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 442pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13756-1 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

October 2015 229 x 152 mm 430pp 978-1-107-08385-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

The Value of Emily Dickinson

Volume 2: Drama Henry James Edited by Peter Collister

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 500pp 13 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14017-2 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$130.00

This History encompasses the complexity of Western American literature by exploring myriad genres and cultural movements, from ecocriticism to race and ethnic studies. Written by leading historians and literary critics, this book offers readers insight into the West as a site that sustains canonical and emerging authors alike. • Provides readers with a sense of the critical texts and key figures in the field • Provides professors with a conceptual framework to use in designing courses in the field • Allows faculty to design courses that incorporate visual material alongside textual works

The first history to focus entirely on women’s poetry of the period, this volume explores a wide variety of authors, texts, and methodological approaches; examines multiple genres of poetry; considers poems circulated in various manuscript and print venues; and proposes alternative ways of narrating literary history. • Provides a much-needed overview of the field that combines numerous strands of scholarship • Illustrates the relationship between women’s poetry and the larger literary marketplace • Allows students to gain an understanding of a wide variety of texts from the period American literature

April 2016 229 x 152 mm 400pp 13 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08398-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

American literature

Hemingway, Style, and the Art of Emotion

The Cambridge Companion to Latina/o American Literature

David Wyatt | University of Maryland, College Park

Edited by John Morán González | University of Texas, Austin

This reassessment of Hemingway’s career recovers the soul of the author’s work, revealing him as a multifaceted writer rather than a cold, static icon. Relying on a thorough knowledge of the vast archive Hemingway left behind at his death, this book shows Hemingway as a thoroughly complex and transmutable figure. • The first full-length study of Hemingway’s career in twenty years • Wyatt makes use of unique archival materials to inform his conclusions • Accessible to academics and lay readers alike

This Companion provides a thorough yet accessible overview of key texts, authors, themes, and contexts of Latina/o literature, which is becoming an increasingly significant part of world literature. Leading scholars engage with the dynamics of migration, linguistic and cultural translation, and the uneven distribution of resources across the Americas. • Treats Latina/o literature as a uniquely situated trans-American expressive practice • Provides an overview of major historical and methodological aspects of Latina/o literature • Demonstrates the relevance of Latina/o literature in the context of global literature

American literature

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 282pp 978-1-107-10982-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

The Cambridge Companion to Literature of the American West Edited by Steven Frye | California State University, Bakersfield

This Companion provides a comprehensive introduction to the vibrant and expansive literature of the American West. Essays cover a diverse group of key texts and authors – including major figures in the Native American, Hispanic, Asian American, and African American movements – with treatments ranging from environmental and ecopoetic to transnational and transcultural. • Includes a comprehensive historical treatment of the literature of the region • Discusses a selection of particularly important authors, ensuring coverage of the emerging canon of Western American writers • Contributes to the understanding of the racial and ethnic diversity of the region American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

February 2016 229 x 152 mm 284pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09537-3 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-107-47927-2 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

The Cambridge Companion to the American Modernist Novel

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-04492-0 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$99.00

978-1-107-62292-0 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$29.99

The Cambridge Companion to Slavery in American Literature Edited by Ezra Tawil | University of Rochester, New York

The Cambridge Companion to Slavery in American Literature brings together leading scholars to examine the significance of slavery in American literature from the eighteenth century to the present day. Accessible to students and academics alike, this Companion surveys the critical landscape of a major field and lays the foundations for future studies. • Provides longer historical scope than is usual for such collections • Emphasizes the literary impact of slavery • Considers multiple literary genres, as well as other cultural forms like music, cinema, drama, etc. American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04876-8 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-107-62598-3 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$27.99

Highlight

Edited by Joshua L. Miller | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

This Companion offers a comprehensive analysis of US modernism as part of a global literature. Recent writing on US immigration, imperialism, and territorial expansion has generated fresh reasons to read modernist novelists, both prominent and forgotten. Written by a host of leading scholars, this Companion provides unique approaches to modernist texts. • A comprehensive and accessible assessment of US modernist studies in light of recent work on transnational/global/border literary studies • Chapters bring readers up-to-date on new areas of current research, including new media, visual culture, science studies, race and sexuality studies • Both prominent and lesser known novelists and concepts are reconsidered through new approaches American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 296pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08395-0 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99

978-1-107-44589-5 Paperback £17.99 / US$27.99

The Letters of Ernest Hemingway Volumes 1-3 Ernest Hemingway

With this first authorized edition, readers will have access to the complete letters of Ernest Hemingway for the first time. Volumes 1 to 3 (1907–1929) document, in rich and lively detail, the formative years of a gifted artist with an outsized personality who would both reflect and transform his times. • The first authorized edition of Ernest Hemingway’s complete letters, including much previously unpublished material • Volumes 1 to 3 (1907–1929) cover his youth, his experiences in the First World War, ‘The Paris Years’, and key professional and personal events • The letters are accompanied by notes, a detailed introduction, chronologies, illustrations, maps and indexes American literature | The Cambridge Edition of the Letters of Ernest Hemingway

May 2016 228 x 152 mm 1870pp 978-1-107-12839-2 Hardback Set Volumes 1-3 £80.00 / US$80.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

American literature / European and world literature

European and world literature

Highlight

The Letters of Ernest Hemingway Volumes 2-3 Ernest Hemingway

With this first authorized edition, readers have access to the complete letters of Ernest Hemingway for the first time. Volumes 2 and 3 (1923–1929) document in rich and lively detail the formative years of a gifted artist with an outsized personality who would both reflect and transform his times. • The first authorized edition of Ernest Hemingway’s complete letters, including much previously unpublished material • Volumes 2 and 3 (1923–1929) cover ‘The Paris Years’, a never-beforepublished short story, the publication of The Sun also Rises, and the break-up of his first marriage and its aftermath • The letters are accompanied by notes, a detailed introduction, chronologies, illustrations, maps and indexes Literature – editions, texts | The Cambridge Edition of the Letters of Ernest Hemingway

May 2016 228 x 152 mm 1354pp 978-1-107-12719-7 Hardback Set Volumes 2 and 3 £55.00 / US$50.00 G

A History of Mexican Literature Edited by Ignacio M. Sänchez Prado | Washington University, St Louis

A History of Mexican Literature examines the development of literary culture in Mexico from its indigenous beginnings to the twenty-first century. Featuring a comprehensive introduction that charts the development of a complex canon, this History includes extensive essays that illuminate the cultural and political intricacies of Mexican literature. • Offers the most coverage of Mexican literature available on the market • Concentrates on processes and institutions and provides a good context for anyone conducting research on Mexican literature • Features chapters on subjects generally ignored by competing books Latin American literature

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 460pp 978-1-107-09980-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

A History of Colombian Literature

Highlight

The Cambridge Companion to Alice Munro

Edited by Raymond Williams | University of California, Riverside

Edited by David Staines | University of Ottawa

This Companion is a thorough introduction to the writings of Nobel Prize winner Alice Munro. Uniting the talents of distinguished creative writers and noted academics, this book explores new understandings of the fine world and short stories of Munro and will interest students and scholars of Alice Munro and Canadian literature. • A comprehensive and accessible account of Alice Munro’s short stories • Considers a variety of approaches from a bio-critical essay to accounts of her fiction and non-fictional writings • Includes contributions from both distinguished creative writers and noted academics Canadian literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-09327-0 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99

978-1-107-47202-0 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

A History of Colombian Literature explores the genealogy of Colombian poetry and prose from the colonial period to the present day. Beginning with a comprehensive introduction that charts the development of a national literary tradition, this History includes extensive essays that illuminate the cultural and political intricacies of Colombian literature. • Offers contextualization of the writing of Nobel Laureate Gabriel García Márquez • Analyzes the literature of violence and narco-violence in Colombia • Provides a variety of insights into marginalized writers and literatures in Colombia • Serves as the most comprehensive one-volume study of Colombian literature Latin American literature

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 567pp 978-1-107-08135-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

Rereading East Germany The Literature and Film of the GDR Edited by Karen Leeder | University of Oxford

The first volume in English about the German Democratic Republic as a cultural phenomenon, with essays by leading scholars providing a chronological and genre-based overview along with close readings of individual works. It addresses the history and context of German Democratic Republic culture, including the two decades since its decline. • The first volume in English to offer an accessible overview of the German Democratic Republic and its legacy • Offers essays by leading scholars, offering a chronological and genrebased overview as well as close readings of individual works • Provides English translations throughout, a guide to further reading and a chronology of the GDR European literature

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-00636-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

European and world literature

The Cambridge Companion to French Literature

The Letters of Samuel Beckett

Edited by John D. Lyons | University of Virginia

An authoritative and accessible account of French literature from medieval romance to avant-garde poetry. It explores the medieval roots of modern literature; French tragedy; why the Romantics revered nature; how Proust helped create the modern novel; and the widely varying uses authors have made of the French language. • Offers an authoritative new overview of one of the world’s most varied and wide-ranging literatures • Gives in-depth studies of more than a dozen literary genres, movements, and themes • Centres on the literary heritage of France and on the relation between writing and ideas European literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

Volume 4: 1966–1989 Samuel Beckett Edited by George Craig | University of Sussex

The last volume in the acclaimed edition, The Letters of Samuel Beckett, covers the last twentyfour years of Beckett’s life. During this time he continued to produce major plays, won the Nobel Prize, and struggled with his increasing fame and against the privations of old age. • This final volume, focusing on the last twenty-four years of Beckett’s life, completes the first authorised and acclaimed edition of Samuel Beckett’s letters • Presents the letters, many for the first time, gathered from archival and private collections world-wide, with bibliographical description • Includes full explanatory notes, chronologies, profiles of Beckett’s main correspondents and detailed references to the location of the letters European literature | The Letters of Samuel Beckett

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03604-8 Hardback £54.99 / US$94.99

978-1-107-66522-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

June 2016 216 x 138 mm 600pp 19 b/w illus. 978-0-521-86796-2 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$50.00

The Palestinian Novel

Romance and History

From 1948 to the Present Bashir Abu-Manneh | University of Kent, Canterbury

Imagining Time from the Medieval to the Early Modern Period Edited by Jon Whitman | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

Romance is often thought to be largely removed from the concerns of history. This wide-ranging collection of essays by eminent scholars challenges this view by offering the first comprehensive investigation of the fascinating interplay between romance and history from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance. • Investigates closely the interplay between approaches to romance and attitudes toward time and history • Presents detailed and interdisciplinary analyses of influential narratives from the twelfth to the seventeenth centuries • Includes important essays by eminent senior scholars from a wide span of European traditions

The first ever English language history of the Palestinian novel since 1948 that charts its development in exile and under occupation. It focuses on the work of four major Palestinian writers – Jabra, Kanafani, Habiby and Khalifa – alongside the work of writers from other cultures addressing Palestinian issues. • The first ever English language study to chart the development of the Palestinian novel in exile and under occupation since 1948 • Reads the Palestinian novel in the historical context of colonial dispossession and exile • Combines historical analysis with textual readings of key novels by Jabra, Kanafani, Habiby and Khalifeh Asian literature

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-13652-6 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

European literature | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Literature, 92

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 338pp 978-1-107-04278-0 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

Key Reference

A History of Indian Poetry in English

Dostoevsky in Context

Edited by Rosinka Chaudhuri | Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta

Edited by Deborah A. Martinsen | Columbia University, New York

This collection of thirty-five lively and accessible essays offers a comprehensive account of the life and work of Fyodor Dostoevsky (1821–1881), set within social, political, cultural and literary contexts. • Includes thirty-five chapters on Dostoevsky and nineteenth-century Russia • An invaluable resource for understanding the writer and his work • Provides the latest research by leading experts in the field European literature | Literature in Context

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 3 b/w illus. 1 map 1 table 978-1-107-02876-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$110.00 R

A History of Indian Poetry in English explores the genealogy of Anglophone verse in India from its nineteenth-century origins to the present day. Beginning with an extensive introduction that charts important theoretical contributions to the field, this History includes extensive essays that illuminate the legacy of English in Indian poetry. • The first history of Indian poetry in English by specialist contributors in every field • Comprehensive and up to date • Essential reading for anyone interested in Indian poetry written in English Asian literature

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 476pp 978-1-107-07894-9 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$110.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Drama and theatre

Key Reference

A History of Japanese Theatre Edited by Jonah Salz | Ryukoku University, Japan

Critical Perspectives on Applied Theatre Edited by Jenny Hughes | University of Manchester

This collection offers original perspectives on applied theatre relevant to the twenty-first century performer and researcher. Chapters explore socially engaged theatre from a range of global and historical contexts, and draw on new propositions from cultural and political theory to explore theatre’s responsiveness to current economic and environmental concerns. • Provides new perspectives on applied theatre and will appeal to those looking to develop their thinking and practice in this innovative field • Chapters engage with existing debates as well as offering original research into a diverse range of theatre practices from around the world • Informed by cultural and political theory to develop a deeper awareness of the key issues and challenges for applied theatre British theatre

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 275pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06504-8 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00

Japan boasts one of the world’s oldest, most vibrant and most influential performance traditions. Written by eminent international scholars, this history spans the full range of dance-theatre genres over the past fifteen hundred years. This accessible and complete history is beautifully illustrated and includes interviews with key modern directors. • Contains chapters on major genres, as well as shorter spotlight and focus boxes covering less well-known genres and individuals • Contributions from Japanese scholars, many translated into English for the first time, offer new contextual insights • Includes discussions of dance, folk, and popular culture genres often ignored in Western definitions of theatre • Chapters on shamisen, costumes, architecture, and national theatres provide a cultural and contextual grounding for theatrical genres in affiliated arts and institutions Theatre (general)

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 600pp 69 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-03424-2 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$155.00

Dramaturgy and Dramatic Character

Evolution, Cognition, and Performance Bruce McConachie | University of Pittsburgh

A Long View William Storm | New Mexico State University

Culture and cognition work together dynamically every time a spectator interprets meaning during a performance. In this study, Bruce McConachie examines the biocultural basis of all performance, from its origins and the cognitive processes that facilitate it, to what keeps us coming back for more. • Provides a new approach to performance studies that bases scholarly assertions on empirical evidence • Gives a coherent, encompassing orientation to all performances, including music, sports, the circus, and stand-up comedy • Offers a progressive ethics relevant to a wide range of current concerns, such as racism, all forms of inequality, and our global ecological crisis

From ancient Greece to the modern theatre, this book delivers a wide-ranging look at how characters have been conceived for the stage at pivotal moments in history. Topics are highlighted throughout that remain vital and pertinent for practitioners, scholars, teachers, students, and general audiences. • Examines the fashioning of characters over a wide range of historical periods including ancient, neoclassical, Restoration, Renaissance, and modernist • Explores the mimetic means by which theatre can successfully deliver an authentic impression of personhood • Gives extensive attention to how characters think and to aspects of agency, selfhood, cognition, and consciousness

European theatre

Theatre (general)

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 245pp 978-1-107-09139-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-14575-7 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Drama and theatre / Language and linguistics

Language and linguistics

Key Reference

The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Stage Actors and Acting

Textbook

Edited by Simon Williams | University of California, Santa Barbara

With over one thousand entries, this is the first encyclopedia of stage actors and acting around the world. More than one hundred international contributors provide information about actors both familiar and obscure whose work has been crucial in the development of the art from classical theatre to the present. • The first encyclopedia of stage actors and acting • Provides wide-ranging information about both internationally wellknown actors and those who are famous in their own country, and includes a chronological list of actors, spanning centuries, countries and cultures • Over one thousand entries on the elements and genres of acting provide both an introduction to the craft of acting and a rich perspective on the historical material, as well as revealing the major theories and innovative practices that have been central to the development of acting Theatre (general)

January 2015 247 x 174 mm 710pp 16 b/w illus. 978-0-521-76954-9 Hardback £120.00 / US$190.00

The Cambridge Introduction to Performance Theory Simon Shepherd | Central School of Speech and Drama, London

This introduction provides a fresh approach to the meaning and origins of performance theory for students, scholars and enthusiasts. Defining the key figures and terms within the field, Simon Shepherd ranges across theories and practices, from folklore studies to performativity to protests against road building. • Offers a comprehensive overview of performance theory’s meanings and origins • Provides accessible and wide-ranging accounts of the key ideas and thinkers • Sets performance theory in its full historical and cultural contexts, bringing new insights to its theories and practices Theatre (general) | Cambridge Introductions to Literature

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 265pp 978-1-107-03932-2 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$80.00

978-1-107-69694-5 Paperback c. £16.99 / c. US$27.99

Analysing English Sentences Second edition Andrew Radford

Thoroughly revised and updated throughout, Analysing English Sentences, 2nd edition, is richly supported with exercises, hints and chapter summaries. Assuming no prior knowledge of English syntax or syntactic theory, and accompanied with a range of online resources for instructors, this text is an ideal learning and teaching tool. • Workbook sections enable students to gain hands-on experience in analysing specific phenomena • An extensive glossary provides students who have little or no linguistic background with a clear explanation of traditional and contemporary grammatical terminology • Accompanying online materials, including PowerPoint materials and an answer key, are an invaluable resource for instructors Contents: 1. Grammar; 2. Words; 3. Structure; 4. Null constituents; 5. Head movement; 6. Wh-movement; 7. A-bar movement. Grammar and syntax | Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics

January 2016 247 x 174 mm 500pp 978-0-521-66008-2 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$99.99

978-0-521-66970-2 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$45.00

Textbook

Phonology A Coursebook Robert Kennedy | University of California, Santa Barbara

This accessible textbook provides a comprehensive overview of phonology, and is essential reading for students of linguistics. It contains many exercises that describe how to discover sound patterns in complex linguistic data, beginning with concrete introductory examples and progressing through a series of more complex phonological phenomena. • Fully up to date and incorporates all recent theory • Includes more data sets than comparable books • Text and comment is interspersed between exercises so the book can stand alone as an adoptable main course text in its own right • Further resources are available on an accompanying website Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Alternation; 3. Alternation with zero; 4. Other kinds of alternation; 5. Phonemic analysis; 6. Natural classes and distinctive features; 7. Rule ordering, opacity, and abstractness; 8. Syllables; 9. Tone; 10. Stress; 11. Prosodic morphology; 12. Advanced theories. Phonetics and phonology

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 250pp 978-1-107-04688-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

978-1-107-62494-8 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Language and linguistics

Highlight

The Cambridge Handbook of Formal Semantics

Uptalk The Phenomenon of Rising Intonation Paul Warren | Victoria University of Wellington

Edited by Maria Aloni | Universiteit van Amsterdam

This first comprehensive analysis of ‘uptalk’ examines its historical origins, geographical spread and social influences. Warren also looks at the media’s coverage of the phenomenon, including the tension between the public’s perception and the views of experts. Uptalk will be welcomed by anyone interested in the way we talk today. • A unique overview of the uptalk phenomenon, bringing together a wealth of research in a single volume • Offers a global perspective on uptalk, with coverage of different varieties of English and other languages • Chapter on research methodologies presents guidance for new research Phonetics and phonology

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 225pp 28 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-12385-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99 P 978-1-107-56084-0 Paperback £17.99 / US$29.99

Semantics and pragmatics | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 600pp 15 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-02839-5 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$150.00

Textbook

First Language Acquisition

Pragmatic Markers in British English

Third edition Eve V. Clark | Stanford University, California

Meaning in Social Interaction Kate Beeching | University of the West of England, Bristol

This rigorous exploration of how ‘well’, ‘I mean’, ‘just’, ‘sort of’, ‘like’ and ‘you know’ are used in British English offers a fascinating insight into the role of pragmatic markers in contemporary speech. It will be compelling reading for students and teachers of English language and linguistics, as well as interested general readers. • Combines sociolinguistic and historical approaches to provide a deeper understanding of the polysemy and functions of pragmatic markers • Each of the six markers is presented and analysed in a similar format, allowing readers to effectively study a single marker in isolation, or look at the different markers comparatively • Draws together data from a range of sources which allows preliminary conclusions to be made about changes in the way markers are used, and how they are perceived Semantics and pragmatics

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 264pp 6 b/w illus. 84 tables 978-1-107-03276-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 C

Modality and Propositional Attitudes Michael Hegarty | Louisiana State University

This book shows that the semantic analysis of notions of possibility and necessity enhance our understanding of reports of belief or emotional state. This helps to solve problems in semantic theory, and it provides a high level proposal for the nature and effects of the language disorder of fluent aphasia. • Uses intuitive notation and terminology rather than complex logical formulae • Proposes an explanation of the nature and effects of fluent aphasia, based on a detailed examination of the linguistic output of a person with the language disorder • Reconciles two disparate views of the role of events in semantic interpretation Semantics and pragmatics

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-08576-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Formal semantics – the study of meaning in natural language – is one of the most fundamental and established areas of linguistics. This Handbook brings together a team of leading scholars to survey the broad spectrum of endeavours in this field, including truth-conditional semantics, formal logic, set-theory and mereology and formal pragmatics. • Provides the reader with a comprehensive and up-to-date picture of formal semantics as a field of research • Designed to appeal to philosophers, psychologists and computer scientists as well as linguists • Chapters are written by leading researchers in the field

How do children learn to talk? They are exposed to language from birth, interacting with knowledgeable speakers who correct errors and offer extensive practice. Clark provides a comprehensive exploration of first language acquisition, from a baby’s first sounds to a child’s growing ability to negotiate, explain and entertain using language. • Offers a breadth of content, covering several course topics, and a friendly writing style, appealing to students and instructors • Author has an international reputation as leading expert on the subject • Includes numerous examples from the author’s personal diary observations and experimental studies • Draws on languages other than English to provide a comparative perspective on the process of language acquisition Contents: 1. Acquiring language; Part I. Getting Started: 2. In conversation with children; 3. Starting on language: perception; 4. Early words; 5. Sounds in words: production; 6. Words and meanings; Part II. Constructions and Meanings: 7. First combinations, first constructions; 8. Modulating word meanings; 9. Adding complexity within clauses; 10. Combining clauses: more complex constructions; 11. Constructing words; Part III. Using Language: 12. Honing conversational skills; 13. Doing things with language; 14. Two languages at a time; Part IV. Process in Acquisition: 15. Specialization for language; 16. Acquisition and change. Psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 500pp 15 b/w illus. 87 tables 978-1-107-14300-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00 X 978-1-316-50760-5 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$49.99

Language and linguistics

Why We Gesture

Sociolinguistics from the Periphery

The Surprising Role of Hand Movements in Communication David McNeill | University of Chicago

Small Languages in New Circumstances Sari Pietikainen | University of Jyväskylä, Finland

This unique contribution to the field builds upon decades of research and presents a compelling new perspective on speech and gesture. Why We Gesture brings gestures to the fore, countering the traditional view that they are simply add-ons with a decorative function. McNeill’s central idea is that gestures orchestrate speech. • Proposes a new theory of language and gesture • Synthesizes twenty-five years of research • Counters the cliché that gestures are ornaments and extras

Four leading scholars present a fascinating book about change: shifting political, economic and cultural conditions; ephemeral multilingualism; altered imaginaries for minority and indigenous languages and their users. The authors refer to this network of interlinked changes as the new conditions surrounding small languages in peripheral sites. • Offers new conceptualisations of the sociolinguistics of minority languages • Brings together the research of four leading scholars in the field • Considers the sociolinguistics of minority languages as mutually constitutive notions, rather than as geographical or political circumstances

Psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics

Sociolinguistics

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 150pp 118 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-107-13718-9 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 P

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 250pp 27 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-12388-5 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-316-50236-5 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$36.99

P Highlight

The Acquisition of Heritage Languages

Teen Talk The Language of Adolescents Sali A. Tagliamonte | University of Toronto

Silvina Montrul | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

Accessibly written and offering comprehensive coverage of current research, The Acquisition of Heritage Languages takes a truly international approach, presenting examples from heritage languages from around the globe. This work is essential reading for policy makers, instructors, students and researchers working in linguistics, education, TESOL and bilingualism programs. • Discusses examples and studies from heritage languages all over the world • Provides accessible explanations of linguistic terms • Explores the theories and research methods applied to heritage language acquisition Sociolinguistics

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 380pp 44 b/w illus. 978-1-107-00724-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Sociolinguistics

Language, Youth and Identity in the 21st Century

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 275pp 77 b/w illus. 53 tables 978-1-107-03716-8 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-107-67617-6 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

Language Dominance in Bilinguals

Linguistic Practices across Urban Spaces Edited by Jacomine Nortier | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

Brings together a team of leading scholars to explore and compare linguistic practices among young people. It is the first volume to cover the topic from a globally diverse perspective, using case studies from Europe, Africa, Canada and the US to demonstrate how young people express their identities through language. • The first volume to explore language in young people from a globally diverse perspective • Includes fascinating examples from multilingual cities in Europe, Africa, Canada and the US to demonstrate how young people express their identities through language • Offers new insights into the role of the speech styles that co-occur in culturally and linguistically diverse city areas Sociolinguistics

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 370pp 4 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-01698-9 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

Using extensive, spoken vernacular data collected by youth from youth, Tagliamonte argues that teen language is at the cutting edge of linguistic change, offering a window to the future. Richly illustrated and filled with engaging quotes, anecdotes and language puzzles, Teen Talk is fascinating reading for students, teachers and parents. • Provides documentation of an under-studied population: the language of pre-adolescents, teenagers and young adults • Includes stories, tales, expressions and sayings as well as many examples of interesting teen language features • Contributes insights into sociolinguistics, lifespan change, linguistic change and linguistic theory

Issues of Measurement and Operationalization Edited by Carmen Silva-Corvalán | University of Southern California

With accessibly written contributions from leading scholars of bilingualism, Language Dominance in Bilinguals is the first publication to present an overview of different approaches to language dominance, along with suggested avenues for further research. It is essential reading for students and scholars working in bilingualism, speech therapy and education. • Includes contributions from experts across the theoretical spectrum • Proposes new ways to define and measure language dominance • Contains a comprehensive index Sociolinguistics

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 336pp 28 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04449-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Language and linguistics

social values; Part VI. ‘Language is the Dress of Thought’ – Language, Mind and World: 16. Language, mind and the brain; 17. Language acquisition; 18. Computational linguistics.

Dialect Matters Respecting Vernacular Language Peter Trudgill | University of Agder

A fascinating exploration of English, its origins, dialects, accents, and place-names. Trudgill asks questions such as: why did ‘passengers’ become ‘customers’? What is the origin of the word ‘but’? How should we reply when told not to end a sentence with a preposition? (‘Why not?’). • Written in an entertaining and accessible style, this book will appeal to a wide audience • Focuses on combating prejudice against nonstandard dialects, lowstatus accents and minority languages • Articles are accompanied by notes designed for students across a range of linguistics subjects

Sociolinguistics

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 200pp 8 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-13047-0 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$71.99

978-1-107-57145-7 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

Language and Development in Africa Perceptions, Ideologies and Challenges H. Ekkehard Wolff | Universität Leipzig

Taking an ‘applied African sociolinguistics’ approach, this book discusses the resourcefulness of language, in the ongoing transformation of African societies. Wolff analyses the continuing effects of linguistic imperialism on postcolonial African societies, through imposed hegemonic languages such as Arabic and the ex-colonial languages of Europe. • Unveils distortions of perception regarding the persisting Eurocentric perspective on indigenous peoples and their languages and cultures • Provides a truly interdisciplinary approach to the linguistic dimensions of sociocultural modernisation and economic development in Africa • Written in an easy-to-read narrative style, structured along a set of twenty guiding ‘themes’, providing a science-based manual towards optimising educational systems in Africa for development purposes Sociolinguistics

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 9 b/w illus. 13 maps 10 tables 978-1-107-08855-9 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 C Textbook

For the Love of Language An Introduction to Linguistics Kate Burridge | Monash University, Victoria

Written by Kate Burridge and Tonya N. Stebbins, authors with extensive academic experience in the field of linguistics, this book includes examples from Australia, New Zealand and around the world to engage the reader. For the Love of Language is a lively yet comprehensive resource for undergraduate students in foundation linguistics. • Contains comprehensive coverage of introductory linguistics topics, making it suitable for semester long, or year long linguistics subjects • Wide array of pedagogical material, including exercise and discussion questions, research project questions, essay questions and online quizzes on the companion website • Written by authors with extensive academic experience in the field of linguistics Contents: Part I. ‘Using Language to Expose Language’ – Setting the Scene: 1. What is language?; 2. What linguists do; 3. Ways to study language; Part II. ‘In the Beginning was the Word’ – Words, their Structure and Meaning: 4. What’s in a word?; 5. Morphology – the structure of words; 6. Semantics – the meaning of words; Part III. ‘The Deep Grooves of Language’ – Sounds and Grammar; 7. Phonetics; 8. Phonology – the sound system; 9. Syntax – the structure of sentences; Part IV. ‘Language is a Social Fact’ – Variation and Change: 10. Variation and identity; 11. Structure across time; 12. Languages and cultures in contact; Part V. ‘Language that Rolls up its Sleeves’ – Language at Work: 13. Language and text; 14. Language and interaction; 15. Language and

Applied linguistics and second language acquisition

January 2016 255 x 190 mm 450pp 978-1-107-61883-1 Paperback £74.99 / US$109.99

The Cambridge Handbook of Linguistic Multi-Competence Edited by Vivian Cook | Birkbeck, University of Newcastle upon Tyne

With contributions from a team of international experts, this handbook presents the innovative multi-competence approach to speakers who know more than one language. Wide-ranging chapters make this fascinating reading for students and researchers in the fields of SLA, bilingualism, linguistics and psychology. • Presents a different view of bilingualism and second language acquisition, based on a bilingual rather than monolingual perspective • Integrates a wide range of research areas, from sociology to psychology, language teaching to heritage languages and beyond • Challenges the accepted view of native speaker norm in psychology and second language acquisition Applied linguistics and second language acquisition | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 470pp 14 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-107-05921-4 Hardback c. £99.00 / c. US$158.00 R Highlight

The Crucible of Language How Language and Mind Create Meaning Vyvyan Evans | Bangor University

In The Crucible of Language, Vyvyan Evans explains what we know and do when we communicate using language; he shows how linguistic meaning arises, where it comes from, and the way language enables us to convey the meanings that can move us to tears, or make us dizzy with delight. • Written with a lively and accessible style, this book will appeal to a broad and general readership • Restores meaning to its rightful position at the centre of scientific study on language • Builds on cutting-edge scientific breakthroughs Cognitive linguistics

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 375pp 51 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-107-12391-5 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99 P 978-1-107-56103-8 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

Language and linguistics

Discourse-Pragmatic Variation and Change in English

Teaching Chinese as an International Language

New Methods and Insights Edited by Heike Pichler | University of Newcastle upon Tyne

A Singapore Perspective Yeng-Seng Goh | Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

This volume brings together leading scholars in sociolinguistics and corpus linguistics to introduce new methods for analysing discoursepragmatic features such as like, innit, you get me, and at the end of the day. It also provides new empirical and theoretical insights to broaden our understanding of how these forms vary and change. • Offers new empirical and theoretical insights into the sociolinguistic dimensions of discourse-pragmatic variation and change in contemporary varieties of English • Introduces a range of contrasting but complementary new methods specifically tailored to the requirements of studying variation and change at the level of discourse-pragmatics • Presents analyses of a wide range of discourse-pragmatic variables, including: (i) the well-researched quotative, general extender, intensifier and discourse like variables; (ii) the less widely studied interjection, vocative, tag and adverb variables

China has risen in international prominence in recent decades, leading to a dramatic surge in the number of aspiring students of Chinese across the globe. Goh’s lively account explores the spread of global Chinese, and the teaching of Chinese as an international language to English-speaking learners from a Singapore perspective. • Accessibly written and suitable for those with no prior knowledge of Chinese or Chinese language teaching • Explores the impact of China’s emergence as a global power on dominant teaching and learning practices • Uses the history of Chinese language policy in Singapore as a useful case study for the teaching of Chinese internationally

Discourse analysis

Japanese

May 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 23 b/w illus. 1 map 3 tables 978-1-107-05576-6 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$105.00 C

Signalling Nouns in English A Corpus-Based Discourse Approach John Flowerdew | City University of Hong Kong

This study explores ‘signalling nouns’ – nouns whose meaning can only be determined by the context in which they are used. It investigates how they function in academic discourse, what their semantic properties are, and the linguistic environments in which they can and cannot occur. • Takes discourse and functional features seriously • Data is corpus-based, which will appeal to readers seeking empirical studies of authentic data • Based on the study of academic writing and speech, it is useful for teachers, scholars and materials developers in English for academic purposes Discourse analysis | Studies in English Language

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 306pp 1 b/w illus. 85 tables 978-1-107-02211-9 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00 C

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 6 b/w illus. 31 tables 978-1-107-05219-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$105.00

29 C

A Linguistic Introduction Yoko Hasegawa | University of California, Berkeley

This comprehensive introduction to the Japanese language explores the Japanese lexicon, grammatical foundations, major clause types, clause linkage, and language usage. The discussion of formal and structural properties of Japanese such as sound structure, vocabulary and grammar assist readers as they gain insight into historical and sociocultural aspects of Japanese. • Shows students how formal and structural properties of Japanese are used in real communication • Encompasses more topics and goes into greater depth than typical language textbooks provide • Online resources accompany the book and enable the reader to check their understanding of each chapter Asian language, linguistics

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 416pp 15 b/w illus. 5 maps 67 tables 978-1-107-03277-4 Hardback £60.00 / US$95.00 P 978-1-107-61147-4 Paperback £23.99 / US$38.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Using Japanese Synonyms

Key Reference

Anthony E. Backhouse | Hokkaido University, Japan

The book is aimed at English-speaking learners of Japanese and seeks to extend their control of vocabulary in both production and comprehension. Japanese near-synonyms are given clear descriptions of meaning (through English definitions) and use (in terms of combination, collocation and situational factors) and illustrated by authentic examples. • Uses authentic examples which reflect frequent and characteristic usage of Japanese • Accessibly presented with the Japanese rendered in both Romanisation and standard orthography • Written by an experienced English-speaking teacher of Japanese Asian language, linguistics

March 2016 238 x 169 mm 450pp 978-1-107-14706-5 Hardback c. £90.00 / c. US$125.00

Asian language, linguistics

The Cambridge Handbook of English Historical Linguistics Edited by Merja Kytö | Uppsala Universitet, Sweden

English historical linguistics is a subfield of linguistics which has developed theories and methods for exploring the history of the English language. This Handbook provides an account of state-of-the-art research on this history, and the important conclusions we can draw from it. • Provides the reader with a comprehensive and up-to-date picture of English historical linguistics as a field of research • Focuses on how the language’s history is studied and analysed, and what conclusions we can draw from those analyses • Chapters are written by leading researchers in the field Historical linguistics | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 600pp 33 b/w illus. 2 maps 19 tables 978-1-107-03935-3 Hardback £94.99 / US$150.00 R

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Language and linguistics

Letter Writing and Language Change

Long-Vowel Shifts in English, c. 1050–1700

Edited by Anita Auer | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

Evidence from Spelling Gjertrud Flermoen Stenbrenden | Universitetet i Oslo

Led by a team of experts, this book draws on a range of informal letter corpora and outlines the historical sociolinguistic value of letter analysis, both in theory and practice. This study challenges and questions ‘standard’ language ideologies and highlights the importance of non-standard vernacular forms. • Challenges the assumption that there is only one ‘legitimate’ and homogenous form of English or of any other language • Supports the view of different/alternative histories of the English language and will appeal to readers who are skeptical of ‘standard’ language ideology • Examines real letter corpora from a range of sources

Why does English pronunciation differ from other related languages? This book addresses this and other questions by analysing a high number of innovative Middle English spellings. Stenbrenden explores the changes in long-vowel pronunciation, using empirical data to date, localise and interpret the beginning of these changes. • Proposes a new view of Middle English long-vowel changes • Provides concrete answers to when and where long-vowel changes took place • Assesses a large collection of irregular Middle English spellings, to construct an argument based on factual examples

History of the English Language | Studies in English Language

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 352pp 20 b/w illus. 34 tables 978-1-107-01864-8 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

Language Evolution

Grammatical Complexity in Academic English

The Windows Approach Rudolf Botha | University of Stellenbosch, South Africa

Linguistic Change in Writing Douglas Biber | Northern Arizona University

Richly illustrated throughout with textual analyses, this book challenges widely held beliefs about grammatical complexity, academic writing, and linguistic change in English. This important new work will be of interest to discourse analysts, sociolinguists, applied linguists, as well as descriptive linguists and historical linguists. • Advocates new theoretical perspectives on grammatical complexity, academic writing, and the nature of linguistic change • Quantitative findings are illustrated through numerous examples and text excerpts • Includes both general descriptions of registers as well as detailed descriptions of particular grammatical features History of the English Language | Studies in English Language

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 302pp 48 b/w illus. 31 tables 978-1-107-00926-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 C

The lack of direct evidence about language evolution makes it notoriously difficult to study. The Windows Approach gleans indirect evidence about it from phenomena such as fossil skulls, prehistoric shell-beads, homesign systems, pidgin languages and motherese. Botha elucidates, analyses and appraises this approach in detail. • The first principled account of the Windows Approach to the study of language evolution • Offers a survey of recent literature on language evolution across the social and biological sciences • Accessibly written, with explanations of technical terms and ideas Evolution of Language | Approaches to the Evolution of Language

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 265pp 13 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13513-0 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$105.00

978-1-316-50107-8 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$39.99

Linguistic Ecology and Language Contact

Russian English History, Functions, and Features Edited by Zoya G. Proshina | Moscow State University

Edited by Ralph Ludwig | Martin Luther-Universität HalleWittenburg, Germany

This book explores the role of Russian English in the domains of politics, business, education, mass media, advertisement, tourism, youth subcultures and literature. With a fascinating focus on the role of language in attitudes and identity, Russian English will appeal to students and researchers across a wide range of fields. • Provides both a Russian and an international view of Russian English and related phenomena • Introduces a number of Russian linguistic theories and names in an accessible manner • Describes Russian English as a bridge between Western and Asian languages and cultures History of the English Language | Studies in English Language

May 2016 228 x 152 mm 350pp 9 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-107-07374-6 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 408pp 3 b/w illus. 75 tables 978-1-107-05575-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 C

This volume explores the role of linguistic ecology in the study of language contact. Bringing together an international team of experts, it offers a theoretical overview, followed by ten case studies on contact situations around the world, covering Europe, the Americas, Africa, the Indian Ocean, Asia, Australia and the Pacific. • Diverse case studies offer a world view • Contributions from an international team of experts • A comprehensive engagement with a key topic Evolution of Language | Cambridge Approaches to Language Contact

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 410pp 46 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-107-04135-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Language and linguistics

Textbook

Highlight

Conversation Analysis

Women Talk More Than Men

Rebecca Clift | University of Essex

... And Other Myths about Language Explained Abby Kaplan | University of Utah

We live our lives in conversation, building families, societies and civilisations. In over seven thousand languages across the world, the basic infrastructure by which we communicate remains the same. This introduces the methods and findings of Conversation Analysis, the field that has, more than any other, illuminated the mechanics of interaction. • Provides data and reported research on a wide range of languages, allowing students from a range of linguistic backgrounds to access and relate to the material • Gives a detailed explanation of transcriptional methods, enabling students to conduct their own analysis • Assembles the various elements of interaction into a one-stop resource Contents: 1. Introduction: why study conversation?; 2. Towards an understanding of action: origins and perspectives; 3. Why that, now?: position and composition in interaction; 4. Interaction in time: the centrality of turntaking; 5. The structure of sequences I: preference organisation; 6. The structure of sequences II: knowledge and authority in the construction of identity; 7. Halting progressivity: the organisation of repair; 8. Conclusion: discovering order. Research methods in linguistics | Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics

June 2016 247 x 174 mm 275pp 25 b/w illus. 1 table 978-0-521-19850-9 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

978-0-521-15719-3 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

This textbook explores popular questions about language. Do women talk more than men? Does texting make us stupid? Accessibly written and drawing on real experiments, it trains students to become informed consumers of social science research. A broad range of topics makes the book appropriate for non-technical introductory linguistics courses. • Contains detailed annotated references to literature in the field • Engages readers by focusing on linguistic issues of broad popular interest • Provides specific examples of facts and phenomena that refute popular myths English language, linguistics (general)

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 220pp 24 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-107-08492-6 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00 P 978-1-107-44690-8 Paperback c. £15.99 / c. US$24.99

Highlight

Chomsky Ideas and Ideals Third edition Neil Smith | University College London

The Semantics of Compounding Edited by Pius ten Hacken | Leopold-Franzens-Universität Innsbruck, Austria

In a compound, two words are combined to make a new word. The meaning of the new word cannot easily be predicted on the basis of its constituent parts. This book presents three frameworks that give insights into the factors that contribute to the semantics of compounds in various languages. • Offers an invaluable comparison of how the different frameworks are explored in the text function • Chapters on English, French, German, Swedish and Greek extend the theories across languages • Unique material on phrasal, A+N and neoclassical compounds Morphology

Noam Chomsky continues to be a hugely influential figure in linguistics, psychology, philosophy and politics. This revised and updated account of his thought explores his remarkable contribution to modern intellectual life and presents an accessible account of how he has revolutionised our view of language, the mind and human nature. • A wide-ranging overview of all areas of Chomsky’s work • Authoritative and unbiased coverage of his more controversial ideas • Thoroughly updated to cover recent developments English language, linguistics (general)

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-08214-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-44267-2 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 256pp 6 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-09970-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 C

Inflectional Paradigms Content and Form at the Syntax-Morphology Interface Gregory Stump | University of Kentucky

Sometimes dismissed as linguistically epiphenomenal, inflectional paradigms are, in reality, the interface of a language’s morphology with its syntax and semantics. Drawing on abundant linguistic evidence, Stump develops a new theoretical framework to explicate the centrality of paradigms in resolving the frequent and varied mismatches between words’ form and content. • Carefully chosen examples provide readers with thoroughly explained instances of content/form mismatches in inflection • Evidence from a wide range of languages demonstrates the universal applicability of the analytic framework developed in the book • Provides precise definitions, examples and applications of novel theoretical concepts Morphology | Cambridge Studies in Linguistics, 149

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 304pp 33 b/w illus. 182 tables 978-1-107-08883-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-46085-0 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Philosophy

Ethics and Health Care An Introduction John C. Moskop | Wake Forest University, North Carolina

Textbook

Medical Humanities An Introduction Thomas R. Cole | University of Texas, Houston School of Medicine

This textbook helps students and health professionals develop critical-thinking skills as well as compassion by using the many concepts and methods of the humanities. Readers are invited to consider existential issues relating to topics such as the experience of disease, care of the dying, health policy, religion and health, and medical technology. • History, literature and the arts, philosophy, and religious studies are used to enhance understanding of ethical and existential issues relating to topics such as the experience of disease, care of the dying, justice and health policy, religion and health, and medical technology • Case studies, primary sources, and images engage students more actively in the practical, interpretive, or analytical aspects of the materials • Exercises (including questions for discussion, role playing, and suggested writing exercises) encourage critical thinking and character formation, and further resources (including suggested reading and viewing) are included, and lists of relevant journals and organizations are noted Contents: Part I. History and Medicine: 1. The doctor-patient relationship; 2. Constructing disease; 3. Educating doctors; 4. Technology and medicine; 5. The health of populations; 6. Death and dying; Part II. Literature, the Arts, and Medicine: 7. Narratives of illness; 8. Aging in film; 9. Medicine and media; 10. Poetry and moral imagination; 11. Doctor-writers; 12. Studying medicine; Part III. Philosophy and Medicine: 13. Ways of knowing; 14. Goals of medicine; 15. Health and disease; 16. Moral philosophy and bioethics; 17. Medicine and power; 18. Just health care; Part IV. Religion and Medicine: 19. World religions for medical humanities; 20. Religion and health; 21. Religion and reality; 22. Religion and bioethics; 23. Suffering and hope; Contributions to chapters. Ethics

March 2015 253 x 177 mm 466pp 24 b/w illus. 978-1-107-01562-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$125.00

978-1-107-61417-8 Paperback £35.00 / US$60.00

Constructing Authorities

Using case studies for analysis and illustration, this volume provides an accessible and comprehensive introduction to the central topics and debates in health care ethics. It will appeal to students and teachers of applied ethics, bioethics, professional ethics, medicine, health law and medical sociology, as well as to health care professionals. • An accessible and comprehensive introduction • Provides a concise examination of central topics in health care ethics • Uses cases studies to illustrate and analyse topics Ethics | Cambridge Applied Ethics

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 336pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-01547-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$110.00

978-1-107-60175-8 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

Highlight

Sour Grapes Studies in the Subversion of Rationality Jon Elster

Jon Elster’s influential study of irrationality subverts orthodox theories of rational choice. Presented in a fresh twenty-first-century series livery, and with a specially commissioned new preface, it has been revived for a new generation of readers in economics, psychology, political and social theory, and philosophy. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • Subverts orthodox theories of rational choice • Draws from a range of subject areas, including philosophy, social theory, economics, psychology and history • Features a specially commissioned preface written by Richard Holton Ethics | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 160pp 978-1-107-14202-2 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-316-50700-1 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

Spinoza’s Critique of Religion and its Heirs Marx, Benjamin, Adorno Idit Dobbs-Weinstein | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

Reason, Politics and Interpretation in Kant’s Philosophy Onora O’Neill | University of Cambridge

A vital resource for Kant scholars, this collection of essays brings together the central lines of thought in Onora O’Neill’s work on Kant’s philosophy, arguing for a constructivist view of Kant’s account of reasoning. It forms an illuminating commentary of Kant’s fundamental philosophical strategy and its implications for ethics, politics, justice and autonomy. • A vital resource for Kant scholars • Shows how and why Kant’s accounts of reason and of politics are linked • Challenges accepted conceptions of autonomy Ethics

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 272pp 978-1-107-11631-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99

978-1-107-53825-2 Paperback £21.99 / US$32.99

By situating Spinoza’s thought in a materialist Aristotelian tradition, this book sheds new light on those who inherit Spinoza’s thought and its consequences materially and historically rather than metaphysically. • The first book in the history of philosophy and critical theory to address Spinoza’s critique with approaches from history, religion, politics and art • Argues for the relevance of Adorno’s thought in the current political climate History of philosophy

June 2015 216 x 138 mm 285pp 978-1-107-09491-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Philosophy

The Theory of the Sublime from Longinus to Kant

The Cambridge Companion to Popper

Robert Doran | University of Rochester, New York

Edited by Jeremy Shearmur | Australian National University, Canberra

This is the first in-depth treatment of the major theories of the sublime, one of the most important concepts in contemporary philosophy. Robert Doran addresses theories from the ancient Greek treatise On the Sublime (attributed to ‘Longinus’) and its early modern reception to the philosophical accounts of Burke and Kant. • Provides the first full account of the evolution of modern theories of sublimity • Offers a comprehensive treatment of some neglected, but pivotal theorists of sublimity, alongside the major figures • Combines the virtues of an in-depth study with the advantages of a comprehensive perspective History of philosophy

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 328pp 978-1-107-10153-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

This comprehensive collection offers accessible overviews of the central features of Karl Popper’s philosophy, as well as discussions of the more technical aspects of philosophy. The book will appeal to the general reader of philosophy, as well as to specialists. • Readers will gain an excellent overview of Popper’s work, as well as an introduction to the more technical aspects of philosophy such as his arguments on induction • Includes contributions from a diverse range of eminent scholars, writing in clear and accessible prose • Is up to date, examining the most recent scholarship and offering comparative critiques Philosophy of science | Cambridge Companions to Philosophy

New in Paperback

Natural Categories and Human Kinds

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 397pp 3 b/w illus. 978-0-521-85645-4 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$110.00

978-0-521-67242-9 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$36.99

Highlight

Rational Decision and Causality

Classification in the Natural and Social Sciences Muhammad Ali Khalidi | York University, Toronto

In this book, Muhammad Ali Khalidi draws on a detailed examination of classification in the natural and social sciences to argue against essentialism and for a naturalist account of natural kinds. His book is a significant contribution to the growing movement towards naturalism in recent philosophy. • Proposes a new understanding of natural kinds • Features case studies drawn from diverse scientific disciplines, from fluid mechanics to virology and polymer science to psychiatry • Contains both a critique of alternative approaches and a positive, naturalist account Philosophy of science

May 2015 229 x 152 mm 268pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-52172-8 Paperback £18.99 / US$32.99

Also available 978-1-107-01274-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Ellery Eells

Ellery Eells’ original work examining theories of rational decision making continues to be illuminating for philosophers of science. Presented in a fresh twenty-first-century series livery, and with a specially commissioned new preface, this influential work has been revived for a new generation of readers. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • Analyses the philosophical and psychological significance of rational decision theories • Of interest to a range of readers, including probability theorists, economists, statisticians and psychologists • Features a specially commissioned preface written by Brian Skyrms Philosophy of science | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

Organisms, Agency, and Evolution D. M. Walsh | University of Toronto

This book proposes an alternative theory of evolution as organism-centred, prioritising organisms as adaptive agents and challenging the Modern Synthesis theory of evolution which prioritises genes over organisms. It is of interest to scholars and upper-level students of evolutionary biology and the philosophy of biology. • Proposes a new understanding of the process of evolution • Offers a balanced philosophical analysis of current debates within evolutionary biology • Compares and contrasts two central theories of evolution and holds each up to empirical scrutiny Philosophy of science

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 294pp 3 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-12210-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 220pp 7 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-14481-1 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-316-50795-7 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

Highlight

Probability and Evidence Paul Horwich

Paul Horwich’s influential work offers resolutions to central issues in the philosophy of science through a probabilistic approach to scientific reasoning and methodology. Presented in a fresh twenty-first-century series livery, with a specially commissioned new preface, it has been revived for a new generation of readers in philosophy of science. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • Presents Paul Horwich’s probabilistic approach to scientific reasoning and methodology • Offers resolutions of central issues in the philosophy of science • Features a specially commissioned preface written by Colin Howson Philosophy of science | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 140pp 10 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-14210-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-316-50701-8 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Philosophy

Textbook

Commentary on Thomas Aquinas’s Treatise on Law

An Introduction to Feminism Lorna Finlayson | University of Essex

J. Budziszewski | University of Texas, Austin

Thomas Aquinas shows how the foundations of law and ethics are rooted in God’s creational design, reflected in man’s nature, and implemented by wise legislators. J. Budziszewski’s commentary on the Treatise is written in luminously clear prose and should attract anyone interested in politics, jurisprudence, ethical controversies, or interreligious dialogue. • Appeals to the current revived interest in natural moral law • The author is a well-known scholar and acknowledged authority on natural law • No other modern commentary on the Treatise on Law exists • The book is supplemented by an online Companion to the Commentary, with richly elaborated thematic discussions keyed to the sections of the book itself Political philosophy

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 520pp 978-1-107-02939-2 Hardback £70.00 / US$110.00

Justice across Boundaries Whose Obligations? Onora O’Neill | University of Cambridge

Offering an answer to the question ‘who ought to do what, and for whom, if global justice is to progress?’, this book will interest academic researchers and advanced students of global justice, human rights, political philosophy and political theory. • Offers an answer to the question of who ought to do what if global justice is to progress, proposing an adequate framework for practical and political claims about global justice • Challenges the claim that global justice must be delivered solely by bounded states • Argues that global justice requires an approach that crosses state boundaries, and discusses the conditions needed both for action and for justifications of action to reach across borders Political philosophy

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-11630-6 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

978-1-107-53817-7 Paperback £21.99 / US$32.99

This refreshing, inclusive overview focuses on the practice of feminism with coverage of actions and activism, alongside a clear and critical introduction to the theory. It explores a range of approaches and analyses key terms to equip readers with a critical understanding of the vocabulary of feminist debates. • Focuses on feminist practice as well as feminist theory, encouraging increased attention to the practical aspects of feminism as a movement • Covers a broad scope of feminist traditions including previously neglected strands, providing a truly wide-ranging understanding of feminism as a whole • Attends to previously under-discussed aspects of the history of feminism, situating feminist theory and practice in the context against which it can be properly understood • Includes in-depth analyses of key terms equipping readers with a critical understanding of the vocabulary encountered in feminist literature and debates Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Feminist theory, feminist practice; 3. Outposts in your head: ideology, patriarchy and critique; 4. (De-)constructing coatracks: feminism, sex and gender; 5. Whose story?; 6. Deeds not words; 7. Faces and facades; 8. Everyday rebellions: revolution in the private sphere; 9. The porn wars; 10. Among sisters: anarchism, socialism and feminism; 11. Not In Our Name: colonialism, capitalism and the co-option of feminism; 12. Goodbye to all that…; References; Index. Political philosophy | Cambridge Introductions to Philosophy

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 220pp 978-1-107-12104-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-54482-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$32.99

Highlight

Hermeneutics and the Human Sciences Essays on Language, Action and Interpretation Paul Ricoeur Edited and translated by John B. Thompson

John B. Thompson’s influential collection of essays by Paul Ricoeur forms a comprehensive and illuminating introduction to Ricoeur’s contributions to sociological theory. With a specially commissioned new preface, the book has been revived for a new generation of readers in psychology and the social and political sciences. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • Features essays by Paul Ricoeur that were previously unavailable in the English language • Offers a comprehensive introduction to Ricoeur’s prolific contributions to sociological theory • Features a specially commissioned preface written by Charles Taylor Political philosophy | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 330pp 978-1-107-14497-2 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-316-50820-6 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

Philosophy

The Original Position Edited by Timothy Hinton | North Carolina State University

This collection of new essays examines the ramifications of the original position, the central idea of John Rawls’s political philosophy, from a broad range of perspectives. Accessible and comprehensive, it is a valuable resource for undergraduates, as well as advanced students, of philosophy, game theory, economics, and the social and political sciences. • Written by leading Rawls scholars • Offers a comprehensive overview of the central idea in John Rawls’s political philosophy • Accessible to undergraduates as well as advanced students

The Philosophy of Argument and Audience Reception Christopher W. Tindale | University of Windsor, Ontario

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 296pp 2 tables 978-1-107-04448-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$110.00

This book shifts the focus in the philosophy of argument and argumentation theory from arguments themselves onto how they are experienced by audiences. The resulting insights about the nature of different audiences and their receptiveness to argumentation will assist the construction of persuasive arguments in politics, law and social policy. • Takes argumentation theory in a new direction • Draws on recent aspects of contemporary philosophy, like theories of meaning, testimony, emotion and agency • Reviews some of the major historical philosophical attempts to deal with a theory of audience, including those by Aristotle, Perelman and Habermas

978-1-107-62751-2 Paperback £18.99 / US$27.99

Logic

Political philosophy | Classic Philosophical Arguments

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 258pp 978-1-107-10111-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Kant: The Metaphysics of Morals Second edition Edited by Lara Denis | Agnes Scott College, Decatur

Highlight

Designed for intermediate to advanced students, this edition of Kant’s Metaphysics of Morals contains a lightly revised version of Mary Gregor’s highly regarded translation. Readers’ understanding and engagement are facilitated by its informative and accessible introduction, extensive further reading essay, and translation and editorial notes. • A new and revised edition of one of Kant’s most important works of moral philosophy • A new introduction by Lara Denis sets the work in its philosophical and historical context • Informative footnotes and comprehensive guidance on further reading will be valuable for student readers Philosophy texts

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-08639-5 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$75.00

978-1-107-45135-3 Paperback c. £16.99 / c. US$29.99

Textbook

Descartes: Meditations on First Philosophy With Selections from the Objections and Replies Second edition Edited and translated by John Cottingham | University of Reading

This volume is a refreshed and updated edition of John Cottingham’s acclaimed 1996 translation, including an updated introduction, a substantially revised bibliography and specially selected extracts from the Objections and Replies. It will be a vital resource for students reading the Meditations, as well as those studying Descartes and early modern philosophy. • Revised and updated edition of John Cottingham’s acclaimed 1996 translation • Features a substantially revised introduction and bibliography and includes specially selected extracts from the Objections and Replies • Offers a readable, modern translation, providing students with a clear understanding of the complex philosophical arguments and ideas of the Meditations Contents: Introductory essay; Introduction; Chronology; Meditations on first philosophy; Selections from the objections and replies; Index. Philosophy texts | Cambridge Texts in the History of Philosophy

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 188pp 978-1-107-05920-7 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$85.00

978-1-107-66573-6 Paperback c. £10.99 / c. US$20.99

Logic of Statistical Inference Ian Hacking

This book showcases Ian Hacking’s early ideas on the central issues surrounding statistical reasoning. Presented in a fresh twenty-first-century series livery, and with a specially commissioned new preface, this influential work is now available for a new generation of readers in statistics, philosophy of science and philosophy of maths. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • Tests the basic principles of statistical reasoning both at a philosophical level and in terms of their practical consequences for statisticians • Showcases Ian Hacking’s early ideas on the central philosophical issues surrounding statistical reasoning • Features a specially commissioned preface written by Jan-Willem Romijn Logic | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 9 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-14495-8 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-316-50814-5 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

From the Knowledge Argument to Mental Substance Resurrecting the Mind Howard Robinson | Central European University, Budapest

This book offers a comprehensive defense of the knowledge argument, arguing that materialism cannot accommodate or explain consciousness and offering an original defense of conceptualism for the non-basic. It will be a valuable resource for scholars and advanced students of philosophy of mind, studying consciousness, dualism and the mind-body problem. • Provides a comprehensive defense of the knowledge argument • Argues that physicalists have no response to the hard problem of consciousness • Offers an original defense of conceptualism for the non-basic Philosophy of mind and language

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 262pp 978-1-107-08726-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Philosophy

Highlight

Explanatory Pluralism

Traditional and Analytical Philosophy

C. Mantzavinos | University of Athens, Greece

Lectures on the Philosophy of Language Ernst Tugendhat

P. A. Gorner’s English translation of Ernst Tugendhat’s major philosophical work brought new perspectives to some of the central and abiding questions of metaphysics and the philosophy of language. Presented in a fresh twenty-first-century series livery, including a specially commissioned new preface, it has been revived for a new generation of readers. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • The English translation of Ernst’s Tugendhat’s major philosophical work • Presents Tugendhat’s development of his original theory of reference, predication and individuation • Features a specially commissioned preface written by Hans-Johann Glock Philosophy of mind and language | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-14533-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-316-50889-3 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

The Brain in a Vat Edited by Sanford C. Goldberg | Northwestern University, Illinois

This collection of new essays examines the brainin-a-vat scenario and its implications. Reviewing the history and contributions of debates on this thought experiment, as well as discussing the impact of contemporary philosophical debates, the volume is a valuable resource for advanced students and readers in philosophy of mind and language, epistemology and metaphysics. • Explores the impact of recent developments in epistemology, metaphysics and philosophy of mind and language on the brain-in-avat debate • Relevant to students of a broad range of philosophical disciplines • Structured in three parts according to philosophical discipline: philosophy of mind and language, epistemology and metaphysics Philosophy of mind and language | Classic Philosophical Arguments

The main activity that scientists engage in is the provision of explanations. This book defends the position of explanatory pluralism, i.e. the position that there are many points of view from which to describe and evaluate scientific explanations, and offers lively discussions of case studies from a variety of disciplines. • Proposes a new philosophical theory of scientific explanation • Includes case studies from economics, medicine and physics • Articulates, for the first time, the position of explanatory pluralism in a systematic fashion Philosophy of social science

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 200pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12851-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Chinese Metaphysics and its Problems Edited by Chenyang Li | Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

Written by a team of leading scholars, this comprehensive anthology is the first Englishlanguage volume focused on Chinese metaphysics. Provides an invaluable tool for students and readers interested in metaphysics and Chinese philosophy, expanding their understanding and appreciation of the key philosophical traditions in China from pre-Qin to modern times. • The first English-language anthology focused exclusively on Chinese metaphysics • Written by a team of leading scholars in the field, providing the most up-to-date perspectives • Uses a comparative perspective and a broad coverage of topics making Chinese metaphysics accessible to readers with a Western philosophical background Non-western philosophy

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 254pp 7 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-09350-8 Hardback £60.00 / US$95.00

Textbook

An Introduction to Indian Philosophy Roy W. Perrett | University of Melbourne

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 272pp 978-1-107-06967-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-64338-3 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

Highlight

What is a Law of Nature? D. M. Armstrong

D. M. Armstrong’s original work on what a law of nature is continues to be illuminating for metaphysicians and philosophers of science alike. Presented in a fresh twenty-first-century series livery, and with a specially commissioned new preface, this influential work is now available for a new generation of readers. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • Establishes D. M. Armstrong’s original theory of laws of nature • Offers a definitive critique of the orthodox Humean sceptical view of causation • Features a specially commissioned preface written by Marc Lange Epistemology and metaphysics | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

This introduction is thematically structured, wideranging and philosophically rigorous, providing the technical details of Indian philosophical arguments and their theoretical motivations, without being too technical for beginners. Including a glossary, guide to Sanskrit pronunciation and translated texts, it is an essential resource for beginners and advanced students of Indian philosophy. • Includes detailed explorations of the full range of Indian philosophical concerns, including epistemology, logic, philosophy of language and metaphysics, providing students with an informed view of the broad range of classical Indian contributions to philosophy • Analytical, philosophically rigorous and introduces some metaphilosophical issues without being too technical for beginners • The chapters are thematically structured providing readers with a summary of not just the different schools of doctrines but also the details of Indian philosophical arguments and their theoretical and philosophical motivations Contents: Preface; A note on the pronunciation of Sanskrit; Introduction; 1. Value; 2. Knowledge; 3. Reasoning; 4. Word; 5. World; 6. Self; 7. Ultimates; Glossary; Bibliography; Index. Non-western philosophy | Cambridge Introductions to Philosophy

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 180pp 978-1-107-14231-2 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-316-50709-4 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 274pp 3 b/w illus. 978-0-521-85356-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-0-521-61869-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

Philosophy

New in Paperback

Aristotle’s Ethics and Medieval Philosophy

Kant’s Construction of Nature A Reading of the Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science Michael Friedman | Stanford University, California

Moral Goodness and Practical Wisdom Anthony Celano | Stonehill College

Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics had a profound influence on generations of later philosophers, not only in the ancient era but also in the medieval period and beyond. Anthony Celano’s study explores how medieval authors recast Aristotle’s Ethics according to their own moral ideals. • Reconciles two concepts of happiness in Aristotle’s Ethics to present a new perspective • Provides accessible translations, interpretations and explanations of primary texts in ancient Greek and medieval Latin philosophy • Examines the secondary literature in English, French, German and Italian Medieval philosophy

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 274pp 978-1-107-13485-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Eighteenth-century philosophy

Aquinas’s Disputed Questions on Evil A Critical Guide Edited by M. V. Dougherty | Ohio Dominican University

April 2015 229 x 152 mm 646pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-51545-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$37.99

Also available 978-0-521-19839-4 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Highlight

This collection of specially commissioned new essays philosophically examines Aquinas’s major work on evil. The first book-length Englishlanguage study of Aquinas’s work on evil, the chapters examine a diverse range of issues relevant to disciplines including medieval philosophy, ethics, philosophy of action, metaphysics, history of philosophy, and theology. • The first book-length English-language study of Aquinas’s Disputed Questions on Evil • Contributes to contemporary philosophical discussions as well as theology and history of philosophy • Focuses on topics from a broad range of philosophical disciplines, from metaphysics and action theory to ethics Medieval philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 270pp 978-1-107-04434-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Develops a new reading of Kant’s Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science, reconstructing his main argument in clear detail. Michael Friedman articulates a radically new perspective of Kant’s critical philosophy as a whole and convincingly demonstrates the importance of eighteenth-century science and Isaac Newton’s legacy for Kant and modern philosophy. • Develops a new and complete reading of the Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science • Explains the significance and centrality of this text for Kant’s philosophy as a whole and, in particular, for the Critique of Pure Reason • Sheds new light on Kant’s relationship to eighteenth-century science in the wake of Newton’s achievement

The Cambridge Companion to Newton Second edition Edited by Robert Iliffe | University of Sussex

Kant’s Analytic Jonathan Bennett

Jonathan Bennett’s engaging analysis of the first half of Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason continues to be an important and illuminating exploration of Kant’s major work. Presented in a fresh twentyfirst-century series livery, and with a specially commissioned new preface, this influential work is now available for a new generation of readers. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • Forms both an introduction to and a rigorous analysis of the first half of Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason • Illuminating for both practiced Kant scholars and beginners • Features a specially commissioned preface written by James Van Cleve Eighteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 270pp 2 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-14054-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-316-50605-9 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

Highlight

This new edition of The Cambridge Companion to Newton includes three updated chapters, as well as a revised bibliography, new introduction and three entirely new chapters on continuous and discontinuous force in Newton’s laws of motion, Newton’s religion and Newton’s efforts in chronology of the ancient past. • Takes account of the latest research from the past fifteen years to provide an up-to-date overview • Explains Newton’s work on alchemy, physics, religion and mathematics with new chapters that reflect the full range of Newton’s output • Includes new and updated chapters as well as a new preface and introduction and a revised bibliography Early modern philosophy | Cambridge Companions to Philosophy

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 530pp 27 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-01546-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$120.00

978-1-107-60174-1 Paperback £22.99 / US$36.99

Kant’s Dialectic Jonathan Bennett

Jonathan Bennett’s accessible analysis of the second half of Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason continues to be an important and illuminating exploration of Kant’s major work. Presented in a fresh twenty-first-century series livery, and with a specially commissioned new preface, this influential work is now available for a new generation of readers. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • Forms both an introduction to and a rigorous analysis of the second half of Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason • Approaches Kant’s arguments from the standpoint of contemporary analytical philosophy • Features a specially commissioned preface written by Karl Ameriks Eighteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14057-8 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-316-50607-3 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Philosophy

Key Reference

New in Paperback

Kant: Lectures and Drafts on Political Philosophy

Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel: Heidelberg Writings

Edited and translated by Frederick Rauscher | Michigan State University

Journal Publications Georg Wilhelm Fredrich Hegel Edited by Brady Bowman | Pennsylvania State University

This is the first translation into English of the only surviving set of student notes from Kant’s course on political philosophy and the notes and drafts he wrote whilst formulating his ideas on the importance of freedom, the social contract, international peace, property rights, the French Revolution, and other topics. • The concluding volume in the Cambridge Edition of the Works of Immanuel Kant • Includes a translation of the only surviving student transcription of Kant’s lectures on political philosophy • Has extensive notes, glossary, and a topical and chronological concordance

This volume brings together, for the first time in English translation, Hegel’s journal publications from his years in Heidelberg (1816–18). The translators have provided an introduction and notes that offer a scholarly commentary on the philosophical and political background of Hegel’s Heidelberg writings. • Provides English translation of Hegelian works previously untranslated or only partially translated • A useful, scholarly commentary on the philosophical and political background of Hegel’s Heidelberg writings • Contains resources for further scholarship

Eighteenth-century philosophy | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Immanuel Kant

March 2015 229 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-49970-6 Paperback £17.99 / US$26.99

Also available 978-0-521-83300-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$115.00

March 2016 234 x 156 mm 464pp 978-0-521-84308-9 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00

Highlight

New in Paperback

The Making of Friedrich Nietzsche

Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel: The Science of Logic

The Quest for Identity, 1844–1869 Daniel Blue

This original biography of Friedrich Nietzsche’s early life radically reconceives Nietzsche’s youth, recontextualising his early essays and the works he went on to write later in life. It will greatly appeal to students and scholars of Nietzsche, as well as the interested general reader. • The first English-language biography of Nietzsche to make use of German-language scholarship • Radically reconceives Nietzsche’s youth, recontextualising his early essays • Investigates the importance of autobiography in Nietzsche’s youth Nineteenth-century philosophy

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 480pp 978-1-107-13486-7 Hardback £29.99 / US$49.99

Nineteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Hegel Translations

Georg Wilhelm Fredrich Hegel Edited and translated by George Di Giovanni | McGill University, Montréal

This translation of Hegel’s ‘Greater Logic’ includes the revised Book I (1832), Book II (1813) and Book III (1816). The volume’s introduction presents in synoptic form the results of recent scholarship on the subject. The translation is accompanied by a full apparatus of historical and explanatory notes. • Includes a substantial introductory study that places Hegel’s Logic in an historical and conceptual context • Explains key terms and translations • Sets the text out in a clear and accessible manner, including Hegel’s own style points, making it easier to read Nineteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Hegel Translations

New in Paperback

Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel: Encyclopedia of the Philosophical Sciences in Basic Outline

February 2015 229 x 152 mm 866pp 978-1-107-49963-8 Paperback £40.00 / US$60.00

Also available 978-0-521-83255-7 Hardback £150.00 / US$215.00

Highlight

Nietzsche on Tragedy M. S. Silk

Part 1: Science of Logic Georg Wilhelm Fredrich Hegel Edited by Klaus Brinkmann | Boston University

Hegel’s Encyclopaedia Logic contains the most explicit formulation of his enduringly influential dialectical method and of the categorical system underlying his thought. This volume presents it in a new translation with a helpful introduction and notes. • Includes a dual language glossary to aid the reader in approaching the original text • Provides a readable and accurate version of a difficult text • Represents the core of Hegel’s work concerning logic and a useful teaching aid to those who are approaching this for the first time Nineteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Hegel Translations

February 2015 229 x 152 mm 380pp 978-1-107-49969-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

Also available 978-0-521-82914-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$115.00

The first comprehensive study of Nietzsche’s earliest book, The Birth of Tragedy (1872), this important book has been revived for a new generation of readers of Nietzsche, German philosophy and history of philosophy. It is presented in a fresh twenty-first-century series livery and includes a specially commissioned new preface. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • The first study of Nietzsche’s earliest book, The Birth of Tragedy (1872) • Offers a detailed examination of the philosophical value of Nietzsche’s book and its place in the history of ideas • Features a specially commissioned preface written by Lesley Chamberlain Nineteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 460pp 978-1-107-14476-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-316-50793-3 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

Philosophy / Religion

Wittgenstein: Lectures, Cambridge 1930–1933

Mind, Self and Person Volume 76 Edited by Anthony O’Hear | Royal Institute of Philosophy, London

From the Notes of G. E. Moore Edited by David G. Stern | University of Iowa

This volume provides, for the first time, an almost verbatim record of Wittgenstein’s lectures from the early 1930s. It forms a valuable introduction to his philosophy and will be a useful resource for scholars, undergraduate students and upper-level students of philosophy, linguistics, anthropology, logic, and the social sciences. • Provides an accurate and transparent record of Wittgenstein’s early years as a lecturer at Cambridge • Includes topics little discussed elsewhere in Wittgenstein’s writing, offering a new approach to his later thought • A companion website features pictures of the source manuscripts Twentieth-century philosophy

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 320pp 40 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-107-04116-5 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$100.00

This volume contains papers based on the lectures given by leading figures in current philosophy of mind as part of the Royal Institute of Philosophy’s London Lecture series for 2013–14. The collection explores a wide range of issues, including consciousness, the self and the nature of the human person. • Explores a wide range of issues, including consciousness, the self and the nature of the human person • Contains essays by leading scholars in the philosophy of mind • Based on the Royal Institute of Philosophy’s London Lecture series for 2013–14 Philosophy (general) | Royal Institute of Philosophy Supplements, 76

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 334pp 978-1-107-54566-3 Paperback £23.99 / US$39.00

Plato on the Metaphysical Foundation of Meaning and Truth

Religion

Blake E. Hestir | Texas Christian University

Blake E. Hestir’s examination of passages from Plato’s Cratylus, Parmenides, Theaetetus, and Sophist sheds new light on Plato’s conception of meaning and truth, bringing it into dialogue with contemporary truth theory, metaphysics, and semantics, as well as highlighting new and striking parallels between Plato and Aristotle. • Argues for an alternative interpretation of Plato’s conception of truth that challenges both classical and contemporary interpretations • Clarifies issues about being as power, and the relation to meaning and truth • Reveals new parallels between Plato’s and Aristotle’s conceptions of meaning and truth Classical philosophy

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 278pp 978-1-107-13232-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

The Structure of Enquiry in Plato’s Early Dialogues Vasilis Politis | Trinity College, Dublin

Providing an alternative to the traditional interpretation, this book defends a radically new view of Plato’s method of argument in the early dialogues, centred on dilemmas and aporiai. Offering new directions for the debate around Plato’s method, it will be a valuable resource for advanced students and scholars of Plato. • Offers and defends a radical new perspective on Plato’s method of argument and enquiry in the early dialogues • Provides an accessible examination of Plato’s early dialogues, appealing to non-specialists • Proposes an alternative to the traditional interpretation, offering new directions for debates on Plato’s method of argument Classical philosophy

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 266pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06811-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Women Prophets and Radical Protestantism in the British Atlantic World, 1640–1730 Elizabeth Bouldin | Florida Gulf Coast University

This book examines how women prophets from a variety of radical Protestant traditions shaped their religious and civic communities between the British Civil Wars and the Great Awakening. Transatlantic in scope, it will appeal to those interested in European and British Atlantic history and the history of women and religion. • Examines why ‘chosenness’ was such an important concept to early modern Protestants • Approaches women prophets from the point of view of their participation in Atlantic world networks • Studies individuals and their communities and societies in a way that balances specific ideas and historical contexts Theology

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 216pp 978-1-107-09551-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

The Cambridge Companion to Christian Political Theology Edited by Craig Hovey | Ashland University, Ohio

This accessible volume provides a concise overview of the development of contemporary Christian political theology and its key issues while making important critical and constructive contributions to the field. An invaluable resource for students and scholars in theology, it will also be beneficial to those in history, philosophy, and politics. • Goes beyond summarizing and describing the material, making important critical and constructive contributions to the field of political theology • Offers a reference that is more accessible and affordable than competitors • Presents arguments about sources, approaches, and issues in the field rather than giving an encyclopedic introduction Theology | Cambridge Companions to Religion

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 314pp 978-1-107-05274-1 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99

978-1-107-63380-3 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Religion

Key Reference

The Cambridge Companion to the Summa Theologiae

The New Cambridge History of the Bible

Edited by Philip McCosker | University of Cambridge

Featuring essays from both specialists in Aquinas’ thought and constructive contemporary theologians, this Companion provides an accessible, comprehensive guide to his main mature theological work, the Summa Theologiae. The authors demonstrate how to read the text effectively and how to relate it to past and current theological issues. • Accessible writing • Both descriptive and constructive • Multi-perspectival Theology | Cambridge Companions to Religion

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 175pp 978-0-521-87963-7 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$80.00

978-0-521-70544-8 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$28.99

Volume 3: From 1450 to 1750 Edited by Euan Cameron | Union Theological Seminary, New York

This volume follows the Bible’s story from the Renaissance to the Enlightenment. This crucial period saw the beginnings of modern scholarly study of the text, the appearance of many definitive translations from the original languages to European vernaculars, and the exportation of the Bible to the rest of the world. • Combines biblical scholarship with cultural history • Features a broadly based team of international scholars • Integrates Eastern and global Christianity into the story of the Bible Biblical studies – New Testament | New Cambridge History of the Bible

The Cambridge Companion to Reformed Theology

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 848pp 14 b/w illus. 1 table 978-0-521-51342-5 Hardback £125.00 / US$190.00 R

Edited by Paul T. Nimmo | University of Aberdeen

This volume offers an introduction to Reformed theology, one of the most historically important and currently generative traditions of theological enquiry. It will serve both undergraduate and postgraduate students as a valuable guide to the doctrinal positions of the tradition and to some of its central figures and historic contexts. • There is no other work on the market which offers the same sort of structured overview • By examining key doctrinal insights of the Reformed tradition, the book embodies a fresh approach • The book examines a number of key thinkers in the Reformed tradition, allowing the reader to concisely understand their theology Theology | Cambridge Companions to Religion

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-02722-0 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

978-1-107-69054-7 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$32.99

Biblical Criticism in Early Modern Europe

The Crucifixion in its Jewish Context Simon J. Joseph | California Lutheran University

This volume investigates the cultural, political, economic, and religious conflicts that led to the historical Jesus’ arrest, trial, and execution. It introduces a new hypothesis positing Jesus’ enactment of a program of radically nonviolent eschatological restoration, an orientation that ultimately inspired the first attributions of sacrificial language to his death. • Links the Temple incident and Jesus’ death while carefully distinguishing between historical and theological interpretations of both • Resolves long-standing contradictions and inconsistencies about the Temple and sacrifice in New Testament studies and Jesus research • Provides a historically compelling explanation for why Jesus died Biblical studies – New Testament | Society for New Testament Studies Monograph Series

Erasmus, the Johannine Comma and Trinitarian Debate Grantley McDonald | Universität Salzburg

February 2016 216 x 138 mm 336pp 978-1-107-12535-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

When Erasmus (1516) failed to find Greek manuscript evidence for the ‘Johannine comma’, long considered the clearest biblical evidence for the Trinity, he unwittingly opened a vicious debate over the nature of the bible, its relationship with doctrine, and the role of the state in regulating private belief. • This book gives the first detailed account of the debate over the textual basis for the doctrine of the Trinity, from the sixteenth to the twentieth century • Shows how biblical philology was not simply the preserve of scholars, but was a subject of broad social interest in the early modern period, with serious political implications • Provides rich philological detail in an accessible style Biblical studies – New Testament

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 360pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12536-0 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00

Jesus and the Temple

The Jesuit Suppression in Global Context Causes, Events, and Consequences Edited by Jeffrey D. Burson | Georgia Southern University

This volume analyses the causes, developments, and consequences of the Jesuit Suppression, one of the most dramatic and puzzling events of the Enlightenment era. With a global focus, essays provide an overview of the latest research that will be essential to scholars of eighteenth-century religious, intellectual, cultural and political history. • Combines narrative accounts with deeper analysis, allowing readers to place events in a broader interpretive perspective • Features essays from contributors who are all established experts in their respective fields • Addresses events across Europe and in overseas colonies for a truly international perspective Church history

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 305pp 1 map 3 tables 978-1-107-03058-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Religion

Patristic Theories of Biblical Interpretation The Latin Fathers Edited by Tarmo Toom | Catholic University of America, Washington DC

This volume provides an in-depth analysis of patristic hermeneutics for those who research, teach, or study the early church and the interpretation of Scripture. It focuses exclusively on Latin authors – such as Jerome, Augustine, and Gregory – whose writings contain substantial discussion of hermeneutics, highlighting key passages. • An exhaustive assessment of Latin patristic authors who have provided theoretical discussions about interpretation • Focuses on texts which are relevant for the theory of interpretation • Exclusive focus on Latin authors whose work has been fundamental for Latin (Western) tradition(s) of biblical interpretation Church history

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 283pp 978-1-107-06655-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Power, Ethics, and Ecology in Jewish Late Antiquity

David, King of Israel, and Caleb in Biblical Memory Jacob L. Wright | Emory University, Atlanta

This book presents a new thesis on the history of Israel: David was originally king of Judah, not of Israel. The tales of his encounters with Goliath, Saul, Jonathan, Michal, Bathsheba, Absalom, and Solomon are later additions to the account. The work develops a new model for the study of biblical literature. • Treats King David, one of the greatest figures in the imagination of the West • Shows the rivalry between David and Caleb in biblical memory • Presents a new model for understanding the formation of biblical literature, one based on interdisciplinary research on war commemoration • Suggests a new approach to biblical studies, one informed by questions from the discipline of Jewish studies Judaism

Rabbinic Responses to Drought and Disaster Julia Watts Belser | Georgetown University, Washington DC

January 2015 216 x 138 mm 284pp 978-1-107-06227-6 Hardback £55.00 / US$80.00

This book analyzes rabbinic responses to drought and disaster, revealing how talmudic tales of charismatic holy men grapple with problems of power, ethics, and ecology in Jewish late antiquity. Aimed at scholars and students of rabbinic literature, it will also appeal to scholars of early Christianity and religion and the environment. • Enables readers to engage deeply with a single rabbinic work • Illuminates the significance of rabbinic narrative in its historical and cultural context • Written in an accessible style that makes the book suitable for scholars and students from diverse fields

978-1-107-67263-5 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Judaism

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 247pp 978-1-107-11335-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

The Christian Schism in Jewish History and Jewish Memory Joshua Ezra Burns | Marquette University, Wisconsin

In this book, Joshua Ezra Burns describes the birth of Christianity as a function of the Jewish past. He examines how the authors of Judaism’s earliest surviving memories of Christianity speak to the perspectives of rabbinic observers who were conditioned by the unique circumstances of their encounters with Christianity to recognize its adherents as fellow Jews. Judaism

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 352pp 978-1-107-12047-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Interpreting Scriptures in Judaism, Christianity and Islam Overlapping Inquiries Edited by Mordechai Z. Cohen | Yeshiva University, New York

This comparative study examines how scriptures – the Bible and the Qur’an – were interpreted in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam throughout history, with emphasis on the pivotal medieval period. Topics discussed include the challenges of translating scripture, its literal and non-literal meanings, its portrayal in art, and its relation to secular literature. • Offers a truly interdisciplinary study that draws on the perspectives of literary criticism, legal hermeneutics, intellectual history, and cultural and religious studies • Explores rhetoric, poetics, and strategies of reading sacred and secular literature • Suitable not only for scholars and graduate students, but also clergy and educated laypeople Biblical studies – Old Testament, Hebrew Bible

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 407pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06568-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Poetic Ethics in Proverbs Wisdom Literature and the Shaping of the Moral Self Anne W. Stewart | Agnes Scott College, Decatur

This study explores the sophisticated understanding of the formation of the moral self that emerges in the poetry of Proverbs, which many have wrongly dismissed as simplistic. Anne W. Stewart analyzes images and metaphors to illuminate the Book’s views on the role of emotions and desires in shaping moral imaginations. • Offers a critique of the solely narrative orientation of character ethics • Gives extensive attention to the moral psychology of Proverbs • Includes detailed readings of individual poems Biblical studies – Old Testament, Hebrew Bible

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-11942-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Religion

Highlight

The Cambridge Companion to the Hebrew Bible/Old Testament

On the Nature and Existence of God

Edited by Stephen B. Chapman | Duke University, North Carolina

This volume features an impressive array of leading biblical scholars and presents an illuminating and lively cross-section of this traditional field of study. Treating core topics and changing methodologies within twenty-three comprehensive chapters, this Companion provides an outstanding introduction to the historical origins and literary character of the canonical literature. • Contains up-to-date scholarship from a range of contributors • Strives to relate the ancient literature to the major religious traditions (Christian, Jewish, Muslim) that consider it scripture and to contemporary culture (especially art and politics) • Consists of five sections covering the history of the text; its historical background; its reception and use; methods and approaches; and subcollections and genres Biblical studies – Old Testament, Hebrew Bible | Cambridge Companions to Religion

Richard M. Gale

Richard M. Gale’s influential evaluation of the contemporary arguments for the existence of God from the late twentieth century is presented in a fresh twenty-first-century series livery, with a specially commissioned new preface, for a new generation of readers in theology and philosophy of religion. • Unique to Cambridge, this classic book has been revived and rebranded for a twenty-first-century readership • Evaluates the contemporary, analytical arguments for the existence of God from the late twentieth century • Considers metaphysical concepts, including time, free will, personhood and actuality • Features a specially commissioned preface written by Paul K. Moser Philosophy of religion | Cambridge Philosophy Classics

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 504pp 978-0-521-88320-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$120.00

978-0-521-70965-1 Paperback £21.99 / US$39.99

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-107-14235-0 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

978-1-316-50710-0 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

Highlight

Reason, Revelation, and Devotion

Dissent on Core Beliefs Religious and Secular Perspectives Edited by Simone Chambers | University of Toronto

This study compares the ways in which nine different ethical and religious traditions manage dissent on core beliefs, and is of interest to upperlevel students, graduate students and researchers in theological ethics, religious studies, comparative ethics, political theory and philosophy of religion. • Each essay uses contemporary as well as historical illustrations to tackle questions of pluralism and dissent • Discusses multiple religious and ethical traditions in an accessible way • The chapters employ a common rubric facilitating comparison across essays and across traditions Philosophy of religion

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 254pp 1 table 978-1-107-10152-4 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

Hidden Divinity and Religious Belief

Reason, Revelation, and Devotion will appeal to advanced undergraduates and graduate students in philosophy, theology, or religious studies. The author focuses on important features of reasoning, which have been comparatively neglected by philosophers of religion, so it should be appealing to philosophers of religion as well. • Calls attention to the central role that extra logical factors play in the construction, deployment and assessment of religious arguments • Examines the social, cultural, and historical contexts in which religious arguments are constructed and deployed with particular attention to Christianity and the religions of India • Argues that immersion in religious reading and spiritual traditions produce emotions, feelings and intuitions that affect the construction and assessment of arguments for religious claims Philosophy of religion | Cambridge Studies in Religion, Philosophy, and Society

New Perspectives Edited by Adam Green | Azusa Pacific University

This collection of new essays, written by an international team of scholars, is a groundbreaking examination of divine hiddenness, forming an integrated dialogue on the relationship between evidence, experience and religious belief. It will be of interest to researchers and advanced students of theology and philosophy of religion. • Provides novel religious, literary and scientific perspectives on divine hiddenness • The only contemporary edited anthology on divine hiddenness • Features up-to-date work from the most prominent scholars in the field Philosophy of religion

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07813-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Inference and Argument in Religion William J. Wainwright | University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 216pp 978-1-107-06240-5 Hardback £54.99 / US$84.99

978-1-107-65036-7 Paperback £18.99 / US$27.99

Management

Micropolitics in the Multinational Corporation Foundations, Applications and New Directions Edited by Florian A. A. Becker-Ritterspach | University of Applied Sciences (HTW), Berlin

Crisis, Resilience and Survival Lessons from the Global Auto Industry Matthias Holweg | University of Oxford

Crisis, Resilience and Survival charts the evolution of the global automotive industry, revealing the pressures and challenges facing firms engaged in this huge but turbulent realm of business. It uses high-profile cases to explore how scale, market reach and supportive stakeholder relations can make the difference between success and failure. • Looks at the automotive industry from a global perspective, allowing readers to see the patterns and competitive forces at play in this huge but turbulent realm of business • Provides a new way of thinking about corporate success and failure in the auto industry that goes beyond simple product and process analysis, challenging readers to consider the role of stakeholder relationships in enhancing or impeding competitiveness • Provides insight into how global forces in the auto industry are likely to play out over the next decade, and looks ahead to identify those companies likely to survive and those at risk • Includes extensive case studies of Saab, Rover, Chrysler and Nissan as well as commentary on a range of other firms Strategic management

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 352pp 34 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-107-07601-3 Hardback £34.99 / US$54.99 P Textbook

Corporate Strategy Tools for Analysis and Decision-Making Phanish Puranam | INSEAD, Singapore

This concise textbook arms students and managers with the tools needed to make good decisions on corporate strategy issues and to perform sound analysis of the corporate strategy decisions of others. A rich companion website with downloadable tools, case materials and current examples from the media is also included. • Uses research-driven insights to help students, managers and consultants make good corporate strategy decisions and perform sound analysis of the corporate strategy decisions of others • A concept-based approach enables readers with limited prior knowledge to make a good decision on a concrete corporate strategy issue and offer a well-reasoned justification for this decision • Synthesises the authors’ extensive experience teaching corporate strategy concepts to MBA, EMBA and Master’s in Management students, as well as senior managers and CEOs • Supported by a rich companion website with case materials for instructors, current examples from the media, and ready-made templates that illustrate complete solutions to corporate strategy problems with all intervening steps and analysis Contents: Acknowledgements; Introduction: what this book is about and how to use it; Part I. Foundations: 1. Corporate advantage; 2. Synergies: benefits to collaboration; 3. Governance costs: impediments to collaboration; Part II. Decisions about Portfolio Composition: Increasing the Scope of the Corporation: 4. Diversification; 5. Ally or acquire?; 6. Organic or inorganic growth?; Part III. Decisions about Portfolio Composition: Reducing the Scope of the Corporation: 7. Refocusing; 8. Divestiture: stay or exit; 9. Outsourcing: make or buy; Part IV. Decisions about Portfolio Organization: 10. Designing the multi-business corporation; 11. Designing corporate headquarters; 12. Managing the M&A process; 13. Managing the alliance process; Index. Strategic management

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 180pp 62 b/w illus. 28 tables 978-1-107-12091-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99 X 978-1-107-54404-8 Paperback £29.99 / US$49.99

Politics perspectives have become a cornerstone in the field of international business. This book offers the first detailed introduction to the foundations, methodologies and applications of politics perspectives in multinational corporations (MNCs). It discusses seminal contributions to the field and explores new directions for research. • Systematic and thorough introduction to the theoretical foundations, methodologies and empirical applications of politics perspectives in multinational corporations (MNCs) • Caters to a rapidly growing research field that has started to become a cornerstone in international management curricula • Discussion and analysis of seminal papers in the field along with a comprehensive analytical framework to guide empirical research on politics, power and conflict in MNCs Organisation studies

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 400pp 1 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-05367-0 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$105.00

Managerial Lives Leadership and Identity in an Imperfect World Stefan Sveningsson | Lunds Universitet, Sweden

Using in-depth interviews with thirteen different managers, this engaging book takes a fresh look at the experiences and demands placed on managers in the modern working world, exploring both the theoretical background and a new way of thinking about management identity. • The authors highlight the dilemmas and problems which lie beyond the formal and generally accepted descriptions of managerial life • Gives the reader an in-depth understanding of the relationship between experience, situation and identity in an organizational context • Uses thirteen real-life case studies of managers in different organizations, giving the reader an exciting insight into modern working life Organisation studies

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 230pp 2 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-12170-6 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

978-1-107-55175-6 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$34.99

Emerging Market Multinationals Managing Operational Challenges for Sustained International Growth Alvaro Cuervo-Cazurra | Northeastern University, Boston

This book examines the challenges faced by emerging market multinationals as they seek to develop their international operations. The authors seamlessly combine academic analyses with real-world cases from a range of emerging market multinationals to offer actionable solutions to some of the most commonly observed difficulties of internationalization. • Analyzes the challenges of internationalization for emerging market multinationals and provides insightful solutions to these challenges • Presents a process view of internationalization, providing step-by-step decomposition and analysis of the challenges and solutions • Has an international perspective, with examples from multiple countries International business

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 240pp 3 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-07314-2 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99 P 978-1-107-42152-3 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Management

New in Paperback

Managing Corporate Impacts

Understanding Multinationals from Emerging Markets

Co-Creating Value Jennifer J. Griffin | George Washington University, Washington DC

Edited by Alvaro Cuervo-Cazurra | Northeastern University, Boston

In this book, a distinguished group of researchers provide a state-of-the-art analysis of emerging market multinationals (EMNCs). They tackle fundamental theoretical questions and assess the unique strategies and behavior of successful EMNCs. Scholars and graduate students, as well as consultants of multinational companies, will find this book of interest. • Explores important theoretical questions about the behavior of emerging-market multinationals, providing an up-to-date review of prior research on this topic and new ideas for future research • Written by leading experts in the field who provide authoritative perspectives on key issues faced by emerging market firms as they internationalize • Analyzes important strategic issues and management challenges faced by emerging market multinationals, providing useful conceptual lenses for managers and policymakers in developed and emerging economies to better understand the strategies and behaviors of emerging market multinationals International business

Responsible and ethical business | Business, Value Creation, and Society

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 354pp 9 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-05867-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

New in Paperback

July 2015 229 x 152 mm 344pp 16 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-69832-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

Also available 978-1-107-06453-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Textbook

Global Turning Points The Challenges for Business and Society in the 21st Century Second edition Mauro F. Guillén | Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania

The second edition of this popular book examines major global turning points with an emphasis on actionable issues, deploying the tools of economics, sociology and political science to provide an analytical perspective on both the problems and opportunities facing business and society in the twenty-first century. • Will appeal to a wide spectrum of readers, including executives, policymakers and students • Multidisciplinary approach that covers economic and business topics as well as key political, demographic, social, environmental and geopolitical issues • Provides a framework for thinking about what is likely to come in the future and discusses how to adapt to changing global situations Contents: Preface; 1. Welcome to the twenty-first century; 2. A global economy out of balance; 3. The rise of the emerging-market multinationals; 4. The new demography: aging, migration, and obesity; 5. From dictatorship to democracy and failed states; 6. A disparate world: inequality and poverty; 7. The rise of the global middle class; 8. The transformative power of technology; 9. Institutions and the entrepreneurship spirit; 10. The quest for sustainability; 11. The trials and tribulations of the financial system; 12. The global powers of the twenty-first century; 13. Coping with uncertainty and complexity; References; Index. International business

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 28 b/w illus. 1 map 11 tables 978-1-107-13868-1 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$96.00 X 978-1-316-50353-9 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

Managing Corporate Impacts helps readers understand why corporations need to think strategically about their financial and non-financial impacts to co-create enduring value. This book is an excellent resource for academic researchers, graduate students, managers and anyone else interested in the role of a corporation in today’s global society. • Provides complementary, insightful and easy to understand frameworks for identifying corporate impacts • Provides current and detailed examples of best (and worst) practices of co-creating value • Examines direct, indirect, and multiplier effects of a corporation’s impacts to go beyond today’s focus on individual stakeholder relationships and unlock new ways for creating value

Highlight

Empty Labor Idleness and Workplace Resistance Roland Paulsen | Lunds Universitet, Sweden

This thought-provoking book examines organizational misbehavior, specifically the phenomenon of ‘empty labor’, defined as the time during which employees engage in private activities during the working day. Drawing on a rich selection of interview material and extensive empirical research, Paulsen explores a variety of explanations, from under-employment to workplace resistance. • Studies the phenomenon of ‘empty labor’ – the time during which employees engage in non-work activities during the working day • Provides an analysis based on rich data – both qualitative and quantitative – of workplace resistance and the reasons behind employees’ inactivity • Challenges the notion of wage labor as governed by instrumental reason, and develops a concept of ‘the subject’ and human agency, both of which are lacking in other critical workplace studies Human resource management

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 234pp 6 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-66393-0 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Also available 978-1-107-06641-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Management / Sociology

Learning from Entrepreneurial Failure

Order on the Edge of Chaos Social Psychology and the Problem of Social Order Edited by Edward J. Lawler | Cornell University, New York

Emotions, Cognitions, and Actions Dean A. Shepherd | Indiana University

Failure is a significant part of the entrepreneurial process. This book examines the many obstacles to learning from failure and explains how these can be overcome to increase the chance of eventual success. It will appeal to academic researchers, graduate students and professionals working in entrepreneurship and industrial psychology. • Explores the psychological obstacles to learning from entrepreneurial failure; investigates why some people have a more negative emotional reaction to failure than others and how people can attempt to deal with project failure through self-compassion • Investigates why some delay the decision to terminate a poorly performing entrepreneurial venture and the consequences of doing so; and explores anti-failure biases and stigmatization in organizations and in society • Explores the role that the emotional content of narratives plays in the sensemaking process and how the cognitive approaches reflected in narratives influence subsequent performance

978-1-107-43397-7 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

The Unfree Exercise of Religion

Sociology

A World Survey of Discrimination against Religious Minorities Jonathan Fox | Bar-Ilan University, Israel

German Cosmopolitan Social Thought and the Idea of the West Voices from Weimar Austin Harrington | University of Leeds

This groundbreaking study in social theory draws on neglected sources in early twentieth-century German social thought to address core questions in current social science about the place, status and hubris of the modern West in global social and historical change. • Questions some dominant assumptions about European intellectual life in the inter-war period • Brings to light some neglected sources in classical European sociology, with direct contemporary relevance • Offers a novel contribution to current debate about ‘Eurocentrism’ Social theory

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 528pp 978-1-107-11091-5 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00

Social theory

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 344pp 11 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-07675-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99 P

Entrepreneurship and innovation

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 358pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12927-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Order on the Edge of Chaos provides new answers to the classic Hobbesian question: ‘how is social order possible?’ It reveals different ways that people create order and stability from the ‘bottom up’. This volume will appeal to graduate students, undergraduates, and researchers in microsociology, social psychology, sociology of culture, political sociology, economy and society, and theory. • Provides a new way to look at and think about how social orders are created and sustained by revealing a wide range of micro-level foundations for macro-level social orders • By providing a ‘bottom up’ rather than a ‘top down’ interpretation of the social order problem, the book turns the Hobbesian problem on its head • The chapters in this volume are written to speak to a broad social science audience and reveal to them the richness of ideas available in the micro-sociology tradition

Does War Make States? Investigations of Charles Tilly’s Historical Sociology Edited by Lars Bo Kaspersen | University of Copenhagen

In The Unfree Exercise of Religion Jonathan Fox examines how we understand concepts like religious discrimination and religious freedom, and why countries discriminate. He makes a study of religious discrimination against 597 religious minorities in 177 countries between 1990 and 2008. • Examines how we think about concepts like religious discrimination and religious freedom, which are often used but rarely examined and defined, helping readers think more systematically about these topics • Discusses evidence that religious discrimination is the norm rather than the exception and is on the rise, even in democracies • Seeks to help undermine incorrect stereotypes and assumptions on the topic of religious discrimination Sociology of religion

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 210pp 36 tables 978-1-107-13306-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Migration, Mobility and Multiple Affiliations Punjabis in a Transnational World Edited by S. Irudaya Rajan | Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs Research Unit on International Migration, Centre for Development Studies, Kerala, India

This engaging volume scrutinises the causal relationship between warfare and state formation. Leading scholars ask whether Charles Tilly’s famous dictum ‘war made the state and the state made war’ still stands in contemporary state formation theory and debate. • Gives the reader a thorough theoretical grounding in state formation theory • Brings Charles Tilly’s work on state formation theory into contemporary debate • Questions Tilly’s narrow focus on states, and suggests alternative deterritorialising concepts

As immigration policies and asylum politics are not static, this book studies how migration often leads to households that are composed simultaneously of ‘citizens’, ‘visitors’ and ‘illegal foreigners’. In studying Punjabi transnationalism, this book records how it has impacted Indian transnationalism and creates a holistic picture about the Punjabi diaspora. • Studies the Punjabi diaspora in terms of its changing social, cultural and economic dimensions • Includes country-specific focus on Punjabis abroad

Social theory

Demography, social statistics

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 table 978-1-107-14150-6 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 394pp 978-1-107-11703-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Sociology

Caring Capitalism

Global Powers

The Meaning and Measure of Social Value Emily Barman | Boston University

Michael Mann’s Anatomy of the Twentieth Century and Beyond Edited by Ralph Schroeder | University of Oxford

This study is aimed at scholars and students interested in caring capitalism and those with a scholarly concern for valuation or a pragmatic attention to performance measurement. The book could be assigned in university courses on economic sociology, political sociology, globalization, and courses on international development and sustainability. • The first book to analyze the consequences of the recent embrace of companies’ market-based solutions to social problems (’caring capitalism’) • Provides a cross-sectoral and historical overview of ‘caring capitalism’ • Will be of interest to scholars in sociology, nonprofit studies, and public management/affairs

Critically assessing Michael Mann’s work on social change in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, Global Powers provides an account of some central issues in social science. It includes analyses of the world wars and revolutions and covers America’s role in the world, the financial crisis of 2008 and international conflict. • A unique volume discussing Michael Mann’s view of social change in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries • Includes penetrating accounts of globalisation and empire and longterm international dynamics • Features a concluding chapter by Michael Mann and his response to the critics

Political sociology

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 292pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08815-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

The Social Process of Globalization

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-08614-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

978-1-107-45056-1 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$34.99

Incarceration Nation

Return Migration and Cultural Change in Kazakhstan Douglas W. Blum | Providence College, Rhode Island

How the United States Became the Most Punitive Democracy in the World Peter K. Enns | Cornell University, New York

An empirically rich and theoretically compelling analysis of how cultural globalization occurs, including the structural conditions, personal meanings and social interactions associated with various outcomes. A detailed study focuses on the experiences of young people from Kazakhstan who live in the US temporarily and then return home. • Provides an original theoretical analysis of the social process of cultural globalization • Features an empirically rich study of cultural change in Kazakhstan shedding new light on return migration and cultural globalization in post-Soviet Central Asia • Provides a new synthesis of the social theory of Pierre Bourdieu and Margaret Archer

The rise of mass incarceration in the United States is one of the most critical outcomes of the last half-century. This book offers the most compelling explanation of this outcome to date. This study is aimed at undergraduates, graduate students, and researchers interested in mass incarceration. • Upends conventional wisdom about the rise of mass incarceration in the United States • The material is presented in an accessible and engaging way without compromising analytical rigor • Combines archival research with unparalleled new data not analyzed before

Political sociology

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 200pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12968-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 184pp 43 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-13288-7 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-316-50061-3 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$26.99

The Consequences of Social Movements Edited by Lorenzo Bosi | Scuola Normale Superiore, Pisa

This book examines the consequences of social movements, a topic that has attracted much attention in recent years from academics, students and the wider public. The authors cover a variety of aspects of social movement activity, dealing with their personal, political, and institutional impacts. • Demonstrates the importance of undervalued topics in the study of social movement outcomes, offering a fresh look at the study of the consequences of social movements • Offers new methodological approaches to the study of the consequences of social movements • Provides fresh materials about the study of the consequences of social movements in different historical, political, social, cultural, and geographical contexts Political sociology

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 416pp 11 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-107-11680-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-53921-1 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

Criminology

Place Matters Criminology for the Twenty-First Century David Weisburd | Hebrew University of Jerusalem and George Mason University, Virginia

This book will appeal to graduate students taking courses in crime and place, environmental criminology, human geography, and crime prevention. This book is relevant to the broad criminological audience, since its purpose is to position the criminology of place in its context in criminology more generally. • The book summarizes more than three decades of research on crime and place and provides a comprehensive review of what is known about the subject • With an extensive review across different themes within the subject matter, the book provides a variety of different perspectives • The book lays out an agenda for future research in crime and place and therefore sets the groundwork for a future generation of studies Criminology

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 200pp 29 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-02952-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-60949-5 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Sociology / Anthropology

Textbook

Sociology as a Population Science

Knowledge of Life

John H. Goldthorpe | University of Oxford

John Goldthorpe provides a new rationale for recent developments in sociology, proposing that sociology should be understood as a ‘population science’ and develop as a science in a way which allows for a degree of continuity with the natural sciences, while preserving the field’s distinctiveness. • Offers a new rationale for the development of sociology as a social science in a sense that implies continuity with the natural sciences while preserving the field’s proper distinctiveness • Features a distinct argument structured around nine clearly stated propositions • Emphasises the importance of statistically informed methods of data collection and analysis in sociology Research methods in sociology and criminology

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Australia Kaye Price | University of Southern Queensland

Knowledge of Life is a timely publication, which emphasises the importance of relationships between non-Indigenous and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander cultures. Led by accomplished academic, educator and author Kaye Price, the experienced author team provides students with a comprehensive guide to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Australia. • Each of the notable authors is either an Aboriginal person or a Torres Strait Islander person with vast experience and expertise in their field • Each chapter opens with a précis of the author’s journey, allowing the reader to engage with the writer and the issues discussed • Engaging and accessible writing style to suit students from a range of backgrounds and academic disciplines

Interprofessional Ethics

Contents: 1. History; 2. Reconciliation: The nation’s history; 3. Law and native title; 4. Overkill, over time: the criminalisation of Aboriginal society – or genocide by stealth; 5. Art; 6. Literature; 7. Enterprise and entrepreneurial thinking: it’s a black thing!; 8. Health and wellbeing; 9. Midwifery; 10. Education; 11. Good sports: representations of Aborigines in Australian sports; 12. The right to be human – Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people and human rights.

Collaboration in the Social, Health and Human Services Donna McAuliffe | Griffith University, Queensland

September 2015 249 x 176 mm 244pp 978-1-107-47742-1 Paperback £49.99 / US$84.99

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 192pp 978-1-107-12783-8 Hardback £44.99 / US$74.99

978-1-107-56731-3 Paperback £14.99 / US$24.99

Textbook

Sociology (general)

Interprofessional Ethics recognises that multidisciplinary teams exist in many health, government and community-based workplaces. It provides a sound introduction to moral philosophy, ethical theory, professional regulation, ethical decision-making, activism, e-Professionalism, and personal and professional responsibilities. Each chapter features reflection points, learning objectives, links to further readings and reflections from practitioners. • Focuses on interprofessional collaboration • Recognises the need for practitioners to be skilled in ethical decision making • Includes reflections from professional practitioners to build upon practical knowledge Contents: Introduction; 1. Ethics in professional practice – an interprofessional perspective; 2. Moral philosophy and ethical theory: setting the foundations; 3. Ethical activism – exploring human rights and social justice in the interprofessional space; 4. Regulation of the professions: codes of ethics and standards of practice; 5. Ethical decision making; 6. Ethical principles in practice; 7. Professional integrity and e-professionalism; 8. Ethics in the workplace; 9. Keeping ethics on the agenda: strategies for future practice; Conclusion. Sociology (general)

February 2015 247 x 174 mm 300pp 978-1-107-65046-6 Paperback £40.00 / US$74.95

Anthropology Language in Prehistory Alan Barnard | University of Edinburgh

While no direct evidence for the origin and evolution of language exists, Barnard looks to the present to explain the past, focussing on how modern hunter-gatherers, as non-literate people, use and perceive language. This fascinating book will be welcomed by all those interested in the evolution of language. • Presents new ideas on the history of language in a scholarly but student-friendly text • Up-to-date coverage of research in linguistics, anthropology, archaeology, psychology and other fields • Includes an extensive glossary covering all relevant topics • Written by an anthropologist with over forty years of research in hunter-gatherer studies Social, cultural anthropology | Approaches to the Evolution of Language

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 7 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-04112-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-69259-6 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Anthropology / Archaeology

New in Paperback

Anthropology and Economy

The Body in History

Stephen Gudeman | University of Minnesota

Offering a uniquely cross-cultural perspective, renowned economic anthropologist Stephen F. Gudeman presents a theory of economic crisis and lessons for its mitigation, in light of the recent global financial crash. This compelling book is richly illustrated with examples from ‘strange’ small-scale economies as well as developed market economies. • Explores the cultural construction of economies • Addresses the contrast and gap between economics and anthropology • Offers constructive changes for market economy, from an anthropological perspective Social, cultural anthropology | New Departures in Anthropology

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 180pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13086-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

978-1-107-57720-6 Paperback c. £20.99 / c. US$34.99

This book is a long-term history of how the human body has been understood in Europe from the Palaeolithic to the present day. Drawing on the work of a cross-disciplinary team of experts, the authors examine how the body has been treated in life, art and death, and what this tells us about who we are today and who we have been in the past. • Has a broad geographical and temporal scale (covers all of Europe, 40000 BC-present) • Cross-disciplinary, integrating anthropology, archaeology, classics and history • Well-illustrated, with over one hundred images Prehistory

November 2015 253 x 177 mm 290pp 179 b/w illus. 27 colour illus. 3 maps 978-0-521-12411-9 Paperback £24.99 / US$44.99 C Also available 978-0-521-19528-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Archaeology

New in Paperback

Empire, Authority, and Autonomy in Achaemenid Anatolia

Ancient Glass An Interdisciplinary Exploration Julian Henderson | University of Nottingham

This book provides a detailed interdisciplinary exploration of ancient glass from its invention some 4,500 years ago to the seventeenth century AD. Using a wide a range of sources, it examines why and how glass was invented, and the ritual, social, economic and political contexts of its subsequent development. • The first volume that brings interdisciplinary studies of ancient glass together • A clearly written exposition which provides detailed insights into a broad spectrum of ancient glass studies • The first study to consider ancient glass in broad social, economic, and political contexts in the ancient world from c.4000 BC to the 15th century AD using a combination of techniques from the humanities and sciences Archaeological science

December 2015 253 x 177 mm 453pp 119 b/w illus. 5 maps 11 tables 978-1-107-55190-9 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$59.99 C Also available 978-1-107-00673-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Europe from the Palaeolithic to the Future Edited by John Robb | University of Cambridge

Social Theory in Archaeology and Ancient History The Present and Future of Counternarratives Edited by Geoff Emberling | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

This collection of fourteen essays reflects on some of the big questions in archaeology and ancient history – how and why societies have grown in scale and complexity, how they have maintained and discarded aspects of their own cultural heritage, and how they have collapsed. • Includes chapters by a distinguished and diverse group of authors who are both archaeologists and historians, and who work in many regions of the world Prehistory

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 416pp 42 b/w illus. 18 maps 978-1-107-05333-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

Elspeth R. M. Dusinberre | University of Colorado Boulder

This book offers a radical new approach to understanding the Achaemenid Persian Empire and imperialism more generally. Elspeth R. M. Dusinberre shows how the rulers of the Empire constructed a system flexible enough to provide for the needs of different peoples within the confines of a single imperial authority and highlights the variability in response. • Offers a completely new interpretive model for understanding imperialism (’authority-autonomy’) • Provides the first synthetic overview of a larger region within the Achaemenid Persian Empire • Unites study of textural, visual and archaeological evidence to provide complete information, and is beautifully illustrated with one hundred and fifty images • Includes completely new maps, created using NASA radar and lidar data, to offer 3D high-resolution images of the entire Achaemenid Persian Empire – this provides the opportunity to look at landmasses from different directions than the customary ones, offering a revolutionary revision of how we see the landscape both literally and figuratively Classical archaeology

August 2015 253 x 177 mm 408pp 131 b/w illus. 20 maps 3 tables 978-1-107-57715-2 Paperback £18.99 / US$39.99 C Also available 978-1-107-01826-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Archaeology / Psychology

The Archaeology of Elam

The Ancient Egyptian Economy

Formation and Transformation of an Ancient Iranian State Second edition D. T. Potts | Institute for the Study of the Ancient World

3000–30 BCE Brian Muhs | The Oriental Institute, University of Chicago

This book examines the formation and transformation of Elam’s many identities through both archaeological and written evidence. It brings to life one of the most important regions of ancient Western Asia, re-evaluates its significance, and places it in the context of the most recent archaeological and historical scholarship. • A thoroughly up-to-date review of a mass of new data that has emerged since the first edition (1999) • Incorporates a wide variety of data and approaches, extending from the earliest periods in history through to the Islamic conquest Archaeology of Europe, Near and Middle East | Cambridge World Archaeology

December 2015 253 x 177 mm 488pp 115 b/w illus. 6 maps 63 tables 978-1-107-09469-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 P 978-1-107-47663-9 Paperback £29.99 / US$49.99

Egyptology

March 2016 253 x 177 mm 350pp 7 maps 7 tables 978-1-107-11336-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.99

Water Histories and Spatial Archaeology

The Aztec Economic World

Ancient Yemen and the American West Michael J. Harrower | The Johns Hopkins University

Merchants and Markets in Ancient Mesoamerica Kenneth G. Hirth | Pennsylvania State University

The Aztecs were a Stone Age urban society with one of the world’s most sophisticated market economies. Understanding their economic structure greatly enhances our knowledge of non-western societies around the world. This is the first book to provide an updated and comprehensive view of the Aztec economy in thirty years. • Provides a complete view of the organization of the Aztec economy • Models the Aztec economy in terms of forms of organization comparable with those found in the Old World • Presents a new model for the organization and analysis of ancient economies Archaeology of the Americas

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 350pp 50 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-14277-0 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C

African Civilizations An Archaeological Perspective Third edition Graham Connah | Australian National University, Canberra

This book offers a new explanation for the political-ecological dynamics of water and irrigation in the long-term histories of two arid regions, Southwest Arabia (3500 BC–600 AD) and the American West (1800–1950 AD). • Builds comparative understanding of America and Arabia in an era of profound conflict and turmoil • Breaks new ground in anthropological archaeology, social sciences and humanities • Technical details of scientific analyses are explained in an accessible way Ancient Near East

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 232pp 14 b/w illus. 4 colour illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-13465-2 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 C

Psychology Children’s Multilingual Development and Education

This new revised edition of African Civilizations re-examines the physical evidence for developing social complexity in Africa over the last six thousand years. The new edition offers expanded coverage, new illustrations and an extended new list of references. Essential reading for students of archaeology, anthropology, African history and African studies. • Written in non-technical language, and complex terms are discussed in simple terms • Well-illustrated with ninety-two line drawings and photographs • The study will have global relevance in anthropological and demographic studies Archaeology of Asia, Sub-Saharan Africa, Pacific

December 2015 253 x 177 mm 429pp 74 b/w illus. 18 maps 978-1-107-01187-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$105.00 P 978-1-107-62127-5 Paperback £24.99 / US$42.99

This book examines the economic history of ancient Egypt through the entire pharaonic period, 3000–30 BCE, using current economic theories and models. It argues that the increased use of writing and silver money were important factors in the evolution of the ancient Egyptian economy. • Employs a New Institutional Economics approach to the ancient Egyptian economy • Shows that the ancient Egyptian economy was dynamic and continually changed through time • Compares developments in the ancient Egyptian economy to those in the ancient Near East and the Aegean

Fostering Linguistic Resources in Home and School Contexts Alison L. Bailey | University of California, Los Angeles

The study of families and educators sustaining children’s linguistic resources is a novelty in current educational research. This book presents new research findings and combines these with compelling firsthand accounts of success and concern from families and educators, making its content pertinent to a wide audience of researchers and practitioners. • Provides a critical evaluation of existing research into multilingualism, addressing popular myths about raising and educating multilingual children • Reports on a study of twenty-three families raising multilingual children and thirteen educators who encounter multilingual students in their classrooms • Gives recommendations for ways to sustain children’s linguistic resources and highlights areas for future research Developmental psychology

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 2 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-107-04244-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Psychology

Debating Early Child Care The Relationship between Developmental Science and the Media Robert Crosnoe | University of Texas, Austin

How can parents accurately understand the ways that child care affects children if the media translation of research goes awry? By examining this translation process, this book seeks to help scientists, journalists, and policymakers have a real impact on society, and assist parents in making informed decisions for their children. • Sheds light on how research on early child care is translated into public opinion through the media • Tells the real story behind the most publicized study of early child care in history – the NICHD Study of Early Child Care and Youth Development • Demonstrates how public discussion of research on children can be a front for larger cultural debates about women and families

Developmental psychology

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 178pp 12 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-09329-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Predictors, Interventions, and Policies Edited by Arthur J. Reynolds | University of Minnesota

Health and Education in Early Childhood presents conceptual issues, research findings, and program and policy implications in promoting well-being in health and education in the first five years of life. This volume will be welcomed by researchers, graduate students, practitioners and policy makers in education, developmental psychology, and social work. • Scope and content spans health and education in the early childhood field • Includes research and application with implications for both practice and policy • Contributions from multiple authors who are leading researchers in the multidisciplinary fields of early learning and human capital formation Developmental psychology

February 2015 228 x 152 mm 422pp 20 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-107-03834-9 Hardback £70.00 / US$110.00 C

Regulating Reproductive Donation Edited by Susan Golombok | University of Cambridge

The emergence of new empirical evidence and ethical debate has called into question the current regulatory frameworks that govern reproductive donation, both in the UK and overseas. In response, this book offers fresh interdisciplinary perspectives on current challenges facing the regulation of reproductive donation, and suggests possible ways forward. • Focuses on key issues relating to the regulation of assisted reproduction, such as the number of offspring that should be created from each sperm donor, and whether it is important, or even possible, to regulate across borders • Presents cutting-edge research on the latest social, policy and technological developments in assisted reproduction • Includes high quality contributions from an international team of academics, researchers and practitioners, including leading authors in the field Developmental psychology

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 390pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09096-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Health and Education in Early Childhood

Job Skills and Minority Youth New Program Directions Barton J. Hirsch | Northwestern University, Illinois

This book uses a rigorous methodology to evaluate the effectiveness of recent initiatives that aim to improve minority high school students’ marketable job skills. Focusing on effective design and implementation, it presents extensive case study material from programs offering apprenticeshiplike experiences and mock interviews administered by human resource professionals. • Studies programs that are designed both for students who will go on to college and those who will not seek further education • Written in an extremely accessible style • Takes an interdisciplinary approach, making it relevant to a wide audience Developmental psychology

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 204pp 6 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-07500-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 C

The Social Psychology of Perceiving Others Accurately Edited by Judith A. Hall | Northeastern University, Boston

People are constantly assessing others’ personality, emotion, deceptiveness and other characteristics based on facial expressions, body language and spoken language. How accurate are they? The cutting-edge research on this fast-expanding field will be essential reading for anyone interested in the psychology of interpersonal perception. • The first book to assemble the literature on this newly emerging field • Written by expert researchers and presents the most up-to-date findings • Will appeal to a wide range of readers, from researchers and students to anyone interested in social perceptions Social psychology

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 398pp 6 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-10151-7 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Cultural-Existential Psychology The Role of Culture in Suffering and Threat Daniel Sullivan | University of Arizona

Cultural psychology and experimental existential psychology are two of the fastest-growing movements in social psychology. In this book, Daniel Sullivan combines both perspectives to present a groundbreaking analysis of culture’s role in shaping the psychology of threat experience. It will be of interest to scholars across the social sciences. • Offers a new theoretical perspective on the role of culture in people’s experience of suffering and threat • Synthesizes research on the relationship between culture and threat across psychology, philosophy, anthropology and sociology • Presents a unique case study documenting how culture shapes the experience of threat among rural Mennonites in the United States Social psychology

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 308pp 9 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-09686-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Psychology

Cheating, Corruption, and Concealment

The Aesthetics of Emotion

The Roots of Dishonesty Edited by Jan-Willem van Prooijen | VU University Amsterdam

Up the Down Staircase of the Mind-Body Gerald C. Cupchik | University of Toronto

Why are people often dishonest, and how do people justify their dishonesty to themselves? When is dishonesty more likely, and what can be done to reduce it? This volume will appeal to students, scholars, and practitioners in a broad range of social sciences with an interest in dishonesty. • Expanding and complementing previous macro-level approaches of corruption in the world, this volume focuses on the micro-level process of how people commit, and justify, their own dishonest behavior • Addresses a broad range of individual and social factors that influence the likelihood of dishonest behavior • Provides tools for practitioners on how to reduce the likelihood of dishonesty, and how to detect if people are lying

Gerald C. Cupchik builds a bridge between science and the humanities, arguing that relations between mind and body are analogous to those between subject matter and style in art. His unified emotional phase theory encompasses reactions to meaningful life events and actions, enabling people to realize goals and adapt to challenges. • Offers a unified theory of emotion by acknowledging and integrating opposing traditions and schools in psychology as well as building a bridge between the sciences and humanities • QR codes are embedded next to each image in the book, allowing readers to be taken directly to full colour versions on a dedicated website – www.utsc.utoronto.ca/publications/aestheticsofemotion • A series of eight informative lectures, which stand in relation to the chapters and were given by the author, are also available on this website

Social psychology

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 3 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-10539-3 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

Positive Approaches to Optimal Relationship Development

Social psychology | Studies in Emotion and Social Interaction

Edited by C. Raymond Knee | University of Houston

Emotional Mimicry in Social Context

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 450pp 35 b/w illus. 978-1-107-02445-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Relationship science knows what produces optimal relationship development. Whereas most prior work has emphasized the elimination of negative factors, this volume shows that good relationships are more than simply the absence of a bad relationship. It integrates recent scientifically tested theories and research on ways to make relationships flourish. • Moves relationship science forward by integrating scientifically proven concepts and mechanisms that produce optimal relationships • Emphasizes the positive features that allow relationships to optimally flourish • Includes a section on empirically validated interventions for promoting optimal relationships Social psychology | Advances in Personal Relationships

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 360pp 6 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-10274-3 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

Edited by Ursula Hess | Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin

Emotional mimicry has important social functions such as signalling affiliative intent and fostering rapport and is considered one of the cornerstones of successful interactions. This multidisciplinary overview of research into emotional mimicry and empathy explores when, how and why emotional mimicry occurs. • Offers a new theoretical framework for the study of emotional mimicry that focuses on a contextual approach • Provides an extensive review of the complete research literature on mimicry to date • Unites research on empathy from sub-disciplines within psychology, neuroscience and the humanities Social psychology | Studies in Emotion and Social Interaction

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 9 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-06447-8 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

Interpersonal Dynamics of Emotion

Key Reference

The Cambridge Handbook of Acculturation Psychology

Towards an Integrative Theory of Emotions as Social Information Gerben A. van Kleef | Universiteit van Amsterdam

Second edition Edited by David L. Sam | Universitetet i Bergen, Norway

Featuring contributions from over fifty leading experts, this comprehensive handbook covers the theoretical, methodological, and applied issues central to acculturation psychology. The new edition addresses major world changes over the last decade, and provides updated theories and models so that readers can keep abreast of new developments in the field. • Includes contextual features and theoretical, methodological, and applied issues central to acculturation psychology • Chapters have been merged and expanded to provide an integrated overview of the field, while new authors bring an added depth of coverage • Increased global scope includes chapters on East and Southeast Asia, South Asia, Sub-Saharan Africa, Central and South America, and Eastern Europe Social psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

May 2016 247 x 174 mm 620pp 9 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-10399-3 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$175.00

Emotions are an elemental part of life, but how do they affect others? Presenting a comprehensive theoretical framework that explains the interpersonal effects of emotional expressions, this book’s deeply social perspective will be of value to scholars of social, organisational, clinical and developmental psychology, and communication science. • Uniquely dedicated to the interpersonal effects of emotions – how people are influenced by the emotional expressions of others • Presents the Emotions as Social Information (EASI) theory, which integrates existing theory and research into a groundbreaking comprehensive framework that will guide future research • Brings together research from a variety of scientific disciplines, most notably affective science, social psychology, organisation and management science, clinical psychology, developmental psychology, and evolutionary psychology Social psychology | Studies in Emotion and Social Interaction

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 21 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-04824-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Psychology

From Self to Social Relationships

Peace Education in a Conflict-Affected Society

An Essentially Relational Perspective on Social Motivation Martijn van Zomeren | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

An Ethnographic Journey Michalinos Zembylas | Open University of Cyprus

What moves and motivates us in our lives? Martijn van Zomeren suggests it is ‘selvations’ – the feeling of changes in social relationships. This book challenges entrenched selfish views of social motivation and provides a new, integrative relational alternative. It will be of interest to psychology, sociology and anthropology scholars. • Proposes social relationships are at the essence of human motivation • Examines how different assumptions have different implications for theory and research on social motivation • Discusses clear implications for theory and research, but also for everyday life, health and happiness Social psychology | Studies in Emotion and Social Interaction

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 220pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09379-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Educational psychology

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 282pp 3 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-05745-6 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Studies in Expansive Learning Learning What Is Not Yet There Yrjö Engeström | University of Helsinki

Professor Engeström’s exciting approach sees expansive learning as the central mechanism of transformation in societal practices and institutions. For researchers and practitioners in education he provides a conceptual and practical toolkit for creating and analyzing expansive learning processes with the help of interventions in workplaces, schools and communities. • Proposes a new view of learning not restricted to school classrooms • Challenges the common view of learners as recipients of predetermined knowledge • Provides practical tools for working with new types of learning Educational psychology

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 284pp 42 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-10520-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

This multilayered analysis examines how teachers negotiate ideological, pedagogical and emotional challenges in their attempts to enact peace education agendas. It will be valuable to researchers of peace and policy studies as well as for policy makers involved in introducing peace education initiatives that challenge teachers’ long-held beliefs. • Provides an extensive overview of the life cycle of a peace education policy • Offers a robust analytical framework for examining the multilayered challenges teachers face when asked to implement peace education agendas in their classrooms • Explains how peace education, despite good intentions, may often reinforce ethnic and cultural boundaries with potentially significant consequences for students from diverse ethnic, cultural or religious backgrounds • Enriches current anthropological approaches to peace education with insights from policy studies and linguistic ethnography

School Bullying in Different Cultures Eastern and Western Perspectives Edited by Peter K. Smith | Goldsmiths, University of London

School bullying is recognised as an international problem, but publications have focussed on the western tradition of research. This is the first volume to bring together perspectives on school bullying from a range of eastern as well as western countries, covering basic findings, direct comparisons, explanations and implications for intervention. • Research findings present a clear summary of what is known about bullying in Europe, North America, Australasia, Japan, South Korea, mainland China and Hong Kong • Provides insight into factors such as methodological issues, school systems, societal values and linguistic issues, that can help understand similarities and differences between findings in different countries • Examines the different kinds of interventions used to tackle school bullying in eastern and western countries and the lessons that can be learnt from the extent of their success in different environments Educational psychology

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 472pp 18 b/w illus. 34 tables 978-1-107-03189-0 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 C

The Cambridge Handbook of the Learning Sciences Second edition Edited by R. Keith Sawyer | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

This Handbook is the definitive introduction to the learning sciences. This dramatically revised second edition incorporates the latest research to provide practical advice on improving learning environments. Leading scholars address the best ways to write textbooks, design educational software, prepare effective teachers, organize classrooms, and use the internet to enhance student learning. • Written by the leading scholars in the field • Provides a comprehensive overview of the latest research • Accessible to newcomers to the field Educational psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

January 2015 253 x 177 mm 802pp 51 b/w illus. 1 map 15 tables 978-1-107-03325-2 Hardback £100.00 / US$160.00 R 978-1-107-62657-7 Paperback £40.00 / US$65.00

Reflections on the Learning Sciences Edited by Michael A. Evans | North Carolina State University

This volume presents a historical, critical analysis of the emerging field of the learning sciences, which takes an interdisciplinary approach to studying how people learn. It features both established and up-and-coming scholars, offering a broad yet selective perspective on what the learning sciences is and how contributors conduct their work. • Contains contributions from key figures in the founding of the field • Provides perhaps the first critical and historical examination of the learning sciences in a single volume • Features authors from core learning sciences programs as well as cognate fields, offering an eclectic and nuanced treatment Educational psychology | Current Perspectives in Social and Behavioral Sciences

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 312pp 18 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-07015-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 R

Psychology

Textbook

Creativity and Reason in Cognitive Development

Cognition A Neuroscience Approach Arnold Lewis Glass | Rutgers University, New Jersey

Second edition Edited by James C. Kaufman | University of Connecticut

This book explores the development of cognitive skills related to reasoning and creativity, two strands that can intertwine to work together at times but may also at odds. Revised and expanded to incorporate the latest research, the second edition of this essential reference work will benefit researchers, psychologists, and teachers. • Features twelve revised chapters and five new chapters • Discusses the relationships between concepts (creativity, reason, knowledge, cognitive development) that are not often considered together • Features contributions from both established and up-and-coming authors to provide a variety of unique perspectives Educational psychology | Current Perspectives in Social and Behavioral Sciences

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 425pp 23 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-07957-1 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$120.00 R 978-1-107-43883-5 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

Constructing Dynamic Triangles Together The Development of Mathematical Group Cognition Gerry Stahl | Drexel University, Philadelphia

A longitudinal study of eight sessions of online teamwork by three girls learning geometry as novices, this book presents innovative approaches and persuasive insights into computer-supported collaborative learning of mathematics. It offers valuable resources for researchers, instructors, and students interested in group cognition, educational technology, mathematics education, and human-computer interaction. • Demonstrates the potential of new approaches to analyzing digital learning in small groups • Outlines research methods that overcome limitations of traditional quantitative and qualitative methods • Explains technical terminology and avoids specialist jargon, making it accessible to a multidisciplinary audience and to students Educational psychology | Learning in Doing: Social, Cognitive and Computational Perspectives

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 294pp 40 b/w illus. 63 tables 978-1-107-12791-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 C

Drawing on a modern neurocognitive framework, this full-color textbook introduces the entire field of cognition through an engaging and consistent narrative. In addition to numerous learning features and visual aids, the textbook is accompanied by 800 multiple-choice questions that have been proven to dramatically improve student understanding and exam performance. • Emphasizes the common neural mechanisms and brain systems at the foundation of all aspects of cognition, rather than treating each cognitive process as a separate subject • Relates cognitive processing to social behavior, clearly demonstrating the relevance of the subject to students’ everyday lives • Clarifies complex topics and reinforces student understanding through an extensive set of figures, photos, tables, charts, and multiple-choice questions Contents: 1. The evolution of the pre-cognitive control of action; 2. The evolution of cognition; 3. Motor action and motor skills; 4. Mental attention: attention and consciousness; 5. Serial Learning, perceptual skills, and talent; 6. Vision; 7. Semantic memory and language; 8. Infant learning and language learning; 9. Categorization and causal learning; 10. Semantic learning; 11. Recognition; 12. Recall; 13. Autobiographical memory; 14. Reasoning; 15. Problem solving and intelligence. Cognition

January 2016 246 x 189 mm 500pp 21 tables 978-1-107-08831-3 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$99.00

Hoax Springs Eternal The Psychology of Cognitive Deception Peter Hancock | University of Central Florida

This book defines cognitive deception and examines six prominent and illustrative historical cases: King Arthur’s Cross, Drake’s Plate of Brass, the Kensington Runestone, the Vinland Map, the Piltdown Man, and the Shroud of Turin. Hancock uses these alleged hoaxes to develop and advance fundamental principles of cognitive psychology and deception. • Features case studies on the greatest cognitive hoaxes perpetuated in history • Extrapolates the fundamental principles of cognitive deception for use • Can be read in part or in whole because of the modular format Cognition

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 276pp 38 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-107-07168-1 Hardback £55.00 / US$85.00

978-1-107-41768-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Psychology

Key Reference

Beauty and Sublimity

The Cambridge Handbook of Applied Perception Research

A Cognitive Aesthetics of Literature and the Arts Patrick Colm Hogan | University of Connecticut

Recent decades have witnessed an explosion in neuroscientific and related research treating aesthetic response. This book integrates this research with the insights of philosophical aesthetics to propose new answers to longstanding questions about beauty and sublimity. To treat these issues, Hogan considers works by Woolf, Wharton, and Matisse, among others. • Includes a wide range of psychological, philosophical and neuroscientific research on beauty, to provide readers with an integrated knowledge of the field • Presents a theory of beauty that is easy to follow at the level of individual components, but complex enough to cover difficult cases due to the interaction of components • Examines the complex relationship between beauty and art

The Cambridge Handbook of Applied Perception Research covers core areas of research in perception with an emphasis on its application to real-world environments. Topics include multisensory processing of information, time perception, sustained attention, and signal detection. The title also focuses on emerging areas of importance, such as human-robot coordination, haptic interfaces, and terrorism and threat detection. • The first handbook on applied perception research Cognition | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

March 2015 253 x 177 mm 1150pp 122 b/w illus. 16 colour illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-09640-0 2 Volume Hardback Set £175.00 / US$300.00 R

What Freud Really Meant

Cognition

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-11511-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Edited by Robert R. Hoffman | Institute for Human and Machine Cognition, Florida

Thinking about Human Memory Michael S. Humphreys | University of Queensland

A novel analytical approach to understanding memory that considers the goals of the memory task, the cues and information available, the opportunity to learn, and interference from irrelevant information (noise). This book encompasses both historical and contemporary perspectives, and will appeal to memory researchers and advanced students. • Proposes a systematic way of analyzing a novel memory task, which will prove useful when working on applied memory problems • Discusses the control problem in human memory in order to help think about how memory is used in complex real-world tasks • Explores the complexity of studying phylogenetic and developmental changes in memory Cognition

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 248pp 8 b/w illus. 17 tables 978-1-107-08714-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 C Highlight

A Chronological Reconstruction of his Theory of the Mind Susan Sugarman | Princeton University, New Jersey

By tracking the development of Freud’s thought, Susan Sugarman reconstructs his theory as a fascinating and organic system that evokes mental life as we live it. This book will appeal to both specialists and students of Freud, who will appreciate an exciting new interpretation of familiar material. • An alternative interpretation of Freud, presenting his theory of the mind as an organic whole, built from first principles and developing in sophistication over time • A step-by-step demonstration of the development of Freud’s thought, based directly on his writings • Situates Freud’s theory relative to its perception by later psychoanalytic writers, whose conceptions form the basis of popular and modern appraisals Personality and individual differences

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-11639-9 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

Highlight

Does Your Family Make You Smarter? Nature, Nurture, and Human Autonomy James R. Flynn | University of Otago, New Zealand

Critical Feeling How to Use Feelings Strategically Rolf Reber | Universitetet i Oslo

Introduces ‘critical feeling’ – a new concept combining insights from different disciplines to address personal and societal issues. The author discusses the theoretical and empirical foundations and provides an overview of applications, including well-being, skill learning, personal relationships, business, school, art, morality, and religion. • Extends the concept of critical thinking by introducing the new concept of critical feeling • Demonstrates how feelings can be used strategically in order to improve personal and societal outcomes • Discusses how to embed critical thinking and critical feeling in values, thus addressing moral implications often left out in scientific psychology Cognition

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 4 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-06019-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

978-1-107-62976-9 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

A new method of estimating what affects IQ shows that life history and choice count toward your level of intelligence. Contrary to the twin studies, your home can be either an advantage or a disadvantage, and the choices you make at any age (what you read) can upgrade your intelligence. • Proposes a new method of estimating family effects by age on a range of cognitive abilities • Banishes ‘post-twin’ pessimism, the notion that by the age of seventeen, people’s cognitive abilities are determined by their genes • Shows that family environment is potent enough to cause injustice and that adult environment is potent enough to allow people to upgrade their cognitive skills Personality and individual differences

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 250pp 1 b/w illus. 33 tables 978-1-107-15005-8 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$99.99

978-1-316-60446-5 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

Psychology

Textbook

Mindfulness and Performance

Applied Psychology

Edited by Amy L. Baltzell | Boston University

Actively Caring for People E. Scott Geller | Virginia Tech

Integrating humanism and applied behavioral science, this volume presents evidence-based techniques for improving readers’ effectiveness as parents, teachers, students, coaches, athletes, organizational leaders, and work supervisors. It features the global Actively Caring for People movement, which aims to increase compassion and reduce interpersonal conflict, bullying, and violence through psychological science. • Showcases the global Actively Caring for People movement, which can aid people on an individual and societal level • Details principles and applications that will appeal to both behavioral scientists and humanists • Demonstrates how behavioral science can be accepted and appreciated by a more general audience Contents: Part I. Evidence-Based Principles of AC4P: Introduction; 1. The foundation: applied behavioral science; 2. The psychology of AC4P behavior; 3. The psychology of self-motivation; 4. The courage to actively care; 5. Effective AC4P communication; 6. Social influence and AC4P behavior; 7. The intersection of AC4P and positive psychology; 8. Leadership, followership, and AC4P behavior; Part II. Applications of AC4P Principles: Introduction; 9. Actively caring for occupational safety; 10. Cultivating an AC4P culture in organizations; 11. Actively caring for traffic safety; 12. Actively caring to prevent alcohol abuse; 13. Actively caring for obesity; 14. Actively caring for patient-centered healthcare; 15. Actively caring for our children; 16. Actively caring for preschoolers; 17. Actively caring for young athletes; 18. Actively caring for higher education; 19. Actively caring for mother earth; 20. The AC4P power of pets; Epilogue: where do we go from here? Applied psychology

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 704pp 174 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-107-07166-7 Hardback c. £62.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-107-41762-5 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

This volume illustrates how performers from a variety of disciplines – including sport, dance and music – can use mindfulness to achieve peak performance and improve personal well-being. An international group of leading scholars presents cutting-edge research, demonstrating the efficacy of mindfulness across cultures. • Covers a broad range of applied settings • Combines the theoretical understanding and the practical application of mindfulness as it pertains to performance • Provides both an intellectual and an empirical overview of the current state of mindfulness and performance Applied psychology | Current Perspectives in Social and Behavioral Sciences

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 592pp 7 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-07469-9 Hardback £74.99 / US$125.00 Key Reference

New Handbook of Mathematical Psychology Volume 1: Foundations and Methodology Edited by William H. Batchelder | University of California, Irvine

The original ‘Handbook of Mathematical Psychology’ was published in the 1960s and had a profound effect in defining the field. The New Handbook of Mathematical Psychology reflects the current state of the field by exploring the mathematical and computational foundations of new developments over the last half century. • Demonstrates how standard advanced mathematics can play an essential role in the psychological sciences • Focuses on mathematical foundations rather than specific empirical studies • Aims to increase the sophistication of students and scholars in mathematical psychology and related fields in the behavioral and social sciences, mathematics, economics, and analytic philosophy Psychology research methods/statistics | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

June 2016 247 x 174 mm 600pp 102 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-02908-8 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$175.00

Psychology of the Digital Age Humans Become Electric John R. Suler | Rider University

This book provides an engaging overview of life in the digital realm that will benefit scholars, students, and general readers. A founder of the cyberpsychology field, John Suler offers insights for improving wellbeing online, highlighting principles about identity management, online relationships, social media, virtual reality, artificial intelligence, and media overload. • Takes a unique methodological approach that distinguishes it from other books that focus on quantitative, experimental research • Describes theories and concepts that professionals will appreciate, but is written in an accessible style that will also appeal to a wide audience • Draws on humanistic and cognitive psychology Applied psychology

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12874-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

978-1-107-56994-2 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

Adaptive Behavior and Learning Second edition J. E. R. Staddon | Duke University, North Carolina

A fascinating exploration of the evolution, development and processes of learning in animals. J. E. R. Staddon provides a definitive summary of contemporary theoretical understanding. The second edition features new accounts of several phenomena; expanded chapters on choice behavior; and new chapters on classical conditioning theories and comparative cognition. • An integrative review of the principles of operant conditioning and related processes • Shows the essential common features of phenomena from habituation to memory • Finds simple ways to explain complex behavior, including mathematics – technical but accessible Biological psychology

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 608pp 208 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-08247-2 Hardback £84.99 / US$124.99 P 978-1-107-44290-0 Paperback £39.99 / US$64.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Psychology / Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Shared Representations

Democracy in Moderation

Sensorimotor Foundations of Social Life Edited by Sukhvinder S. Obhi | Wilfrid Laurier University, Ontario

Montesquieu, Tocqueville, and Sustainable Liberalism Paul O. Carrese | US Air Force Academy

Social behaviour is heavily dependent on shared representations – information sharing between the brains of those involved. This volume comprises a collection of cutting-edge contributions centred on the idea of shared representations, and will be an invaluable resource for established researchers and those who are new to the field. • Showcases the tremendous progress made in understanding the social brain in the last decade and firmly establishes the topic of shared representations as a central research question • Contains contributors from established world leaders in their fields • Each chapter features boxes to highlight background information Biological psychology | Cambridge Social Neuroscience

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 500pp 3 tables 978-1-107-05020-4 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$110.00

Before Anarchy Hobbes and his Critics in Modern International Thought Theodore Christov | George Washington University, Washington DC

Prisoners of Reason Game Theory and Neoliberal Political Economy S. M. Amadae | Ohio State University

Prisoners of Reason contributes to the enduring critique of rational choice, rationality, and capitalism. This book is widely accessible to an audience unfamiliar with game theory, yet provides sufficient engagement with game theory to be inviting to experts as well. • Proposes that game theory offers an unprecedented approach to markets and democracy that is qualitatively distinct from classical liberalism • Argues that neoliberal political economy is characterized by the Prisoner’s Dilemma model of the social contract so readers will see how neoliberal political economy is reactionary • Readers will understand complex nuclear deterrence debates and their ongoing impact because the book offers a compact and novel elaboration of the nuclear security debate between the strategies of MAD and NUTS Political theory

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 328pp 11 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-06403-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P P

Machiavelli and the Modern State The Prince, The Discourses on Livy, and the Extended Territorial Republic Alissa M. Ardito | Yale University, Connecticut

This work argues that Machiavelli had his own Madisonian impulse and deserves to be recognized as the first modern political theorist to envision the possibility of a republic with a large population extending over a broad territory. • Offers a significant reinterpretation of the history of republican political thought and of Niccolò Machiavelli’s place within it • Brings renewed attention to a critical period in the history of republican thought and illuminates its adaptation to the most consequential changes in the landscape of the modern state • Utilizes a wide variety of scholarship in history, political science, and political thought on both early modern Europe and the Founding of America Political theory

February 2015 228 x 152 mm 340pp 2 maps 978-1-107-06103-3 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

Political theory

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 250pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12105-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

978-1-107-67119-5 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

Democracy in Moderation views constitutional liberal democracy as grounded in a principle of avoiding extremes and striking the right balance among its defining principles of liberty, equality, religion, and sustainable order, thus tempering tendencies toward sectarian excess. • Explains America and constitutional liberal democracy in a new light, as the product of the moderate Enlightenment • Addresses current concerns over polarization, looking for deeper sources • Connects political theory and practice through a more intellectually robust conception of leadership

Before Anarchy is for political theory, international relations and intellectual history scholars. It rejects influential interpretations of Hobbes’s theory prevalent both in early modernity and in the twentieth century. It challenges basic assumptions of their core theories and contributes to the burgeoning fields of international political theory and international history. • Bridges political theory, international relations and intellectual history, therefore it will appeal to scholars who work in hybrid disciplines • Readers can trace all various uses of the state of nature as group-based rather than individualistic because of the book’s new reading of the Hobbesian state of nature • Challenges the rigid opposition between nature and sovereignty Political theory

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 275pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11453-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Biologically Modified Justice Colin Farrelly | Queen’s University, Ontario

Examines the ethical and social implications of the genetic revolution through topics including gene therapy, age retardation and sex selection screening technologies. This book will appeal to students and scholars in a variety of disciplines in the humanities, social sciences and life sciences. • Expands debates about distributive justice into the twenty-first century by making the rapid advances in science and the genetic revolution a central focus of the book • The first theory of distributive justice that takes seriously the health challenges posed by global aging • Advances methodological debates in normative political theory by advancing a contextual, non-ideal moral analysis Political theory

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12953-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Democracy and the Death of Shame Political Equality and Social Disturbance Jill Locke | Gustavus Adolphus College, Minnesota

Democracy and the Death of Shame traces the lament that ‘shame is dead’, a cry of civilizational decline that emerges during moments of democratic expansion. It explores shame as a politically charged idea that is disavowed, invoked, and negotiated in moments of democratic struggle. • Bridges theoretical and social movements accounts of shame and shaming • Proposes a new way of understanding the political discourse of shame in the contemporary landscape • Provides much-needed historical context for conversations about shame and shaming Political theory

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 214pp 978-1-107-06319-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Frank Lovett | Washington University, St Louis

Frank Lovett develops a rigorous conception of the rule of law, bridging persistent methodological gaps that divide legal philosophy, social science, and political theory.This book will appeal to anyone interested in the rule of law, including scholars, legal officials, and policy makers. • Develops a theoretically rigorous account of the rule of law and its value, grounded in legal positivism • Connects the rule of law ideal to civic republican political philosophy • Presents challenging ideas and problems in a clear, concise, and accessible way Political theory

Highlight

The link between liberty and knowledge is neither static nor simple. Transforming dynamics of knowledge, the fragility of expertise and diversifying media present unique challenges to contemporary societies and citizens. This book examines the possibilities of knowledge as a weapon of the weak and the implications for democracy and freedom. • Proposes a new understanding of the relation between knowledge and liberty • Demystifies the connection between knowledge and power • Considers the social role of knowledge in modern societies November 2015 228 x 152 mm 418pp 2 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-12075-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

The Legacies of Totalitarianism A Theoretical Framework Aviezer Tucker | Harvard University, Massachusetts

The first political theory of post-Communism examines its implications for understanding liberty, rights, transitional justice, property rights, privatization, rule of law, centrally planned public institutions, and the legacies of totalitarian thought in language and discourse. The book illustrates these legacies in the writings of Habermas, Derrida, and Žižek. • Presents a new theory of post-totalitarianism • Integrates political philosophy and theory with comparative politics • Offers a new theory and interpretation of post-totalitarian transitional justice Political theory

Tyrants

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 272pp 978-1-107-12126-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

A History of Power, Injustice, and Terror Waller R. Newell | Carleton University, Ottawa

This book will appeal to anyone interested in the danger posed by tyranny and terror in today’s world, the psychology of tyranny, and how it is shaped by the history of fiction, art, and architecture. Written in a clear, colorful style, the book is suitable for readers of all levels. • Uncovers the three faces of tyranny in the history of the West from ancient times to the present • The book is a portable one-semester course on tyranny, one of the most pressing issues of our time • From Achilles to Al Qaeda, the book analyzes how righteous anger and a craving for honor has motivated tyrannical behavior through the ages Political theory

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-08305-9 Hardback c. £18.00 / c. US$29.99

Liberty is a Daughter of Knowledge Nico Stehr | Zeppelin University

Political theory

A Republic of Law

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 6 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-13064-7 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Information, Power, and Democracy

Highlight

Governing the Commons The Evolution of Institutions for Collective Action Elinor Ostrom

The governance of natural resources used by many individuals in common is an issue of increasing concern to policy analysts. Elinor Ostrom provides a unique body of empirical data to explore conditions under which common pool resource problems have been satisfactorily or unsatisfactorily solved. • A multi-award-winning author and co-winner of the 2009 Nobel Prize for Economics • Tackles one of the most enduring and contentious issues of positive political economy: common pool resource management • Combines a lucid theoretical framework with a series of diverse and richly detailed case studies Political theory | Canto Classics

October 2015 216 x 138 mm 294pp 20 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-56978-2 Paperback £12.99 / US$19.99 G

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Highlight

States and Social Revolutions

The Cambridge Companion to The Communist Manifesto

A Comparative Analysis of France, Russia, and China Theda Skocpol

Edited by Terrell Carver | University of Bristol

Theda Skocpol shows how state structures, international forces, and class relations combine to explain the origins and accomplishments of social-revolutionary transformations. Believing that existing theories of revolution, both Marxist and non-Marxist, are inadequate to explain the actual historical patterns of revolutions, Skocpol urges the reader to adopt fresh perspectives. • Discusses the contradictions in the French, Russian and Chinese Old Regimes that led to revolutionary political crises • Provides a new frame of reference for analyzing the causes, the conflicts and the outcomes of such revolutions • A multi-award-winning author and recipient of the Johan Skytte Prize in Political Science (2007) Political theory | Canto Classics

October 2015 216 x 138 mm 421pp 6 maps 2 tables 978-1-107-56984-3 Paperback £12.99 / US$19.99

Above Politics

The Cambridge Companion to The Communist Manifesto makes accessible to general readers the latest historical and biographical scholarship critically relevant to this classic text in political theory and intellectual history. It provides a fresh translation of the first edition by Terrell Carver and a transcription of the rare first English translation by Helen Macfarlane. • Includes an editors’ introduction and twelve chapters by noted scholars from different sub-fields in political theory so readers will have access to the latest interpretative approaches • Contains two translations of the text so readers will have access to a more accurate translation of the first edition and to a rare translation of historical interest History of ideas | Cambridge Companions to Philosophy

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 328pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03700-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-68307-5 Paperback £20.99 / US$32.99

Textbook

Bureaucratic Discretion and Credible Commitment Gary J. Miller | Washington University, St Louis

Plato: Laws

The book argues that bureaucracies can contribute to stability and economic development, if they are insulated from unstable democratic politics. The book will appeal to those interested in political science, economics, law, sociology, and modern political history. • Nontechnical readers will be able to understand the core ideas of the book, initiating a conversation among people with varying backgrounds • Includes a variety of vignettes throughout the text to provide examples of the application of the theoretical concepts • Explores the pressures on bureaucracies’ decision making from political, institutional, economic, and other social forces Political theory | Political Economy of Institutions and Decisions

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 288pp 5 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-00875-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-40131-0 Paperback £18.99 / US$34.99

Plato Edited by Malcolm Schofield | University of Cambridge

Plato’s Laws is one of the most important surviving works of ancient Greek political thought. This new translation into accessible English also includes an authoritative introduction and notes on the text. It will be a key resource for scholars and graduate and undergraduate students of the history of political thought. • English translation of the Laws that combines accuracy with accessibility • The accompanying introduction, notes, and analysis of the entire work present essential navigational aids • Key resource for scholars, graduate and undergraduate students of Greek philosophy and the history of political thought Contents: Introduction; Synopsis; Principal dates; A guide to further reading; The Laws: Book 1; Book 2; Book 3; Book 4; Book 5; Book 6; Book 7; Book 8; Book 9; Book 10; Book 11; Book 12; Appendix; Index. Texts in political thought | Cambridge Texts in the History of Political Thought

Popular Sovereignty in Historical Perspective Edited by Richard Bourke | Queen Mary University of London

March 2016 216 x 138 mm 512pp 978-0-521-85965-3 Hardback £54.99 / US$84.99

978-0-521-67690-8 Paperback £16.99 / US$24.99

This collaborative volume offers the first historical reconstruction of the concept of popular sovereignty. The collection, edited by Richard Bourke and Quentin Skinner, charts the history of the doctrine by bringing together leading international experts specialising across a range of periods, spanning ancient, medieval, early modern and modern political thought. • Presents the first historical reconstruction of the concept of popular sovereignty • Offers a collaborative approach that features a diversity of perspectives by international experts • Examines popular sovereignty across an exceptionally wide range of periods, enabling access to the full span of historical coverage

Marketing Sovereign Promises

History of ideas

British government, politics, policy | Political Economy of Institutions and Decisions

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 340pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13040-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Monopoly Brokerage and the Growth of the English State Gary W. Cox | Stanford University, California

Democracies extract more tax revenue per capita than autocracies. This book addresses the origins of taxation, examining how it can be made compatible with political liberty and economic growth. This study speaks to readers of political economy of development and comparative institutions, and historians of state formation in Europe. • Will appeal to economic historians, political economists and political sciences because of its new theory of state growth February 2016 228 x 152 mm 175pp 21 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-14062-2 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00 P 978-1-316-50609-7 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$26.99

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Racial and Ethnic Politics in American Suburbs Lorrie Frasure-Yokley | University of California, Los Angeles

This book examines racial and ethnic politics outside of the traditional urban context and questions the standard models used to understand mobility and government responses to rapid demographic change and political demands. This book is aimed at the sub-fields of racial and ethnic politics, local and state politics, and immigrant political incorporation. • Written in clear, crisp and accessible language, this book will appeal to researchers and graduate and undergraduate students, as well as local government and community leaders • Extends the lens of race, ethnicity and politics research beyond the study of central cities versus suburban localities • Uses an interdisciplinary, multi-method and multi-racial approach, along with a well-integrated analysis of multiple forms of data at different levels of analysis, including focus groups, in-depth interviews and survey data

Hamilton versus Jefferson in the Washington Administration Completing the Founding or Betraying the Founding? Carson Holloway | University of Nebraska, Omaha

Students of the American founding will be interested in this study of the political clashes between Alexander Hamilton and Thomas Jefferson when they served in George Washington’s cabinet. The book examines why these two great founders became political enemies as they tried to put the new government into operation. • The first book-length account of the political and constitutional debates between Hamilton and Jefferson in the Washington administration • Where most books focus on the Revolution and the writing and ratification of the Constitution, this book provides an account of the founders’ political thought as applied to the practice of politics • Holloway shows how Hamilton and Jefferson formulated their political thinking in response to each other’s arguments

American government, politics, policy

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 220pp 5 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-08495-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 360pp 978-1-107-10905-6 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-52111-7 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

Multidimensional Democracy

Congress and Policy Making in the 21st Century

A Supply and Demand Theory of Representation in American Legislatures Jeffrey J. Harden | University of Colorado Boulder

This book provides a comprehensive analysis of representation in American politics. It is aimed at political and social scientists who study American politics, representation, political behavior, and legislative politics. It is suitable for academic research as well as use in the classroom, particularly in upper-level undergraduate courses and graduate courses. • The first book to unify these four dimensions into a single theoretical framework: policy, service, allocation, or descriptive • Gives readers a more comprehensive view of the complexities of representation in American politics • Systematically incorporates legislators’ and citizens’ perspectives in theory and empirical evidence American government, politics, policy

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 200pp 71 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13096-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Edited by Jeffery A. Jenkins | University of Virginia

Can Congress govern in a polarized age? In one illuminating chapter after another, Congress and Policy Making in the 21st Century reveals the political dynamics that shape Congress’s performance in the domestic arena. A must-read for scholars, students, and anyone interested in understanding why Congress often fails. • Goes beyond calling Congress ‘dysfunctional’ and examines whether Congress sometimes or never fulfils its lawmaking responsibilities • By better connecting traditional Congress scholarship and research with public policy research, the book provides the reader with different perspectives • Presents a mix of different theoretical and empirical viewpoints, so will appeal to scholars from different standpoints American government, politics, policy

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 29 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-12638-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-56555-5 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

The Politics of Major Policy Reform in Postwar America Edited by Jeffery A. Jenkins | University of Virginia

This book considers the politics of major programmatic reforms in the United States since the Second World War. The authors offer a comprehensive understanding of major policy breakthroughs by examining nine critical issues spanning civil rights, social welfare, trade, immigration and national security. • Distinct focus on the politics of policy reform • Investigates reform across a range of important issue areas • Covers more than a half-century of politics American government, politics, policy

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 329pp 13 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-03498-3 Hardback £60.00 / US$90.00 P 978-1-107-66848-5 Paperback £22.99 / US$32.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Textbook

Independent Politics

The American Congress

How American Disdain for Parties Leads to Political Inaction Samara Klar | University of Arizona

Ninth edition Steven S. Smith | Washington University, St Louis

This book argues that the tone of politics stigmatizes Democrats and Republicans, driving people with partisan preferences to identify as independent. The study is aimed at those interested in politics and the media, political communication, political parties, public opinion, participation, and elections and voting behavior. • Provides the first substantial investigation in twenty-five years of independent voters, addressing a timely political phenomenon • Employs novel experimental techniques and uses advanced designs to demonstrate causal relationships • By arguing that pundits and political scientists are both wrong regarding independent voters, this book corrects widely accepted myths American government, politics, policy

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 272pp 31 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-13446-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99 P 978-1-316-50063-7 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

Separation of Powers and Legislative Organization The President, the Senate, and Political Parties in the Making of House Rules Gisela Sin | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

This book examines how the constitutional requirements of the lawmaking process, combined with the factional divisions within parties, affect US representatives’ decisions about how to distribute power among themselves. • The first book to include the Senate and the president as key actors in analyses of the House’s internal organization • Predicts changes in the distribution of power in the House by incorporating House party factions and their interactions with the Senate and the president in analyses • Offers a novel explanation for rule adoption since 1879, plus an original analysis of the Speaker Cannon revolt in 1910 American government, politics, policy

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 212pp 16 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-107-04879-9 Hardback £55.00 / US$90.00 C

Up to date, and with learning features, the ninth edition of this respected textbook provides a fresh perspective and a crisp introduction to congressional politics. It covers the 2014 elections, a new Senate majority, and an early take on the 114th Congress, while showing the importance of strong legislature in American democracy. • The authors bring Capitol Hill experience and scholarship to provide insights on recent events, including the two Congresses of Barack Obama’s presidency, health care reform, and the 2012 midterm elections, as well as an early take on the 114th Congress • New learning features include end-of-chapter discussion questions and further reading • This edition is also more visual – timelines and flow-charts have been added and the number of photos has doubled • Combined with an online testbank, this is a complete learning package that allows undergraduates to understand the importance of strong legislature in American democracy Contents: 1. The troubled Congress; 2. Representation and lawmaking in Congress: the constitutional and historical context; 3. Congressional elections; 4. Members, goals, resources, and strategies; 5. Parties and leaders; 6. The standing committees; 7. The rules of the legislative game; 8. The floor and voting; 9. Congress and the president; 10. Congress and the courts; 11. Congress, lobbyists, and interest groups; 12. Congress and budget politics. American government, politics, policy

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 444pp 86 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-107-57178-5 Paperback £39.99 / US$64.99 X

American Gridlock The Sources, Character, and Impact of Political Polarization Edited by James A. Thurber | American University, Washington DC

American Gridlock is a comprehensive look at the most important political problem facing American democracy today: partisan polarization. With the rise of the Tea Party, the vanishing middle, and Obama’s rancorous relationship with Congress, this is a timely publication. This is a book for students, academics, media, and interested public. • Covers the phenomenon of polarization at various levels of government and among a diverse group of political actors, therefore readers can use this as a ‘one-stop shop’ on the question of polarization • Written in clear prose with use of simple quantitative analyses using the latest data, American Gridlock will appeal to a broad array of readers including those less comfortable with the use of advanced statistics • The authors are well-known, top-rate scholars who study the question of polarization in the United States American government, politics, policy

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 428pp 85 b/w illus. 28 tables 978-1-107-11416-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-53469-8 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Crossing the Aisle

Democratization from Above

Party Switching by US Legislators in the Postwar Era Antoine Yoshinaka | State University of New York, Buffalo

The Logic of Local Democracy in the Developing World Anjali Thomas Bohlken | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

This book is the first systematic study of the causes and consequences of legislative party switching in the US. It provides a sophisticated analysis combining quantitative data from Congress and state legislatures with elite interviews with switchers, non-switchers, and a party leader, including a ‘real time’ look into the decision. • This book will appeal to those uncomfortable with the reductionist approach that everything politicians do comes down to their reelection • Focuses on the costs of switching parties • Offers a look at party switching in ‘real time’ by interviewing a party switcher before and after the switch American government, politics, policy

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 280pp 5 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-11589-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-53606-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

Unspoken Politics Implicit Attitudes and Political Thinking Efrén O. Pérez | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

This book is geared toward public opinion researchers and practitioners who are interested in measuring, analyzing, and understanding people’s unspoken cognitions – namely, implicit attitudes – and the impacts these have on the politics that individuals openly profess. It illuminates the mechanics of a leading measure of implicit attitudes – the Implicit Association Test. • Mounts an extended conceptualization of implicit attitudes and their implications for political thinking • Illuminates the mechanics of a leading measure of implicit attitudes, the Implicit Association Test, and applies it to US immigration politics • Will appeal to those scholars who are in need of theoretical guidance about the political impact of implicit attitudes on mass decisionmaking

Democratization from Above offers a novel argument to explain why some national and state governments in the developing world introduce reforms to make local governance more democratic while others fail to do so. This study is aimed at researchers, graduate students and undergraduates in comparative politics and South Asian politics. • Presents an argument that challenges the conventional wisdom on why local democratization reforms are implemented • With evidence from India relying on original data from Indian states, the book tests the argument at multiple different levels of analysis • Presents cross-national evidence relying on an original dataset on local governance reforms from sixty-seven countries in the developing world from 1945 to 2010 Comparative politics

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 22 b/w illus. 23 tables 978-1-107-12887-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Crafting Policies to End Poverty in Latin America The Quiet Transformation Ana Lorena De La O | Yale University, Connecticut

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 228pp 41 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-107-13373-0 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99 P

This book provides a theory and evidence to explain the initial decision of governments to adopt a conditional cash transfer program (the most prominent type of anti-poverty program currently in operation in Latin America), and whether such programs are insulated from political manipulations or not. • One of very few studies that focuses on poverty relief programs, explaining policy design, adoption, and implementation • Analyzes the causes and consequences of conditional cash transfer (CCT) programs, one of the most prominent types of anti-poverty programs currently in operation in Latin America • Presents a study of the politics of CCTs using data from all Latin American countries over a span of two decades

978-1-107-59121-9 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Comparative politics

American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Public Opinion and Political Psychology

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 194pp 8 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-08948-8 Hardback £54.99 / US$84.99

Gendering Legislative Behavior Institutional Constraints and Collaboration Tiffany D. Barnes | University of Kentucky

Elections in Hard Times

This book targets scholars and students in political science, gender and women’s studies, and Latin American studies. It examines issues of representation, Congress, comparative political institutions, electoral systems, and gender politics. It is timely and accessible, and combines archival data with evidence from interviews. • This book will appeal to a wide readership because the themes of the book are very timely and have attracted the attention of think tanks and media outlets • Readers will see how the theory of collaboration plays out in different contexts because the book uses a subnational research design • Statistical findings are all presented in simple figures to convey the relationship and magnitude of the results so readers will find it easy to follow Comparative politics

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 250pp 39 b/w illus. 1 map 4 tables 978-1-107-14319-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$90.00 P 978-1-316-50765-0 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$28.99

Building Stronger Democracies in the 21st Century Thomas Edward Flores | George Mason University, Virginia

Why are ‘free and fair’ elections often followed by democratic backsliding? This book answers this question by showing why even clean elections fail in countries with little democratic history or fiscal resources, and a history of violent conflict. It will appeal to scholars, policymakers and students. • Evaluates a variety of popular democracy promotion strategies to see which work best for supporting elections in the developing world • An accessible and comprehensive introduction provides a synthesis of fifty years of democratization and election research • Findings are presented through easy-to-read graphics whereas more complex mathematical treatments and statistical tables appear in a set of appendices Comparative politics

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 38 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-13213-9 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$89.99

978-1-107-58463-1 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Party System Institutionalization in Asia

Democracy, Inequality and Corruption

Democracies, Autocracies, and the Shadows of the Past Edited by Allen Hicken | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Korea, Taiwan and the Philippines Compared Jong-sung You | Australian National University, Canberra

This book provides a comprehensive empirical and theoretical analysis of the development of parties and party systems in Asia. The studies included advance a unique perspective in the literature by focusing on the concept of institutionalization and by analyzing parties in democratic settings as well as in authoritarian settings. • The only book to focus on parties and party systems in Asia • Offers a wide theoretical and empirical scope • Compares party systems in both democratic and non-democratic contexts Comparative politics

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 374pp 14 b/w illus. 29 tables 978-1-107-04157-8 Hardback £60.00 / US$95.00 P 978-1-107-61423-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

Partisanship, Brand Dilution, and the Breakdown of Political Parties in Latin America Noam Lupu | University of Wisconsin, Madison

Why would national political parties that have been competitive for decades collapse overnight? Party Brands in Crisis offers an explanation that highlights the impact of elite actions on voter behavior. This study is aimed at scholars interested in voter partisanship, political behavior, Latin American politics, political parties, and elite polarization. • Technical jargon, mathematical equations, and complex regression tables are avoided • Proposes a theory that links voter attachment to parties and party strategy, appealing to those interested in mass behavior or party politics • Combines multiple methods: large-N regression analysis, case studies, and experiments Comparative politics

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 308pp 15 b/w illus. 36 tables 978-1-107-07840-6 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00 C

Electoral Strategies and Social Policy in Mexico Alberto Diaz-Cayeros | Stanford University, California

The Political Logic of Poverty Relief places electoral politics and institutional design at the core of poverty alleviation. The authors develop a theory with applications to Mexico about how elections shape social programs aimed at aiding the poor. They assess whether voters reward politicians for targeted poverty alleviation programs. • Proposes a new interpretation of the role of transfers and poverty relief assistance in the development of welfare state institutions • Provides an understanding of clientelism as a political exchange that emerges from a theory of conditional party loyalty, where core voters become the prime targets of public largesse • Offers a comprehensive study not just of clientelism but of social programs and the political logic behind their transformation Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 234pp 19 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-107-14028-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Nontaxation and Representation

Informal Order and the State in Afghanistan Jennifer Brick Murtazashvili | University of Pittsburgh

Despite efforts to build the state, profound political order in rural Afghanistan is maintained by selfgoverning, customary organizations. This book explores the rules governing these organizations to explain why they can provide public goods. Instead of withering during decades of conflict, customary authority adapted to become more responsive. • Considers both the capacity and limits of self-governing organizations • Draws on ethnographic fieldwork in more than three hundred and fifty interviews conducted in local languages across thirty villages in rural Afghanistan as well as statistical analysis of survey data • Speaks to audiences interested in state-building in Afghanistan, but also to those seeking to understand the broad relations between the state and informal order Comparative politics

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 355pp 2 maps 17 tables 978-1-107-11399-2 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00

Comparative politics

The Political Logic of Poverty Relief

Party Brands in Crisis

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 266pp 23 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07360-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

This comparative, historical survey explores the correlation between inequality and corruption in the countries of South Korea, Taiwan and the Philippines. Drawing on a wealth of empirical research, Jong-sung You illustrates the ways in which inequality can undermine democratic accountability, thereby increasing the risk of clientelism and corruption. • Offers a comparative, historical survey of three East-Asian democracies: South Korea, Taiwan and the Philippines • Highlights the critical role of land reforms in the developmental trajectories of East Asian countries • Evaluates why some countries failed to curb corruption and develop, while others have been more successful

The Fiscal Foundations of Political Stability Kevin M. Morrison | University of Pittsburgh

Does oil make countries autocratic? Can foreign aid make countries democratic? Does taxation lead to representation? In this book, Kevin M. Morrison develops a novel argument about how government revenues of all kinds affect political regimes and their leaders. • Relevant to current policy discussions, such as how oil revenues affect developing countries, how foreign aid can promote democracy, and how politicians decide taxation policies • Analyses are applicable to a wide geographical scope, with in-depth cases from both Latin America and Africa Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 170pp 8 b/w illus. 4 maps 11 tables 978-1-107-07677-8 Hardback £55.00 / US$85.00 C

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

In Defense of Pluralism

Emotions in International Politics

Policy Disagreement and its Media Coverage Éric Montpetit | Université de Montréal

Providing an empirically grounded perspective on policy disagreements, Éric Montpetit highlights significant distortions in the media coverage of policy-making. This book will be of interest to policy-making scholars and professionals, as well as to professionals in communication and journalism looking for material to reflect upon their work. • Offers an original perspective on policy-making that takes a clear normative stand • Reveals the importance of journalism and the media in influencing policy-making and public perceptions • Provides sophisticated yet accessible quantitative analyses of policymaking Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Public Policy

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 180pp 13 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14678-5 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

It is undeniable that emotions play a pivotal role in international relations: from the attacks of 9/11 to the Iranian nuclear standoff, national pride and anger are regularly on display. This book provides an essential theoretical guide to the new field studying this emotion, for scholars and students. • Provides theoretical approaches that will be of use to students and scholars in a growing field • Challenges and corrects prevailing models of social theory • Includes theoretical case studies from 9/11 and the Rwandan genocide to World War II-era Europe International relations, international organisations

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 436pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11385-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Taming the Imperial Imagination

Textbook

Colonial Knowledge, International Relations, and the Anglo-Afghan Encounter, 1808–1878 Martin J. Bayly | King’s College London

Foundations of Comparative Politics Third edition Kenneth Newton | University of Southampton

Updated throughout, this leading overview of comparative politics once again blends theory and evidence across democratic systems to provide unparalleled coverage. The studentfriendly structure and clear, concise writing ensure that complex issues are clearly explained and students engage with the key theories. Briefings feature examples and controversies. • Broad coverage of democratic governments is brought to life for the student through case studies and examples from across the globe • Includes fact files, briefings, suggestions for further reading and questions • A strong package of online resources includes MCQs for students and exam and review questions for instructors • Strong pedagogy throughout ensures that the relevance of theoretical concepts is conveyed clearly and concisely Contents: Introduction; Part I. The State: Origins and Development: 1. The development of the modern state; 2. States and democracy; 3. Democratic change and persistence; Part II. The Polity: Structures and Institutions: 4. Constitutions; 5. Presidential and parliamentary government; 6. Multilevel government: international, national and sub-national; 7. Policy making and legislating: executives and legislatures; 8. Implementation: the public bureaucracy; Part III. Citizens, Elites and Interest Mediation: 9. Political attitudes and behaviour; 10. Pressure groups and social movements; 11. The mass media; 12. Voters and elections; 13. Party government; Part IV. Policies and Performance: 14. Political ideologies: conservatism, liberalism, Christian democracy and socialism; 15. Decision making; 16. Public spending and public policies; 17. The future of the democratic state; Postscript: how and what to compare? Comparative politics | Cambridge Textbooks in Comparative Politics

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 500pp 11 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-13183-5 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00 X 978-1-107-58285-9 Paperback c. £31.99 / c. US$50.00

Beyond Mainstream International Relations Edited by Yohan Ariffin | Université de Lausanne, Switzerland

Shows how powerful states and empires seek to know and understand parts of the world they consider to be unknown, dangerous, or violent. Spanning multiple disciplines, this book will appeal to students and researchers working in the fields of history, international relations, diplomacy, conflict and foreign policy. • Marks a novel intervention into scholarship that explores the interconnections between imperial history and international relations • Presents a new contribution to the international history of Afghanistan • Focuses in particular in colonial knowledge International relations, international organisations

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 2 b/w illus. 1 map 2 tables 978-1-107-11805-8 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Targeted Sanctions The Impacts and Effectiveness of United Nations Action Edited by Thomas J. Biersteker | Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Geneva

Drawing on two new databases, this book informs both scholars and policy practitioners about the different purposes of UN targeted sanctions, the Security Council dynamics behind their design, the relationship of sanctions with other policy instruments, implementation challenges, diverse impacts, unintended consequences, policy effectiveness, and UN institutional learning. • A single volume featuring the entirety of the UN’s experience with targeted sanctions • The first analysis of the Targeted Sanctions Consortium’s (TSC) two new databases – the most recent databases developed for scholars interested in the impacts and effectiveness of international sanctions • Organized comparatively, generalizing across cases, rather than based on individual country case studies, thus minimizing descriptive, casespecific detail and allowing for comparative analysis and comparison with the results of other studies International relations, international organisations

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 4 b/w illus. 47 tables 978-1-107-13421-8 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-107-59309-1 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Security

The French War on Al Qa’ida in Africa

Dialogue across Disciplines Edited by Philippe Bourbeau | University of Cambridge

A comprehensive survey and insightful analysis of how the concept of security is studied across different disciplines. Analytically sharp yet easy to read, this is a cutting-edge volume exploring what security is and what it means in today’s world. It will be of interest to scholars, practitioners and policy advisors. • Proposes an innovative and multidisciplinary approach to security • Offers a rich and unparalleled understanding of how security is understood and studied within the social sciences with contributions from leading academics in the respective fields • Provides a coherent and structured multidisciplinary dialogue on security International relations, international organisations

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10740-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-51473-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$34.99

This book investigates France’s 2013 military intervention in Mali and its lessons for America’s fight against terrorist groups in Africa and worldwide. Its assessment of new anti-terrorist military strategy will be of use to those in the foreign policy and national security communities. • Provides key insights for future US counterterrorism strategy in Africa and beyond • A most nuanced description in English of Al Qa’ida’s North African franchise and its complex relationships with other terrorist groups • Provides a balanced assessment based on exclusive interviews with high-level French, Malian, and US civilian and military officials • Fast-paced, highly readable prose that is easily accessible to the general reader International relations, international organisations

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 240pp 11 b/w illus. 8 maps 3 tables 978-1-107-12103-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-54678-3 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Confounding Powers Anarchy and International Society from the Assassins to Al Qaeda William J. Brenner

The study of international politics has not addressed some of the most pressing issues raised after 9/11, most notably the relationships between Al Qaeda’s international systemic origins and societal effects. Confounding Powers advances the study of international politics into new historical settings while providing insights into pressing policy challenges. • Addresses key unanswered theoretical questions raised by the 9/11 attacks • Provides an analytically eclectic and theoretically progressive model to address vexing theoretical and policy challenges • Advances the study of international politics into largely untapped historical contexts International relations, international organisations

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 2 b/w illus. 5 maps 4 tables 978-1-107-10945-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

China’s Troubled Waters

The Evolution and Legitimacy of International Security Institutions M. Patrick Cottrell | Linfield College, Oregon

Blending history with theory, The Evolution and Legitimacy of International Security Institutions will appeal to anyone concerned with the sources of global order and understanding dynamic processes of change. It also illuminates current debates over the ability of institutions to maintain social value in a complex and changing world. • Provides new perspectives on continuity, crisis, and change in international institutions through novel focus on replacement • A fresh application of the concept of legitimacy revealing a paradoxical ‘dark side’ of legitimacy • Draws on history and theory to provide an accessible analytic narrative of some of the world’s landmark security institutions International relations, international organisations

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 288pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12111-9 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

Deadly Impasse

Maritime Disputes in Theoretical Perspective Steve Chan | University of Colorado Boulder

Although territorial disputes have been the leading cause for interstate wars in the past, China has settled most of its land borders with its neighbours. Its maritime boundaries, however, have remained contentious. This book examines China’s conduct in these disputes in order to analyse Beijing’s foreign policy intentions in general. • Examines China’s conduct in its maritime disputes from a theoretical perspective • Integrates the study of China with the general field of international relations • Analyses patterns in China’s settlement or escalation of past territorial conflicts International relations, international organisations

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 242pp 978-1-107-13056-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Christopher S. Chivvis | RAND Corporation, California

Indo-Pakistani Relations at the Dawn of a New Century Sumit Ganguly | Indiana University

What ails the Indo-Pakistani relationship? Despite negotiations, four wars and multiple crises, the states remain trapped in rivalry. Evaluating relations from 1999 to 2009, Ganguly seeks to understand this troubled relationship, asking whether it stems from security dilemmas or reflects dynamics between a status quo power and a predatory state. • Evaluates Indo-Pakistani relations between the years 1999 and 2009 • Identifies the contributing factors that provoke and perpetuate the Indo-Pakistani conflict • Bridges the gap between academic and policy-driven analysis International relations, international organisations

March 2016 216 x 138 mm 280pp 2 maps 6 tables 978-0-521-76361-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$95.00

978-0-521-12568-0 Paperback c. £16.99 / c. US$26.99

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Textbook

The Ethics of Insurgency

Understanding Modern Warfare

A Critical Guide to Just Guerrilla Warfare Michael L. Gross | University of Haifa, Israel

The Ethics of Insurgency explains how guerrillas who pursue national self-determination may justly utilize many unlawful practices of war as long as they target military objectives, respect the rights of noncombatants and reject terrorism. • A concise guide to the moral practice of guerrilla warfare • Full scale analysis of the ethics of certain controversial practices of guerrilla warfare, such as human shielding, the assassination of informants, and the detonation of improvised explosive devices (IEDs) • First application of just war theory to non-kinetic guerrilla warfare International relations, international organisations

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 320pp 2 maps 6 tables 978-1-107-01907-2 Hardback £55.00 / US$90.00

978-1-107-68464-5 Paperback £19.99 / US$32.99

The South China Sea A Crucible of Regional Cooperation or Conflict-making Sovereignty Claims? Edited by C. J. Jenner | University of Oxford

The South China Sea has long been a source of conflict and represents a core contemporary security issue in the Asia-Pacific region. This book offers an empirical analysis of the global ocean’s most contested maritime territory, the South China Sea and its agents of contest. • Presents an empirical analysis of a core security issue in Asia today • Sheds new light on maritime strategies and sovereignty disputes • Offers new approaches for highly contentious issues of maritime rights and maritime law International relations, international organisations

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 362pp 5 maps 978-1-107-08142-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Second edition David Jordan | King’s College London

A fully revised and updated new edition of this leading introduction to the theory and conduct of warfare in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. The book combines analysis of key concepts, theory and military doctrine with reference to relevant examples from history, and integrates the land, sea, and air environments. • Features content on the theory and conduct of modern warfare that is directly relevant to contemporary debates on the subject • Offers a balanced assessment of the different perspectives on modern warfare, including debates and controversies, in order to enhance students’ appreciation of critical analysis • Revised and updated to take account of advances in doctrine and technology, and to address recent events and current debates Contents: Preface; Introduction; Part I. Strategy: 1. The study and theory of strategy; 2. Strategy defined; 3. The practice of strategy; Part II. Land Warfare: 4. Concepts of land warfare; 5. Modern land warfare; 6. Future land warfare; Part III. Naval Warfare: 7. Concepts of naval warfare; 8. The evolution of naval warfare; 9. Naval warfare in the twenty-first century; Part IV. Air and Space Warfare: 10. Concepts and characteristics of air and space warfare; 11. The evolution of air and space power; 12. Air and space power in the contemporary era: 1990–2030; Part V. Irregular Warfare: 13. Key concepts and terms of irregular warfare; 14. The historical practice of irregular warfare; 15. Current irregular warfare; Part VI. Weapons of Mass Destruction: 16. Weapons of mass destruction: radiological, biological, and chemical weapons; 17. Weapons of mass destruction: nuclear weapons; Conclusion; Glossary; Index. International relations, international organisations

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 410pp 43 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-13419-5 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$129.99 X C

978-1-107-59275-9 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$39.99

Power and Global Economic Institutions

Textbook

International Negotiation Process and Strategies Ho-Won Jeong | George Mason University, Virginia

Ayse Kaya | Swarthmore College, Pennsylvania

Drawing on numerous examples and synthesizing several theories of negotiation, this textbook provides students with the insight and knowledge needed to evaluate effective conflict settlement, political change and international policy making. A rich suite of online resources, including case studies, discussion questions and suggestions for further reading, accompanies the book. • Compares and synthesizes diverse theories of negotiation, providing students with a comprehensive tool box for navigating numerous negotiating settings • Includes tables and figures to clarify complex ideas and relationships • Illustrates theory with examples of real-world events • Features a rich suite of online learning resources Contents: Introduction: 1. Negotiation: an overall framework; Part I. Strategic Analysis: 2. Game theory: basics and perspectives; 3. Strategies for conflict and cooperation; 4. Sequential games and strategic moves; 5. Bargaining games; Part II. Negotiation Process, Behavior and Context: 6. Negotiation dynamics; 7. Negotiation process and activities; 8. Bargaining behavior; 9. Psychological and institutional context; Part III. Extensions and Variants: 10. Mediation; 11. Multilateral negotiation; 12. Reflection and synthesis.

Major shifts in economic power, marked by the rise of the BRICS, have recently affected key multilateral economic institutions, such as the International Monetary Fund. Ayse Kaya advances a novel approach to understanding the relationship between states’ economic power and their formal political power in multilateral economic institutions. • Provides detailed historical and contemporary analysis of the functioning and design of central multilateral economic institutions • Explains the increasing importance of large emerging economies, with easy to understand descriptive statistics • Connects key theories of international relations to the literature on the institutional design and functioning of multilateral economic institutions International relations, international organisations

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 7 b/w illus. 23 tables 978-1-107-12094-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

International relations, international organisations

January 2016 247 x 174 mm 300pp 16 b/w illus. 24 tables 978-1-107-02640-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 X 978-1-107-65148-7 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$36.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

The Continent of International Law

International Pecking Orders The Politics and Practice of Multilateral Diplomacy Vincent Pouliot | McGill University, Montréal

Explaining Agreement Design Barbara Koremenos | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Every year, states negotiate, conclude, sign, and give effect to hundreds of new international agreements. This book demonstrates theoretically and empirically how the detailed design provisions of such international law matter for phenomena that scholars, policymakers, and the public care about: when and how international cooperation occurs and is maintained. • Designed for a broad audience with rigorous theoretical underpinnings, so international law and relations scholars without a mathematical background will understand the intuition of all the hypotheses • Transcends issue area divides typical in this type of scholarship and will therefore appeal to both specialists and generalists and show how various issue and sub-issue areas are alike and different • Combines multiple methods and contains case studies for those who find it easiest to understand mechanisms through real-life examples but also features large-n testing that can confirm the theory

International relations, international organisations

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 6 b/w illus. 4 colour illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-14343-2 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-316-50776-6 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

International relations, international organisations

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 400pp 14 b/w illus. 1 map 61 tables 978-1-107-12423-3 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$89.99 P 978-1-107-56144-1 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

This book examines the establishment of international hierarchies in multilateral diplomacy. Vincent Pouliot observes that in any multilateral setting, some state representatives weigh much more heavily than others, and argues that the practice of diplomacy is structured by a largely unspoken hierarchy of standing, which practitioners refer to as the ‘pecking order’. • Explains how international hierarchies are a result of multilateral diplomatic processes • Reconciles the practice of multilateral diplomacy with the production of inequality and social stratification • Spans different dimensions of the social – situational, dispositional, relational and positional – in making sense of international politics

The World’s Search for Sustainable Development A Perspective from the Global South Mukul Sanwal | United Nations Framework Conventions on Climate Change (UNFCCC)

Violence and Civilization in the Western States-Systems Andrew Linklater | Aberystwyth University

This title draws on leading work on process sociology and international relations to provide an analysis of violence and civilization in the Western states-systems. Linklater asks how modern Europeans came to believe themselves more ‘civilized’ than their medieval forebears. • Develops a new perspective on world politics by analysing the relationship between imperatives to increase and control the power to harm • Analyses the relationship between violence and civilization from classical antiquity to the contemporary era • Promotes new linkages between process sociology and international relations which will appeal to those in support of closer ties between International Relations as well as greater interdisciplinarity International relations, international organisations

The book underlines the need to rethink and reframe the issue of sustainability, with emphasis on the use and distribution of natural resources. It addresses the institutional, political and conceptual dimensions in seeking a better understanding of international cooperation in the global environment. • Explores the evolution of sustainable development and climate change within the framework of the United Nations • Discusses politics of natural resource usage at the global level • Suggests pathways towards equitable sustainable development International relations, international organisations

November 2015 244 x 170 mm 350pp 978-1-107-12266-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-107-15473-5 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$125.00

Asymmetry and International Relationships

978-1-316-60833-3 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$44.99

Brantly Womack | University of Virginia

Accommodating Rising Powers Past, Present, and Future Edited by T. V. Paul | McGill University, Montréal

This volume explores if, and when, peaceful accommodation of rising powers can work even under conditions which generate intense rivalry and conflict. Although structural factors can generate wars, it argues that proper synchronization of strategies for peaceful change by established and rising powers can mitigate the possibilities of violent conflict. • Proposes a new view of rising powers that will appeal to those who are concerned about the rise of China, Russia and the gradual ascendance of India and Brazil • Features case studies of past failures and successes of accommodating rising powers • Easy-to-follow theoretical discussion with great practical application International relations, international organisations

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 336pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13404-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-59223-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$36.99

In most international relationships, the weaker side cannot do to the larger side what the larger side can do to it. But the lesson of Vietnam is that power does not always prevail. This book explores the role of disparity in shaping – but not determining – international relationships. • Offers a new paradigm, asymmetry theory, for asymmetric international relationships • The first model for managing asymmetric international relationships • Provides new insights into the role of alignments and soft power International relations, international organisations

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 220pp 14 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-13289-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-58953-7 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Affective Communities in World Politics

India–EU People Mobility Historical, Economic and Regulatory Dimensions Edited by Rupa Chanda | Indian Institute of Management, Bangalore

Collective Emotions after Trauma Emma Hutchison | University of Queensland

This book provides one of the first systematic examinations of the role emotions play in world politics. Using extensive conceptual inquiries and empirical case studies, it shows how representations of trauma, from terrorist attacks and humanitarian crises to civil unrest, can generate emotional legacies that shape communities in international relations. • The first systematic attempt to understand and examine the role of emotions in world politics • Examines how people and communities deal with traumatic events, underlining in particular the links between trauma and community in world politics • Features case studies, from media images to historical narratives and political speeches, to demonstrate how world politics is shaped through representations and how representations are made emotionally and collectively meaningful

The book discusses sector-specific as well as crosscutting factors that shape the different types of mobility between the EU and India, the regulatory and other constraints to these migration flows, their impact and contribution on both sides and the associated sensitivities and concerns. • Discusses sector-specific as well as cross-cutting factors that shape the different types of mobility between the EU and India • Provides an overview of the trends and characteristics of mobility between India and the EU from a historical, economic and regulatory perspective • Highlights how such mobility could be facilitated and managed through bilateral discussions Political economy

September 2015 234 x 156 mm 260pp 978-1-107-10481-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

International relations, international organisations | Cambridge Studies in International Relations, 140

The Institutions Curse

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 10 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-09501-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Natural Resources, Politics, and Development Victor Menaldo | University of Washington

A Theory of World Politics Mathias Albert | Universität Bielefeld, Germany

This analysis of the historical evolution and contemporary form of the system of world politics utilizes contemporary theories and debates in sociology and global history. Critically reflecting also on world politics in the field of International Relations, this book will appeal to a wide readership in a range of fields. • Proposes a new and comprehensive theory of world politics based on sociological and historical literature • Provides a starting point for understanding world politics outside the established confines of international relations theory • Offers an alternative theoretical basis for understanding current debates on modernity

This book makes several contributions to the study of development. It debunks the view that oil leads to undesirable outcomes: the weakening of state capacity, authoritarianism, fewer public goods, and economic stagnation. It demonstrates that, after controlling for the institutional causes of oil, it turns out to be a blessing. • A refreshingly new take on a pedigreed literature: proposes a new view set of facts that challenges conventional wisdom • Addresses issues of industrialization, finance, crony capitalism, and the politics of developing countries without unnecessary complexity and formality • Blends factoids, anecdotes, and history from across the world, along with advanced econometric techniques, to tell a compelling and iconoclastic story Political economy | Business and Public Policy

International relations, international organisations | Cambridge Studies in International Relations, 141

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 48 b/w illus. 10 maps 10 tables 978-1-107-13860-5 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$99.99 P

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14653-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

978-1-316-50336-2 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99

Elite Parties, Poor Voters

The Indian Economy in Transition

How Social Services Win Votes in India Tariq Thachil | Yale University, Connecticut

Globalization, Capitalism and Development Anjan Chakrabarti | University of Calcutta

This book theorizes India’s economic transition in the post-liberalization period (1991–2014). What emerges in the book as a general theorization of transition is the dialectic between movement and staticity, transformation and invariance. Such theorization of transition is also put in dialogue with post-Gramscian theories of hegemony. • Explains the transition of the Indian economy against the backdrop of development issues • Interrogates and critiques the given debates, ideas and policies about Indian economic transition and development • Examines various categories that have caught attention in recent times in the discourse on India’s transition – land acquisition, privatization, informal sector, micro credit, agricultural crisis, labor laws, and so on Political economy

October 2015 234 x 156 mm 440pp 978-1-107-07611-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Why do poor people often vote against their material interests? This puzzle has been famously studied within wealthy Western democracies, yet the fact that the poor voter paradox also routinely manifests within poor countries has remained unexplored. This book studies how this paradox emerged in India, the world’s largest democracy. • Extends the study of why poor citizens vote against their interests to the non-Western world • The first book to provide a theory of social services as an electoral strategy, explaining why parties use social services for electoral purposes, how services win votes, and when this strategy succeeds or fails • Offers a comparison of religious parties across a diverse set of cases (India, Egypt, Yemen and Indonesia) Political economy | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 352pp 28 b/w illus. 1 map 24 tables 978-1-107-07008-0 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00 C C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Politicising Europe

Anatomy of Authoritarianism in the Arab Republics

Integration and Mass Politics Edited by Swen Hutter | European University Institute, Florence

Joseph Sassoon | Georgetown University, Washington DC

Politicising Europe presents the most comprehensive effort to map and explain conflicts over European integration in election campaigns, street protests, and public debates. Focusing on six European countries (Austria, France, Germany, Sweden, Switzerland and the UK) it puts the conflicts over the current euro crisis in historical and theoretical perspective. • Develops and applies a new index and typology of politicisation • Constructed from a huge amount of new original data focusing on Austria, France, Germany, Sweden, Switzerland and the UK, over a period of more than forty years • Puts the controversies on the current euro crisis in a long-term and comparative perspective European government, politics, policy

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 34 b/w illus. 48 tables 978-1-107-12941-2 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-107-56830-3 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$39.99

The Roots of Ethnic Cleansing in Europe H. Zeynep Bulutgil | Tufts University, Massachusetts

Using a new approach to ethnicity that underscores its relative territoriality, the author brings together previously separate arguments focusing on domestic and international factors to offer a coherent theory of what causes ethnic cleansing. Includes comprehensive studies of historical cases in Central and Eastern Europe. • Provides a concise conceptual definition for ethnic cleansing and generates original data • Appeals to scholars of comparative politics and international relations • The case studies focus on historical contexts as well as more contemporary ones like Bosnia-Herzegovina in the 1990s European government, politics, policy | Problems of International Politics

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 256pp 8 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-13586-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Patronal Politics Eurasian Regime Dynamics in Comparative Perspective Henry E. Hale | George Washington University, Washington DC

This book proposes a new way of understanding events throughout the world that are usually interpreted as democratization, rising authoritarianism, or revolution. Where the rule of law is weak and corruption pervasive, what may appear to be democratic or authoritarian breakthroughs are often just regular, predictable phases in longer-term cyclic dynamics – patronal politics. • Innovative theory: explains where and when revolutions occur and which revolutions are likely to lead to actual democratization • Encourages re-evaluation: challenges conventional wisdoms for understanding and teaching democratization, authoritarianism, and revolution • Broad global applicability: shifts focus from regime change to regime dynamics, provides a new explanation for the Arab Spring, and predicts its long-term impact • Uniquely complete Eurasian scope: the first book to tell the political history of all non–European Union Eurasian polities in the quarter century since the USSR began to democratize, including the histories of even the four unrecognized quasi-states Russian, East European government, politics, policy | Problems of International Politics

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 558pp 8 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-07351-7 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

978-1-107-42313-8 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

By examining the system of authoritarianism in eight Arab republics, Joseph Sassoon portrays life under these regimes and explores the mechanisms underpinning their resilience. Taking a thematic approach, the book begins in 1952 with the Egyptian Revolution and ends with the Arab uprisings of 2011. • Utilizes political memoirs to give a totally new insight into the authoritarian regimes discussed • Compares the basic tenets of these republics to show readers the similarities and differences between them • Provides insight into the functioning of the leadership in these countries Middle East government, politics, policy

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 275pp 1 map 2 tables 978-1-107-04319-0 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

978-1-107-61831-2 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

Highlight

The Other Saudis Shiism, Dissent and Sectarianism Toby Matthiesen | University of Cambridge

This accessible scholarly work traces the regional politics of the Shia in the Eastern Province of Sunni-dominated Saudi Arabia since the nineteenth century. The first book in English on the topic, it casts new light on the survival strategies and political mobilization of the Shia community as it confronts the repressive machinery of the Saudi regime. • Explains the historical background of 2011’s Arab Spring protests • Describes a little-known but important factor in Middle East politics and security • Relies on extensive fieldwork Middle East government, politics, policy | Cambridge Middle East Studies, 46

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 306pp 31 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-04304-6 Hardback £55.00 / US$85.00

978-1-107-61823-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

The Price of a Vote in the Middle East Daniel Corstange | Columbia University, New York

Clientelism and ethnic favoritism appear to go hand in hand in many diverse societies in the developing world. But, while some ethnic communities receive generous material rewards for their political support, others receive very modest payoffs. In this study the author examines this key, and often overlooked, component of clientelism. • Results of statistical analyses are presented graphically whenever possible • Material is accessible to readers without a background in statistics • Combines qualitative and quantitative evidence from years of field research in the Arab world • Most studies of ethnic politics occur in Sub-Saharan Africa or South Asia, so this book adds regional diversity to the discussion Middle East government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 288pp 26 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-10667-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Democratic Dynasties

Why Regional Parties?

State, Party and Family in Contemporary Indian Politics Edited by Kanchan Chandra | New York University

Clientelism, Elites, and the Indian Party System Adam Ziegfeld | George Washington University, Washington DC

The first book-length study of dynasticism in modern democracies, based on data from on twenty-first century Indian parliaments. This work offers a new perspective on where dynasties come from and why they matter for scholars and students of comparative politics, anthropology and economics, and all those interested in modern democracy. • The first book-length study of dynasticism in modern democracies • Offers a new perspective on where dynasties come from and why they matter • Introduces a new theoretical perspective on dynasticism in democracies, using original data on twenty-first century Indian parliaments

In Why Regional Parties?, Ziegfeld demonstrates that regional parties in India are successful because they represent expedient options for office-seeking politicians. By focusing on clientelism, coalition government, and state-level factional alignments, he explains why politicians find membership in a regional party appealing. • Provides a theoretical argument about how party systems take root and evolve in democracies with pervasive clientelism • Accessible and of interest to a wide audience; mixes detailed analysis of the Indian case with large-N analyses aimed at generalizable findings • Integrates the Indian case into the broader literature on comparative politics

South Asian government, politics, policy

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 302pp 27 b/w illus. 43 tables 978-1-107-12344-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 312pp 21 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-11868-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Communal Violence, Forced Migration and the State

Government as Practice Democratic Left in a Transforming India Dwaipayan Bhattacharyya | Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Kolkata, India

Gujarat since 2002 Sanjeevini Badigar Lokhande | Department of Civics and Politics, University of Mumbai

This book examines the notion of citizenship for Muslims who were displaced after the Godhra violence in Gujarat in 2002. Sanjeevini Badigar Lokhande addresses the migration-displacement debate by chronicling what happened and seeks to locate the rights claims of the displaced in the dominant debates on citizenship.

This book studies a government run by a democratic socialist coalition in postcolonial India and shows how decoding certain key signals of the Left Front can critically help re-imagine a new government as practice. • Looks at the policies of the Communist Party of India in West Bengal • Studies the 2007 peasant resistance in Nandigram and Singur

South Asian government, politics, policy

South Asian government, politics, policy | South Asia in the Social Sciences

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 228pp 978-1-107-06544-4 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$110.00

The Female Voice of Myanmar

A History of Thailand

Khin Myo Chit to Aung San Suu Kyi Nilanjana Sengupta | Asia Research Institute, National University of Singapore

Third edition Chris Baker

Delving into the lives of four of Myanmar’s most dynamic women – Khi Myo Chit, Ludu Daw Amar, Ma Thida and Aung San Suu Kyi – The Female Voice of Myanmar offers a female perspective on the history and political evolution of Myanmar. • Contains photographs of Khin Myo Chit, Ludu Daw Amar, Ma Thida and Aung San Suu Kyi • Includes conclusive end-of-chapter remarks for a clear understanding of the historical period and why each age transited to the next • Uses hitherto unexplored Burmese and English sources South Asian government, politics, policy

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 412pp 978-1-107-11786-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 294pp 978-1-107-10226-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

This edition offers a lively and accessible account of Thailand’s political, economic, social and cultural history. It sheds light on Thailand’s recent political, social and economic developments, covering the coup of 2006, the violent street politics of May 2010, and the landmark election of 2011 and its aftermath. • A lively, accessible account of Thailand’s political, economic, social and cultural history • Current, revised up to 2013 • Incorporates research by Thai historians available only in the Thai language South-East Asian government, politics, policy

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 344pp 34 b/w illus. 7 maps 978-1-107-42021-2 Paperback £19.99 / US$32.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

The Everyday Political Economy of Southeast Asia

Electoral Reform and National Security in Japan

Edited by Juanita Elias | University of Warwick

From Pork to Foreign Policy Amy Catalinac | New York University

This book draws together a body of interdisciplinary scholarship in Southeast Asian studies to explore how the emergence of more marketized forms of economic policymaking in Southeast Asia impacts everyday life and is sustained and contested through everyday practices. • Develops a novel approach to studying the economic, political and cultural transformation of Southeast Asia • Brings together contributions from 14 leading international scholars • Contributes to understandings of and debates over the meaning of the ‘everyday’ in both Southeast Asian studies and political economy scholarship South-East Asian government, politics, policy

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 290pp 5 b/w illus. 1 map 10 tables 978-1-107-12233-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Islamic Populism in Indonesia and the Middle East

East Asian government, politics, policy

Vedi R. Hadiz | Murdoch University, Western Australia

A provocative new study which compares the evolution of Islamic populism in Indonesia to the Middle East. The book engages with broader theoretical questions of political change in the context of socio-economic transformation and proposes a new framework to help understand the diverse trajectories of contemporary Islamic politics. • Charts the evolution of Islamic populism in Indonesia, comparing it to the Middle East • Offers a novel framework to understand the diverse trajectories of Islamic politics in the modern world • Engages with debates on religion, politics and social change South-East Asian government, politics, policy

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 232pp 978-1-107-12360-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Islam and Democracy in Indonesia Tolerance without Liberalism Jeremy Menchik | Boston University

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 252pp 23 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-12049-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

The Advance of the State in Contemporary China State-Market Relations in the Reform Era Sarah Eaton | Georg-August-Universität, Göttingen, Germany

This book traces the evolution of China’s economic development through an analysis of state-market relations in the reform era. Drawing from case studies in China’s telecommunication services and airline services, it offers an illuminating insight into China’s much-vaunted, but poorly understood, brand of state capitalism. • Offers a fresh perspective on the role of ideas in shaping the Chinese economy • Sheds new light on China’s brand of state capitalism • Evaluates the political and economic significance of large and profitable state-controlled enterprise groups East Asian government, politics, policy

This book explains what tolerance means to the leaders of the world’s largest Islamic organizations. It is based on two years of research in Indonesia – the world’s largest Muslim-majority country and a consolidated democracy – including hundreds of archival documents, in-depth interviews, personal observations, and a new survey. • Challenges the assumption that liberal modes of tolerance are necessary for making democracy work • Instead of asking whether Islam is compatible with democracy, it investigates the more important question: what kind of democracy do Muslims want? • Draws on twenty-four months of field research in Indonesia, including archival research, ethnographic observation and an original survey South-East Asian government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Social Theory, Religion and Politics

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 200pp 28 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11914-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

This book is about the domestic politics of national security in Japan. It uses a mix of qualitative and quantitative approaches to show that Japanese politicians pay more attention to security issues nowadays as a result of the 1994 electoral reform, not because of China or North Korea. • Uses a new tool for quantitative text analysis called topic modeling, and provides a description of how this model works and can be applied to text documents • Creates and analyzes a new data set on the topics emphasized by all serious candidates during eight election campaigns, from 1986 to 2009 • Provides new insights as to the determinants of Japanese security policy nowadays

December 2015 216 x 138 mm 250pp 6 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-12341-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

China’s Crisis Behavior Political Survival and Foreign Policy after the Cold War Kai He | University of Copenhagen

Drawing from a wealth of primary sources and interviews, this book offers a systematic analysis of China’s crisis behaviour since the Cold War. It proposes a new framework to help identify the factors which determine whether Chinese leaders decide to escalate or scale down their response to situations of crisis. • Provides a systematic analysis of China’s foreign policy crisis behaviour after the Cold War • Proposes a new ‘political survival’ model to explain other countries’ crisis behavior using ‘prospect theory’ – a Nobel Prize-winning psychological theory • Connects leaders’ concerns over ‘political survival’ with their policy choices during crises East Asian government, politics, policy

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 175pp 3 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-14198-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Rival Reputations

Politicized Enforcement in Argentina

Coercion and Credibility in US-North Korea Relations Van Jackson | Georgetown University, Washington DC

Charting the turbulent history of US-North Korean relations from the 1960s to 2010, Van Jackson surveys the role of reputation to understand why most – but not all – North Korean threats are dismissed and why their acts of unreciprocated violence against more powerful states do not lead to war. • Surveys patterns of crisis, coercion and credibility in US-North Korea relations from the 1960s through to 2010 • Includes historical case studies from archival research • Proposes a new framework for formulating policy toward North Korea East Asian government, politics, policy

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 230pp 4 tables 978-1-107-13331-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

In Politicized Enforcement in Argentina, Amengual investigates how labor and environmental regulations can be enforced by drawing on a study of politics in Argentina to develop a framework for analyzing enforcement. He shows how informal linkages between state and society allow officials to gain operational resources and support for enforcement. • The research focuses on policy implementation, rather than adoption • A novel account of state-society relations • Provides detailed description of labor and environmental regulation in practice Latin American government, politics, policy

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 304pp 13 tables 978-1-107-13583-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Information for Autocrats Representation in Chinese Local Congresses Melanie Manion | Duke University, North Carolina

This book explores local congressional representation in China. Drawing on original fieldwork and surveys, it demonstrates that the priorities and problems of ordinary Chinese influence who gets elected to local congresses and what congresses do once elected. It will appeal to those interested in China, authoritarianism, democratization, elections, and representation. • Draws on data from recent original probability sample surveys of 5,130 congressmen and women in China • Will have broad appeal in political science, beyond those who study China • First systematic study across waves of ‘independent candidates’ East Asian government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 216pp 1 b/w illus. 2 maps 26 tables 978-1-107-04911-6 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99 P 978-1-107-63703-0 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Labor and Environmental Regulation Matthew Amengual | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Force and Contention in Contemporary China

Presidential Campaigns in Latin America Electoral Strategies and Success Contagion Taylor Boas | Boston University

Taylor Boas argues that new democracies are likely to develop nationally specific approaches to electioneering through success contagion. The theory of success contagion holds that the first elected president to complete a successful term in office establishes a national model of campaign strategy that other candidates will adopt in future. • Develops a new theory of campaign strategies in new democracies • Draws on interviews with campaign strategists and content analysis of campaign advertising • Covers the campaigns of all major presidential candidates (forty-five in total) in Chile, Brazil, and Peru from the 1980s through 2011 Latin American government, politics, policy

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 264pp 29 b/w illus. 27 tables 978-1-107-13114-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

The Salvador Option The United States in El Salvador, 1977–1992 Russell Crandall | Davidson College, North Carolina

Memory and Resistance in the Long Shadow of the Catastrophic Past Ralph A. Thaxton, Jr | Brandeis University, Massachusetts

The book is about how memories of Mao era suffering, particularly memories of suffering and loss in the Great Leap Forward Famine, have seeped into the present day post-Mao reform period to shape the way in which rural famine survivors see and resist state power and injustice today. • The first book to explore how memories of Mao era suffering have seeped into the present • Shows how rural famine survivors see and resist state power and injustice today • Illuminates the actual condition of humanity at the local village level in a state that has aspirations to become a world power East Asian government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 496pp 14 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-11719-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-53982-2 Paperback £25.99 / US$39.99

Relying on thousands of documents from US and Salvadoran archives as well as interviews with participants on both sides of the war, this book offers a thorough and fair-minded interpretation of the role of the United States in El Salvador’s brutal civil war during the Cold War. • Accessible to educated general readers, policy specialists, and scholars and their students • Offers a new and fair-minded interpretation of the role of the US in El Salvador’s civil war • Reflects on what human price the American ‘success’ entailed Latin American government, politics, policy

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 680pp 41 b/w illus. 5 maps 978-1-107-13459-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-316-50064-4 Paperback £26.99 / US$39.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Latin America Confronts the United States

Sandinista Nicaragua’s Resistance to US Coercion

Asymmetry and Influence Tom Long | University of Reading

Revolutionary Deterrence in Asymmetric Conflict Héctor Perla, Jr | University of California, Santa Cruz

Drawing on studies of foreign policy and international relations, the book explores how Latin American leaders influenced US policy in the context of asymmetrical power relations. It provides in-depth explorations of key moments in post-World War II inter-American relations challenging earlier, US-centric explanations of these momentous events. • The first book to demonstrate Latin American influence on US foreign policy • Will add to the reader’s understanding of the dynamics of asymmetry, in IR and in US-Latin American relations specifically • Readers will gain specific understanding of how the outcomes of major historical events were affected by Latin American actions

Perla argues that beyond traditional diplomatic, military, and domestic state policies a crucial element of the Sandinista National Liberation Front’s defensive strategy was the mobilization of a transnational social movement to build public opposition to Reagan’s policy within the United States, thus preventing further escalation of the conflict. • Brings together insights and theoretical perspectives from international relations with Latin American studies • Uses a methodological approach for addressing two important questions in international relations and social movement scholarship • Tells the story in an engaging way for non-specialists using interviews, archival research, declassified documents, and qualitative content analysis

Latin American government, politics, policy

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 274pp 978-1-107-12124-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 256pp 3 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-11389-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00

Meaningful Resistance

Organized Violence after Civil War

Market Reforms and the Roots of Social Protest in Latin America Erica Simmons | University of Wisconsin, Madison

The Geography of Recruitment in Latin America Sarah Zukerman Daly | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

In Organized Violence after Civil War, Daly analyzes evidence from militia groups in Colombia, demonstrating the driving forces behind the post-war trajectory of armed groups. Using rich excombatant survey data and geo-coded information on violence the author explains the dynamics inside armed organizations and the strategic interactions between them. • Will appeal to a broad range of scholars including political scientists specializing in international relations and comparative politics • Closely engages with comprehensive comparative case studies that involve both qualitative and quantitative analysis of primary data collected in the field • Widely accessible to graduates, scholars and undergraduates Latin American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 288pp 16 b/w illus. 18 maps 27 tables 978-1-107-12758-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Changing Course in Latin America Party Systems in the Neoliberal Era Kenneth M. Roberts | Cornell University, New York

This book explores the impact of economic crises and free-market reforms on party systems and political representation in contemporary Latin America. It explains why some patterns of market reform align and stabilize party systems, whereas other patterns of reform leave party systems vulnerable to widespread social protest and electoral instability. • Region-wide explanation of the political consequences of market reforms in Latin America • Innovative theory on the stability and volatility of different national party systems • Innovative historical institutional theory on both moderate and radical ‘left turns’ in Latin America Latin American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 356pp 14 b/w illus. 37 tables 978-0-521-85687-4 Hardback £60.00 / US$95.00 P 978-0-521-67326-6 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

Latin American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics

This book will appeal to anyone interested in social movements, responses to market reforms, responses to privatization, responses to free trade, politics and cultures of food and water, and the rise of the left in Latin America. It would also appeal to people interested in recent Bolivian and Mexican politics. • By providing an innovative approach to the study of social mobilization, the book expands current theoretical approaches providing new tools to scholars of popular protest • Gives scholars new ways to think about how and why grievances matter in social mobilization • Develops theoretical connections between market reforms, social mobilization, and subsistence to shed light on market-driven threats to subsistence Latin American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 220pp 17 b/w illus. 5 maps 978-1-107-12485-1 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$95.00

978-1-107-56205-9 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$28.99

Inclusion without Representation in Latin America Gender Quotas and Ethnic Reservations Mala Htun | University of New Mexico

This book analyzes why and how fifteen Latin American countries modified their political institutions to promote the inclusion of women, Afrodescendants, and indigenous peoples. It shows how the configuration of political institutions set the terms and processes of inclusion, arguing that the new mechanisms have delivered inclusion but not representation. • Develops a theory of political inclusion and representation • Explains the origins and consequences of quotas for women and reserved seats for ethnic minorities • Explores the importance, and limitations, of the political inclusion of disadvantaged social groups for democratic politics Latin American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Gender and Politics

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 256pp 10 b/w illus. 978-0-521-87056-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-0-521-69083-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Politics, social theory, history of ideas

The Paradox of Traditional Chiefs in Democratic Africa

Time Series Analysis for the Social Sciences

Kate Baldwin | Yale University, Connecticut

Janet M. Box-Steffensmeier | Ohio State University

This book is relevant to readers interested in the persistence of traditional institutions in the contemporary world, the possibility for democratic transitions in weak states, the calculus of voters in new democracies, and community-level development in poor countries. • Provides a nuanced view of the role played by traditional leaders in contemporary Africa based on systematic evidence • Readers will learn that decision-making by voters in developing democracies share important similarities in decision-making in developed democracies through an account of the process by which voters decide how to vote in rural Africa • Combines a wide variety of qualitative and quantitative evidence, with the latter presented in easily comprehensible graphs

Time Series Analysis for the Social Sciences provides accessible, up-to-date instruction and examples of the core methods in time series econometrics. The book covers ARIMA models, time series regression, unit-root diagnosis, vector autoregressive models, error-correction models, intervention models, fractional integration, ARCH models, structural breaks, and forecasting. • Appendix on difference equations to introduce students to the mathematics behind time series methods • Highly accessible discussion of the methodology of time series analysis using numerous and widely varied examples in the social sciences • Includes an online companion website with code and examples as well as a guide to software for time series analysis

African government, politics, policy

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 292pp 93 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-0-521-87116-7 Hardback £55.00 / US$95.00 P

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 264pp 23 b/w illus. 24 tables 978-1-107-12733-3 Hardback £54.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-56644-6 Paperback £18.99 / US$32.99

Research methods in politics | Analytical Methods for Social Research

978-0-521-69155-0 Paperback £19.99 / US$34.99

P Highlight

The Politics of African Industrial Policy

Narcissism and Politics Dreams of Glory Jerrold M. Post | George Washington University, Washington DC

A Comparative Perspective Lindsay Whitfield | Roskilde Universitet, Denmark

Using comparative research to theorize about the politics of industrial policy in countries in the early stages of capitalist transformation that also experience the pressures of elections, this book provides four in-depth African country studies that illustrate the challenges to economic transformation and the politics of implementing industrial policies. • Argues that industrial policy is necessary to catalyze economic transformation in developing countries • Proposes a new theory for understanding the politics of industrial policy • Provides contemporary studies of industrial policies in four African countries

This book analyzes narcissism and politics and systematically explores the psychology of narcissism – the entitlement, the grandiosity and arrogance overlying insecurity, the sensitivity to criticism, and the hunger for acclaim – illustrating different narcissistic personality features through a spectrum of international and national politicians. • The first book to systematically apply the understanding of narcissism to the world of politics • Dramatically illuminates a new understanding of some of the headline leaders of the contemporary era – from Saddam Hussein to Osama bin Laden to Silvio Berlusconi • Investigates the motivations beneath the facade of grandiosity

African government, politics, policy

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-00872-4 Hardback £55.00 / US$85.00

978-1-107-40129-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 356pp 6 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-10531-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Politics (general)

When Things Fell Apart

Highlight

Computational Social Science

State Failure in Late-Century Africa Robert H. Bates

Discovery and Prediction Edited by R. Michael Alvarez | California Institute of Technology

This book serves as an introduction to the field of computational social science for academics, students, and practitioners. It will appeal to data scientists who wish to learn about innovations in the area, in particular those interested in how data analytics is applied to study social behavior. • Presents new and innovative perspectives on quantitative social science • The material should appeal to those who want to better understand the tools and applications since it provides analytical discussions of quantitative tools and their practical applications • Provides an interdisciplinary perspectives, so it should appeal to a wide range of readers with interests in political science, public policy and other social sciences

In the later decades of the twentieth century, Africa plunged into political chaos. States failed, governments became predators, and citizens took up arms. This book covers a wide range of territory by drawing on materials from Rwanda, Sudan, Liberia, and Congo to explore state failure in Africa. • An important statement concerning the conflict and fiscal crisis that afflict political and economic development in Africa by one of the most influential comparativists • A lively read attracting academics and policymakers alike • Details the importance of politics in understanding the trajectory of Africa in general and the dynamics of order and disorder Politics (general) | Canto Classics

October 2015 216 x 138 mm 202pp 9 b/w illus. 2 maps 13 tables 978-1-107-56980-5 Paperback £12.99 / US$19.99 G

Research methods in politics | Analytical Methods for Social Research

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 312pp 46 b/w illus. 2 maps 18 tables 978-1-107-10788-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-51841-4 Paperback £18.99 / US$34.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Economics, business studies

Highlight

The Euro Experiment Paul Wallace | The Economist

Textbook

Modeling Monetary Economies Fourth edition Bruce Champ

Designed to be used in advanced undergraduate or master’s courses in monetary economics, money and banking, international economics, or macroeconomics, this new edition builds on a simple, clear monetary model and applies this framework consistently to explain trade, finance, modern banking, and crises in complex modern economies. • The book simplifies the economy by starting with two markets in general equilibrium, and students can develop comfort with two markets, then extend the structure by adding an additional market as needed • The book shows where calculus could be used, but focuses on budget constraints and requires students to apply substitution method • Events like the 2007–2008 Financial Crisis (Great Recession) are analyzed in the context of the model economy, therefore allowing students to see the fundamental economic tradeoffs Contents: Preface; Part I. Money: 1. Trade in a model with no frictions; 2. A simple model of money; 3. Barter and commodity money; 4. Inflation; 5. International monetary systems; 6. Price surprises; Part II. Banking: 7. Capital; 8. Liquidity and financial intermediation; 9. Central banking and the money supply; 10. Money stock fluctuations; 11. Fully backed central bank money; 12. The payments system; 13. Bank risk; 14. Liquidity risk and bank panics; Part III. Government Debt: 15. Deficits and the national debt; 16. Savings and investment; 17. The effect of the national debt on capital and savings; 18. The temptation of inflation; References; Author index; Subject index. Macroeconomics and monetary economics

April 2016 253 x 177 mm 360pp 108 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-107-14522-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$120.00

978-1-316-50867-1 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$69.99

Written by a leading commentator on the economics of the European Union, this book provides a clear and analytical guide to the euro experiment and the subsequent crisis. It is written in a balanced way that is neither pro-euro nor euro-sceptic and will appeal to a wide readership. • Clear, analytical guide to the euro crisis by a leading economics journalist • Unbiased account that is neither euro-sceptic nor euro-enthusiast • Provides a broad historical context with analyses from political, legal, economic and financial perspectives Macroeconomics and monetary economics

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 328pp 15 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-10489-1 Hardback £24.99 / US$39.99 P

The UK Economy in the Long Expansion and its Aftermath Edited by Jagjit Chadha | University of Kent, Canterbury

Not enough attention has been paid to the long business cycle expansion that started in 1992 and provided an exceptional period of macroeconomic stability in the UK. This book brings together senior macroeconomists to look at what policy-making lessons can be learned from this period of expansion. • The first examination of policy-making lessons that can be learned from the UK economy prior to the financial crisis • Each sector of the UK economy is analysed, including labour market reforms, price setting, the external sector, financial intermediaries, monetary and fiscal policy • Contains a unique mix of academic and practitioners’ expertise, with chapters written by leading experts from UK universities and the Bank of England Macroeconomics and monetary economics | Macroeconomic Policy Making

The Political Economy of Predation

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 450pp 99 b/w illus. 47 tables 978-1-107-14759-1 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

Manhunting and the Economics of Escape Mehrdad Vahabi | Université de Paris VIII and Centre d’Economie de la Sorbonne

Central Banks at a Crossroads

Conflict theory presents a growing interest in understanding the economic costs and benefits of conflicts. Mehrdad Vahabi analyses conflict theory through one type of conflict in particular: manhunting, or predation, in which a dominant power hunts down prey, and the goal of the prey is to escape and thus survive. • Analyses conflict theory through one particular type of conflict: manhunting, or predation • Documents the empirical details of manhunting, the US invasion of Iraq, drone military strikes, and the political economy of the Islamic Republic of Iran • Proposes a theoretical framework that applies to many economic and political facts Macroeconomics and monetary economics

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 416pp 11 b/w illus. 35 tables 978-1-107-13397-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 C

What Can We Learn from History? Edited by Michael D. Bordo | Rutgers University, New Jersey

The role of the central bank has become a subject of intense debate in the wake of the recent global financial crisis. In this volume, experts and policy makers discuss what lessons we can draw by examining the evolution of the central bank over the past two centuries. • A broad overview of the evolution of central banks and central banking with an emphasis on the lessons waiting to be learnt • Identifies recent trends in the development of central banks and central banking in the aftermath of the recent financial crisis • Provides valuable historical background to the current debate about the role of the central bank Macroeconomics and monetary economics | Studies in Macroeconomic History

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 520pp 60 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-107-14966-3 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00

Economics, business studies

The Federal Reserve’s Role in the Global Economy

Microeconomics for MBAs The Economic Way of Thinking for Managers Third edition Richard B. McKenzie | University of California, Irvine

A Historical Perspective Edited by Michael D. Bordo | Rutgers University, New Jersey

Based on a conference held as part of the US Federal Reserve System’s centennial, this book critically evaluates the role of the Federal Reserve System in the international monetary system over the past one hundred years and looks ahead to the challenges it will face under the twenty-first-century fiat standard. • Reflects on the first one hundred years of the Federal Reserve System from an international perspective • Traces its evolution from the gold standard era that prevailed in 1914 to the current fiat monetary standard that governs the contemporary era of globalization and makes it the closest thing the world has to a global central bank • Includes a critical evaluation of the Federal Reserve’s actions during the recent global financial crisis Macroeconomics and monetary economics | Studies in Macroeconomic History

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 265pp 27 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14144-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Microeconomics

May 2016 253 x 177 mm 640pp 104 b/w illus. 24 tables 978-1-107-13948-0 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$149.99

Highlight

Repeated Games

Cost-Benefit Analysis for Project Appraisal

Jean-François Mertens

Per-Olov Johansson | Stockholm School of Economics

This book uses modern economic tools to obtain general equilibrium cost-benefit rules. It not only presents evaluation rules for small projects but also shows how to evaluate large projects as well as mega projects (such as high speed rails and channel tunnels). This is an excellent toolkit for graduate students and policymakers. • Offers an integrated approach to cost-benefit analysis based on general equilibrium theory – this provides readers with a single, consistent framework so that any CBA problem can be attacked with a common approach • Provides a comprehensive overview of methods that can be used to value unpriced commodities and ones that can be used to value risky projects • Emphasizes due diligence, which is an important part of any serious empirical evaluation and avoids biased estimates Public economics and public policy

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 250pp 28 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-12102-7 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-54822-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

McKenzie and Lee continue to present microeconomics in a sophisticated, yet nontechnical and easy to understand way, with a heavy emphasis on real-world business issues that will hold student interest because of the relevancy of the material to business students’ career goals. • Written to meet the needs of MBA and business students, presenting management and economics as equal elements and showing how economics is part of everyday thinking for business people • The textbook package includes fifty-eight video tutorials – already viewed over a million times on YouTube – covering key concepts and complex arguments, and topics likely to be assessed in exams • Theory and mathematics are kept as simple as possible and are illustrated with real-world problems so that they are accessible and relevant to all MBA and business students

Corruption and Government Causes, Consequences, and Reform Second edition Susan Rose-Ackerman | Yale University, Connecticut

The first edition is a classic, and this extensively rewritten second edition should become one as well. Political and economic institutions create incentives for corruption, and the book shows how these can be reduced by thoughtful reform. It draws on case studies and statistical research from developing and wealthy states. • Draws on a wide range of examples including many countries, regions, and comparisons • The use of concrete examples makes the framework more vivid to students and convincingly establishes its relevance to policymakers

Based on a set of working papers published by the Center for Operations Research and Econometrics (CORE) at the Université Catholique de Louvain in 1994, this landmark work significantly advances the literature on game theory with its masterful conceptual presentation. Challenging and important problems are set up as exercises, with detailed hints for their solutions. • Analyzes new advances in cutting-edge areas of game theory • Provides the foundation on which modern repeated-fame theory is built • An authoritative and exhaustive survey of the literature on repeated games Microeconomics | Econometric Society Monographs, 55

February 2015 228 x 152 mm 598pp 22 b/w illus. 18 exercises 978-1-107-03020-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$125.00 P 978-1-107-66263-6 Paperback £39.99 / US$59.99

Reviving Growth in India Edited by Pradeep Agrawal | Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi

This book examines various factors responsible for sustaining industrial growth in India. The study includes different sectors of the Indian economy – innovations in expanding market size, the need for quality infrastructure, productive employment generation, the financial structure of firms in the private corporate sector, and internal issues such as infrastructure development and institution building. • Discusses the importance of maintaining high economic growth in India to escape the low income trap • Examines various factors that affect poverty in India • Investigates the factors responsible for sustaining industrial growth Economic development and growth

May 2015 241 x 160 mm 416pp 978-1-107-09033-0 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Public economics and public policy

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 616pp 33 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08120-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

978-1-107-44109-5 Paperback £26.99 / US$39.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Economics, business studies

Economic Growth

Revealed Preference Theory

A Unified Approach Second edition Olivier de La Grandville | Frankfurt University and Stanford University, California

Christopher Chambers | Department of Economics, University of California, San Diego

The second edition of this user-friendly book provides a clear and original introduction to the theory of economic growth. The book has been fully updated to incorporate several important new results and proofs, and offers a new solution to the fundamental question: how much should a nation save and invest? • Offers a clear and appealing introduction to the theory of economic growth • All mathematical treatments, including dynamic optimization are carefully introduced and explained • End-of-chapter exercises allow readers to monitor their understanding of the material Economic development and growth

The theory of revealed preference has a long, distinguished tradition in economics but lacked a systematic presentation of the theory until now. This book deals with basic questions in economic theory and studies situations in which empirical observations are consistent or inconsistent with some of the best known economic theories. • The first unified exposition of one of the oldest methodological traditions in economics • Covers an array of topics, from revealed preferences in models of individual choice, to markets and game theoretic models • Studies situations in which empirical observations are consistent or inconsistent with some of the best known theories in economics Econometrics, statistics and mathematical economics | Econometric Society Monographs

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 450pp 145 b/w illus. 32 tables 978-1-107-11523-1 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$149.99

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 224pp 33 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08780-4 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99

978-1-107-53560-2 Paperback c. £36.99 / c. US$59.99

978-1-107-45811-6 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

Analysis of Panel Data

Understanding and Avoiding the Oil Curse in Resource-rich Arab Economies

Third edition Cheng Hsiao | University of Southern California

Ibrahim Elbadawi | Economic Policy and Research Center

The ‘oil curse’ is a common phrase used to describe how oil-rich Arab countries often fall behind others in terms of economic growth. In this book, leading economists provide fresh insight into how resource-dependent Arab countries can best exploit their oil revenues through macroeconomic management, industrial policy and political reforms. • The first book about the oil curse to focus specifically on the Arab World • Provides a detailed examination of the region’s political economy provides the necessary context for understanding the curse • Authors use a unique combination of thematic issues, lessons from international experience, and country-specific contexts and experiences Economic development and growth

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 475pp 97 b/w illus. 70 tables 978-1-107-14172-8 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

Realising the Demographic Dividend

Econometrics, statistics and mathematical economics | Econometric Society Monographs, 54

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 562pp 7 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-03869-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$125.00

978-1-107-65763-2 Paperback £32.99 / US$49.99

The Viennese Students of Civilization The Meaning and Context of Austrian Economics Reconsidered Erwin Dekker | Erasmus Universiteit Rotterdam

Policies to Achieve Inclusive Growth in India Santosh Mehrotra | Institute of Applied Manpower Research

This book discusses policies to achieve inclusive growth in India. It deals with various development issues, such as the failure to increase employment despite unprecedented industrial and services growth, and the failure to ensure human capabilities so that the poor can participate in the benefits of economic growth. • Discusses the key features of inclusiveness in the economic growth process • Elaborates on specific policies in education, nutrition, sanitation and health to enhance the human capital of India’s workforce • Lays out specific policies dealing with the poor, social insurance and cash transfers Economic development and growth

October 2015 234 x 156 mm 496pp 978-1-107-09172-6 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

This book provides a comprehensive, coherent, and intuitive review of panel data methodologies that are useful for empirical analysis. Substantially revised from the second edition, it includes two new chapters on modeling cross-sectionally dependent data and dynamic systems of equations. Some of the more complicated concepts have been further streamlined. • Comprehensive and coherent analysis of panel data methodologies • Substantially revised from the second edition, with two new chapters on modeling cross-sectionally dependent data and dynamic systems of equations • Accessible and intuitively written

This book argues that the work of the Austrian economists, including Carl Menger, Joseph Schumpeter, Ludwig von Mises and Friedrich Hayek, has been narrowly interpreted. Through a study of Viennese politics and culture, it is demonstrated that the project they were engaged in was much broader: the study of civilization. • Corrects the one-sided view on Austrian economists which dominates the literature • Investigates how economics was transformed into a modern engineering science and what was lost in the process • Helps the reader understand how the Austrian economists regarded their role and responsibilities as scholars and citizens History of economic thought and methodology | Historical Perspectives on Modern Economics

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 230pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12640-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Economics, business studies / Law

Law

The Future of Financial Regulation Who Should Pay for the Failure of American and European Banks? Johan A. Lybeck

The Rule of Law in the Real World

Johan A. Lybeck uses European and American case studies to review thirty bank resolutions from the last financial crisis and to outline the requirements for successful bank resolutions in the future. Via indepth analysis of recent legislation, he emphasises the need for taxpayer-funded bailouts to create a viable banking system. • Analyses and grades several bank resolutions in the last financial crisis, establishing which were successful, which failed, and why, providing an invaluable resource for academic researchers, graduate students, practitioners and policy makers • Presents and analyses the recent changes in legislation (Dodd Frank in the United States, the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive and the Single Resolution Mechanism in Europe) and proposes improvements – this broad survey is one of the first to appear from an economic rather than a legal point of view • Unique cross-Atlantic perspective helps to clarify the differences between individual bank resolutions as well as the difference between approaches to systemic banking crises in Europe and the US

Paul Gowder | University of Iowa

Finance

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 608pp 40 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-107-10685-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$125.00 P 978-1-107-51450-8 Paperback £32.99 / US$49.99

The Price of Oil Roberto F. Aguilera | Curtin University, Perth

Written for a broad readership, this book provides an in-depth examination of oil’s extraordinary price increase over the past few decades. The authors explain why we are at a turning point where scarcity, uncertain supply and high prices will be replaced by abundance, undisturbed availability and suppressed price levels. • Provides an in-depth examination of the price of oil, the world’s most important commodity • Written in an accessible style, suitable for a wide readership • Authors draw on their extensive knowledge of the oil industry to provide cutting-edge insights on new global oil revolutions that could bring the upward price push to an end Natural resource and environmental economics

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 252pp 18 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-11001-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$120.00 P 978-1-107-52562-7 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

In this pathbreaking study, Paul Gowder proposes a new conception of the rule of law as measurable by social equality. Seamlessly integrating theory and statistics, The Rule of Law in the Real World is an essential work for scholars, students and policymakers. • Outlines a radical new conception of the rule of law in terms of social equality • Proposes an empirical methodology for measuring the rule of law • Bridges the long standing divide between philosophy and political science in the study of the rule of law Jurisprudence, legal theory

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 288pp 8 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-13689-2 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

978-1-316-50202-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

European Constitutional Language András Jakab | Max-Planck-Institut für ausländisches öffentliches Recht und Völkerrecht, Germany

Drawing together a wealth of literature, much of which has never been touched upon by scholarship in English, Jakab argues for a new understanding of European constitutional law discourse in its social, political and historical context. This remarkable book is essential reading for all scholars and students of constitutional theory. • Proposes a new understanding of constitutional law discourse by reconceptualising the fundamental terms of constitutional theory in Europe • Analyses the social, political and historical contexts in which these fundamental terms were coined • Considers a range of domestic constitutional debates in a broad range of countries in Europe • Examines the full range of theoretical debates and traditions on the subject from Europe, including those usually inaccessible to Englishlanguage readers Jurisprudence, legal theory

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 488pp 7 tables 978-1-107-13078-4 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Teaching Macroeconomics with Microsoft Excel® Humberto Barreto | DePauw University, Indiana

This book is specifically for professors of economics, but may also be of interest to those looking for a non-standard, novel approach to teaching macroeconomics. It is a guide to material that is freely available on the web. • Delivers content in a totally different way by improving teaching and learning, giving professors new things to do in and out of class • Freely available Excel files and screencasts are available for students, and professors can use these materials immediately and without any barriers • Modular arrangement allows professors to pick and choose which parts to use and integrate into their syllabus Economics (general)

May 2016 253 x 177 mm 200pp 28 b/w illus. 978-1-107-58498-3 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Law

Textbook

Controlling Administrative Power

The Constitution of the Commonwealth of Australia

An Historical Comparison Peter Cane | Australian National University, Canberra

History, Principle and Interpretation Nicholas Aroney | University of Queensland

The Constitution of the Commonwealth of Australia examines the body of constitutional jurisprudence in an original and rigorous yet accessible way. It provides an engaging and distinctive treatment of this fundamental area of law and is excellent for anyone seeking to understand the significance and interpretation of the Constitution. • Written in a manner that is accessible to undergraduate law students • Up-to-date, rigorous and intellectually demanding • Its structure follows that of the Constitution itself, beginning with an account of the Constitution’s drafting, and proceeding to extended analysis and evaluation of the Australian High Court’s constitutional jurisprudence • It advances a sophisticated thesis about the nature, scope and meaning of Australian constitutional law Contents: 1. The Constitution; 2. The Parliament; 3. Legislative power; 4. Demarcations of power; 5. Limits on power; 6. The Executive; 7. Executive power; 8. The judicature; 9. Judicial power; 10. The states.

By applying social-scientific and historical methods, Peter Cane provides an original and comprehensive comparative account of the legal control of administrative power in England, the USA and Australia that combines a strong thematic and systemic overview with close attention to legal detail. • The wide-ranging comparison of administrative law in England, the USA and Australia will inform, stimulate and provoke scholars and students of administrative law and public administration • The hypothesis for explaining differences and similarities between regimes provides readers with an alternative to separation-of-powers theory • Uses social-scientific and historical methodologies in an innovative way to study law and legal systems comparatively Constitutional and administrative law, public law

May 2016 228 x 152 mm 480pp 978-1-107-14635-8 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$115.00

978-1-316-60150-1 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$44.99

Constitutional and administrative law, public law

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 704pp 978-0-521-75918-2 Paperback £79.99 / US$130.00

Constitution Writing, Religion and Democracy

Edited by Rosalind Dixon | University of New South Wales, Sydney

Edited by Aslı Ü Bâli | University of California, Los Angeles

This comparative and conceptual analysis of the role played by constitutions in addressing religious conflicts draws on fourteen different countries in Europe, Africa, Asia and the Middle East in order to explore various approaches taken by constitutional drafters in mitigating tensions over a state’s religious identity. • Explores religious issues during constitution drafting at a time when the political and legal analysis of religion is at the centre of academic and public interest worldwide • Presents a broad range of mostly non-western case-studies, where language or deep knowledge of local politics is often a barrier for English-speaking researchers • Traces both the legal and the political processes underpinning constitution writing, as opposed to focusing on comparative constitutional adjudication and interpretation by courts Constitutional and administrative law, public law

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-07051-6 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

The High Court, the Constitution and Australian Politics

The book canvasses a rich variety of accounts of the relationship between constitutional law and politics in Australia, and of how this relationship is affected by factors such as the process of appointment for High Court judges and the Court’s explicit willingness to consider political and community values. • Offers a fresh and original perspective on the work of the High Court and its connections to politics • Provides an inter-disciplinary approach with a law and politics focus • Includes contributions from among Australia’s leading constitutional lawyers and political scientists Constitutional and administrative law, public law

February 2015 244 x 170 mm 368pp 978-1-107-04366-4 Hardback £90.00 / US$150.00

Citizenship, Alienage, and the Modern Constitutional State A Gendered History Helen Irving | University of Sydney

This book tells the long-overlooked history of women whose citizenship was stripped through marriage to foreign-born men in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Including numerous personal histories, it will be important reading for anyone interested in law, citizenship and gender studies. • The first history of conditional marital citizenship from an international and comparative perspective • Offers a new theoretical perspective on citizenship • Includes examples of the personal stories of women who were affected by conditional marital citizenship laws Constitutional and administrative law, public law

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 294pp 978-1-107-06510-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Law

Dimensions of Dignity

Beyond Elite Law

The Theory and Practice of Modern Constitutional Law Jacob Weinrib | New York University

Access to Civil Justice in America Edited by Samuel Estreicher | New York University School of Law

Jacob Weinrib’s theory of public law elaborates on the idea of human dignity in order to illuminate and justify innovations in constitutional practice, including rights-based judicial review and proportionality. It will be of interest to legal, political and constitutional theorists, constitutional lawyers and judges and scholars of comparative constitutional law. • Offers a systematic exposition of human dignity, the organizing idea of contemporary constitutional jurisprudence • Distils the idea of human dignity into a set of normative, constitutional and doctrinal principles which explain what the abstract idea of human dignity requires with respect to ongoing controversies concerning constitutional design and adjudication • Illuminates and justifies post-war innovations in constitutional governance and rights protection

This book provides the most systematic account to date of the access to justice crisis in civil courtrooms for low- and middle-income Americans. The successful reform efforts in technology, pro bono services, bar association resources, and law student representation outlined here will be of interest to lawyers, judges, and policymakers. • Offers a systematic analysis of the lack of legal representation for middle- and low-income Americans • Literature review provides essential context for students, researchers, and practitioners • Describes current reforms and outlines a realistic agenda for access to justice challenges

Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Cambridge Studies in Constitutional Law, 15

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 table 978-1-107-08428-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

US law

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 652pp 18 b/w illus. 53 tables 978-1-107-07010-3 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

Emergencies in Public Law The Legal Politics of Containment Karin Loevy | New York University School of Law

The Public Law of Gender From the Local to the Global Edited by Kim Rubenstein | Australian National University, Canberra

The Public Law of Gender uses a sophisticated interdisciplinary analysis of international law, comparative law and governance to demonstrate how feminism translates in a global legal frame. It will be of interest to constitutional and statutory designers, advocates, adjudicators and scholars who work with the new public laws of gender. • Outlines the common and distinct challenges and issues across various fields • Provides those working with gender-sensitive laws and gender-neutral laws with an assessment of the various ways in which public law interacts with gender, by intent or outcome • Local and global perspectives uncover the obstacles facing gender equality, equity and parity and show how traditional agendas of feminist theory now translate in a global legal frame

This book draws on empirical analysis to question traditional assumptions about emergencies as ‘exceptions’ and to develop an alternative conceptual framework for the study of emergency powers’ long-term effects. Its original analysis will be of interest to academics and students of international law, domestic public law, and political science. • Challenges the dominant conception of emergency powers as ‘exceptions’ to the legal order • Framework for studying the long-term impact of emergency powers will be of interest to students and scholars of political science • Includes detailed empirical examples from a range of emergencies, institutional actors, and jurisdictions Comparative law

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 338pp 978-1-107-12384-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Regulating Government Ethics in China

Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Connecting International Law with Public Law

A Comparative Perspective Chonghao Wu | The University of Hong Kong

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 588pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13857-5 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

The book examines anti-corruption in China with a fresh perspective using rich empirical data, which has important policy implications. This will be essential reading for academics and university students conducting research in China studies, public administration, and criminal law. It will serve as a useful reference for anti-corruption agencies. • Provides a new perspective on China’s fight against corruption, including bribery, embezzlement and fraud • Presents a systematic analysis of the government ethics rules in China, such as areas where it is not regulated and where existing rules are not comprehensive • Includes rich empirical data on anti-corruption enforcement that provides a better understanding of government ethics rules in China

US Supreme Court Opinions and their Audiences Ryan C. Black | Michigan State University

This book shows the United States Supreme Court instrumentally uses opinion clarity to enhance compliance with its decisions and to circumvent negative audience responses. It employs a unique measure of opinion clarity that scholars can use in numerous contexts and highlights the importance of strategic language use. • Examines Supreme Court opinion readability in response to various audiences (states, federal agencies, lower federal courts, public opinion) • Provides a new perspective on strategic judicial behavior • A comprehensive examination of how the Supreme Court strategically uses opinion language to achieve justices’ goals

Comparative law

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 350pp 2 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-12351-9 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$110.00

US law

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 257pp 25 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-107-13714-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Law

Perils of Judicial Self-Government in Transitional Societies

The New Politics of Immigration and the End of Settler Societies

David Kosař | Masarykova Univerzita v Brně, Czech Republic

Catherine Dauvergne | University of British Columbia Faculty of Law

This book investigates the mechanisms of judicial control to determine an efficient methodology for independence and accountability. Using over 800 case studies from the Czech and Slovak disciplinary courts, the author creates a theoretical framework that can be applied to future case studies and decrease the frequency of accountability perversions. • Expertly combines a deep knowledge of legal doctrine with political science methods • Based on robust and verifiable evidence, this is the only scholarly work that tests the effects of a judicial council empirically • Challenges the view of judicial accountability as an exclusively positive quality and shows its negative side-effects Comparative law | Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 462pp 6 b/w illus. 32 tables 978-1-107-11212-4 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

This book is for anyone who studies migration, works on migration policy, or advocates for migrants. It analyzes the contemporary politics of immigration, traversing the terrain of the crisis of asylum, Islamophobia, multiculturalism, and postcolonialism. • Proposes a radically original understanding of immigration politics • Broad scope and accessible style will appeal to a wide range of readers in law, social sciences, and policy • Offers much-needed innovation to current immigration politics debates Human rights

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 276pp 41 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-05404-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.00 P 978-1-107-63123-6 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

The ‘War on Terror’ and the Framework of International Law

UK, EU and Global Administrative Law Foundations and Challenges Paul Craig | University of Oxford

Paul Craig’s analysis of UK, EU and global administrative law examines the foundations and challenges facing each system and reveals how each is capable of influencing and informing developments in the others. • Provides a detailed examination of administrative law at three different levels enables the reader who may be familiar with only one system to gain an understanding of the others • Contextual explication allows the reader to both understand the law and appreciate the broader frame within which it developed • Outlines the challenges which result from the interactions between the different systems Comparative law | The Hamlyn Lectures

Second edition Helen Duffy | Interights, London

Measures taken by states in the name of countering terrorism constantly give rise to new international legal issues. Helen Duffy brings the law to life via detailed case studies which show what the war on terror means in practice for affected individuals and for the rule of law more broadly. • Combines academic rigour with a practitioner’s insights in order to make clear the relevance of the legal framework and the interplay of different rules in specific situations • Presents an overview of the practice of counter-terrorism as it has unfolded since 9/11 and provides a basis for the analysis of their lawfulness and effectiveness • Provides a comprehensive analysis of international legal issues arising in relation to terrorism and counter-terrorism brings together all areas of international law

October 2015 216 x 138 mm 844pp 978-1-107-12512-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Human rights

978-1-107-56308-7 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 1070pp 978-1-107-01450-3 Hardback £100.00 / US$160.00

978-1-107-60172-7 Paperback £50.00 / US$80.00

Global Health, Human Rights and the Challenge of Neoliberal Policies

Military Justice in the Modern Age

Audrey R. Chapman | University of Connecticut

This book delivers an in-depth review of the challenges of neoliberal models and policies for realizing the right to health and the way that health care is provided. The author reinterprets the right to health as an emergent human right and proposes a greater emphasis on the social determinants of health. • Interprets the right to health as an emergent right needing to cope with a very different environment than the one in which it was initially framed • Places the interpretation and implementation of the right to health in a contemporary context rather than offering a static legal or philosophical approach • Offers the human rights and ethical requirements of universal health coverage Human rights

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-08812-2 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Edited by Alison Duxbury | University of Melbourne

Military justice is evolving in response to changes in the way governments deploy their armed forces and human rights standards. This book explains how and why military justice is being changed by human rights, constitutional rules and international law. It also examines how the military is responding to those changes. • Surveys many systems and trends around the world, so will appeal to those interested in human rights, constitutionalism and the rule of law • Examines international and domestic law influences • Avoids overly technical detail about individual jurisdictions, enabling readers to gain an understanding of the military law of different nations without specialised knowledge of the military Human rights

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-04237-7 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 C

Law

Boundaries of State, Boundaries of Rights

Information Politics, Protests, and Human Rights in the Digital Age

Human Rights, Private Actors, and Positive Obligations Edited by Tsvi Kahana | Queen’s University, Ontario

This collection of essays discusses the implications of the changing boundaries of state power, the legal responses to this development, its application to human rights, and re-conceptualizations of public life as obligations are handed over to private hands. • Offers a fresh perspective of different legal themes in an integrated fashion • Examines human rights from different disciplinary perspectives • Written by international lawyers, constitutional lawyers, comparative lawyers and political theorists Human rights

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 318pp 2 tables 978-1-107-06650-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

This edited collection provides a balanced conceptual framework to demonstrate not only the power of autonomous communication networks, but also their limits and the increasing setbacks they encounter in different contexts from diverse parts of the world. • Offers a systematic analysis of the lack of legal representation for middle- and low-income Americans • Literature review provides essential context for students, researchers, and practitioners • Describes current reforms and outlines a realistic agenda for access to justice challenges Human rights

Preventive Detention and the Democratic State

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 340pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14076-9 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

The Impact of the ECHR on Democratic Change in Central and Eastern Europe

Hallie Ludsin | South Asia Human Rights Documentation Centre, New Delhi

This book tracks the transformation of preventive detention from an emergency measure into an ordinary law enforcement tool in the democratic world. Comparing preventive detention in India, England and the United States, it brings to light its potentially dire consequences for the rule of law, due process rights and democratic principles.

Judicial Perspectives Edited by Iulia Motoc | European Court of Human Rights; Universitatea din Bucuresti, Romania

Human rights

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 444pp 978-1-107-05606-0 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Edited by Mahmood Monshipouri | San Francisco State University

The Business and Human Rights Landscape Moving Forward, Looking Back Edited by Jena Martin | West Virginia University College of Law

This book provides a multidisciplinary, international, and comparative perspective on the emerging field of business and human rights. It offers both theoretical and practical guidance, focusing in particular on the foundational 2011 UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, the first UN-sponsored document of its kind. • The broadest and most comprehensive guide to business and human rights to date • A multidisciplinary, geographically diverse group of scholars provides much-needed perspective on a field that has been criticized as Western-centric • Provides in-depth coverage of both the United Nations Guiding Principles and the Ruggie Framework Human rights

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 624pp 8 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-09552-6 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00 C

The European Convention and the Court of Human Rights were expected to help realise fundamental freedoms and civil and political rights in postcommunist countries. This book explores the effects of the Strasbourg human rights system on the domestic law and politics of the new member States. • Analysis of the difficulties of implementing the judgements of the ECHR in Central and Eastern Europe helps readers grasp the specificity of the national systems in these areas • Insider perspective reveals how judges view the impact of the ECHR in their countries of origin • Highlights similarities and differences between Central and Eastern European countries Human rights

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 480pp 978-1-107-13502-4 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00

Global Urban Justice The Rise of Human Rights Cities Edited by Barbara Oomen | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

Written by leading scholars and practitioners, this fascinating account of the rise of human rights cities around the world is relevant to all those interested in either the future of cities or the future of human rights. • Introduces the reader to an emerging trend in law and social science, with up-to-date insights from prominent authors on the phenomenon of human rights cities • Interdisciplinary approach to the relationship between human rights and cities makes this relevant to lawyers, sociologists, urban geographers and activists • Provides a fresh set of perspectives and theories on the potential and pitfalls of global urban justice, but also abounds with examples of the implementation of human rights cities Human rights

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 table 978-1-107-14701-0 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Law

Theoretical Boundaries of Armed Conflict and Human Rights

Contested Regime Collisions Norm Fragmentation in World Society Edited by Kerstin Blome | Universität Bremen

Edited by Jens David Ohlin | Cornell University Law School

This book is essential reading for any scholar or student interested in the legal regulation of warfare, as well as the expansion of international human rights after World War II. This book examines and critiques the growing role that human rights law plays on and off the battlefield, and asks how this development impacts the role of International Humanitarian Law as the main body of law regulating the conduct of warfare. • Tackles the biggest issue in the law of war today: the uncertain relationship of International Humanitarian Law and human rights law • Covers both legal and philosophical/theoretical analyses of the problem • Includes multiple chapters in conversation with each other, providing scholars with insight to both US and European perspectives Human rights | ASIL Studies in International Legal Theory

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-13793-6 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

Contested Regime Collisions provides an overview of current theoretical debates on the fragmentation of the international legal order, and includes case studies which highlight the importance of understanding and tackling collisions between legal regimes. • Combines theoretical and empirical studies to help readers learn about different theoretical approaches to the topic and their relevance for empirical research • Unites leading scholars from around the globe to provide state-of-theart scholarship on the fragmentation of international law and regime collisions • Contributions from scholars of international law, legal philosophy, the social sciences and postcolonial studies ensure a wide range of different approaches to the topic Public international law

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 393pp 978-1-107-12657-2 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

Conceptual and Contextual Perspectives on the Modern Law of Treaties Edited by Michael J. Bowman | University of Nottingham

Engaging with Social Rights Procedure, Participation and Democracy in South Africa’s Second Wave Brian Ray | Cleveland–Marshall College of Law, Cleveland State University

A new, comprehensive account of the South African Constitutional Court’s social rights decisions that argues the Court’s procedural enforcement approach has had significant, underappreciated effects in spite of its substantive limits and could make state institutions more responsive to the needs of poor communities. • Presents a distinctive view of the Court’s decisions and how they should be understood in light of the general debate over the justiciability of social rights • Uses this detailed analysis of the Court’s decisions to argue that procedural enforcement approaches can and have been effective in instigating meaningful legal and policy changes • Analyzes the Court’s decisions in light of historical, social and political factors in South Africa Human rights | Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 268pp 978-1-107-02945-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Public international law

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 1000pp 978-1-107-10052-7 Hardback c. £120.00 / c. US$190.00

Custom’s Future International Law in a Changing World Edited by Curtis A. Bradley | Duke University Law School

This collection is designed to help lawyers, judges, and researchers better understand customary international law today. Leading experts explain its historical development, its practical applications, and its most pressing contemporary challenges. • Offers diverse new approaches to customary international law • Focuses on timely issues currently faced by both international and domestic courts • The multidisciplinary approach draws on historical, empirical, economic, philosophical, and doctrinal analysis Public international law

Boundaries and Secession in Africa and International Law

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 418pp 3 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-08267-0 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$125.00 P

Challenging Uti Possidetis Dirdeiry M. Ahmed | Dirdeiry and Associates, Khartoum

978-1-107-44310-5 Paperback c. £28.99 / c. US$45.00

This book challenges the central assumption of the law of territory by establishing that uti possidetis is not a general principle of law, and arguing that African customary rules were generated. It includes in-depth coverage of African secession, with issues of human rights law, self-determination and political science presented in a new light. • Challenges the applicability of uti possidetis to Africa • Surveys, in detail, secession cases in Africa and argues for recognizing a right to egalitarian secession • Of special interest to those studying customary law, as the book illustrates that custom is still relevant and is an important source of modern international law Public international law

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 314pp 2 b/w illus. 6 maps 978-1-107-11798-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

This collection draws together two identifiable but distinct strands which have not previously been effectively synthesised. One concerns the investigation of concepts which are fundamental to or inherent in the law of treaties generally, while the other focuses upon the application of treaties and of treaty law in particular contexts.

Law

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Contested Justice The Politics and Practice of International Criminal Court Interventions Edited by Christian De Vos | Open Society Justice Initiative

This pioneering edited collection from scholars and practitioners who specialise in the work of the International Criminal Court brings together diverse approaches from law, anthropology, sociology and international relations to assess the social and political effects of this form of postconflict justice. This title is also available as open access. • Critical analysis of the ICC’s work will appeal to readers who are interested in the social and political aspects of international criminal law • Connects international criminal law with transitional justice, global governance and international relations debates • Brings together scholars and practitioners from multiple fields in order to provide diverse perspectives of a contested international legal institution • This book is also available as open access Public international law

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 518pp 1 table 978-1-107-07653-2 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Ethnicity and International Law Histories, Politics and Practices Mohammad Shahabuddin | Keele University

Mohammad Shahabuddin provides an historical account of the impact of ethnicity on the making of international law, and explores how the presentday hesitancy of international law to engage with ethnicity has its roots in conflicting philosophical traditions. • Introduces a new dimension to international law which goes beyond the conventional understanding • Offers critical ways of engaging with minority rights discourses, as opposed to following a doctrinal legal approach to minority rights • Challenges the monolithic versions of international legal concepts and demonstrates why the traditions in which international law developed are still relevant today Public international law

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 264pp 978-1-107-09679-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

PREVIOPPp

Analogies in International Investment Law and Arbitration

Whaling and International Law Malgosia Fitzmaurice | Queen Mary University of London

Valentina Vadi | Lancaster University

Whales are regarded as a totemic symbol by some nations and as a natural marine resource by others. This book presents a complex picture of legal problems surrounding the interpretation of the International Convention for the Regulation of Whaling and the role of its regulatory body, the International Whaling Commission. • A critical analysis of the current state of whaling in international law • Gives an in-depth overview of the philosophical aspects of animal rights • Carefully assesses the position of indigenous peoples in relation to whaling

In recent years, concerns have arisen in investor-state arbitration with regard to the magnitude of the decision-making power allocated to investment treaty tribunals. This book explores whether the use of analogies can improve the functioning of such arbitration, and how such analogies might be drawn. • Offers an in-depth analysis of how comparative reasoning can shed light on international investment law • Investigates whether and how analogies play an important role in increasing the perceived legitimacy investment treaty arbitration • Discusses the use of comparative reasoning by arbitral tribunals, scholars and practitioners Public international law

Public international law

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-09331-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 423pp 978-1-107-02109-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Migration in the Mediterranean

The Role of the Defence in International Criminal Justice Edited by Gentian Zyberi | Universitetet i Oslo

Mechanisms of International Cooperation Edited by Francesca Ippolito | Università degli Studi di Cagliari, Italy

Mediterranean states have developed various cooperation mechanisms to cope with issues relating to migration. This book critically analyses how institutional actors act and interact on the international scene in the control and management of migration in the Mediterranean. • Focuses on cooperation mechanisms reveals the relevant actors and what they are actually doing in the field of migration • Makes plain the need for a holistic approach to migration, which takes into consideration all the different facets of migration • Goes beyond the advocated migrant rights approach to highlight how securitarian trends still prevail

Leading international practitioners and scholars examine the role of the defence in international criminal proceedings and highlight its contribution to the development of international criminal law and the fair administration of international criminal justice. • Contributors include leading international practitioners and scholars • Combines the practice and theory of international criminal law in order to explore carefully selected topical issues • Takes into account recent substantive and procedural changes, such as MICT Public international law

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-107-08667-8 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00

Public international law

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 332pp 978-1-107-08785-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Law

The Theory of Self-Determination

Religious Hatred and International Law

Edited by Fernando R. Tesón | Florida State University

The Prohibition of Incitement to Violence or Discrimination Jeroen Temperman | Erasmus Universiteit Rotterdam

This book is a valuable addition to the literature on self-determination. Top scholars in the field debate the concepts of nation, people, secession, and democracy, as they appear in international law and in actual diplomacy. It will be an essential tool for international law scholars, globaljustice philosophers, and international-relations specialists. • Offers a new take on self-determination that moves beyond prevailing nationalist conceptions • Interdisciplinary approach drawing on law, philosophy, and political science will be of interest to a wide range of scholars and practitioners • Applies philosophical foundations to recent cases from Scotland to Ukraine Public international law | ASIL Studies in International Legal Theory

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 266pp 1 table 978-1-107-11913-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

The Cambridge Companion to International Criminal Law

Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 118

Edited by William A. Schabas | Middlesex University, London

This comprehensive introduction to international criminal law addresses the big issues in the subject from an interdisciplinary perspective. Each chapter explores key academic debates and provides guidelines for further reading. The book is organised around several themes, including institutions, crimes and trials, and concludes with perspectives on the future. • An accessible introduction to the field of international criminal law, providing a great starting point for non-specialists • Interdisciplinary approach will appeal to readers outside the narrow confines of international law • Written by renowned international lawyers, judges, prosecutors, criminologists and historians Public international law | Cambridge Companions to Law

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 416pp 978-1-107-05233-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$105.00

978-1-107-69568-9 Paperback £29.99 / US$44.99

The New Entrants Problem in International Fisheries Law Andrew Serdy | University of Southampton

Is international fisheries law inevitably moving towards a property-rights regime? Despite RFMOs already perceptibly adopting this approach, they are ambivalent about it and its consequences remain underanalysed. In this book, Andrew Serdy explores the implications revealed by the practice of fishing States and RFMOs and suggests ways forward. • Offers new insights into a perennial problem which has long dogged international fisheries law, suggesting possible avenues for achieving agreement on how to prevent overfishing • Frames the problem in its broader policy context, considering the contributions of fisheries science and economics • Critiques the current common response to overfishing, that of combatting IUU – illegal, unreported and unregulated – fishing, as resting on a flawed analysis Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 111

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 446pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-00156-5 Hardback £80.00 / US$135.00

International law imposes on states a duty to prohibit ‘advocacy of religious hatred that constitutes incitement to discrimination or violence’. What speech acts or publications fall under this offence? How do judges ascertain such ‘incitement’ has been committed? This book addresses these questions from the perspective of international and comparative law. • Unprecedented comparative analysis of ‘incitement’ offering an international understanding of the differences in treatment by the UN Human Rights Committee, CERD, and the ECHR • Also includes comparative analysis at the national level, with valuable insight into the vast and differing forms of state practice on how to tackle incitement • Proposes a context-dependent risk assessment, showing the reader international law-based reflections on aggravating factors and penalties pertaining to the crime of incitement

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 438pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12417-2 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

The Doctrine of Odious Debt in International Law A Restatement Jeff King | University College London

Breaking with widespread scepticism, King comprehensively restates the doctrine of odious debt and uses contemporary international and domestic law to redefine the doctrine in a way suitable for judicial application. This groundbreaking book is essential reading for practising lawyers, scholars, and development and human rights workers. • Provides a useful framework for distinguishing between various kinds of odious debt, highlighting inconsistencies in state and judicial practice • Considers both historical legal practice and current international and domestic law, employing justiciable legal standards to define odious debts • Contributes a thorough and definitive treatment of state practice relating to odious debt to legal scholarship, providing a comprehensive response to scepticism regarding the doctrine Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 125

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 240pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12801-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Law

Questions of Jurisdiction and Admissibility before International Courts

ASEAN’s External Agreements Law, Practice and the Quest for Collective Action Marise Cremona | European University Institute, Florence

Yuval Shany | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

Yuval Shany provides a new understanding of traditional rules on jurisdiction and admissibility of cases before international courts and tribunals by treating jurisdiction and admissibility as instruments for delegation of decision-making authority and critically evaluating judicial exercise of discretion under the existing case law. • Reconceptualizes the law of jurisdiction and admissibility in international adjudication by moving the discourse from a technical lawyerly plane to a theoretically rich context • Critically examines the practice of international courts in the fields of jurisdiction and admissibility • Comprehensive approach to the issue allows the theory to be tested against a set of case studies Public international law | Hersch Lauterpacht Memorial Lectures, 22

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 176pp 978-1-107-03879-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

This is the first comprehensive and systematic account of ASEAN as an emerging actor in international relations. A group of leading scholars discern the general patterns, paradoxes and inconsistencies in ASEAN’s external agreements, exploring what is distinctive about ASEAN’s practice and how it fits into existing frameworks of international law. • First comprehensive account of the external relations practice of ASEAN, including international treaty-making and ‘soft’ instruments • Written by a leading group of scholars from around the world, bringing together international law and international relations perspectives • Presents a broad and systematic analysis of ASEAN external agreements and discerns emerging patterns of practice for ASEAN providing readers with the distinctive features of ASEAN as an international treaty-maker Public international law | Integration through Law: The Role of Law and the Rule of Law in ASEAN Integration, 4

April 2015 216 x 138 mm 618pp 10 b/w illus. 17 tables 978-1-107-49815-0 Paperback £49.99 / US$69.99

Towards a Rules-Based Community: An ASEAN Legal Service

The Foundation of the ASEAN Economic Community

Jean-Claude Piris | Piris Consulting, SPRL

The first book to focus on the need for an effective ASEAN legal service. The evolution of ASEAN, the making of rules and its settling of disputes is analysed, followed by practical recommendations for the function and structure of the legal service, based on the practical experience of the authors. • Analyses the development of ASEAN with respect to the making of rules and settlement of disputes: gives readers an understanding of ‘the ASEAN way’ and how this impacts on ASEAN’s ambition to become a rules-based community respecting the rule of law • Documents the practice of ASEAN in negotiating agreements and settling disputes: insider view from one of the authors who is a diplomat and former attorney-general of an ASEAN member state • Makes recommendations on the functions and structure of an ASEAN legal service: draws heavily on the authors’ practical experiences as a former attorney-general of an ASEAN member state and a former head of a legal service of the European Council

An Institutional and Legal Profile Stefano Inama | UNCTAD, Geneva, Switzerland

Public international law | Integration through Law: The Role of Law and the Rule of Law in ASEAN Integration, 3

A comprehensive review and analysis of the economic integration of Southeast Asia through the ASEAN Economic Community (AEC), insightful to policymakers, practitioners and businesses. Through comparisons with the EU and NAFTA, it explores the potential of regional economic development in ASEAN, its foundational and institutional deficiencies, as well as suggested improvements. • Explains how ASEAN operates on an informal and formal basis, providing information on ASEAN institutions that has not been documented to date • Detailed comparative approach, contrasting the intended formation of the ASEAN Economic Community (AEC) with other regional economic integration models in the EU and NAFTA • Proposes reforms for the ASEAN institutions that will help the AEC reach its full potential, providing insight to ASEAN policymakers and business leaders on how ASEAN can improve its policies

March 2015 216 x 138 mm 238pp 978-1-107-49526-5 Paperback £39.99 / US$59.99

Public international law | Integration through Law: The Role of Law and the Rule of Law in ASEAN Integration, 5

April 2015 216 x 138 mm 578pp 3 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-49813-6 Paperback £59.99 / US$79.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Law

From Treaty-Making to Treaty-Breaking

ASEAN Economic Cooperation and Integration

Models for ASEAN External Trade Agreements Pieter Jan Kuijper | Universiteit van Amsterdam

Progress, Challenges and Future Directions Siow Yue Chia | Singapore Institute of International Affairs

Written for academics and practitioners working in international economic and trade law, this is the first high-level study of ASEAN’s policy of concluding external trade agreements with non-ASEAN states. It outlines the intended, and unintended, consequences of ASEAN’s prevailing trade agreement practice and suggests clear alternatives for the future. • Demonstrates the different methods by which ASEAN and its member states have concluded, and how they could better conclude, trade agreements with non-member states: provides a framework of analysis useful to academic researchers and practitioners who examine treaty models • Links the ASEAN practice of concluding external trade agreements to the practice of other nations and of the EU: particularly valuable to academic researchers and practitioners engaged in the comparative study of regional treaty-making practices • Presents different models and examines the impacts of each model, with clear guidelines for the future: reviews the substance (content of the agreement), form (single, bundled or mixed agreements), and the rules for dispute settlement for each model

Written for academic researchers, students and policy makers, this book provides an extensive statistical and analytical review of various ASEAN economic integration initiatives. It focuses in particular on the ASEAN Economic Community (AEC) project, assessing its current state and offering policy recommendations for the future of the region. • Considers the ASEAN economic community in the context of the evolution of ASEAN cooperation • Offers a cutting-edge assessment of the economic benefits and costs of creating the ASEAN economic community: gives readers a strong understanding of the qualitative and quantitative effects of the ASEAN economic community for the region • Gives a frank assessment of the current and future challenges the region faces as it integrates in the face of greater international competition: assesses the challenges to creating a truly unified market in ASEAN in the context of Asia-Pacific regionalism

Public international law | Integration through Law: The Role of Law and the Rule of Law in ASEAN Integration, 6

April 2015 216 x 138 mm 264pp 978-1-107-50023-5 Paperback £39.99 / US$59.99

ASEAN as an Actor in International Fora

April 2015 216 x 138 mm 218pp 5 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-50387-8 Paperback £29.99 / US$49.99

The Role of the Public Bureaucracy in Policy Implementation in Five ASEAN Countries Edited by Jon S. T. Quah | National University of Singapore (retired)

Reality, Potential and Constraints Paruedee Nguitragool | Chiang Mai University, Thailand

The first book to focus in-depth on the role and cohesion of ASEAN in international forums such as the United Nations and the World Trade Organization. Using a novel four-point cohesion typology and empirical data from two case studies, it provides recommendations for strengthening ASEAN’s negotiating practice in the future. • Explores an entirely new and so far overlooked theme on Southeast Asian regionalism: readers will better understand how the ASEAN behaves as an actor and negotiator in global forums, how it represents its interests and how cohesively it acts • Develops a novel typology of cohesion for regional organizations in international negotiations: readers will better understand how and why regional organizations act more or less cohesively at different stages of international negotiations • Explores how historical experiences and intra-regional cooperation norms can influence the behavior of a regional organization towards external actors: readers will understand that regional collective action and interests towards third parties are not only informed by costbenefit calculations and material factors, but are strongly guided by cognitive factors Public international law | Integration through Law: The Role of Law and the Rule of Law in ASEAN Integration, 7

April 2015 216 x 138 mm 358pp 18 tables 978-1-107-50388-5 Paperback £39.99 / US$59.99

Public international law | Integration through Law: The Role of Law and the Rule of Law in ASEAN Integration, 8

This book compares the role and performance of the public bureaucracy in policy implementation in Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore and Vietnam, and provides an explanation for their different levels of effectiveness. It is written for researchers, students and policymakers interested in international law in ASEAN economic and political integration. • The first comparative study of the role of the public bureaucracy in policy implementation in Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore and Vietnam • The overview chapter by Jon S. T. Quah and following five countryspecific chapters include detailed quantitative and qualitative analyses of the implementation of two ASEAN policies • Will be useful for academic researchers and graduate students dealing with ASEAN integration, as well as for policymakers and senior civil servants concerned with enhancing the effectiveness of policy implementation in Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore and Vietnam Public international law | Integration through Law: The Role of Law and the Rule of Law in ASEAN Integration, 9

December 2015 216 x 138 mm 250pp 42 tables 978-1-107-54517-5 Paperback £49.99 / US$69.99

Law

Comparative Regional Integration

Promoting Compliance The Role of Dispute Settlement and Monitoring Mechanisms in ASEAN Instruments Robert Beckman | National University of Singapore

Governance and Legal Models Carlos Closa | European University Institute, Florence

A groundbreaking comparative study that explains how and why different regional and international organizations select specific governance processes and institutional choices to achieve integration. It provides researchers and practitioners with a unique toolbox of concepts for the comparative study of international and regional organizations. • The first comprehensive, empirically based comparative analysis of governance systems in a range of different regional and international organizations • Draws on an original sample of institutional features from 87 regional organizations – it is the most comprehensive framework of supranational integration to date • Merges political science and law approaches to provide an enriched perspective Public international law | Integration through Law: The Role of Law and the Rule of Law in ASEAN Integration, 10

February 2016 216 x 138 mm 505pp 13 b/w illus. 26 tables 978-1-107-57858-6 Paperback £49.99 / US$69.99 P

Public international law | Integration through Law: The Role of Law and the Rule of Law in ASEAN Integration, 12

The ASEAN Economic Community

February 2016 216 x 138 mm 388pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-316-50782-7 Paperback £39.99 / c. US$59.99

A Conceptual Approach Jacques Pelkmans | Centre for European Policy Studies (CEPS), Brussels

Key Reference

The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) is building a single market and production base called the ASEAN Economic Community (AEC), in order to fully integrate itself into the global economy. This book discusses the economic importance and intricacies of the AEC and how the AEC will affect global businesses and policy makers. • Rigorous about economic integration logic – provides greater clarity on factual (as opposed to declared) AEC ambitions, whilst exposing weaknesses, inconsistencies and deficits • Tests the mechanisms of the AEC – provides a detailed analysis of the AEC Roadmap and its implementation so far • Outlines future AEC economic strategy – explores several options of how ASEAN can exploit its hybrid remit of a single market and ‘production base’ Public international law | Integration through Law: The Role of Law and the Rule of Law in ASEAN Integration, 11

December 2015 216 x 138 mm 234pp 5 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-59073-1 Paperback £29.99 / US$49.99 C

This seminal book examines ASEAN’s dispute settlement and monitoring mechanisms as a means to better compliance and the extent to which they foster ASEAN Community building. The authors investigate why compliance is weak in ASEAN and analyse the different mechanisms and modalities commonly used in the international order to improve compliance. • The first book on ASEAN dispute settlement mechanisms (DSMs) and compliance mechanisms (CMs) – readers will learn much about ASEAN as an organisation and how it will build the ASEAN Community in relation to its DSMs and CMs • Reveals how ASEAN is a law- and institution-based organisation based on its DSMs and CMs, but how it also remains very much influenced by realpolitik • ASEAN DSMs and CMs are empirically and qualitatively studied for the very first time to give readers a full understanding of the unique compliance structure in ASEAN – the content of the book also enables comparative and cross-disciplinary studies of DSMs and CMs

International Law Reports Volume 161 Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht | University of Cambridge

Volume 161 features, amongst others, the 2014 Opinion 2/13 of the Court of Justice of the European Union concerning the Accession of the European Union to the European Convention on Human Rights and the 2014 judgment of European Court of Human Rights in Hassan v. United Kingdom. • Contains the 2014 Opinion 2/13 of the Court of Justice of the European Union concerning the Accession of the European Union to the European Convention on Human Rights • Contains the 2008 Order and 2011 Judgment of the International Court of Justice in the Application of the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination (Georgia v. Russian Federation) and related cases before the European Court of Human Rights • Contains the 2014 judgment of European Court of Human Rights in Hassan v. United Kingdom Public international law | International Law Reports, 161

February 2016 219 x 146 mm 816pp 978-1-107-05895-8 Hardback £160.00 / US$260.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Law

Key Reference

The Law and Economics of Framework Agreements

International Law Reports Volume 162 Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht | University of Cambridge

Volume 162 features, amongst others, the 2015 award in the Chagos Islands Arbitration (Mauritius v. United Kingdom), the 2014 award in the Railway Land Arbitration (Malaysia/Singapore) and the United Kingdom Supreme Court decision in Pham v. Secretary of State for the Home Department. • Contains the 2015 award in the Chagos Islands Arbitration (Mauritius v. United Kingdom) together with the judgments of the European Court of Human Rights in Chagos Islanders v. United Kingdom and of the English courts in Bancoult (No. 3) which also concern the Chagos islands/British Indian Ocean Territory • Contains the 2014 award in the Railway Land Arbitration (Malaysia/ Singapore) • Contains the United Kingdom Supreme Court decision in Pham v. Secretary of State for the Home Department Public international law | International Law Reports, 162

March 2016 219 x 146 mm 648pp 4 maps 978-1-107-05902-3 Hardback £160.00 / US$260.00

In this enlightening book, the authors undertake a thorough investigation of the current uses of framework agreements and clarify the legal and economic issues surrounding them. • Gives a thorough theoretical grounding for framework agreements, making this book accessible for both students and policy makers • Real-world case studies and examples are used throughout, so that readers can ground their learning in current events and developments • Suggests clear and practical solutions to the challenges faced by those designing framework agreements International economic and trade law, WTO law

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 200pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07796-6 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Alternative Visions of the International Law on Foreign Investment Essays in Honour of Muthucumaraswamy Sornarajah Edited by Chin Leng Lim | The University of Hong Kong

Key Reference

International Law Reports Volume 163 Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht | University of Cambridge

Volume 163 features, amongst others, the 2015 judgment of the High Court of India in AWAS 39423 Ireland v. Director-General of Civil Aviation and Spicejet Ltd and the judgment of the Grand Chamber of the European Court of Human Rights in Jamaa and Others v. Italy. • Contains the 2015 judgment of the High Court of India in AWAS 39423 Ireland v. Director-General of Civil Aviation and Spicejet Ltd • Contains the judgment of the Grand Chamber of the European Court of Human Rights in Jamaa and Others v. Italy • Contains the English Court of Appeal judgment in Al-Jedda v. Secretary of State for Defence (No. 2) Public international law | International Law Reports, 163

April 2016 219 x 146 mm 700pp 978-1-107-05903-0 Hardback c. £160.00 / c. US$260.00

Designing Flexible Solutions for Public Procurement Gian Luigi Albano | Research Unit, Consip Ltd, Rome

These essays pay tribute to M. Sornarajah, Professor of Law at the National University of Singapore. The book surveys issues and themes connected with scholarly resistance to a neo-liberal perspective. It offers an account of the current backlash against investment treaties and investment arbitration in various countries. • Introduces the changes taking place in the design of typical investment treaty clauses • Presents the views of key scholars who have advocated alternative visions of the international law on foreign investment • Offers a survey of M. Sornarajah’s vast published writings, his life and a theoretical framework for understanding his views International economic and trade law, WTO law

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 464pp 3 b/w illus. 1 colour illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-13906-0 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

Essentials of WTO Law Peter van den Bossche | Universiteit Maastricht, Netherlands

The International Diplomacy of Israel’s Founders Deception at the United Nations in the Quest for Palestine John Quigley | Ohio State University School of Law

This book will make even persons who consider themselves knowledgeable on the Middle East see the history of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict in a new light. It shows that at key turning points the United Nations acted on inaccurate information and false promises. • An original and controversial account of the diplomacy surrounding the founding of Israel • Identifies a pattern of misrepresentation to the United Nations by factchecking UN transcripts against the historical record • Challenges the prevailing historical perception of leading Zionist figures Chaim Weizmann, David Ben Gurion, Abba Eban, and Shabtai Rosenne, among others UN and international organisations

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 328pp 978-1-107-13873-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$110.00

978-1-316-50355-3 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

Intended for students and policy makers looking to gain a good understanding of WTO law, this overview of the main rules and procedures of the WTO is written in a concise, accessible and nontechnical manner, and provides both illustrative examples and reading lists to facilitate further learning. • Avoids the technical details which can overload those looking for an introduction to the topic • Demonstrates practical application of theory and rules via fictional illustrative examples • Online resources list shows students where to find the resources they need to look into the ‘real world’ of international trade • Boxes summarising key rulings in WTO case law help readers to see the relevance of dispute settlement rulings and understand how they flesh out the provisions in the WTO agreements International economic and trade law, WTO law

March 2016 216 x 138 mm 150pp 4 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-03583-6 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$70.00

978-1-107-63893-8 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.00

Law

The Law, Economics and Politics of International Standardisation

WTO Dispute Settlement and the TRIPS Agreement

Edited by Panagiotis Delimatsis | Universiteit van Tilburg, The Netherlands

Featuring an empirical based approach, this book offers a multidisciplinary analysis on the foundations of international standard-setting. Contributors expertly examine the peculiarities of international standardisation and shed light on the attributes of international standard-setters, allowing comparisons among standard-setting bodies and identifying best practices to improve our understanding about standardisation processes. • Provides a multidisciplinary and comprehensive analysis of international standard-setting • Identifies best practices and improves understanding about the standardisation processes • Covers the most important areas (trade, development and innovation) that are associated with standard-setting, but also delves into real-life procedural and substantive elements International economic and trade law, WTO law | Cambridge International Trade and Economic Law, 21

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 450pp 15 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-12833-0 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

Establishing Judicial Authority in International Economic Law

In this book, Matthew Kennedy exposes the challenges created by the integration and independence of TRIPS within the WTO by examining how this trade organization comes to grips with intellectual property disputes. It will be essential reading for policy makers interested in WTO agreements on other new issues. • Explains the role of trade law in intellectual property matters to show how different WTO agreements apply and where conflicts can arise • Takes a unique systemic approach to explain TRIPS from the perspective of dispute settlement • Considers the wider implications of TRIPS for those proposing WTO agreements on new issues International economic and trade law, WTO law | Cambridge International Trade and Economic Law, 24

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 425pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14468-2 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Optimal Regulation and the Law of International Trade The Interface between the Right to Regulate and WTO Law Boris Rigod | Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer

Edited by Joanna Jemielniak | University of Copenhagen

This book discusses how international judicial authority is established and managed in key fields of international economic law. Its unique legal-centric approach sees the consolidation of judicial authority as a universal trend and its broad international appeal makes it essential reading for researchers, practitioners and students alike. • Examines key fields of international economic law in concurrence: trade law, investor-state arbitration and international commercial arbitration • Adopts a specialised, legal-centric approach, providing new perspectives on the establishment of judicial authority in international economic law • Draws together contributions from many leading scholars across the world International economic and trade law, WTO law | Cambridge International Trade and Economic Law, 23

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 314pp 18 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-14710-2 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$115.00

Applying Intellectual Property Standards in a Trade Law Framework Matthew Kennedy | University of International Business and Economics, Beijing

Boris Rigod’s groundbreaking study provides an innovative solution to the problem of how to reconcile WTO members’ regulatory autonomy and the Organization’s rules, as well as offering a novel analytical framework for assessing domestic regulations in the light of WTO law. • Proposes a new view on the key aspects of the WTO system from a law and economics perspective • Comprehensively covers the field of domestic regulation under WTO law • Reviews and applies the most recent insights from economics and decision theory International economic and trade law, WTO law | Cambridge International Trade and Economic Law, 18

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 322pp 16 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-11612-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Law

Export Restrictions on Critical Minerals and Metals

Trade, Investment, Innovation and their Impact on Access to Medicines

Testing the Adequacy of WTO Disciplines Ilaria Espa | World Trade Institute, University of Bern

An Asian Perspective Locknie Hsu | Singapore Management University

Ilaria Espa analyses the scope and coverage of WTO disciplines on export restrictions in light of emerging case law. She investigates whether such rules still provide an effective framework that is capable of preventing abuses in the use of export restrictive measures on critical minerals and metals. • Explains the specific features of export restrictions on critical minerals and metals as well as offering a complete overview of the present wave of export restrictions applied on other commodities • Analyses scope, gaps and inconsistencies of existing WTO disciplines on export restrictions in light of recent case law • Discusses the issue of policy space left to WTO Members in light of relevant international law principles, engaging in the development of the debate over export restrictions • Advocates an alternative framework for reforming of existing WTO disciplines on export restrictions

Locknie Hsu brings together current trade, investment, innovation, intellectual property, competition and public health issues that impact upon access to medicines in Asia. This book will be useful to academic researchers, regulators, law-makers and global organizations involved in the issue of access to medicines. • A timely resource for those interested in the evolving legal issues and changes in laws affecting access to medicines in Asia • Proposes steps to further improve access to medicine and will be useful to regional policy-makers, treaty negotiators, regulators and international non-profit organizations • Supports the World Health Organization’s objective to increase education and training in the intellectual property rights from a public health perspective

International economic and trade law, WTO law | Cambridge International Trade and Economic Law, 19

International economic and trade law, WTO law | Cambridge International Trade and Economic Law, 22

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-08596-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 C

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 432pp 2 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-07273-2 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 C

The WTO and International Investment Law

Key Reference

Dispute Settlement Reports 2014

Converging Systems Jürgen Kurtz | University of Melbourne

Volume 1: Pages 1–362 World Trade Organization | World Trade Organization

Jürgen Kurtz addresses the growing connections between international trade and investment law, proposing a theoretically grounded and doctrinally tractable framework to understand the deepening relationship between them. This book also offers reform ideas and possibilities, which will be of interest to treaty negotiators and other government officials. • Proposes a new understanding of the relationship between international trade and investment law • Offers theoretical justifications for levels of convergence between the two regimes and expands the potential readership base beyond law to other disciplinary areas • Identifies vectors by which both legal regimes may achieve systemic maturation and will appeal to treaty negotiators and policy makers who are seeking to reform both systems

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2014: I. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 362pp 978-1-107-13923-7 Hardback c. £140.00 / c. US$225.00 Key Reference

International economic and trade law, WTO law | Cambridge International Trade and Economic Law, 20

Dispute Settlement Reports 2014

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-00970-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Volume 2: Pages 363–802 World Trade Organization | World Trade Organization

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2014: II. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 440pp 978-1-107-13922-0 Hardback c. £140.00 / c. US$225.00

Law

Key Reference

Dispute Settlement Reports 2014

Volume 3: Pages 803–1124 World Trade Organization | World Trade Organization

Volume 6: Pages 2187–2652 World Trade Organization | World Trade Organization

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2014: III. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2014: VI. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes

International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 322pp 978-1-107-13921-3 Hardback c. £140.00 / c. US$225.00

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 466pp 978-1-107-14906-9 Hardback c. £140.00 / c. US$225.00

Key Reference

Dispute Settlement Reports 2014

Volume 4: Pages 1125–1724 World Trade Organization | World Trade Organization

Volume 7 World Trade Organization | World Trade Organization

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2014: IV. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2014: VII. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes

International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 600pp 978-1-107-13920-6 Hardback c. £140.00 / c. US$225.00

June 2016 240 x 160 mm 372pp 978-1-107-14907-6 Hardback c. £140.00 / c. US$225.00

Key Reference

Dispute Settlement Reports 2014

Volume 5: Pages 1725–2186 World Trade Organization | World Trade Organization

Volume 8 World Trade Organization | World Trade Organization

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2014: V. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2014: VIII. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes

International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 462pp 978-1-107-13919-0 Hardback c. £140.00 / c. US$225.00

June 2016 240 x 160 mm 472pp 978-1-107-14908-3 Hardback c. £140.00 / c. US$225.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Law

Wilderness Protection in Europe

Highlight

The Role of International, European and National Law Edited by Kees Bastmeijer | Universiteit van Tilburg, The Netherlands

Europe retains impressive wilderness areas, but despite a growing appreciation of their value they remain under threat. This book provides the first major appraisal of the role of international, European and domestic law in protecting these last wilderness areas and their distinguishing qualities and values. • Provides a comprehensive overview of the role of international conventions, European law and national law in protecting wilderness areas in Europe • Supports environmental lawyers, policy makers and protected-area managers in better understanding the concept of wilderness and the ecological, social and economic values of Europe’s wilderness areas • Examination of the various domestic legal regimes allows reader to make comparisons between nature protection systems in Europe

Environmental law

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 598pp 9 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-05789-0 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

Climate Justice and Disaster Law Rosemary Lyster | University of Sydney

This book is for interdisciplinary scholars in science, social sciences, economics and law who are interested in the growing phenomenon of climate disasters. It develops a unique theory of climate justice regarding extreme weather and slow onset events, which, when they intersect with vulnerability and exposure, create climate disasters. • Consideration of the climate justice implications of climate disasters and the role that law can play will appeal to those engaged with issues of climate justice and climate change mitigation, adaptation and disaster risk reduction • Draws on a vast interdisciplinary literature from law, science and the social sciences, in order to avoid an overly legalistic treatment of the topic • Draws attention to the frailties of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, and insurance and disaster relief packages designed to protect the victims of climate disasters Environmental law

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 340pp 978-1-107-10722-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

The Human Rights-Based Approach to Carbon Finance

Chris Jay Hoofnagle | University of California, Berkeley

The US Federal Trade Commission is now the most important regulator of information privacy in the world, but it is often poorly understood. This volume addresses this confusion by explaining the FTC’s privacy activities and how these activities fit in the context of the agency’s consumer protection mission. • The first in-depth history of the Federal Trade Commission’s consumer protection mission • Surveys all of FTC privacy law including online privacy, information security, anti-marketing, financial privacy, and international privacy • Provides an insider’s assessment of the agency based on numerous interviews with current and former FTC employees and officials Competition law, anti-trust law

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 356pp 8 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-12678-7 Hardback £84.99 / US$125.00

978-1-107-56563-0 Paperback £25.99 / US$39.99

A Theory of Mediators’ Ethics Foundations, Rationale, and Application Part 1 Omer Shapira | Ono Academic College

Omer Shapira identifies the ethical norms that govern mediators’ conduct. Offering both a theoretical basis for discussing and evaluating mediators’ ethical conduct and practical guidelines, this book will be of value to ADR researchers, teachers and students, mediators and mediation participants, mediation organizations and programs, policymakers and ethical bodies. • Provides a comprehensive and coherent theory of mediators’ ethics • Applies an in-depth theoretical analysis to real cases that come up in mediation practice • Clarifies the meaning of key concepts such as party self-determination, mediator impartiality, conflict of interest, confidentiality and fairness • Proposes and justifies a new model code of conduct for mediators that applies to mediators in Anglo-American countries Dispute resolution, mediation and arbitration

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 448pp 37 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14304-3 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$150.00

Key Reference

Damilola S. Olawuyi | Afe Babalola University, Nigeria

Damilola S. Olawuyi provides stakeholders in carbon, energy and environmental investments with a functional framework for integrating human rights into general risk management processes, specifically in the design, approval and implementation of carbon projects. • Examines the indirect impact of climate change on human rights, an area which has hitherto not been subject to exhaustive and rigorous exposition and analysis • Proposes a legal and institutional framework through which countries can respect and protect human rights and adhere to recent UN treaties, resolutions and declarations • Provides practical information on how companies can incorporate human rights due diligence into general corporate risk management processes Environmental law

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 425pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10551-5 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

Federal Trade Commission Privacy Law and Policy

Highlight

Foreign-Related Arbitration in China Commentary and Cases Fan Yang | City University of Hong Kong

This overview and analysis of current arbitration law and practice in mainland China includes the full texts of around two hundred decisions of the Supreme People’s Court of the PRC dating from 1990 to 2013. • In-depth analysis of Chinese statutory materials makes them more approachable to those interested in understanding the current arbitration law and practice in the mainland of China • Critical analysis and discussions of key cases demonstrates how to navigate the vast quantity of Chinese legislation, judicial interpretation and cases more efficiently and effectively • English translations of around two hundred decisions show how arbitration law is applied and interpreted, and how foreign-related arbitration law and practice has developed over the past twenty years Dispute resolution, mediation and arbitration

January 2016 247 x 174 mm 1500pp 978-1-107-08219-9 2 Volume Hardback Set

c. £250.00 / c. US$400.00 R

Law

Textbook

The Formation and Identification of Rules of Customary International Law in International Investment Law

Australian Commercial Law Dilan Thampapillai | Australian National University, Canberra

Patrick Dumberry | University of Ottawa

Rules of customary international law provide basic legal protections to foreign investors. This book analyses how they are created and how they can be identified. Offering guidance to actors called upon to apply such rules in concrete cases, this work is of significant importance to those involved in investment arbitration. • Provides a comprehensive analysis of the rules of customary international law in the field of international investment law, explaining how they are created and how they can be identified • Offers guidance to actors called upon to apply such rules in disputes between foreign investors and States • Explores the differences between the formation and manifestation of State practice in the field of investment arbitration compared to international law Dispute resolution, mediation and arbitration | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 119

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 506pp 978-1-107-13852-0 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$119.99

The UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods Practice and Theory Second edition Clayton P. Gillette | New York University School of Law

This book provides students, practitioners, and academics with an overview of the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (CISG) through the lens of economic theory. Revised and expanded for the second edition, its topic-based approach is tailored to courses in international sales law. • Features a topic-based organization ideal for cross-subject research and courses in international sales law • The second edition has been revised and expanded to include developing case law and more comprehensive treatments of warranties, exemption, and scope issues • The book is distinct among course books in examining CISG through the lens of economic analysis Corporate law, commercial law, company law

Australian Commercial Law offers a concise yet comprehensive introduction to commercial law in Australia. Written in a clear and accessible style, each chapter features key points and further reading to enhance students’ understanding. Significant cases are discussed in detail and include excerpts from judgments to illustrate points of law. • Provides a comprehensive treatment of the key areas of commercial law as well as the key areas of the new Australian Consumer Law • Written in a clear and accessible style • Includes excerpts from judgements to illustrate points of law Contents: 1. Personal property; 2. Sale of goods; 3. Transfer of property; 4. Price and delivery; 5. Agency law; 6. Bailment; 7. Personal Property Securities Act; 8. Contracts of guarantee; 9. Insurance; 10. Product liability; 11. The Australian Consumer Law; 12. Unfair contract terms; 13. Consumer guarantees; 14. Unconscionable conduct; 15. Misleading and deceptive conduct; 16. Remedies under the ACL. Corporate law, commercial law, company law

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 544pp 978-1-107-67457-8 Paperback £74.99 / US$149.99

Nine to Five How Gender, Sex, and Sexuality Continue to Define the American Workplace Joanna L. Grossman | Maurice A. Deane School of Law, Hofstra University, New York

In a lively and readable style, this book provides a comprehensive analysis of the role gender continues to play in the American workplace. Essays focus on defining sex discrimination, sexual harassment, discrimination against pregnant women and mothers, pay inequity, and the glass ceiling. • Has an entertaining style that will appeal to both general and professional readers • Introduces readers to key rulings and developments in gender law • Showcases the stories of individuals involved in cases relating to sex discrimination, sexual harassment, and pay inequity Family law

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 376pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13336-5 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$115.00

978-1-107-58982-7 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$32.99

To Whom Do Children Belong?

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 464pp 978-1-107-14962-5 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$120.00

978-1-316-60416-8 Paperback c. £28.99 / c. US$44.99

Reshaping Markets Economic Governance, the Global Financial Crisis and Liberal Utopia Edited by Bertram Lomfeld | Freie Universität Berlin

Drawing on a wide range of private law theories, this book investigates the role of the state in governing economic interaction in contract, corporate, labour and banking law, and in markets, and offers a crucial insight into the tension between market liberalism and theories of society. • Uses an interdisciplinary approach to provide a range of theoretical perspectives on economic governance after the financial crisis • Situates different areas of private law in a global context, contextualising the global financial crisis for a wide range of disciplines • Offers an alternative vision of the relationship between markets and economic governance

Parental Rights, Civic Education, and Children’s Autonomy Melissa Moschella | Catholic University of America, Washington DC

Amid heated debates over issues like sexual education, diversity education and vouchers, Moschella cuts to the heart of the matter, explaining why education is primarily the responsibility of parents, not the state. Rigorously argued yet broadly accessible, the book offers a principled case for expanding school choice and granting exemptions when educational programs or regulations threaten parents’ ability to raise their children in line with their values. • Offers a foundational defense of the rights of parents as primary educators of their children • Engages extensively with some of the strongest arguments for greater state authority over education put forth by Rawlsian liberal authors • Combines scholarly depth and rigor with a readable, jargon-free style that makes the book accessible to all Family law

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-15065-2 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

Corporate law, commercial law, company law

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 354pp 3 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-09590-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Law

Highlight

Textbook

The End of the Eurocrats’ Dream

European Constitutional Law

Adjusting to European Diversity Edited by Damian Chalmers | London School of Economics and Political Science

Second edition Robert Schütze | University of Durham

Contributions from prominent economists, lawyers, philosophers and political scientists go beyond short-term technical diagnoses in order to analyse the deeper causes of the European crisis and provide readers with a broad understanding of what goes on in the European Union. • Interdisciplinary approach stimulates debate between disciplines that deal with the same topic from different perspectives • Provides a broad conceptual perspective as opposed to detailed reports and short-term crisis treatments • Focus on deeper causes of the European crisis allows the reader to see the crisis in a broad theoretical perspective

Written with exceptional clarity and fully updated from the first edition, European Constitutional Law examines all of the core constitutional topics of EU law. Student learning is supported by numerous case extracts, suggestions for further reading, more than fifty colour figures, and an extensive companion website featuring full ‘Lisbonised’ cases. • Integrates numerous case extracts while maintaining a continuous, single-authored narrative, and combines straightforward explanations with scholarly analysis, highlighting theoretical approaches and key academic debates • A new two-colour design emphasises case extracts and enhances figures and tables, and two new appendices provide guidance on finding, reading and understanding EU law • A new companion website includes full ‘Lisbonised’ versions of the cases cited in the text, organised by chapter for quick and easy access

European law

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 269pp 10 tables 978-1-107-10718-2 Hardback c. £34.99 / c. US$54.99

The Human Face of the European Union Is EU Law and Policy Humane Enough? Edited by Nuno Ferreira | University of Liverpool

Is the EU humane enough? The contributors to this volume utilise this framework based on the notion of humaneness to assess the implementation of key EU law and policy fields. This book is essential reading for scholars, students and policy-makers in EU law and policy. • Presents a novel framework for assessing EU law and policy • Analyses a range of key EU policies spanning private law, economic and fiscal integration, free movement, citizenship, common commercial policy, asylum, development and security • Considers a number of interdisciplinary perspectives

Contents: Part I. Constitutional Foundations: 1. Constitutional history: from Paris to Lisbon; 2. Constitutional nature: a federation of states; 3. European law I: nature – direct effect; 4. European law II: nature – supremacy/preemption; 5. Governmental structure: Union institutions I; 6. Governmental structure: Union institutions II; Part II. Governmental Powers: 7. Legislative powers: competences and procedures; 8. External powers: competences and procedures; 9. Executive powers: competences and procedures; 10. Judicial powers I: (centralised) European procedures; 11. Judicial powers II: (decentralised) national procedures; 12. Judicial powers III: EU fundamental rights; Appendices.

European law

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 425pp 978-1-107-07722-5 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

978-1-316-50394-2 Paperback £32.99 / US$54.99

Citizenship and Federalism in the European Union The Role of Rights Edited by Dimitry Kochenov | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

The concept of EU citizenship has moved well beyond use just in the context of the internal market and free movement. This book provides the definitive account of EU citizenship as a foundational concept, which shapes the very essence of the European Union and delimits the scope of EU law. European law

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 675pp 978-1-107-07270-1 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$155.00

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 560pp 39 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-107-13886-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 X

Sustainable Public Procurement under EU Law New Perspectives on the State as Stakeholder Edited by Beate Sjåfjell | Universitetet i Oslo

This book examines the new EU provisions on sustainable public procurement including life cycle costing, eco- and fairtrade labels, the link to the subject matter requirement, and the mandatory environmental and social legal compliance rule. Challenges and possibilities for national implementation are analysed and implications for business, including SMEs, are also discussed. • Evaluates the effectiveness of the modernisation of EU public procurement law from a sustainability perspective • Highlights the challenges and possibilities for the national implementation of the 2016 EU public procurement directives and gives advice to how the national legislators should use the discretion the directives give them • Identifies the major unresolved issues in sustainable public procurement, covering issues on the new EU provisions on sustainable public procurement and the implied balancing of economic and non-economic objectives European law

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 260pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12964-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Law

The International Responsibility of the European Union

Reconceptualising Global Finance and its Regulation

From Competence to Normative Control Andrés Delgado Casteleiro | University of Durham

Edited by Ross P. Buckley | University of New South Wales, Sydney

When is the EU responsible under international law? By examining how different international legal regimes (ILC, UNCLOS, WTO, International Investment Law and the ECHR) hold the EU responsible, this book provides an innovative analysis of a fundamental aspect of the relationship between the EU and international law.

In this book, top legal and financial scholars propose bold new solutions to international financial regulation in the wake of the 2008 global financial crisis. Their call for innovative reform will be of primary interest to regulatory and banking legal practitioners, policy makers, scholars, research students and think tanks. • Proposes new conceptual approaches to global financial regulation • Brings together leading thinkers in law and finance from Europe, North America and Asia • Reviews the post-2008 regulatory initiatives and offers novel solutions to issues from financial stability to ethics and culture

European law | Cambridge Studies in European Law and Policy

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-09054-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

Gendering European Working Time Regimes The Working Time Directive and the Case of Poland Ania Zbyszewska | University of Warwick

Financial law, banking law

Ania Zbyszewska’s feminist, socio-legal study of the EU working-time regime examines its historical development and influence in the Polish working-time reform, focusing on the gendered dynamics and the relationship between EU and national politics and law. This study will be of interest to legal and feminist scholars, and policy makers. • Reveals gender bias within the EU Working Time Directive and explains how the Directive came to be framed in this manner • Examines the relationship between policy discourse and regulatory action, considering the roles of political-economic context, institutions, and actors • Contextualizes Polish working-time reform within the country’s socialist past, the process of political-economic transition, and EU accession European law | Cambridge Studies in European Law and Policy

May 2016 228 x 152 mm 250pp 11 tables 978-1-107-12125-6 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

Soft Law and the Global Financial System Rule Making in the 21st Century Second edition Christopher Brummer | Georgetown University Law Center

This book explains how international financial law ‘works’ – and presents an alternative theory for understanding its purpose, operation, and limitations. Drawing on a close institutional analysis of the post-crisis financial architecture, it argues that international financial law is more coercive than classical theories of international law predict. • The expanded and revised second edition includes coverage of recent developments including the 2011 crisis and the Dodd–Frank Act • Presents an up-to-date and highly topical analysis of the international regulatory and legal responses to the financial crisis • Written specifically for the general reader Financial law, banking law

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 368pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12863-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

978-1-107-56944-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$39.99

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 480pp 4 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-10093-0 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Financial Regulation A Transatlantic Perspective Edited by Ester Faia | Goethe-Universität Frankfurt Am Main

Written with policy makers and practitioners in mind, this assessment of financial regulation in Europe highlights the conflicting priorities and complicated decisions involved in developing and implementing a new architecture in response to the recent financial crisis. • Offers research-based assessments of how the far-reaching reforms of financial architecture will affect growth and prosperity in Europe • Research-based policy advice will assist not only policy makers but also practitioners working in sectors which will be subject to the new financial regulations • Research-based commentary and advice from high-level researchers working in a variety of disciplines will facilitate dialogue between law and economics Financial law, banking law

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 374pp 23 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-08426-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

The Burdens of Proof Discriminatory Power, Weight of Evidence, and Tenacity of Belief Dale A. Nance | Case Western Reserve University, Ohio

Written by an internationally renowned scholar, this book explores contemporary thinking on the evidential requirements that are critical for practical decision-making, such as adjudication, requirements on both the aggregate weight of the evidence and the degree to which the evidence favors one hypothesis over another. • Includes hypothetical examples and litigated cases to illustrate ideas • Quantitative and qualitative ideas about the burden of proof are carefully related • The ideas of important scholars are situated within the context of the theory developed Criminal law

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 332pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12418-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Law

Governing Disasters

The Conduct of Hostilities under the Law of International Armed Conflict

Engaging Local Populations in Humanitarian Relief Shahla F. Ali | The University of Hong Kong

Drawing on international, state and private sector case studies and a survey of 69 members of the post-disaster relief sector, this book examines the interplay between law, governance and community based collaborative decision-making. It suggests the key to effective recovery is the primacy of local actors in relief program design. • Provides a comprehensive review of community engagement with international, state and private entities in responding to natural disasters • Identifies best practices in locally-engaged disaster governance through comparative analysis of survey data and disaster recovery case studies in six jurisdictions • Synthesizes findings in the form of law and policy recommendations Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-10639-0 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

Autonomous Weapons Systems

Third edition Yoram Dinstein | Tel-Aviv University

This is the leading textbook on the law of international armed conflict. In a completely revised and updated text, the author expertly covers the key principles and explores recent issues which have arisen in the field, including the use of autonomous weapons and the complexities of urban warfare. • The definitive text on the conduct of hostilities by the foremost commentator • New topics covered include the use of autonomous weapons and urban warfare • Successfully balances academic rigour with a clear explanation of complex and often controversial issues Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 418pp 978-1-107-11840-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$115.00

978-1-107-54418-5 Paperback £29.99 / US$49.99

Targeted Killing A Legal and Political History Markus Gunneflo | Lunds Universitet, Sweden

Law, Ethics, Policy Edited by Nehal Bhuta | European University Institute, Florence

Combining contributions from roboticists, legal scholars, philosophers and sociologists of science, this ground-breaking collection develops insights with direct policy relevance, including who bears responsibility for autonomous weapons systems, whether they would violate fundamental ethical and legal norms, and how to regulate their development. • The first interdisciplinary volume devoted to the issues raised by autonomous weapons systems • Scholarly contributions from relevant disciplines adopt a coherent set of questions and themes • Provides a concise account of the state of the art and the debate, and identifies future directions of research Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-15356-1 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

978-1-316-60765-7 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

How Mass Atrocities End Studies from Guatemala, Burundi, Indonesia, the Sudans, Bosnia-Herzegovina, and Iraq Edited by Bridget Conley-Zilkic | Tufts University, Massachusetts

How do mass atrocities end? This book reveals the processes, decisions, and factors that influence the decline of mass violence in case studies from Burundi, Guatemala, Indonesia, Sudan, Bosnia, and Iraq. • Corrects the simplistic ‘salvation narrative’ of mass atrocity perpetuated by scholarship and the media • Includes qualitatively rich case studies of actual mass atrocities in Guatemala, Burundi, Indonesia, the Sudans, Bosnia-Herzegovina, and Iraq • The multidisciplinary approach offers a diverse range of approaches to a difficult subject Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 224pp 6 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-12437-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 C

This critical historical account of the emergence of the fiercely contested practice of targeted killing will be of great interest to students, graduates and researchers who take an interest in targeted killing, be it primarily from the perspective of politics, domestic or international law. • Provides an historical account of the concept of targeted killing which helps readers understand it as a concept that has emerged alongside the expansion of the practices that it seeks to describe and legitimise • Corrects the prevailing understanding that targeted killing emerged by way of departure from existing policies and legal positions in the contexts of the second intifada and 9/11, highlighting instead a much longer and mutually productive relationship with law • Covers drone technology as part of the chronicling of targeted killing, thereby giving much needed legal, political and historical context to the contemporary debate about drones Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 284pp 978-1-107-11485-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Textbook

The Law of Armed Conflict International Humanitarian Law in War Second edition Gary D. Solis | Georgetown University Law Center

• Revised and expanded second edition of the widely adopted armed conflict textbook • Includes up-to-date coverage of cyber warfare, drone warfare, and terrorism • Provides an accessible introduction to the basics of international humanitarian law, including examples of its application Contents: Foreword; Preface; Part I. Law of Armed Conflict: International Humanitarian Law in War: 1. Rules of war, laws of war; 2. Codes, conventions, declarations, and regulations; 3. Two World Wars and their law of armed conflict results; 4. Protocols and politics; Part II. Law of Armed Conflict and International Humanitarian Law: A Framework: 5. Conflict status; 6. Individual battlefield status; 7. Law of armed conflict’s four core principles; 8. What is a ‘war crime’?; Part III. Law of Armed Conflict and International Humanitarian Law: Battlefield Issues: 9. Obedience to orders, the first defense; 10. Command responsibility and respondeat superior; 11. Ruses and perfidy; 12. Rules of engagement; 13. Targeting objects; 14. Autonomous weapons, drones, and targeted killing; 15. Human targeting and cross-border counter-attacks; 16. Torture; 17. Cyberwarfare; 18. Attacks on cultural property; 19. The 1980 certain conventional

Law

weapons convention; 20. Gas, biological, and chemical weapons treaties; Part IV. Dealing with Violations of Customs and Usages of Warfare: 21. Military commissions; 22. Security detention. Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

March 2016 253 x 177 mm 864pp 978-1-107-13560-4 Hardback £54.99 / US$125.00

Textbook

Australian Intellectual Property Law Third edition Mark L. Davison | Monash University, Victoria

Through its comprehensive discussion of the blackletter aspects of the law, and primary emphasis on legal principles and complexities, this third edition of Australian Intellectual Property Law continues to offer a detailed and scholarly insight into Australian intellectual property law for students and professionals. • Revised and updated to include the most important recent developments in intellectual property law in Australia • Provides a comprehensive discussion of the black-letter aspects of the law • Written by experts in the field of intellectual property law Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Passing off; 3. Registered trade marks; 4. Exploitation of registered trade marks; 5. Copyright: introduction; 6. Subsistence of copyright; 7. Authorship and first ownership, nature of the rights and duration; 8. Exploitation, infringement and defences; 9. Moral rights, performers’ rights, artist’s resale rights, and other rights; 10. Designs; 11. Equitable doctrine of breach of confidence; 12. Patents for inventions: introduction; 13. Patents for inventions: validity; 14. Patents for inventions: allocation of rights and ownership, the Register and dealings; 15. Patents for inventions: exploitation, infringement and revocation; 16. Plant breeder’s rights; 17. Remedies and miscellaneous issues. Intellectual property

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 800pp 978-1-107-47229-7 Paperback £105.00 / US$150.00

International Copyright and Access to Knowledge

Second edition Pascal Kamina | Université de Franche-Comté

Including a new chapter on copyright enforcement, this second edition details the substantial developments in EU law during the last decade, including major cases for the European Court of Justice, new treaties and new directives. Pascal Kamina also unravels the complexities of film protection in an additional thirteen new EU member states. • Examines the legislation of thirteen EU member states newly joined since publication of the first edition • Includes a new chapter on copyright enforcement and updates chapters with the substantial developments in EU law over the last decade • Describes the major developments of national laws within EU countries over the last twelve years Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 550pp 2 tables 978-1-107-12074-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Comparative Defamation and Privacy Law Edited by Andrew T. Kenyon | University of Melbourne

Defamation and privacy, major and interrelated issues for law and media, are examined here by experts from common law jurisdictions. Aimed at a wide legal audience, this book will be of interest to all those working on commonwealth or US law, as well as scholars from wider jurisdictions. • Examines topical issues in defamation and privacy law focused on media and journalism in a range of common law jurisdictions • Analyses recent defamation law reforms and privacy law developments and how these have been influenced by developments in other jurisdictions • Explores the relationship between defamation and privacy law across jurisdictions and the key issues raised Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law

Sara Bannerman | McMaster University, Ontario

A history of access to knowledge in international copyright focusing on the key players, including NGOs and developing countries, who fought to establish principles of access in international copyright. Written in a clear and accessible style, this alternate history sheds light on current problems, issues and events. • Connects copyright history to current problems, issues and events in copyright and access to knowledge • Presents a history of principles of access to knowledge from a global perspective • Provides a new and fresh approach, written in a clear and accessible style Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-02306-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Film Copyright in the European Union

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-12364-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

This book brings together leading copyright scholars to analyze the important role of copyright limitations and exceptions in shaping robust social, economic, and political environments needed for cultural productivity and human flourishing. Its insights will prove essential for professors and students of copyright law as well as intellectual property practitioners. • Takes a strong international and comparative approach • Explains the emerging theory of ‘user’s rights’ as a justification for copyright • Addresses copyright reform in different countries by scholars actively engaged in the reform process in the US and overseas Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 496pp 6 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-13237-5 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Law

Global Justice and International Labour Rights

Law and Authority in British Legal History, 1200–1900

Edited by Yossi Dahan | Academic Center of Law and Business, Ramat Gan

Edited by Mark Godfrey | University of Glasgow

This multi-perspective analysis of the normative implications of international labour regulations bridges the disciplinary gap between two areas of study that are rarely discussed in tandem: the normative-philosophical discussion on global justice and the empirical-legal study of international labour law. • Provides easy access to philosophical and legal perspectives on international labour rights by combining a normative discussion on global justice with empirical research • Leading political philosophers and labour law scholars propose new perspectives on, and new solutions to, concrete problems regarding labour rights in the contemporary globalised economy • Provides a detailed overview of the reality of the global labour market and the main mechanisms of its regulation Employment law, labour law

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 292pp 978-1-107-08787-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Legal history

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 348pp 978-1-107-12227-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Is Killing People Right? More Great Cases that Shaped the Legal World Allan C. Hutchinson | Osgoode Hall Law School, York University, Toronto

Textbook

Social Media and Electronic Commerce Law Second edition Alan Davidson | University of Queensland

Written in an accessible style, Social Media and Electronic Commerce Law is designed to provide students and legal practitioners with a thorough and engaging exploration of the laws, regulations and grey areas of commerce via online platforms. • Thoroughly revised to reflect the dynamic sphere of social media, as well as addressing changes in legislation and recent court judgments • Includes new chapters focusing on internet and e-commerce law regarding social media, P2P file sharing, Cloud computing and workplace issues, with an emphasis on data security made particularly relevant by the proliferation of hacking incidents • Written in a clear and accessible style Contents: Part I. Introduction: 1. An electronic renaissance – digital lex mercatoria and digital persona; 2. The rule of cyberspace; Part II. Social Media: 3. Social media law; 4. Peer-to-peer file sharing; 5. Cloud computing; 6. Social media and the workplace; 7. Defamation in cyberspace; 8. Privacy in cyberspace; 9. Electronic mail and online presence; 10. Online censorship; Part III. Electronic Commerce: 11. Electronic commerce and the law of contract; 12. Online contracting; 13. Electronic signatures; 14. Copyright issues in electronic commerce; 15. Trade marks, patents and circuit layouts; 16. Domain names; 17. Jurisdiction in cyberspace; 18. Cybercrime; 19. Evidence of electronic records; Part IV. Conclusion: 20. Cyberspace reflections and conclusions. E-commerce law, internet law

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 452pp 978-1-107-50053-2 Paperback £74.99 / US$125.00

Offers a range of historical perspectives upon the way that ideas of authority underpinned the conceptualisation and interpretation of legal sources over time and became embedded in legal institutions. • Considers legal history in a British context, enabling comparisons between key developments in England and Scotland which influenced the history of the English Common Law and of Scots law • Highlights the importance of legal thought in guiding change by placing legal developments in a broader intellectual context • Considers how sources of law are recognised as authoritative, and prompts debate about the extent to which the applicability of law is affected by prevailing ideas of legal authority

In a sequel to the instant classic Is Eating People Wrong?, this book presents eight great cases in common law from the United Kingdom, the United States and Australia. Written in a highly accessible style, it is an ideal introduction to legal history and jurisprudence. • An accessible and entertaining introduction to common law • Covers hot-button issues including end of life, abortion, equal rights, and civil liability • Sequel to the popular and highly regarded Is Eating People Wrong? Legal history

February 2016 216 x 138 mm 256pp 24 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12386-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-56088-8 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

How Marriage Became One of the Sacraments The Sacramental Theology of Marriage from its Medieval Origins to the Council of Trent Philiip Reynolds | Emory University, Atlanta

An indispensable guide to how marriage acquired the status of a sacrament. This book analyzes in detail how medieval theologians explained the place of matrimony in the church and her law, and how the bitter debates of the sixteenth century elevated the doctrine to a dogma of the Catholic faith. • Provides a comprehensive, up-to-date and critical analysis • Copiously documented with primary and secondary references for further study • Non-confessional and open to readers of all persuasions, in a field dominated by confessional and often defensive Catholic studies Legal history | Law and Christianity

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 1077pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14615-0 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

Law

A Sourcebook on Equity and Trusts in Australia

The New Legal Realism

M. W. Bryan | University of Melbourne

This title can be used as both a freestanding casebook, and as a companion to the Equity and Trusts in Australia textbook. It follows a similar structure to Equity and Trusts in Australia and provides a selection of primary legal materials together with accompanying commentary and discussion, covering the principal areas of equity and the law of trusts taught in Australian law schools. • Student-focused, with an emphasis on pedagogy, contemporary and non-polemical analysis, depth of expertise • A website with additional case studies is also available Equity and trusts

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 700pp 978-1-107-66321-3 Paperback £99.99 / US$145.00

Public Practice, Private Law An Essay on Love, Marriage, and the State Gary Chartier | La Sierra University, California

Socio-legal studies

The Confluence of Law and Religion Interdisciplinary Reflections on the Work of Norman Doe Edited by Frank Cranmer | University of Durham

Since the early 1990s, the area of Law and Religion has been transformed in terms of research and teaching, with the work of Professor Norman Doe serving as an important catalyst. This volume explores the interdisciplinary development of Law and Religion, and Norman Doe’s pioneering role. • Pays tribute to the achievements and interests of Professor Norman Doe, a leading law and religion scholar • Considers the development of law and religion as a distinct field and provides an authoritative assessment of its current status • Sets an agenda for future scholarship by exploring the area’s interdisciplinary trajectory Socio-legal studies

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 288pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10543-0 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

The first volume in a two-volume series, The New Legal Realism, Volume 1 provides both a macro-level blueprint and many micro-level applications for interdisciplinary legal research. Its methodological insights will be essential for anyone interested in the future of law-andsociety. • Demonstrates the importance of interdisciplinary translation between law and social sciences • Introduces readers to the scholarship of today’s leading new legal realists • Shows how new legal realism can provide a broader lens than the empirical legal studies movement

Socio-legal studies

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 308pp 3 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-07113-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

The New Legal Realism

Public Practice, Private Law articulates a conception of marriage as a morally rich and important institution that should be subject to private rather than legislative or judicial ordering. It elaborates a robust understanding of marriage that captures what both different-sex and same-sex couples might see as valuable about their relationships. • Explains why a seemingly conservative view of marriage is compatible with the endorsement of same-sex marriage • Advances a vigorous defense of marital disestablishment • Challenges approaches to marital ethics rooted directly in sexual ethics March 2016 228 x 152 mm 266pp 978-1-107-14060-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Translating Law-and-Society for Today’s Legal Practice Volume 1 Edited by Elizabeth Mertz | American Bar Foundation and University of Wisconsin School of Law

Studying Law Globally Volume 2 Edited by Heinz Klug | University of Wisconsin School of Law

The second volume in a two-volume series, The New Legal Realism, this book explores the integration of global perspectives and information into our understanding of law. It will be essential reading for those with an interest or stake in the methods of international legal research. • Demonstrates the importance of interdisciplinary translation between law and social sciences • Introduces readers to the scholarship of today’s leading new legal realists • Shows how new legal realism can provide a broader lens than the empirical legal studies movement Socio-legal studies

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 298pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07319-7 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Highlight

Why Love Leads to Justice Love across the Boundaries David A. J. Richards | New York University School of Law

This book tells the stories of historical figures who resisted patriarchal laws around adultery and gay and lesbian sex. Studies of George Eliot, Benjamin Britten, Eleanor Roosevelt, and James Baldwin among others illustrate the power of marginal voices in promoting political and ethical advances in the United States and abroad. • Outlines a new perspective on ‘love and law’ that will appeal to those interested in civil rights and social movements • Investigates the lives and works of leading artists, social critics, and activists including George Eliot, Benjamin Britten, Bayard Rustin, and James Baldwin Socio-legal studies

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-107-12910-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99

978-1-107-56982-9 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Law

Shari’a in the Modern Era

Contractual Knowledge

Muslim Minorities Jurisprudence Iyad Zahalka | Chief Judge, Shari’a Court, Jerusalem

One Hundred Years of Legal Experimentation in Global Markets Edited by Grégoire Mallard | Graduate Institute of International Studies, Geneva

In response to the challenges of maintaining religious identity in the West, modern Islamic jurists developed the fiqh al-aqalliyyat doctrine of religious law. In this book, a judge at the Shari’a Court of Jerusalem outlines the doctrine’s theory and practice in a manner accessible to Muslims and non-Muslims alike. • Written by the former director of the Israeli Shari’a Courts • Outlines a highly-applicable religious law theory for the daily challenges of Muslims living in majority non-Muslim cultures • Accessible to readers of all faiths Socio-legal studies

100

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-107-11458-6 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

The Prophet, the Party, and Law Matthew S. Erie | University of Oxford

As the first ethnographic study of the practice of Islamic law by Chinese Muslims (Hui), this book will appeal to students and specialists who study the state and religion, legal pluralism, and conflicts of law from the perspectives of anthropology, law and society, Asian studies, and Islamic studies. • One of the first ethnographies in English on law in China • Will appeal to readers of anthropology, law and society, political science, Asian studies and Islamic studies interested in how a minority group reconciles the competing demands of piety and politics • Includes original field research conducted among Hui communities in Northwest China from 2009 to 2012 • Balanced perspective moves beyond one-sided accounts of both Muslim minorities and China Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

Race, Gender, and Class in Legal and Professional Careers Edited by Spencer Headworth | American Bar Foundation

God and the Secular Legal System Rafael Domingo | Emory University, Atlanta

This timely book offers a theistic approach to secular legal systems and demonstrates that these systems are neither agnostic not atheist. Critical but succinct in its approach, this book focuses on an extensive range of liberal legal approaches to religious and moral issues to critical scrutiny from a secular perspective. • Provides a succinct critical analysis of different legal approaches to religious issues, exploring how secular legal systems should treat God, religion and conscience • Contributes to an emerging and challenging international debate on the rights and liberties of religion, beliefs, and conscience in an era of secularization • Offers a transcultural legal paradigm for diagnosing situations and guiding global action, which can be understood by people of all cultures Socio-legal studies | Law and Christianity

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-14731-7 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Diversity in Practice

Christianity and Freedom

For firm leaders; diversity professionals; aspiring professionals; and scholars of inequality, organizations, and the professions; in short, anyone interested in diversity in professional work, this book is an indispensable resource. It reveals the mechanisms that perpetuate inequality even as professional organizations pay lip service to creating more diverse workforces. • Cuts through clichés to reveal the reality of diversity practices in boardrooms, law schools, and service firms • The broadest study of diversity in professional careers to date • Wide range of data and methods will appeal to quantitative and qualitative social scientists, legal academics, diversity professionals, and students Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 451pp 33 tables 978-1-107-12365-6 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00

Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 408pp 3 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-13091-3 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

China and Islam

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 360pp 21 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-05337-3 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

This volume provides a genealogy of global economic governance through the history of contracts, examining how and by whom they were designed and legally validated. It will appeal to lawyers, economists, and historians interested in the globalization of markets over the past century. • Proposes a new view of globalization centered on the role of international private law • Offers a much-needed historical and comparative perspective on recent financial crises • Examines international market governance on multiple levels, from governments to private lobbies and extra-territorial courts

Volume 1: Historical Perspectives Edited by Timothy Samuel Shah | Georgetown University, Washington DC

In Volume 1 of Christianity and Freedom, leading historians uncover the unappreciated role of Christianity in the development of civic, economic, and political freedoms from antiquity through today. Drawing from political science and sociology, it will be a standard reference work for historians, religion scholars, and students. • Gathers top scholarship on Christianity and human rights • Demonstrates the outsized role of contemporary Christian minorities and transnational networks in promoting human flourishing Socio-legal studies | Law and Christianity

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 416pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12458-5 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$125.00

Law

Christianity and Freedom

A Company’s Right to Damages for Non-Pecuniary Loss

Volume 2: Contemporary Perspectives Edited by Allen D. Hertzke | University of Oklahoma

Volume 2 of Christianity and Freedom examines the contributions of Christian minorities to societies across the globe in the midst of pressure and violent persecution. Including original field research, it offers timely perspective on hot-button issues of social justice and religious liberty. • Gathers top scholarship on Christianity and human rights • Corrects prevailing misconceptions of the historical development of liberal freedoms Socio-legal studies | Law and Christianity

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 392pp 7 b/w illus. 1 map 34 tables 978-1-107-12472-1 Hardback £94.99 / US$150.00 R

Tort Law

Vanessa Wilcox | Institute for European Tort Law

This book presents a detailed examination on the extent to which nonpecuniary damages can properly be awarded in favour of companies. Its primary focus is the jurisprudence of the European Court of Human Rights and English law, with a chapter also dedicated to comparative treatment. • Proposes a new definition of non-pecuniary damage and damages • Sets out the limitations inherent in the corporate form in order to publicly counter current judicial approaches • Argues that a company has a ‘personality’ which is not merely an interest of a proprietary character Tort law

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 2 tables 978-1-107-13927-5 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

Accessories in Private Law

A Modern Perspective Keith N. Hylton | Boston University School of Law

Joachim Dietrich | Bond University, Queensland

Tort Law: A Modern Perspective offers an up-to-date introduction to tort law for law students, lawyers, and others. Moving beyond the basics, it invites readers to think critically about policy rationales for the law and exposes them to modern analytical tools including cost-benefit analysis and game theory. • Completely up to date with developments in modern tort law • Introduces students to analytical tools such as cost-benefit analysis, basic game theory, and present value calculations • Develops critical thinking skills through nuanced discussion of policy rationales Tort law

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 488pp 15 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-12532-2 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$120.00

978-1-107-56342-1 Paperback c. £28.99 / c. US$44.99

Accessories in Private Law provides judges, practising lawyers, academics and students with comprehensive coverage of a neglected topic of private law: accessory and related liabilities. It explains why third parties (accessories) are liable for wrongs committed by others in England, Australia and related jurisdictions. • Sets out a conceptual framework for the analysis of accessory liability, which introduces the reader to key concepts and provides the tools required to understand legal decisions • Outlines the rules on establishing accessory liability in private law, making this a particularly helpful resource for judges and lawyers • Disentangles accessory liability from related doctrines, thereby assisting in drawing the boundaries between different forms of liability and explaining the rationales for such different forms of liability Private law

Principles of Tort Law

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06344-0 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

Rachael Mulheron | Queen Mary University of London

Presenting tort law as a body of principles, this authoritative textbook guides students a rich understanding of the subject. Summaries, diagrams, comparative discussion and detailed legal analysis accompany the exposition, and a companion website features ten additional chapters. This accessible text will appeal to both students and practitioners. • Principles-based exposition of each tort allows for simple, clear and accurate explanation of the law of each tort, while ‘nutshell’ analyses at the beginning of each chapter provide students with a summary of the pre-conditions, elements, defences, and remedies associated with each tort • Summaries of those cases which support the principles encompassed in the book include outlines of the facts, the verdicts and also the key reasoning • Use of comparative boxes highlights those areas where English law has trodden a variant path from the views which other jurisdictions may have adopted in relation to a particular issue in tort law Tort law

Equity and Administration Edited by P. G. Turner | University of Cambridge

This book explores the character of modern equitable doctrines and remedies from both doctrinal and practical perspectives informed by theory, legal history and comparative work. It is essential reading for those working in aspects of modern equity, including judges, scholars and practising lawyers. • Proposes a new perspective on the nature and role of equity in modern common law systems, whilst critiquing other widely held opinions • Draws together a range of contributions and commentaries from a cross-section of academics, practitioners and representatives from the judiciary • Includes coverage of English law and significant aspects of American and Australian law, providing an overview of different national perspectives on equity

May 2016 246 x 189 mm 1100pp 978-1-107-15136-9 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$119.99

Private law

978-1-316-60566-0 Paperback c. £38.99 / c. US$59.99

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 575pp 1 table 978-1-107-14273-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

101

Law / Education

Education

The Constitutional Protection of Private Property in China Historical Evolution and Comparative Research Chuanhui Wang | Sun Yat-sen University

102

Textbook

This book analyses the historical development of constitutional doctrines about private property in China. It compares the application of three exact doctrines – public use, just compensation and due procedure – in China, the United States, Germany and India, and predicts future progress and feasible measures for gradual reform in China. • A clear, well organised analysis of China’s private property protection since 1949, helping readers to understand the complicated and dramatic change of property structure and private property clauses in China’s constitutions • Provides an in-depth comparison of the constitutional protection of property in China, the USA, Germany and India • Interdisciplinary perspective linking law with social context, politics and economy; readers will learn what social forces drive the evolution of private property protection and what social, political and economic restraints influence reforms Private law

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 368pp 1 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-12543-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 C

Criminalising Contagion Legal and Ethical Challenges of Disease Transmission and the Criminal Law Edited by Catherine Stanton | University of Manchester

This volume considers historical comparisons and the current laws in jurisdictions such as Canada, the United Kingdom and Norway in order to explore the question of if and when it is appropriate to criminalise the transmission of contagion. • Contributors from the UK, the United States, Norway, New Zealand and Canada provide international perspectives on the issues raised • Contributors include academics from a range of disciplines, scholaractivists and a healthcare professional • Provides a topical consideration of the challenges raised by the use of criminal law in the context of disease transmission Private law | Cambridge Bioethics and Law

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 264pp 978-1-107-09182-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Understanding Child and Adolescent Behaviour in the Classroom Research and Practice for Teachers David Armstrong | Flinders University of South Australia

Understanding Child and Adolescent Behaviour in the Classroom is a vital guide for pre-service and in-service teachers, providing the tools to respond effectively and ethically to child and adolescent behaviour that is of concern. In this innovative book, expert authors offer ‘positive rules’ that will assist educators in their classroom practice. • Focus on classroom relationships • Evidence-based • Critical, reflective • Practical; shows ‘what approaches, strategies and interventions are most likely to be effective’ Contents: Introduction: positive rules for your life as a teacher; 1. Promoting positive behaviour in the classroom; 2. Theory: scaffolds for understanding the behaviour of children and young people; 3. ‘Thinking it through’: responding to children who present with SEBD; 4. Wider contexts: the role of assessment, working with allied professionals and policy; 5. Teacher expertise; 6. Research-informed teaching: questioning ‘rules for living’ in schools; 7. Putting teachers in the picture: teacher behaviour and wellbeing; Conclusion: principles to guide practice in the classroom. Education, history, theory

December 2015 249 x 174 mm 188pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-107-43972-6 Paperback £39.99 / US$79.99

Textbook

Health and Physical Education Preparing Educators for the Future Second edition Deborah Callcott | Edith Cowan University, Western Australia

Well-structured and engaging, this second edition of Health and Physical Education: Preparing Educators for the Future has been updated throughout to include the latest literature, figures, statistics and resources. Learning is enhanced through further reading, end-of-chapter questions and case studies, as well as an updated and comprehensive companion website. • This second edition outlines the latest developments to the Australian Curriculum: Health and Physical Education, to help pre-service teacher educators understand the application of these concepts in practice • Updated throughout to include the latest literature, figures, statistics and resources • Offers a comprehensive overview of the knowledge, understanding, skills and theoretical underpinnings required to teach health and physical education in Australian schools Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. The foundation of movement skills; 3. Teaching inclusively: equity and diversity in education; 4. What all teachers need to know about movement; 5. Pedagogy; 6. Planning for teaching and learning; 7. ICT and general capabilities in the Australian curriculum; 8. Assessment in health and physical education; 9. Health education. Education, history, theory

November 2015 249 x 176 mm 232pp 978-1-107-44612-0 Paperback £54.99 / US$84.99

Education

Textbook

Science in Early Childhood

Leading and Managing Early Childhood Settings

Second edition Edited by Coral Campbell | Deakin University, Victoria

This second edition has been substantially updated and revised to include comprehensive coverage of the birth-to-eight age group. Drawing on the most up-to-date research, this edition presents current issues and debates relevant to pre-service teachers of early childhood science, both at pre-school and in the early years of schooling. • Places a greater emphasis on the birth-to-eight age group • Presents current issues and debates relevant to pre-service teachers of early childhood science • Theory is brought to life through the use of detailed case studies and practical examples Contents: Part I. What Initial Information Should I Know to Teach Science?: 1. The place of science in the early years; 2. Science in the national early years learning framework; 3. Science in the Australian curriculum; 4. Learning theories related to early childhood science education; Part II. How Can I Enhance Children’s Learning of Science: 5. Approaches to enhance science learning; 6. Using play pedagogy in the early years in science education; 7. Developing pedagogical practices for science teaching and learning with 3- and 4-year-old children; Part III. How Can I Use the Learning Environment to Enhance Children’s Science Understandings?: 8. Supporting science understandings through the learning environment; 9. Learning science in informal contexts: the home and community; 10. Environmental education in natural play spaces; Part IV. How Do I Plan and Assess in Science?: 11. Planning for teaching science in the early years; 12. Observing, assessing and documenting science learning in the early years.

This book examines what it means to be a leader, manager and administrator across the early childhood education field. It challenges readers to make links across research, theories and everyday practices by thinking, reflecting, sharing with others and writing stories. It is an invaluable resource for pre- and inservice educators alike. • Utilises a storytelling approach to guide readers through the chapters • Provides students with an understanding of global sustainability issues that drive early childhood education for sustainability and its application • Links theory with real-world examples of leading and managing by using case-studies and autobiographical examples Contents: Part I. Thinking about People and Places: 1. Understanding self; 2. Exploring communication; 3. Contemplating workplaces; Part II. Thinking about Practices as Roles: 4. A professional role – a team stakeholder; 5. A professional role – a policy designer; 6. A professional role – a pedagogy creator; 7. A professional role – a rights advocate. July 2015 249 x 174 mm 250pp 978-1-107-66918-5 Paperback £45.00 / US$69.95

Textbook

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Education An Introduction for the Teaching Profession Second edition Kaye Price | University of Southern Queensland

Education, history, theory

July 2015 249 x 176 mm 248pp 978-1-107-43226-0 Paperback £44.99 / US$74.99

Inspiring People, Places and Practices Nadine Louise McCrea | University of New England, Australia

Textbook

Science for Children Marilyn Fleer | Monash University, Victoria

Designed to prepare future educators for practice, Science for Children challenges students and offers practical classroom-based strategies for their science teaching careers. It presents a wealth of science content across the birth-to-twelve-years continuum, demonstrating how science can come alive in the classroom. • Pays special attention to the three strands of science, in accordance with the Australian Curriculum • Tackles a wealth of science content across the birth-to-twelve-years continuum • Marilyn Fleer is a well-experienced author, who is much respected in science and technology education Contents: Part I. Research Foundation for Developing a Personal Approach to Teaching Science: 1. Science as a human endeavour; 2. Researching children’s understanding and ways of learning; Part II. Transmission and Discovery Approaches to Teaching and Learning in Science: 3. A transmission approach to teaching science; 4. A discovery based approach to learning science; Part III. Inquiry-Based Approaches: 5. Inquiry-based approach to teaching science; 6. Inquiry-based approach to learning science; 7. Teaching for conceptual change: constructivism; Part IV. Inclusive Constructions of Knowledge across and within Communities and Cultures: 8. Conceptual play, and contextual and conceptual intersubjectivity: cultural-historical approaches to learning science; 9. Culturally sensitive teaching: sustainability and relatedness in our ecosystems; Part V. Leadership in Science: 10. Becoming a leader of science: situating yourself.

Updated with the Australian Curriculum in mind, this textbook is written by esteemed Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander academics. It enables future teachers to understand Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander education within a social, cultural and historical context and uses compelling stories and practical strategies to empower students and teachers. • Written by a team of highly regarded Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander academics • Expanded to include information on fostering the unique talents of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children • Updated to include the new Australian Curriculum Contents: 1. A brief history of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander education in Australia; 2. The stolen generations: what does this mean for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children and young people today?; 3. Delivering the promise: empowering teachers to empower students; 4. Your professional experience and becoming professional about working with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students and communities; 5. The ‘silent apartheid’ as the practitioner’s blindspot; 6. Tagai State College – navigating towards a successful future: a case study; 7. Maths as storytelling: maths is beautiful; 8. Information and communication technologies in the classroom: implications and considerations; 9. Language and literacy; 10. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies in the classroom; 11. Engaging Indigenous students: the important relationship between Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students and their teachers. Education, history, theory

September 2015 249 x 176 mm 232pp 978-1-107-46384-4 Paperback £44.99 / US$74.99

Education, history, theory

November 2015 249 x 176 mm 360pp 978-1-107-54870-1 Paperback £49.99 / US$89.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

103

Education / British history

Textbook

Famine and Scarcity in Late Medieval and Early Modern England

Making Sense of Mass Education

The Regulation of Grain Marketing, 1256–1631 Buchanan Sharp | University of California, Santa Cruz

Second edition Gordon Tait | Queensland University of Technology

104

This second edition of Making Sense of Mass Education has been comprehensively updated and expands on the previous edition’s structure of derailing traditional myths about education as a point of discussion. It also features two new chapters on Big Data and Globalisation and what they mean for the Australian classroom. • Comprehensively updated to provide current information regarding literature, statistics and legal policies • Two new chapters on Big Data and Globalisation, and what they mean for the Australian classroom • Summarises the current educational landscape in Australia and looks at fundamental issues in society as they relate to education Contents: Introduction; Part I. Re-assessing the Three Pillars: Modern and Postmodern Sociologies of Education: 1. Social class; 2. Gender; 3. Race/ ethnicity; Part II. The Foundation of an Alternative Approach: Education and Governance: 4. Governance; 5. Subjectivity; 6. Pre-adulthood; Part III. Cultural Contexts of Contemporary Education: 7. The media; 8. Popular culture; 9. Technology; Part IV. Philosophy and Mass Education: 10. Philosophy; 11. Ethics and the law; 12. Truth and postcolonialism; Conclusion. Education, history, theory

December 2015 255 x 190 mm 320pp 978-1-107-43236-9 Paperback £49.99 / US$79.99

British history The Old English Penitentials and Anglo-Saxon Law Stefan Jurasinski | State University College, Brockport, New York

This is the first book-length study of the four penitentials composed in Old English. This book argues that they are also important to our understanding of how written law developed in early England. This book considers their backgrounds and shows how they illuminate obscure passages in better-known Old English texts. • The first book-length study of the Old English penitentials, some of the first such texts to be written in a European vernacular • Offers new insights into important aspects of early English legal history, particularly with respect to the nature of marriage, the legal condition of slaves, and the early history of mens rea • Considers anew the relationship between episcopal and royal power and the nature of the Anglo-Saxon clergy History of Britain before 1066 | Studies in Legal History

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 247pp 3 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-08341-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Buchanan Sharp examines governmental and crowd responses to famine, from the late middle ages through to the early modern era. This wideranging book will be of interest to academic researchers and graduate students studying the social, economic, cultural and political make-up of medieval and early modern England. • Charts governmental and crowd responses to famine, from the late middle ages through to the early modern era • Analyses some of the oldest surviving archival evidence of public response to famine • Provides a detailed account of poor relief in the late middle ages and links it to the development of the poor law in the sixteenth century History of Britain – 1066 – 1450

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 340pp 978-1-107-12182-9 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

The Acts and Letters of the Marshal Family Marshals of England and Earls of Pembroke, 1145–1248 Edited by David Crouch | University of Hull

An annotated collection of the surviving letter and charters of the Marshals, the most powerful magnate dynasty in thirteenth-century England, Wales and Ireland. The Marshals were central to Angevin politics for over three decades, including in the court of Henry III and in the establishment of Magna Carta. • A collection of documents associated with the most powerful magnate dynasty in England, Wales and Ireland in the thirteenth century • The Marshal’s broad range of interests and marriage alliances mean that this collection gives an insight into a remarkable diversity of lordships and societies • The two Earls William Marshal held a central place at the court of the young Henry III between 1216 and 1231, playing a decisive role in the establishment of Magna Carta History of Britain – 1066 – 1450 | Camden Fifth Series, 47

August 2015 216 x 138 mm 535pp 978-1-107-13003-6 Hardback £45.00 / US$80.00

Britain’s Maritime Empire Southern Africa, the South Atlantic and the Indian Ocean, 1763–1820 John McAleer | University of Southampton

Analyses the critical role played by the maritime gateway to Asia around the Cape of Good Hope in the development of the British Empire. Focusing on a region that connected the Atlantic and Indian oceans at the centre of a vital maritime chain linking Europe with Asia, the book re-examines and reappraises Britain’s oceanic empire. • Provides a new perspective on the development of the British Empire by focusing on the maritime gateway to Asia around the Cape of Good Hope • Integrates the histories of the Atlantic World and the Indian Ocean World • Demonstrates the key roles played by South Africa and the South Atlantic in sustaining Britain’s maritime empire History of Britain after 1450

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 288pp 1 map 978-1-107-10072-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

British history

Race and Imperial Defence in the British World, 1870–1914

Martial Law and English Laws, c.1500–c.1700

John C. Mitcham | Duquesne University, Pittsburgh

John Collins | Eastern Washington University

A comprehensive account of the cultural and racial origins of the imperial security partnership between Britain and the dominions. John C. Mitcham demonstrates how a shared concept of ‘Britishness’ led to closer relations between the self-governing states of the empire, ultimately resulting in a unified effort during the Great War. • First study of the cultural origins of the British/colonial partnership of the First World War • Demonstrates how ideas of defense and international security were essential to how Britons thought about their empire • Enables a better understanding of why British and colonial populations eagerly volunteered for military service during the First World War

John M. Collins presents the first comprehensive history of martial law in the early modern period. Rather than being a state of exception from law, martial law was understood and practiced as one of the king’s laws, and was a vital component of England’s domestic and imperial legal order. • Examines some of the greatest constitutional conflicts of the seventeenth century through the prism of law • Highlights how martial law was transformed by military innovations on the European Continent • Discusses the relationship between law and emergency, rebutting claims that martial law is a form of exception from law History of Britain after 1450 | Cambridge Studies in Early Modern British History

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 350pp 1 table 978-1-107-09287-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

History of Britain after 1450

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 305pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13899-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

The House of Commons 1604–1629

Noah Millstone | University of Bristol

An Introductory Survey Andrew Thrush | History of Parliament Trust

Offering striking detail and bold conclusions, this volume surveys and analyses the vast range of material provided in the most authoritative and comprehensive study ever attempted of the elections to, and membership and operation of, the House of Commons in the key period between 1604 and 1629. • This is an introductory survey to the history of parliament, The House of Commons 1604–1629 – previously only available as part of the series • An institutional history examining the House of Commons over the crucial period of its development between 1604 and 1629 • The first ever review of the Commons as an institution, looking at topics such as rules of membership, procedure, handling of legislation and management History of Britain after 1450

March 2016 242 x 180 mm 667pp 978-1-107-53484-1 Paperback c. £26.99 / c. US$39.99

Manuscript Circulation and the Invention of Politics in Early Stuart England

The Smoke of London

Pre-Civil War English political culture was shaped by an extensive pamphlet literature, which has remained unknown due to its handwritten form. Drawing from book history and the history of political thought, Noah Millstone reconstructs the world of manuscript pamphleteering to explain how contemporaries came to see their world as political. • Presents the first account of the large and important, but mostly unknown, political pamphlet literature from the pre-Civil War era • Provides a narrative of early Stuart political history that differs in several major points from available standard treatments • Uses a practice-based approach to political history History of Britain after 1450 | Cambridge Studies in Early Modern British History

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 392pp 13 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12072-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Papal Authority and the Limits of the Law in Tudor England Edited by Peter Clarke | University of Southampton

Energy and Environment in the Early Modern City William M. Cavert | University of Cambridge

London was the early modern world’s most polluted city, and its dependence on coal had profound consequences for public health, the environment, and ultimately politics and culture. Will Cavert presents a detailed study of how inhabitants and travellers accommodated themselves to London’s smoky air. • Describes early modern understandings of environmental pollution, transcending scholarly consensus that only industrialized modernity has prompted any kind of environmentalism • Offers a more rounded account of environmentalism that recovers pre-modern environmental concern and yet also explains its limits and failures • Places ideas and events firmly within their early modern context, but also shows the legacy they left to modern Britain and to the rest of the industrializing world

This volume comprises a collection of texts that evidence the role of Catholic clergy as agents of papal authority in Tudor England before and after the break with Rome. They address Wolsey’s application of legatine powers during Henry VIII’s reign and the penalties imposed upon Catholic clergy during the reign of Elizabeth I. • A collection of documents that evidence changes in the interaction between law and Catholicism in Tudor England • The first half of this volume comprises texts that address Cardinal Thomas Wolsey’s exercise of legatine powers to grant dispensations and other papal graces • The second half of the volume comprises texts that address legal penalties imposed on Catholic clergy as agents of papal authority in Elizabethan statute law History of Britain after 1450 | Camden Fifth Series, 48

October 2015 216 x 138 mm 180pp 978-1-107-13036-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

History of Britain after 1450 | Cambridge Studies in Early Modern British History

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07300-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

105

British history / American history

American history

Sixties Ireland Reshaping the Economy, State and Society, 1957–1973 Mary E. Daly | University College Dublin

106

To Swear like a Sailor

A comprehensive account of the remaking of Ireland’s economy and society. Mary E. Daly examines how this small state responded to the political and economic pressures associated with modern industrialisation and EEC membership; a story that is instructive to contemporary debates about sovereignty and globalisation. • The first comprehensive examination of this crucial period in the history of modern Ireland • Presents an integration of the social, economic and political forces that shaped or hindered change, allowing Ireland to take its place in the growing international historiography of the 1960s • Gives primacy to the economy and society, rather than an account dominated by politics and political personalities 20C history of Britain

Maritime Culture in America, 1750–1850 Paul A. Gilje | University of Oklahoma

This book is for readers interested in American maritime history and in the history of the United States before 1850. Using a wide range of sources, including cursing, language, logbooks, spinning yarns, sailor songs, and material culture, the book demonstrates that the United States was once a maritime nation. • Argues that American culture had a strong maritime element before 1850 • Explores a host of different types of sources, ranging from cursing to song to material culture • The first book to deal with maritime topics from a cultural point of view Colonial American history

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 380pp 978-1-107-14592-4 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.99

978-1-316-50931-9 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99

Remembering 1916

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 340pp 31 b/w illus. 978-0-521-76235-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$94.99

978-0-521-74616-8 Paperback £19.99 / US$34.99

Institutional Slavery

The Easter Rising, the Somme and the Politics of Memory in Ireland Edited by Richard S. Grayson | Goldsmiths, University of London

Slaveholding Churches, Schools, Colleges, and Businesses in Virginia, 1680–1860 Jennifer Oast | Bloomsburg University, Pennsylvania

The year 1916 witnessed the Easter Rising and the Battle of the Somme – two events that would profoundly shape both politics and commemoration in Ireland thereafter. This volume explores how the memory of these foundational events has been constructed, mythologised and revised over the course of the past century. • A unique comparative study of parallel remembrance of the Easter Rising and the Battle of the Somme • Considers how the Rising and the Somme have functioned as foundational myths for Republicanism and Unionism, as well as how their legacy has evolved over time • Enables readers to approach the 2016 commemorations of both events in an informed manner

This book examines slave ownership by Virginia institutions such as the Anglican and Presbyterian churches, free schools, and four universities. It also examines the use of slave labor by businesses and the Commonwealth of Virginia in various industrial endeavors. • The first book to look at slave holding by many different institutions at once, thereby putting the phenomenon in context • Will be of interest to historians of slavery, as it brings attention to a less-known aspect of the slave system • Will also be of interest to historians of American religious, educational, and business history

20C history of Britain

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10527-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 295pp 17 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-14590-0 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$104.99

978-1-316-50927-2 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99

Transactions of the Royal Historical Society Volume 25 Edited by Andrew Pettegree | University of St Andrews, Scotland

Transactions of the Royal Historical Society is an annual collection of major articles representing some of the best historical research by some of the world’s most distinguished historians. This collection is Volume 25 of the sixth series. • An annual collection of major articles that represents some of the best historical research by some of the world’s most distinguished historians • Covers a wide range of topics looking at both social and political contexts • This is volume 25 of the sixth series History of Britain (general) | Royal Historical Society Transactions, 25

November 2015 216 x 138 mm 218pp 978-1-107-14338-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Colonial American history

Key Reference

America and Great Britain: Diplomatic Relations 1775–1815 British Government Documents Compiled by Anita Burdett

America and Great Britain: Diplomatic Relations 1775–1815, provides seven thousand pages of primary documents, written by contemporary diplomats, charting the emergence of an independent America. The set covers events from the Boston Tea Party to the Treaty of Ghent and gives an extraordinary insight into the shaping of a nation. • Researched title incorporating multiple file classes • Cambridge Archive Editions first all colour title • One of the most comprehensive archival collections on British diplomacy with America during the Revolutionary period Colonial American history | Cambridge Archive Editions

May 2016 246 x 160 mm 7000pp 978-1-84097-340-2 6 Volume Hardback Set c. £4000.00 / c. US$6000.00 R

American history

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Religion, Community, and Slavery on the Colonial Southern Frontier

AP Foreign Correspondents in Action

James Van Horn Melton | Emory University, Atlanta

This book tells the story of Ebenezer, a frontier community in colonial Georgia founded by a mountain community fleeing religious persecution in its native Salzburg. This study traces the lives of settlers from the alpine world they left behind to their struggle for survival on the southern frontier of America. • Transatlantic scope of the book, which begins in alpine Europe and ends on the southern frontier of British America, will appeal to a broad audience interested in both European and American history • Takes a fresh look at an important episode in the struggle over slavery on the southern frontier of Britain’s North American Empire • Written in a clear and fluid style designed to engage a broad readership Colonial American history | Cambridge Studies on the American South

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 332pp 8 b/w illus. 1 map 3 tables 978-1-107-06328-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Frontier Democracy

World War II to the Present Giovanna Dell’Orto | University of Minnesota

By providing eyewitness accounts to major international events and insight into how they were turned into news, AP Foreign Correspondents in Action: World War II to the Present will captivate history buffs, students of the connection between journalism and global affairs, and all those concerned about how we understand the world. • Providing a unique insider view on the making of foreign news, looking at how those who chose, gathered and reported foreign news did so • With vivid and candid eyewitness narratives as the focus, the book offers readers a new window on the major historical junctures of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries • The book analyses the future of foreign correspondence 20C American history

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 375pp 36 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10830-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-51930-5 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

Empire of Timber

Constitutional Conventions in the Old Northwest Silvana R. Siddali | Saint Louis University, Missouri

Labor Unions and the Pacific Northwest Forests Erik Loomis | University of Rhode Island

Frontier Democracy examines the debates over state constitutions in the antebellum Northwest (Indiana, Illinois, Iowa, Michigan, Minnesota, Ohio, and Wisconsin) from the 1820s through the 1850s. This is a book about conversations: in particular, the fights and negotiations over the core ideals in the constitutions that brought these frontier communities to life. • An interdisciplinary study that comprises constitutional history, history of the antebellum Northwest, economic, racial, cultural, demographic, and social history • The first book to bring all of these fields together in a study of antebellum state constitutions • This is the product of extensive archival research

This book will appeal to readers interested in labor and environmental issues, rethinking conventional narratives that workers oppose environmental protections. It addresses the history of timber workers and nature from the Industrial Workers of the World in the 1910s through the battles over protecting the spotted owl in the 1990s. • Places labor unions at the center of environmental history • Asks labor historians to take the environment seriously as a category of analysis • Challenges conventional narratives about workers and the environment 20C American history | Studies in Environment and History

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-107-12549-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Early republic and antebellum history

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 408pp 20 b/w illus. 3 maps 15 tables 978-1-107-09076-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

The Law of the Whale Hunt

Sophia Z. Lee | University of Pennsylvania Law School

Dispute Resolution, Property Law, and American Whalers, 1780–1880 Robert Deal | Marshall University, West Virginia

The Law of the Whale Hunt provides an innovative examination of how property law was created in the absence of formal legal institutions regulating American whaling. Robert Deal tells an exciting story of how American whalers resolved complex disputes over whales instead of resorting to the courts. • Bridges the divide between practitioners of law and economics and those who favor the law and humanities approach • Gives an historically rich account of how whalers settled disputes and a discussion of how these practices fit into the broader models of human behavior • Provides a lively narrative drawn from the accounts of whalemen as to how they hunted and went about resolving disputes Early republic and antebellum history | Cambridge Historical Studies in American Law and Society

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 204pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11463-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

The Workplace Constitution from the New Deal to the New Right

Today, most Americans lack constitutional rights on the job. Instead of enjoying free speech or privacy, they can be fired for almost any reason or no reason at all. This book uses history to explain why, taking readers back to the 1930s and 1940s when advocates across the political spectrum set out to enshrine constitutional rights in the workplace. • Challenges conventional understandings about the racial politics and legal strategies of American conservatives, the civil rights movement’s commitment to working-class African Americans, and about where constitutional history gets made • Shows conservatives in an overlooked alliance with African Americans in the struggle for equality, using lawsuits to soften their ultra-right image • Demonstrates that civil rights advocates did not abandon black workers’ constitutional claims in the 1950s as is currently thought • Argues that a complete understanding of American constitutional history requires examining the work not only of judges but also of obscure bureaucrats and administrative agencies 20C American history | Studies in Legal History

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 428pp 21 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03872-1 Hardback £55.00 / US$85.00

978-1-107-61321-8 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

107

American history

Gender Remade

States of Dependency

Citizenship, Suffrage, and Public Power in the New Northwest, 1879–1912 Sandra F. VanBurkleo | Wayne State University

Welfare, Rights, and American Governance, 1935–1972 Karen M. Tani | University of California, Berkeley

108

States of Dependency recounts the transformation of American poor relief in the decades spanning the New Deal and the War on Poverty. This history explains how public welfare became bureaucratized, centralized, and professionalized; how welfare rights claims materialized; and why, nonetheless, American citizenship does not guarantee a minimally adequate income. • Offers a methodology for exploring the legal history of the ‘age of statutes’ • Challenges conventional depictions of the US welfare state by showing that government officials also used rights language to describe needbased income support (’welfare’) • Enriches our understanding of the modern welfare rights movement by showing that rights language circulated earlier than scholars have thought 20C American history | Studies in Legal History

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 428pp 9 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-07684-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-43408-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

American history – 1861 – 1900 | Cambridge Historical Studies in American Law and Society

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 352pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09802-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Highlight

The Cambridge Guide to African American History

From Hometown to Battlefield in the Civil War Era

Raymond Gavins | Duke University, North Carolina

Middle Class Life in Midwest America Timothy R. Mahoney | University of Nebraska, Lincoln

By grounding them in their hometown ethos, and understanding how the Panic of 1857 and the subsequent recession undermined their lives, the author provides important insights into how the middle class of the great West encountered, responded to, and were changed by their experiences in the Civil War. • Provides a more comprehensive storyline that makes the Civil War understandable from a social perspective • Addresses a key storyline in American nineteenth-century history – the transition from smaller cities to metropolis and from traditional community based social life to modern society • Fills the gap in Midwest history, in the history of the middle class and in the history of nineteenth-century America American history – 1861 – 1900

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 432pp 13 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12269-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Gender Remade explores the passage from territory to state in the Pacific Northwest, especially in Washington, showing that jury duty was as important as the right to vote in late nineteenth-century campaigns for constitutional equality and offers ways to remedy the neglect of state and territorial studies among constitutional historians. • Advocates a shift in vantage point for constitutional historians; will appeal to readers dissatisfied with a purely doctrinal, formal approach to legal history • Proposes renewed/expanded interest in the state and constitutionalism among women’s historians • Moves constitutional historians away from preoccupations with federal/Supreme Court decision making toward constitutionalism in states and territories in the nineteenth century

Intended for high school and college students, teachers, adult educational groups, and general readers, this book is of value to them primarily as a learning and reference tool. It also provides a critical perspective on the actions and legacies of ordinary and elite blacks and their non-black allies. • Depicts the emergence of African American life and culture in the South and in the nation in general • Interprets the relationship of black ideologies, institutions, and movements for social justice • Entries are based on state-of-the-art studies in history, humanities, and social sciences African American history

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 346pp 978-1-107-10339-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-50196-6 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

Rethinking American Emancipation Legacies of Slavery and the Quest for Black Freedom Edited by William A. Link | University of Florida

The nine essays in this volume unpack the long history and varied meanings of the emancipation of American slaves. Together, the contributions argue that 1863 did not mark an end point or a mission accomplished in black freedom; rather, it initiated the beginning of an ongoing, contested process. • Proposes a new view of emancipation’s chronology • Amends the ‘dark turn’ in emancipation studies • Variously considers emancipation as a political, military, and social act African American history | Cambridge Studies on the American South

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 305pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07303-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-42134-9 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

American history / European history

Highlight

Landscape, Nature, and the Sacred in Byzantium

Explaining the History of American Foreign Relations

Veronica della Dora | Royal Holloway, University of London

Third edition Edited by Frank Costigliola | University of Connecticut

This volume presents substantially revised and new essays on methodology and approaches in the field of foreign and international relations history. The volume editors have completely revamped the contents with updated versions of still-relevant methodologies while also adding new chapters that explore fresh approaches. • Completely revised and updated edition • Written by top scholars in foreign/international relations history • Essays provide how-to suggestions for innovative analysis American history (general)

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 390pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05418-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-63785-6 Paperback £21.99 / US$32.99

Law and Religion in American History Public Values and Private Conscience Mark Douglas McGarvie | College of William and Mary, Virginia

Law and Religion in American History is an exploration of the issues of separation between church and state in America, from its founding to the modern day. Mark D. McGarvie explores the tension between periods of secular individualism and evangelical conservatives’ call for greater public reliance upon religion. • Focuses on constitutional theory, not First Amendment as its basis for separation of church and state, so readers can appreciate the roots of US independence more fully • Recognizes Christianity as a basis for political movements, so readers can see politically motivated Christians in historical context with diverse allies • Identifies diminution of individual rights as a product of pragmatism, legal positivism, and Christian political action, so readers can see contemporary issues in a new light American history (general) | New Histories of American Law

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 288pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-107-15093-5 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

978-1-316-60546-2 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

European history – 450 – 1000

January 2016 247 x 174 mm 306pp 47 b/w illus. 13 colour illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-13909-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Law and Authority in the Early Middle Ages The Frankish leges in the Carolingian Period Thomas Faulkner

This study provides an examination of the role of the barbarian law codes in the Carolingian period. Thomas Faulkner contributes to debates about written law, dispute settlement, ethnic identities and kingship in the age of Charlemagne and his successors, and provides new interpretations of key texts, and a thorough assessment of their manuscripts. • Examines the uses of the leges barbarorum in Carolingian Europe, contributing to a long-standing debate in English and German historiography on the use of written law codes in early medieval Europe • Contributes to the study of early medieval kingship, dispute settlement, ethnic identity and literacy • Brings German scholarship to the attention of English speakers, providing Anglophone readers with a guide to otherwise inaccessible work European history – 450 – 1000 | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: Fourth Series, 104

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 326pp 8 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-08491-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

European history

The Sainte-Chapelle and the Construction of Sacral Monarchy

Making Early Medieval Societies Conflict and Belonging in the Latin West, 300–1200 Edited by Kate Cooper | University of Manchester

Royal Architecture in Thirteenth-Century Paris Meredith Cohen | University of California, Los Angeles

While traditional histories look at the ‘Dark Ages’ in light of the decline of the Roman state and the rise of early medieval kingdoms, Making Early Medieval Societies considers the period from an anthropological perspective, asking how small- and large-scale processes of dispute settlement and conflict resolution endured and evolved. • Illustrates the power of conflict to create social order, rather than the traditional model of the State • Spans nine centuries from the Fall of Rome to the ascent of Latin Europe • Explores the key developments of early medieval history in the light of social anthropology European history – 450 – 1000

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 296pp 978-1-107-13880-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Engaging with a wide range of textual and visual sources, Landscape, Nature and the Sacred in Byzantium develops a fresh conceptual framework for approaching Byzantine perceptions of space and the environment. It will appeal to historical and cultural geographers, Byzantine scholars, environmental historians and theologians. • Offers a comprehensive, interdisciplinary study of Byzantine perceptions of nature and the environment • Develops a new conceptual framework to explore the principles that underpin Byzantine perceptions • Numerous illustrations and a comprehensive bibliography make this a useful resource and reference work

This book offers a novel perspective on one of the most important monuments of French Gothic architecture, the Sainte-Chapelle, constructed in Paris by King Louis IX between 1239 and 1248. Meredith Cohen explains how the chapel served as propaganda for the French king, while examining the role of royal architecture in the formation of French cultural and national identities. • Richly illustrated, with over one hundred and fifty images including sixteen colour plates • Includes current maps and plans of Sainte-Chapelle, including the very latest discoveries, as well as drawings of lost monuments of medieval Paris • Situates Sainte-Chapelle within the golden age of art, culture, and politics in thirteenth-century Paris European history – 1000 – 1450

January 2015 253 x 177 mm 400pp 138 b/w illus. 16 colour illus. 978-1-107-02557-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00 C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

109

European history

110

Epigram, Art, and Devotion in Later Byzantium

The Bronze Object in the Middle Ages

Ivan Drpić | University of Washington

Ittai Weinryb | Bard Graduate Center, New York

Explores the nexus of art, personal piety, and self-representation in the last centuries of Byzantium, focusing upon the evidence of verse inscriptions, or epigrams, on works of art. Offers a penetrating and highly original account of Byzantine art and its place in Byzantine society and religious life. • Situated at the convergence of art history, epigraphy, and literary studies, while intervening in several adjacent disciplines, including social history, religious studies and material culture studies • Examines an array of monuments and artifacts, from church buildings to icons and icon veils, reliquaries, liturgical vessels and textiles, crosses, biblical codices, mosaics and frescoes • Incorporates translations of numerous epigrams, many of which have never been rendered or discussed in English or in any other modern language

This book presents the first full length study in English of monumental bronzes in the Middle Ages, from technology of production to public reception. It is a path-breaking contribution to the study of medieval metalwork and to the re-evaluation of medieval art more broadly. • Provides a concise overview of the use of bronze in sculpture in the Middle Ages • Explores how people in the Middle Ages responded to new ideas and technologies • Represents major rethinking about the place of efficacy, agency and animation in medieval art

European history – 1000 – 1450

June 2016 247 x 174 mm 400pp 104 b/w illus. 16 colour illus. 978-1-107-15151-2 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00 C

The Creation of Eve and Renaissance Naturalism Visual Theology and Artistic Invention Jack M. Greenstein | University of California, San Diego

This book traces how four early Renaissance masters represented the Creation of Eve, which showed woman rising weightlessly from Adam’s side at God’s command. • Offers a new model for interpreting the meanings of visual images • Addresses key questions about the relation of art to religion and secular culture • Presents a new theory for how artists invest traditional themes with new meanings European history – 1000 – 1450

February 2016 253 x 177 mm 267pp 56 b/w illus. 12 colour illus. 978-1-107-10324-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Excommunication for Debt in Late Medieval France The Business of Salvation Tyler Lange | University of California, Berkeley

Using quantitative and qualitative methods to re-evaluate the role of late medieval church courts, Tyler Lange examines the relatively common occurrence of excommunicated debtors. This reveals how day-to-day credit functioned in the late Middle Ages, what debt meant to contemporaries, and how believers understood the Church. • Re-evaluates the functioning of late medieval church courts from the perspective of the litigant • Uses quantitative methods to benefit from previously neglected archival sources, including analysis of more than 11,000 sanctions • Examines legal, economic, and cultural aspects of excommunication for debt in local contexts European history – 1000 – 1450

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 15 b/w illus. 1 map 17 tables 978-1-107-14579-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

European history – 1000 – 1450

February 2016 253 x 177 mm 305pp 12 b/w illus. 108 colour illus. 978-1-107-12361-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Medieval Chivalry Richard Kaeuper | University of Rochester, New York

This study provides a new overview of chivalry, which formed a fundamental element of medieval society. Chivalry shaped elite warrior status and profession, influenced warfare and violence, took on religious piety, and shaped ideas of love and relations between men and women of high status throughout half a millennium of early European history. • A new analysis that reinterprets chivalry as a fundamental aspect of medieval society • Frees chivalry from romantic views, instead placing it firmly in the medieval context and eliminating common distortions about early European history • Draws broadly on a wide range of evidence, including chronicles, treatises and imaginative literature, governmental records and chivalric self-representation through authenticating seals, brasses, and tomb monuments European history – 1000 – 1450 | Cambridge Medieval Textbooks

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 464pp 13 b/w illus. 978-0-521-76168-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-0-521-13795-9 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

The Rise and Decline of an Iberian Bourgeoisie Manresa in the Later Middle Ages, 1250–1500 Jeff Fynn-Paul | Universiteit Leiden

Focusing on the Catalonian city of Manresa, this book offers one of the first long-term studies of an Iberian town during the late medieval crisis. Drawing together original sources and surveys, Jeff Fynn-Paul places the city’s social, political and economic development within the broader context of late medieval urban decline. • One of the first long-term studies of a late medieval Iberian town in English • Draws from the 1408 Liber Manifesti – the most detailed survey of urban household assets for any town outside of the 1427 Florentine Catasto • Explores how the combination of the Black Death, crown initiatives, and a new public debt system challenged and overcame urban resilience in Catalonia European history – 1000 – 1450 | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: Fourth Series, 103

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 369pp 1 b/w illus. 3 maps 38 tables 978-1-107-09194-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

European history

Key Reference

Vesalius: The China Root Epistle

The Cambridge History of Scandinavia

A New Translation and Critical Edition Andreas Vesalius

Volume 2: 1520–1870 Edited by E. I. Kouri | University of Helsinki

An illustrated, authoritative history of the Scandinavian countries from the close of the Middle Ages through to the formation of the nation states in the mid-nineteenth century. Beginning in 1520, the book discusses the impact of the Reformation, as well as social change, economic development, trade and Europeanisation. • An authoritative, comprehensive account of Scandinavian history from 1520 to 1870 • Brings together analysis of political, economic, social and cultural history • Addresses all of the major historical events in the Scandinavian countries during the period European history – 1000 – 1450 | The Cambridge History of Scandinavia, 2

This book provides the first annotated English translation from the original Latin of Andreas Vesalius’ China Root Epistle. Ostensibly his appraisal of a fashionable herbal remedy, the China Root Epistle concentrates on Vesalius’ skeptical appraisal of traditional Galenic anatomy, which was based on animal rather than human dissections. • The first translation into a modern language of Vesalius’ critique of Medieval and Humanist anatomy • Includes illustrations from the famous woodcuts first used in Vesalius’ 1543 edition of Fabric of the Human Body • Detailed annotations explain the persons and events mentioned by Vesalius and link his statements about anatomy with the 1543 and 1555 editions of the Fabrica European history after 1450

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 1000pp 70 b/w illus. 7 maps 27 tables 978-0-521-47300-2 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$200.00 R

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 290pp 37 b/w illus. 978-1-107-02635-3 Hardback £55.00 / US$90.00

Genoese Trade and Migration in the Spanish Atlantic, 1700–1830

Luther’s Legacy The Thirty Years War and the Modern Notion of ‘State’ in the Empire, 1530s to 1790s Robert von Friedeburg | Erasmus Universiteit Rotterdam

Catia Brilli | Spanish National Research Council

Following the Republic of Genoa’s decline in the seventeenth century, Genoese merchants thrived in the changing Atlantic market. Other foreign merchant groups’ Atlantic trade has been examined, but until now no one has examined how the Genoese adapted to the challenges of increasing competition in Atlantic trade. • The first study of Genoese trade and migration in the eighteenthcentury Atlantic • An exhaustive study of Spanish, Italian, and Argentinian sources provides a rich picture of Genoese trade • Explores Genoese trade with Argentina as both part of the Spanish Empire and as an independent nation European history after 1450

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 359pp 978-1-107-13292-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Von Friedeburg investigates the emergence of the territorial state in early modern Germany, examining Germany’s transformation of Lutheran and Neo-Aristotelian notions of civil order under the impact of the Thirty Years’ War. The book analyses the intellectual debates which contributed to the making of a modern notion of ‘state’. • Provides a new account of the intellectual making of the modern notion of ‘state’, linking it to late-medieval and sixteenth-century Lutheran and Aristotelian notions of the polity • Connects intellectual history with local and regional social history under the impact of the Thirty Years’ War • Examines the interrelation between German and Western European political thought, explaining the national variance of German political thought through this interaction European history after 1450

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 458pp 978-1-107-11187-5 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00

Bramante’s Tempietto, the Roman Renaissance, and the Spanish Crown

Naples Edited by Marcia B. Hall | Temple University, Philadelphia

Jack Freiberg | Florida State University

The Tempietto was the pre-eminent commission of the Catholic kings, Ferdinand of Aragon and Isabel of Castile, in papal Rome. This groundbreaking book situates Bramante’s memorial at the center of a coordinated program of the arts exalting Spain’s leadership in the quest for Christian hegemony. • The first book dedicated to the Tempietto and the first to place it in the context of Spanish royal patronage • Provides a broad view of Spanish patronage activities in Rome and in Spain • Draws from a wide range of visual and literary sources, including architecture, painting, graphic arts, festival design, honorific medals, published tracts, and archival sources • An expanded illustration program includes photographs created expressly for this study that capture views and details of the Tempietto after the conservation of 1998–9

This book examines works of visual art and architecture produced in the city of Naples between 1300 and 1600. The six overview chapters focus on urban design, ecclesiastical architecture, painting, tomb sculpture, and aristocratic palaces, prefaced by a substantial account of the city’s turbulent social and political past. • Following a substantial overview of the history of Naples, the book approaches its subject through a series of chronologically ordered chapters on particular art forms • The patronage of art is not explained in a separate discussion but is treated throughout each chapter • The introductory historical overview chapter is one of the most substantial accounts of Renaissance Naples available in English, and it is a trusty companion for the student or scholar who is new to the subject

European history after 1450

European history after 1450 | Artistic Centers of the Italian Renaissance

January 2015 253 x 177 mm 350pp 144 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04297-1 Hardback £70.00 / US$115.00

April 2016 279 x 216 mm 400pp 202 b/w illus. 36 colour illus. 978-0-521-78000-1 Hardback £110.00 / US$180.00 R

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

111

European history

112

Renaissance Ethnography and the Invention of the Human

Bavarian Tourism and the Modern World, 1800–1950

New Worlds, Maps and Monsters Surekha Davies | Western Connecticut State University

Adam T. Rosenbaum | Colorado Mesa University

Surekha Davies examines how Renaissance illustrated maps shaped ideas about peoples of the Americas, revealing how mapmakers devised detailed images and descriptions that placed peoples within a hierarchy of civility and savagery. Davies shows how ideas about monstrosity were crucial for early modern ethnology and, consequently, for colonial expansion. • Proposes a new view of representations of civil, savage and monstrous peoples on early modern maps • Examines illustrated maps and printed and manuscript sources, from across western Europe • Representations are analyzed using evidence from period-specific texts and visual conventions European history after 1450 | Cambridge Social and Cultural Histories

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 380pp 60 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03667-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Bavarian Tourism and the Modern World, 1800–1950 examines the connections between Bavarian tourism and German modernity during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries using a variety of tourist propaganda. By promoting an image of ‘grounded modernity’, Bavarian tourism reconciled continuity with change, tradition with progress, and nature with science. • Defines tourism as a coping mechanism which helped modern citizens to come to terms with rapid socioeconomic changes • Demonstrates how the marketing of tourism could engage with broader discourses about history and modernity • Deemphasizes regionalism as an explanatory trope with a more nuanced way of thinking about national and sub-national identities European history after 1450 | Publications of the German Historical Institute

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 288pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11195-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Theresienstadt 1941–1945

The Channel

The Face of a Coerced Community H. G. Adler Translated by Belinda Cooper | World Policy Institute

England, France and the Construction of a Maritime Border in the Eighteenth Century Renaud Morieux | University of Cambridge

Rather than a natural frontier between natural enemies, this book approaches the English Channel as a shared space, which mediated the multiple relations between France and England in the long eighteenth century. This is an important reassessment of the history of Britain’s deep historical connections with Europe. • Oceanic history is a very dynamic field of research, but this is the first book to bring this approach to the history of the Channel • Overturns the clichés about Anglo-French hostility in this period and presents a new model of European relations • Offers an interdisciplinary approach that engages with other social sciences such as anthropology, geography and sociology European history after 1450 | Cambridge Social and Cultural Histories

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 418pp 16 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-107-03949-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C New in Paperback

Crime and Punishment in Early Modern Russia Nancy Kollmann | Stanford University, California

A magisterial account of the day-to-day practice of Russian criminal justice in the seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries. Nancy Kollmann contrasts written law with its pragmatic application by local judges and sets Russian developments in the broader context of early modern European state-building strategies of governance and legal practice. • Microhistorical approach to case law offers a detailed account of legal practice in daily life in early modern Russia • Argues against interpretations of Russia as violent or despotic, directly addressing an enduring myth about the state • Addresses debates about violence in early modern European statebuilding and governance more generally European history after 1450 | New Studies in European History

March 2015 229 x 152 mm 506pp 978-1-107-69976-2 Paperback £27.99 / US$45.00

Also available 978-1-107-02513-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$124.99

First published in 1955, with a revised edition appearing five years later, H. G. Adler’s Theresienstadt, 1941–1945 is a foundational work in the field of Holocaust studies. It is the single most detailed account of any concentration camp and is now available in English for the first time. • A foundational work in Holocaust literature • Has not appeared in the English language until now 20C European history

May 2016 253 x 177 mm 886pp 1 map 978-0-521-88146-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$125.00

New in Paperback Highlight

Inhumanities Nazi Interpretations of Western Culture David B. Dennis | Loyola University, Chicago

This is an unprecedented account of the ways in which Nazi Germany manipulated and mobilized European literature, philosophy, painting, sculpture and music in support of its ideological ends. David B. Dennis reveals just how far activists twisted history, biography and aesthetics in an attempt to reshape the ‘German mind’. • The first comprehensive survey of the ways the Nazi party appropriated major figures of the Western cultural tradition • Traces the Nazi party’s efforts to convince Germans that Nazism offered cultural advancement as well as political leadership • Reveals how high culture was used to justify the elimination of enemies of the Volk 20C European history

May 2015 229 x 152 mm 558pp 50 b/w illus. 978-1-107-52185-8 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Also available 978-1-107-02049-8 Hardback £28.99 / US$39.99

European history

The State, Antisemitism, and Collaboration in the Holocaust

Hitler versus Hindenburg The 1932 Presidential Elections and the End of the Weimar Republic Larry Eugene Jones | Canisius College, New York

The Borderlands of Romania and the Soviet Union Diana Dumitru | Ion Creanga State Pedagogical University

Based on original sources, this book explores regional variations in civilians’ attitudes toward the Jewish population in Romania and the occupied Soviet Union. Gentiles’ willingness to assist Jews was greater in lands that had been under Soviet administration during the inter-war period, as opposed to those under Romanian administration. • Proposes a novel explanation of antisemitism and Jewish-gentile relations • Will appeal to readers from different fields, especially Holocaust studies, comparative historical sociology, East European history, political science, and those broadly interested in Jewish studies, ethnic conflict, and civil war • Puts forward a comparative study in a realm where comparative studies remain few • Taps into largely understudied primary source materials, in multiple languages 20C European history

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 17 b/w illus. 4 maps 1 table 978-1-107-13196-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

The Holocaust and the Revival of Psychological History

20C European history

December 2015 234 x 156 mm 448pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-107-02261-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Highlight

The Making of an SS Killer The Life of Colonel Alfred Filbert, 1905–1990 Alex J. Kay | Institut für Zeitgeschichte München, Berlin

Judith M. Hughes | University of California, San Diego

Why did men and women in one of the best educated countries in the Western world set out to get rid of Jews? In this book, Judith M. Hughes focuses on how historians’ efforts to grapple anew with matters of actors’ meanings, intentions, and purposes have prompted a return to psychoanalytically informed ways of thinking. • Focuses on the return to psychoanalytically informed ways of thinking with a novel approach in Holocaust studies • Discusses major contributors to the field of Holocaust studies 20C European history

A pioneering biography of a frontline Holocaust perpetrator which sheds new light on the motivations of those who served the Nazi regime. Alex J. Kay uncovers the life of Alfred Filbert who led an SS killing squad which was responsible for the murder of more than 18,000 Soviet Jews. • The first in-depth biography of a frontline Holocaust perpetrator from one of the SS mobile killing squads • Reveals both Alfred Filbert’s rise within the SS and his postwar life including his time in hiding and trial • Draws from unpublished material from more than thirty archives in seven different countries 20C European history

January 2015 216 x 138 mm 208pp 978-1-107-05682-4 Hardback £50.00 / US$75.00

978-1-107-69044-8 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99

Jewish Radical UltraOrthodoxy Confronts Modernity, Zionism and Women’s Equality

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 285pp 25 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-14634-1 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$85.00

978-1-316-60142-6 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$24.99

New in Paperback Highlight

July Crisis

Motti Inbari | University of North Carolina, Pembroke

A study of the culture and leadership of Jewish radical ultra-Orthodoxy in Hungary, Jerusalem and New York. Inbari reviews the history, ideology and gender relations of prominent ultra-Orthodox leaders Amram Blau, founder of the anti-Zionist Jerusalemite Neturei Karta, and Yoel Teitelbaum, head of the Satmar Hasidic movement. • Offers a fresh look into the history and ideology of Jewish anti-Zionism • Proposes a new view on the struggles of Jewish ultra-Orthodoxy with the modern world • With the help of newly discovered archives, the book portrays the lives of important figures in modern Judaism 20C European history

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 279pp 978-1-107-08810-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Based upon extensive primary research in over thirty archives and one hundred and thirty archival collections, this book is the first in-depth study of the most critical events in the history of the late Weimar Republic and in the series of events that culminated in Hitler’s appointment as chancellor seven months later. • The first in-depth study of most critical events in the history of the late Weimar Republic that culminated in Hitler’s appointment as chancellor • Uses primary research from one hundred and thirty archival collections and over thirty archives • Constitutes a major contribution to the existing body of historical literature on the Nazi assumption of power

The World’s Descent into War, Summer 1914 T. G. Otte | University of East Anglia

A definitive new account of the catalytic events that led to the outbreak of the First World War. Thomas Otte argues that neither martial culture nor the alliance system played a decisive role for much of the crisis. Instead he reveals the fatal flaws, failings and miscalculations of those who led Europe into war. • Offers a definitive account of the July crisis of 1914, tracking the events that led Europe into an inadvertent war • Evaluates the nature of international crises and crisis management • Draws parallels with current international politics through its focus on enduring realities of political decision-making 20C European history

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 558pp 32 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-69527-6 Paperback £14.99 / US$19.99

Also available 978-1-107-06490-4 Hardback £25.99 / US$29.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

113

European history

New in Paperback

Radio and the Politics of Sound in Interwar France, 1921–1939

West Germany and the Global Sixties The Antiauthoritarian Revolt, 1962–1978 Timothy Scott Brown | Northeastern University, Boston

Rebecca P. Scales | Rochester Institute of Technology, New York

114

Drawing from a wide range of archival sources, this study illustrates the resonance of radio within early twentieth-century debates. It rejects the idea of radio as a tool for a totalitarian state to instead offer a more nuanced picture of the impact of broadcasting on 1930s politics in interwar France. • Explores how radio broadcasting transformed the dynamics of French politics in the interwar decades • Rejects the idea of radio as a tool for a totalitarian state to instead offer a more nuanced picture of the impact of broadcasting • Draws from a diverse body of primary sources including medical texts, pedagogical treatises, and police surveillance files 20C European history | Cambridge Social and Cultural Histories, 22

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 322pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10867-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

The Extermination of the European Jews Christian Gerlach | University of Pittsburgh

Major reinterpretation of the Holocaust which surveys the destruction of the European Jews within the broader context of Nazi violence against other groups. Christian Gerlach reveals the close interrelationship between warfare, occupation, policing, social issues, economics, racist thought and actions by non-Germans in the dynamics of mass violence and persecution. • Offers a new framework for understanding the persecution of the Jews as part of a wider process of mass violence • Integrates German actions with those of non-German states and populations, revealing how persecutors interacted and why rescue succeeded or failed • Incorporates other victim groups as well, linking policies against different groups and their fates 20C European history | New Approaches to European History

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 524pp 978-0-521-88078-7 Hardback c. £40.00 / c. US$70.00

978-0-521-70689-6 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

Examining how West German 1968 arose out of transnational connections, from the presence of Third World student radicals, to exchanges with European avant-garde movements and the appropriation of Anglo-American cultural forms like rock and roll, this study explores the interplay of radical politics and popular culture in the explosion of ‘1968’. • Provides a total picture of the West German ‘1968’, looking beyond student radicalism to counterculture and the arts • Places West German events in a transnational and global context as never before, offering new ways of thinking about the global 1960s • Considers influential cultural phenomena such as European avantgarde movements, rock and roll, fashion, the sexual revolution and politics of sex, and radical film, literature and art 20C European history | New Studies in European History

May 2015 229 x 152 mm 408pp 42 b/w illus. 978-1-107-51925-1 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

Also available 978-1-107-02255-3 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

The Aryanization of Private Banks in the Third Reich Ingo Köhler | University of Göttingen

This study uses the example of the private banking sector to examine the process of Aryanization in all its complexity – from the manifold discrimination at the outset; to the sale, usually under duress and typically at reduced prices, of Jewish-owned businesses to non-Jews; and finally, to the confiscation of residual assets by the Nazi state. • Offers a new, subtly nuanced view of the economic persecution of Jews in Nazi Germany • Includes case studies that show a detailed picture of the different modes of conduct and ethical grey areas in commercial life under the Nazis, as well as reveal the difficulties in assessing individual businesspeople’s actions under the conditions of Nazi rule • This is the first book to deal with this topic, starting with the first seeds of economic persecution of the Jews under the Nazis and continuing through the Federal Republic of Germany’s attempts to make amends for the injustices of the Nazi era 20C European history | Publications of the German Historical Institute

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 455pp 978-0-521-76662-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00

Ordinary Workers, Vichy and the Holocaust French Railwaymen and the Second World War Ludivine Broch | University of Westminster

Should French railwaymen during the Second World War be viewed as great resisters or collaborators in genocide? In this major new study of the complicity of the SNCF in the Holocaust, Ludivine Broch re-examines the complexities of resistance and collaboration, working-class identity and everyday life under Vichy. • Re-examines the histories of resistance and collaboration in Vichy France • Highlights the importance of working-class history and professional identity in the history of the Second World War • Uses a variety of sources in order to tell the stories of people who lived during the Second World War 20C European history | Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 330pp 18 b/w illus. 3 maps 6 tables 978-1-107-03956-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

European history / History – other areas

New in Paperback

The Cambridge History of Russia

Volume 1: From Early Rus’ to 1689 Edited by Maureen Perrie | University of Birmingham

Volume 3: The Twentieth Century Edited by Ronald Grigor Suny | University of Chicago and University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

An authoritative history of Russia from early Rus’ to the beginning of the reign of Peter the Great. Leading historians offer a comprehensive account of the formative ‘pre-Petrine’ period of Russian history, before the process of Europeanisation had made a significant impact on society and culture. • The first volume in the new Cambridge History of Russia • A comprehensive new account of the formative pre-Petrine period of Russian history by a team of leading historians • Topics covered include political legitimacy; law and society; the interactions of Russians and non-Russians; and the relationship of the state with the Orthodox Church European history (general) | The Cambridge History of Russia

March 2015 229 x 152 mm 824pp 978-1-107-63942-3 Paperback £35.00 / US$55.00

Also available 978-0-521-81227-6 Hardback £155.00 / US$285.00

New in Paperback

The Cambridge History of Russia

The third volume of The Cambridge History of Russia provides an authoritative political, intellectual, social and cultural history of Russia and the Soviet Union during the twentieth century. This is the first major undertaking by historians to use the new sources that became available after the break-up of the USSR. • Major new history of Russia in the twentieth century, using for the first time the new primary and archival sources that have become available since the break-up of the USSR • The approach is both chronological and thematical, dealing with large trends such as the transformation of the peasantry, urbanization, and the non-Russian peoples • Third volume in the new three-volume Cambridge History of Russia 20C European history | The Cambridge History of Russia

March 2015 229 x 152 mm 884pp 978-1-107-66099-1 Paperback £35.00 / US$55.00

Also available 978-0-521-81144-6 Hardback £150.00 / US$275.00

History – other areas

Volume 2: Imperial Russia, 1689–1917 Edited by Dominic Lieven | London School of Economics and Political Science

An examination of the imperial period in Russia, encompassing political, economic, cultural, diplomatic, and military history. It addresses issues such as major Russian social groups, women, the Orthodox Church and the police. No other single volume in any language offers such a comprehensive analysis of Russian history in this period. • Most comprehensive and authoritative single-volume history of imperial Russia in existence • Unique coverage of imperial Russia, encompassing social, political, economic, cultural, diplomatic, and military history • Second volume in the new three-volume Cambridge History of Russia European history (general) | The Cambridge History of Russia

March 2015 229 x 152 mm 806pp 978-1-107-63941-6 Paperback £35.00 / US$55.00

Also available 978-0-521-81529-1 Hardback £155.00 / US$285.00

Highlight

The Cambridge Companion to Medievalism Edited by Louise D’Arcens | University of Wollongong, New South Wales

This authoritative Companion familiarises readers with the rich and wide-ranging cultural phenomenon of medievalism, from sixteenthcentury literature to twenty-first-century digital culture. New readers will appreciate its accessible, panoramic introduction to medievalism’s many forms across time and space, while experienced researchers will welcome its sophistication and attention to critical approaches. • Features a historical span of essays from the early modern era to the present, surveying what the Middle Ages has meant to various later periods • Ranges across local and national medievalism to colonial and global medievalism, tracing its development from a European to a global phenomenon • Examines medievalism through a diversity of media including literature, architecture, music, film and videogames, demonstrating its many forms and broad expressive range History (general) before 1500 | Cambridge Companions to Culture

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 272pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08671-5 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99

978-1-107-45165-0 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

115

History – other areas

Key Reference

New in Paperback

The Cambridge History of China

Key Reference Highlight

The Cambridge History of the First World War

Volume 5: Sung China, 960–1279 AD Part 2 Edited by John W. Chaffee

116

The second of two volumes on the Sung Dynasty, providing a comprehensive history of China from the fall of the T’ang in 907 to the Mongol conquest of 1279. Authoritative topical treatment of key economic, social, cultural and intellectual developments demonstrates the profound significance of this period in Chinese history. • Much anticipated addition to the series • Offers the most complete coverage of this time period published in any Western language • Presents an authoritative account of key political, economic, social, cultural and intellectual topics in Sung history History (general) after 1500 | The Cambridge History of China

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 970pp 3 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-0-521-24330-8 Hardback £120.00 / US$190.00

This first volume of The Cambridge History of the First World War provides a comprehensive account of the war’s military history. It charts how the conflict unfolded into catastrophe, growing year by year in scale and destructive power far beyond that which anyone had anticipated in 1914. • The first comprehensive, global military history of the First World War • Traces the course of the war and its impact right across the globe, rather than simply focussing on the Western Front • Integrates the waging of war, logistics and strategy 20C history (general) | The Cambridge History of the First World War

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 771pp 1 b/w illus. 64 colour illus. 30 maps 978-1-316-50443-7 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$44.99 R

Also available 978-0-521-76385-1 Hardback £99.99 / US$165.00

Free French Africa in World War II

New in Paperback

The African Resistance Eric T. Jennings | University of Toronto

Key Reference

Only months after France’s defeat in 1940, a new army was raised in Africa to fight the Nazis. Eric T. Jennings tells the story of an improbable French military and institutional rebirth through Central Africa and gives a unique look at the role Free French Africa played during World War II. • Demonstrates Africa’s many contributions to the Gaullist cause and traces the impact of the war on Africans • Creates a new arc with which to read the Liberation, an arc that runs from South to North • Provides a corrective to the idea that Free France operated entirely out of London, re-centering the French Resistance in Africa 20C history (general)

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 318pp 17 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-04848-5 Hardback £54.99 / US$84.99 P 978-1-107-69697-6 Paperback £18.99 / US$27.99

New in Paperback Key Reference highlight

Highlight

The Cambridge History of the First World War Volume 2: The State Edited by Jay Winter | Yale University, Connecticut

Volume 2 of The Cambridge History of the First World War provides a comprehensive political history of the war exploring the multifaceted history of state power and highlighting the ways in which different political systems responded to, and were deformed by, the near-unbearable pressures of war. • An authoritative, transnational history of political life during the Great War • Brings together a team of global experts to analyse the similar challenges and pressures faced by government leaders in all states of war to mobilise armies, arm them, and guide them to victory • Explores the ways in which the different functions of the state – political, military, economic, diplomatic – were changed by, and during, the war 20C history (general) | The Cambridge History of the First World War

The Cambridge History of the First World War

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 802pp 67 colour illus. 3 maps 978-1-316-50499-4 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$44.99 R Also available 978-0-521-76653-1 Hardback £99.99 / US$165.00

Edited by Jay Winter

The Cambridge History of the First World War is a definitive, transnational new history of the Great War. With contributions from leading historians, this three-volume reference work transcends European boundaries to provide a truly global account of the military, political, social and cultural aspects of the conflict. • The first truly transnational history of the First World War • Written by a team of leading international historians to provide the most authoritative account of the Great War to date • Integrates the First World War’s military, political, social and cultural history to illustrate how the war impacted upon every corner of its combatants’ lives 20C history (general) | The Cambridge History of the First World War

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 2340pp 6 b/w illus. 183 colour illus. 34 maps 978-1-316-60066-5 3 Volume Paperback Set c. £79.99 / c. US$119.99 R Also available 978-1-107-66058-8 3 Volume Hardback Set

Volume 1: Global War Edited by Jay Winter | Yale University, Connecticut

£295.00 / US$495.00

History – other areas

new in paperback

The Cambridge History of Religions in Latin America

Key Reference Highlight

Edited by Virginia Garrard-Burnett | University of Texas, Austin

The Cambridge History of the First World War Volume 3: Civil Society Edited by Jay Winter | Yale University, Connecticut

Volume 3 of The Cambridge History of the First World War explores the social and cultural history of the war and considers the role of civil society throughout the conflict. • The first transnational social and cultural history of the First World War, addressing themes common to all nations at conflict • Offers the first full account of the legacy of the war • Features leading historians from across the world 20C history (general) | The Cambridge History of the First World War

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 779pp 1 b/w illus. 48 colour illus. 1 table 978-1-316-60143-3 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$44.99 R Also available 978-0-521-76684-5 Hardback £99.99 / US$165.00

This book contains essays from leading historians and social scientists that elucidate religion in Latin American from pre-Conquest times to the present. The chapters in this volume address both the historical development of various religious traditions in the region and also the social, cultural, and political implications of those developments. • Contributors include both Latin Americans as well as Latin Americanists from Europe and North America • Contributors include not only historians and social scientists but also religious studies scholars and cultural studies theorists • This volume does justice to the historical, confessional, and geographical breadth of Latin American religion Latin American history

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 800pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-0-521-76733-0 Hardback c. £170.00 / c. US$250.00

Justice in Asia and the Pacific Region, 1945–1952

Cuba, the United States, and Cultures of the Transnational Left, 1930–1975

Allied War Crimes Prosecutions Yuma Totani | University of Hawaii, Hilo

John A. Gronbeck-Tedesco | Ramapo College of New Jersey

This book explores a cross-section of war crimes trials that the Allied powers held against the Japanese in the aftermath of World War II. Totani makes a systematic inquiry into select trials to shed light on a highly complex – and at times contradictory – legal and jurisprudential legacy of Allied war crimes prosecutions. • Interdisciplinary in methodology and cross-regional in scope • Integrative in war narrative • Comparative and cross-national in approach • Empirical in the handling of sources

This book examines the ways in which Cuba’s revolutions of 1933 and 1959 became touchstones for border-crossing endeavors of radical politics and cultural experimentation over the midtwentieth century. It argues that new networks of solidarity building between US and Cuban allies also brought with them perils and pitfalls that could not be separated from the longer history of US empire in Cuba. • Uses sources mined in both the United States and Cuba • Brings to light material not well known in the US or Cuba from the 1930s, such as US radicals who went to Cuba and Cuban dissidents who came to the US • Attempts to bridge two revolutionary periods in Cuba and two generations of the Left in the US

History after 1945 (general)

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 288pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08762-0 Hardback £55.00 / US$85.00

978-1-107-45808-6 Paperback £21.99 / US$32.99

Rethinking Race in Modern Argentina

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 304pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08308-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Indian and Slave Royalists in the Age of Revolution

Edited by Paulina Alberto | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

This book reconsiders the relationship between race and nation in Argentina during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. It challenges readers to consider new ways of thinking about the meanings of race and its role in the formation of modern nations. • The first book dedicated to the study of race in twentieth- and twentyfirst century Argentina • Contributors are based in both North America and Argentina, and hail from the fields of history, anthropology, and literary and cultural studies • Situates twentieth- and twenty-first-century Argentina in conversation with the literature on race and nation in Latin America Latin American history

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 400pp 19 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10763-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Latin American history

Reform, Revolution, and Royalism in the Northern Andes, 1780–1825 Marcela Echeverri | Yale University, Connecticut

Marcela Echeverri draws a picture of the royalist region of Popayán (modern-day Colombia) that reveals deep chronological layers and multiple social and spatial textures. She uses royalism as a lens to rethink the temporal, spatial, and conceptual boundaries that conventionally structure historical narratives about the Age of Revolution. • Brings Latin America to the center of the debate on the Age of Revolution which has previously focused mainly on the Caribbean • Puts indigenous people and enslaved Africans in the same analytical frame, exploring their legal and political strategies during the Age of Revolution • Based on extensive research in multiple archives in Colombia, Ecuador, Spain, and the United States Latin American history | Cambridge Latin American Studies, 102

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 288pp 2 b/w illus. 5 maps 978-1-107-08414-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

117

History – other areas

Medicine and Public Health in Latin America

Collective Violence and the Agrarian Origins of South African Apartheid, 1900–1948

A History Marcos Cueto | Fundação ‘Oswaldo Cruz’, Rio de Janeiro

118

This book serves as a concise and synthetic history of medicine and health in Latin America from 1492 to the present, summarizing the social history of medicine, medical education, and public health in Latin America and placing it in dialogue with the international historiographical currents in medicine and health. • Clear, broad synthesis of the history of Latin American medicine • Insight into the present challenges of global health in developing countries • Organised description and analysis of the main institutional medical developments in Latin America Latin American history | New Approaches to the Americas

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 318pp 978-1-107-02367-3 Hardback £55.00 / US$80.00

978-1-107-63301-8 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

This book examines the dark odyssey of official and private collective violence against the rural African population and Africans in general during the two generations before apartheid became the primary justification for the existence of the South African state. • Utilizes previously uninvestigated resources • Looking at the two generations before apartheid, John Higginson shows how Africaans fought back against the entire spectrum of violence ranged against them • Based on fresh research, this is a highly readable account that will spark debate and appeal to all those interested in the history of the African continent African history

African Voices on Slavery and the Slave Trade

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 410pp 17 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-04648-1 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00 C

A History of South Sudan From Slavery to Independence Øystein H. Rolandsen | Peace Research Institute Oslo

Volume 2: Essays on Sources and Methods Edited by Alice Bellagamba | University of Milan-Bicocca

This volume explores diverse sources such as oral testimonies and African intellectual writings to discover what they can tell us about slavery and the slave trade in Africa. It will be invaluable for students and researchers interested in the history of slavery, the slave trade and post-slavery in Africa. • Explores the potentials and limits of diverse sources such as oral testimonies, possession rituals, Arabic language sources, European missionary, administrative and court records, and African intellectual writings • Stimulates historians to think critically about the methods needed to use these sources • Offers guidelines on how to uncover African voices about slavery when sources do not readily yield them African history

February 2016 253 x 177 mm 288pp 3 b/w illus. 978-0-521-19961-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

John Higginson | University of Massachusetts, Amherst

South Sudan is the world’s youngest independent country. Established in 2011 after two wars, South Sudan has since reverted to a state of devastating civil strife. This book is the first general history of the new country. • The first succinct academic account of South Sudan’s history • Organized in chronologically ordered chapters, supported by a list of key events • Supplemented by a comprehensive bibliographical essay, the chapters synthesize accumulated knowledge of South Sudan’s history African history

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 200pp 1 map 978-0-521-11631-2 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$75.00

978-0-521-13325-8 Paperback c. £15.99 / c. US$27.99

New in Paperback

The Emergence of the South African Metropolis Cities and Identities in the Twentieth Century Vivian Bickford-Smith | University of Cape Town

Focusing on South Africa’s three main cities – Johannesburg, Cape Town, and Durban – this book explores South African urban history from the late nineteenth century onwards. This ambitious and pioneering account, spanning more than a century, will be welcomed by scholars and students of African history, urban history, and historical geography. • Based on extensive original research on little used and engaging sources such as city histories, travel writing, novels, films, newspapers, radio and television programs, and oral histories • Argues that South African national, ethnic and racial identities were less imagined and more material than Benedict Anderson’s work on imagined (national) communities • Examines the little explored relationship between senses of place or urban territorial belonging and social identities African history

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 260pp 14 b/w illus. 2 colour illus. 7 maps 978-1-107-00293-7 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C

Third World Colonialism and Strategies of Liberation Eritrea and East Timor Compared Awet Tewelde Weldemichael | University of Kentucky

This book compares Eritrea and East Timor’s grand strategies of liberation from Ethiopia and Indonesia, respectively. It challenges existing notions of grand strategy and colonialism as exclusive projects of the West, and in showing how Eritrea and East Timor developed sophisticated military and non-military strategies, Awet Tewelde Weldemichael emphasizes that these insurgents avoided terrorism as a method. • Uses firsthand studies to compare Eritrean and East Timorese independence movements • Presents unique portrayal of third world countries as colonizers and third world powers as developers of grand strategies • Connects the long, complex history of the two independence movements to events that have happened in the two countries since independence was achieved African history

March 2016 229 x 152 mm 368pp 2 maps 978-1-107-57652-0 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$32.99

Also available 978-1-107-03123-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

History – other areas

From Slavery to Aid

Reverence, Resistance and Politics of Seeing the Indian National Flag

Politics, Labour, and Ecology in the Nigerien Sahel, 1800–2000 Benedetta Rossi | University of Birmingham

Sadan Jha | Veer Narmad South Gujarat University, Gujarat

From Slavery to Aid takes two major themes of African historiography – the death of slavery and the birth of aid – and constructs a social history of the Ader region, an understudied region of the West African Sahel in today’s Republic of Niger. • The first major English study of the Ader region of contemporary southern Niger • Provides critical analysis of the relationship between environmental (Saharan) and political factors • Provides first ever in-depth study of the transition from pre-colonial legal slavery to contemporary labour relations in the same society over the last two centuries African history | African Studies, 135

Iris Berger | State University of New York, Albany

During a turbulent colonial and postcolonial century, African women struggled to control their own marital, sexual and economic lives and to gain a significant voice in local and national politics. This book introduces students to these remarkable women. • Proposes a new vision of modern African women • Relies on vivid stories and personal portraits to illustrate and introduce more general points • Demonstrates the remarkable ways that African women have transformed political life during the past two decades African history | New Approaches to African History, 10

978-0-521-74121-7 Paperback c. £13.95 / c. US$21.99

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 296pp 978-1-107-11887-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

119

Railways and Everyday Life in Colonial India Ritika Prasad | University of North Carolina, Charlotte

Women in Twentieth-Century Africa

South Asian history

Tracks of Change

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 399pp 12 b/w illus. 10 maps 978-1-107-11905-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 200pp 7 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-0-521-51707-2 Hardback c. £35.00 / c. US$65.00

This book studies the politics that make the tricolour flag possibly the most revered among symbols, icons and markers associated with nation and nationalism in twentieth-century India. It surveys the pre-colonial period, focuses on colonial lives of the flag and explains contemporary dynamics of seeing the flag in India. • Studies the history of the Indian flag from colonial to contemporary times • Reveals specificities of visual experience in the South Asian context • Includes over thirty-nine photographs

Tracks of Change explores how railway technology, travel, and infrastructure became increasingly woven into everyday life in colonial India, how people negotiated with the growing presence of railways, and how this process has shaped India’s history. • Assesses the social, cultural and political impact of railways on colonial society • Contextualizes the Indian experience with railways in dialogue with shared and related experiences in other parts of the world • Studies how the need to coordinate this vast railway network was instrumental in establishing nationalized time in India South Asian history

May 2015 228 x 152 mm 326pp 978-1-107-08421-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

The Partition of Bengal Fragile Borders and New Identities Debjani Sengupta | University of Delhi

The 1857 Indian Uprising and the British Empire Jill C. Bender | University of North Carolina, Greensboro

Jill C. Bender situates the 1857 Indian Uprising within an imperial context, and traces its ramifications across the colonial sites of Ireland, New Zealand, Jamaica, and southern Africa. She shows how the uprising reshaped Britons’ understandings of their relationship with the ‘colonized’ and their own expectations of themselves as ‘colonizer’. • Situates the 1857 Indian Uprising in an imperial and global context • Integrates the histories of distinct and disparate colonial sites from colonial Ireland and Jamaica to New Zealand and southern Africa • Draws on extensive new archival research in more than four countries, and on three continents

This text is woven with the rich literary and historical archives of the Partition in the Bengali language across generations and borders that interrogate and perform a vital function to mark out the absences in our memories and in the national histories of the subcontinent. • An interdisciplinary work straddling history, literature, cultural studies and anthropology • Looks intensively at the Bengal Partition through the region’s literature • Finds new questions about life and society in Bengal after the Partition South Asian history

November 2015 234 x 156 mm 283pp 978-1-107-06170-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

South Asian history

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 216pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13515-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

History – other areas

India and the Islamic Heartlands An Eighteenth-Century World of Circulation and Exchange Gagan Sood | London School of Economics and Political Science

Based on a remarkable cache of documents, India and the Islamic Heartlands recaptures a vanished and forgotten world from the eighteenth century. This world facilitates a better understanding of the region during a pivotal moment in its history, which shaped the later emergence of the Middle East and South Asia. • Analyses documentary sources from the eighteenth century to recover the realities of everyday life in the period • Recaptures a vanished and forgotten regional world whose broader significance has been highlighted by recent trends in global history • Shows that the emergence of the Middle East and South Asia as distinct areas obscure many ongoing flows and interactions between them whose roots lie in premodern times

120

South Asian history

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 370pp 20 b/w illus. 5 maps 10 tables 978-1-107-12127-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Economic Change in Modern Indonesia Colonial and Post-colonial Comparisons Anne Booth | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

Anne Booth examines Indonesian economic performance from the late nineteenth to the early twenty-first century, explaining the long-term factors which have influenced the country’s economic development, as well as the persistence of economic nationalism and the ongoing tensions between Indonesia’s diverse regions. • Presents the Indonesian experience in a comparative international perspective, illustrating broader issues in development policy • Examines the legacy of the Dutch colonial era for subsequent economic development in Indonesia • Offers an accessible and highly readable guide, using statistical material rather than complex mathematical arguments South-East Asian history

Textbook

A History of Early Modern Southeast Asia, 1400–1830 Barbara Watson Andaya | University of Hawai’i, Honolulu

Written by two expert authors, this textbook is the first to examine early modern Southeast Asian history in depth. Chapters explore political, social, economic, cultural and religious developments, and themes including circulation, exchange, material culture, environment and global connections. Student learning is supported by maps, illustrations and timelines. • This is the only textbook that explores the early modern period of Southeast Asian history in depth • The authors are world experts on the subject and well-recognized in the field • Draws attention to the lesser-known localities and societies of Southeast Asia, such as the people of the sea, forest and uplands Contents: Acknowledgements; Note on spelling and measurements; Abbreviations; Introduction: conceptualizing an early modern history of Southeast Asia; 1. Southeast Asia and the geographic environment; 2. Antecedents of early modern societies, ca. 900–1400; 3. Beginning of the early modern era, 1400–1511; 4. Acceleration of change, 1511–1600; 5. Expanding global links and their impact on Southeast Asia, 1600–1690s; 6. New boundaries and changing regimes, 1690s–1780s; 7. Early modern Southeast Asia, the last phase, 1780s–1830s; Conclusion: Southeast Asia and the early modern period; Glossary; Further readings; Index. South-East Asian history

February 2015 247 x 174 mm 376pp 29 b/w illus. 7 maps 978-0-521-88992-6 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00 X 978-0-521-68193-3 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 272pp 49 tables 978-1-107-10922-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99

978-1-107-52139-1 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Taming Babel Language in the Making of Malaysia Rachel Leow | University of Cambridge

Taming Babel examines the role of language in the making of modern postcolonial Asian nations. Focusing on one of the most linguistically diverse territories in the British Empire, it explores the profound anxieties generated by a century of struggles to govern the polyglot subjects of British Malaya and postcolonial Malaysia. • Proposes a new view of how language and nationalism are connected in a postcolonial Asian nation • Articulates a language-centered alternative to studies of nationalism and ethnic identity in Southeast Asia, focusing on Chinese and Malay languages • Goes beyond race paradigms and balances study of Chinese and Malay history in the making of Malaysia South-East Asian history

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 320pp 2 maps 978-1-107-14853-6 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Ming China and Vietnam Negotiating Borders in Early Modern Asia Kathlene Baldanza | Pennsylvania State University

Traditional studies of Sino-Viet relations focused on outmoded debates about Chinese aggression and Vietnamese resistance. In reality, their shared heritage led to surprising alliances and connections, and spurred internal debates. Kathlene Baldanza examines seven linked biographies of Chinese and Vietnamese bordercrossers whose lives illustrate the entangled histories of those countries. • Offers new insights into the functioning of early modern inter-state relations in Asia • Counters nationalist narratives of the history of Vietnam, appealing to scholars of both Chinese and Vietnamese history • Draws attention to under-utilized historical sources, including poetry and visual images, to tell a multi-perspectival history East Asian history

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 242pp 7 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-107-12424-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

History – other areas

Conflict and Commerce in Maritime East Asia

The Economic History of China From Antiquity to the Nineteenth Century Richard von Glahn | University of California, Los Angeles

The Zheng Family and the Shaping of the Modern World, c.1620–1720 Xing Hang | Brandeis University, Massachusetts

A fresh perspective on the Zheng family of merchants and militarists. Under four generations of leaders over six decades, the Zheng came to dominate trade across the China Seas and eventually forged an autonomous territorial state based on Taiwan, while struggling to define their activities according to Confucian orthodoxy. • Provides a new way of understanding the early modern divergence of China from Western Europe • Describes a common East Asian zone of interaction and its integration into a global order • Highlights the contested nature of identity and its relationship to spatial movements East Asian history

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 344pp 6 b/w illus. 3 maps 26 tables 978-1-107-12184-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

China-Japan Relations after World War Two Empire, Industry and War, 1949–1971 Amy King | Australian National University, Canberra

A rich account of how and why China rebuilt its economic relationship with Japan so soon after the devastating experience of World War Two. King argues that the period between 1949 and 1971 was an important moment of non-Western modernisation stemming from the legacy of the Japanese empire, industry and war in China. • Proposes a new understanding of non-Western models of economic development • Examines China’s policy towards Japan during the Cold War, drawing on hundreds of previously unseen Chinese archival documents • Contributes to our understanding of China’s rising power and the ongoing priority placed on its economic development East Asian history

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 8 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-13164-4 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

The Reunification of China

Economic prosperity was vitally important to the longevity of the Chinese Empire throughout the preindustrial era. In this comprehensive but accessible study, Richard von Glahn examines the institutional foundations, continuities and discontinuities in China’s economic development over three millennia, from the Bronze Age to the early twentieth century. • The first comprehensive survey of Chinese economic history in English • Provides even coverage of the key economic developments over 3,000 years of Chinese history • Written without jargon and addressed to a wide range of student and scholarly audiences East Asian history

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 320pp 24 b/w illus. 33 maps 53 tables 978-1-107-03056-5 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00 P 978-1-107-61570-0 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

Highlight

Chopsticks A Cultural and Culinary History Q. Edward Wang | Rowan University, New Jersey

Chopsticks have become a quintessential part of the Japanese, Chinese or Korean culinary experience around the world. This fascinating account of the history of chopsticks explores how they have evolved from an eating implement to a more complex, cultural symbol, providing fresh insights into the cultural history of East Asia. • A pioneering account of the history and culture of chopsticks • Charts the evolution of chopstick use in Asian food culture from ancient times to the present day • Surveys the cultural significance of chopsticks and chopstick use across the cultures in which they are used East Asian history

April 2015 228 x 152 mm 210pp 32 colour illus. 978-1-107-02396-3 Hardback £19.99 / US$29.99

Peace through War under the Song Dynasty Peter Lorge | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

General He Yingqin

A groundbreaking work examining the military and political events that shaped the Song dynasty (960–1279) in China. Peter Lorge examines the centrality of warfare and politics in the struggle for internal and external power, as well as the influence of individuals and their relationships in political processes. • Proposes a new view of the Song dynasty’s foundation, demonstrating the importance of war and politics in imperial China • Illustrates the importance of war in Chinese history, providing a real and understandable account of how war created a major dynasty • Examines how political and military power interacted in the creation of an imperial government and how statesmen used these tools to advance themselves

General He Yingqin was one of the most prominent military officers in China’s Nationalist period, but he is also one of its most misunderstood figures. Examining both Chinese and English-language sources, Peter Worthing offers a revisionist view of He Yingqin’s career set against the era’s political, military, and diplomatic events. • A revisionist study of He Yingqin that extends inquiry beyond the traditional focus on Chiang Kai-shek • Examines the wider challenges of the Nationalist period through He Yingqin’s individual experience • Presents new perspectives on some of the most important political, military, and diplomatic events of the Nationalist period

East Asian history

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 322pp 32 maps 978-1-107-08475-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

The Rise and Fall of Nationalist China Peter Worthing | Texas Christian University

East Asian history

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 304pp 7 maps 978-1-107-14463-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

121

History – other areas

Across Forest, Steppe, and Mountain

Arabic Thought beyond the Liberal Age Towards an Intellectual History of the Nahda Edited by Jens Hanssen | University of Toronto

Environment, Identity, and Empire in Qing China’s Borderlands David A. Bello | Washington and Lee University, Virginia

122

In this book, David Bello offers a new and radical interpretation of how China’s last dynasty, the Qing (1644–1911), relied on the interrelationship between ecology and ethnicity to incorporate the country’s far-flung borderlands into the dynasty’s expanding empire. • Combines under-utilized and new sources in the Manchu language with natural science literature • Complements a general professional and publishing trend in environmental history relating both to China and to global history of the early modern period • Offers a new, radical interpretation of how China’s last dynasty relied on the interrelationship between ecology and ethnicity to incorporate China’s borderlands into its expanding empire

This volume offers a fundamental overhaul and revival of modern Arab intellectual history. It reassesses Arabic cultural production and political thought in the light of current scholarship and extends the analysis beyond Napoleon’s invasion of Egypt and the outbreak of World War II. • Assesses the impact of the doyen of the field, the late Albert Hourani, fifty years after his seminal book Arabic Thought in the Liberal Age (Cambridge, 1962) • Introduces the paradigmatic Arabic term Nahda for Hourani’s liberal age and relates it to the emerging field of global intellectual history • Proposes a paradigmatic shift in the study of modern Middle Eastern history and Arabic literature, offering conceptual innovation, greater geographical coverage and deeper historical probing into the origins and transformations of Arab modernity Middle East history

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 365pp 978-1-107-13633-5 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$118.00

East Asian history | Studies in Environment and History

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 350pp 5 maps 9 tables 978-1-107-06884-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Key Reference

The Cambridge History of China Volume 9: The Ch’ing Dynasty to 1800 Part 2 Edited by Willard J. Peterson | Princeton University, New Jersey

A comprehensive account of the Ch’ing Empire during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Across fifteen chapters, a team of leading historians explore how the century’s greatest contiguous empire in terms of geographical size, population, wealth, cultural production, political order and military domination reached its peak and then began to unravel. • Provides the only detailed accounts in English of the emperors’ reigns and the social history of eighteenth-century China • Offers sophisticated consideration of the character and implications of Manchu control of the Ch’ing empire • Contains analyses of all strata and sectors of Chinese society by leading experts in their specializations East Asian history | The Cambridge History of China

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 900pp 3 b/w illus. 9 maps 7 tables 978-0-521-24335-3 Hardback £120.00 / US$190.00 R

Popular Politics in the Making of the Modern Middle East John Chalcraft | London School of Economics and Political Science

A ground-breaking account of popular protest in the Middle East and North Africa from the eighteenth century to the present. A work of unprecedented range and depth, this book will be welcomed by undergraduates and graduates studying protest in the region and beyond. • Surveys protest movements from Morocco to Iran, from the eighteenth century to the present • Based on an original conceptual framework that challenges both socioeconomic determinism and power-lite theories of contentious politics • Challenges top-down views of politics in the modern Middle East, giving a narrative of overall transformation including popular politics Middle East history

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 525pp 2 maps 978-1-107-00750-5 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

978-0-521-18942-2 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

The Hajj Pilgrimage in Islam Edited by Eric Tagliacozzo | Cornell University, New York

Scholars from a range of fields tell the story of the Hajj and explain its significance as one of the key events in the Muslim religious calendar. This volume pays attention to the diverse aspects of the Hajj, as lived every year by hundreds of millions of Muslims worldwide. • Provides a history of the Hajj using wide-ranging and diverse sources • Studies the Hajj through several allied disciplines • Approaches the Hajj through historical and contemporary lenses Middle East history

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 441pp 16 b/w illus. 4 colour illus. 1 map 978-1-107-03051-0 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99 P 978-1-107-61280-8 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Intellectual Networks in Timurid Iran Sharaf al-Dīn ‘Alī Yazdī and the Islamicate Republic of Letters Ílker Evrim Binbaş | Royal Holloway, University of London

Discusses the importance of informal intellectual networks and the formation of the republic of letters in Islamic history. The book focuses on the fifteenth century Timurid, Ottoman, and Mamluk empires, and traces the connections between intellectuals in these three early modern Islamic polities. • Proposes a new way of understanding intellectual networks in Islamic history • Moves the study of the occult sciences from the fringes of Islamic intellectual life to the mainstream • Presents the first biography of a late medieval intellectual who wrote in Persian Middle East history | Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 350pp 19 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-05424-0 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

History – other areas / History – cross discipline

Australia 1944–45 Victory in the Pacific Edited by Peter Dean | Australian National University, Canberra

Australia 1944–45: Victory in the Pacific examines this under-represented period in Australian military history. Peter Dean leads a team of highly regarded military historians in assessing Australian, Allied and Japanese strategies, the conduct of the campaigns in the Southwest Pacific Area and Australia’s significant role in achieving victory. • The third and final instalment in Peter Dean’s successful series • Examines a complex and fascinating, yet under-represented, period in Australian military history • Thoroughly researched and written by a team of highly regarded military historians Australian history

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 380pp 978-1-107-08346-2 Hardback £44.99 / US$69.99

Textbook

A History of Islamic Societies Third edition Ira M. Lapidus | University of California, Berkeley

This new edition of one of the most widely used course books on Islamic civilizations around the world has been substantially revised to incorporate the new scholarship and insights of the last twenty-five years. Ira Lapidus’ history explores the beginnings and transformations of Islamic civilizations in the Middle East and details Islam’s worldwide diffusion. • Provides a comprehensive account of all the major Islamic societies from their beginnings in Arabia • Allows readers to understand these societies in relation to each other and other societies • Organized in narrative sections corresponding to the history of each major region Contents: Introduction to Islamic societies; Part I. The Beginnings of Islamic Civilizations: 1. Middle Eastern societies before Islam; 2. Historians and the sources; 3. Arabia; 4. Muhammad: preaching, community, and state formation; 5. Introduction to the Arab-Muslim empires; 6. The ArabMuslim conquests and the socioeconomic bases of empire; 7. Regional developments: economic and social change; 8. The Caliphate to 750; 9. The ‘Abbasid Empire; 10. Decline and fall of the ‘Abbasid Empire; 11. Introduction: religion and identity; 12. The ideology of imperial Islam; 13. The ‘Abbasids: Caliphs and emperors; 14. Introduction; 15. Sunni Islam; 16. Shi’i Islam; 17. Muslim urban societies to the tenth century; 18. The non-Muslim minorities; 19. Continuity and change in the historic cultures of the Middle East; Part II. From Islamic Community to Islamic Society: 20. The Post- ‘Abbasid Middle Eastern state system; 21. Muslim communities and Middle Eastern societies: 1000–1500 CE; 22. The collective ideal; 23. The personal ethic; 24. Conclusion: Middle Eastern Islamic patterns; Part III. The Global Expansion of Islam from the Seventh to the Nineteenth Century: 25. Introduction: Islamic institutions; 26. Islamic North Africa to the thirteenth century; 27. Spanish-Islamic civilization; 28. Tunisia, Algeria, and Morocco from the thirteenth to the nineteenth centuries; 29. States and Islam: North African variations; 30. Introduction: empires and societies; 31. The Turkish migrations and the Ottoman Empire; 32. The postclassical Ottoman Empire: decentralization, commercialization, and incorporation; 33. The Arab provinces under Ottoman rule; 34. The Safavid Empire; 35. The Indian subcontinent: the Delhi Sultanates and the Mughal Empire; 36. Islamic empires compared; 37. Inner Asia from the Mongol conquests to the nineteenth century; 38. Islamic societies in Southeast Asia; 39. The African context: Islam, slavery, and colonialism; 40. Islam in Sudanic, Savannah, and forest West Africa; 41. The West African Jihads; 42. Islam in East Africa and the European colonial empires; 43. The varieties of Islamic societies; 44. The global context; Part IV. The Modern Transformation: 45. Introduction: imperialism, modernity, and the transformation of Muslim societies; 46. The dissolution of the Ottoman

empire and the modernization of Turkey; 47. Iran: state and religion in the modern era; 48. Egypt: secularism and Islamic modernity; 49. The Arab east: Arabism, military states, and Islam; 50. The Arabian peninsula; 51. North Africa in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries; 52. Women in the Middle East: 19th–21st centuries; 53. Muslims in Russia, the Caucasus, Inner Asia, and China; 54. The Indian subcontinent: India, Pakistan, Afghanistan, and Bangladesh; 55. Islam in Southeast Asia: Indonesia, Malaysia, and the Philippines; 56. Islam in West Africa; 57. Islam in East Africa; 58. Universal Islam and African diversity; 59. Muslims in Europe and America; Conclusion: secularized Islam and Islamic revival. History (general), world history

January 2015 253 x 177 mm 1020pp 42 b/w illus. 39 maps 19 tables 978-0-521-51430-9 Hardback £80.00 / US$120.00 X 978-0-521-73297-0 Paperback £40.00 / US$65.00

Highlight

The Past is a Foreign Country – Revisited

123

David Lowenthal | University College London

A quarter-century after the publication of his classic account of man’s attitudes to his past, David Lowenthal revisits how we celebrate, expunge, contest and domesticate the past to serve present needs. He shows how nostalgia and heritage now pervade every facet of public and popular culture. • Examines mankind’s relationship with his past • Draws on all the arts, the humanities and the social sciences, and on diverse sources such as science fiction and psychoanalysis, to show how rebellion against tradition has given rise to the modern cult of preservation and pervasive nostalgia • Incorporates new ways of seeing and engaging with the past from archaeology and museum display to re-enactments and The History Channel History (general), world history

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 676pp 108 b/w illus. 978-0-521-85142-8 Hardback £60.00 / US$99.00

978-0-521-61685-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

History – cross discipline The Royal Society and the Promotion of Science since 1960 Peter Collins | The Royal Society, London

The first synoptic history of the postwar Royal Society, one of the most prestigious and influential bodies in the history of science. Drawing on inside knowledge, as well as extensive archival sources and interviews, Peter Collins shows how the Society addressed the challenges of continued relevance from 1960 onwards. • Provides the first detailed account of how the Royal Society developed from the second half of the twentieth century onwards • Examines how the Royal Society adapted to the explosion of government and public interest in science, and found new ways to take forward its mission to promote science • Explores how a small independent organisation can play an influential role in shaping an activity dominated by large and mostly publicly funded bodies History of science and technology

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 352pp 22 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-02926-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

History – cross discipline

New in Paperback

Building on Air

Highlight

The International Industrial Gases Industry, 1886–2006 Raymond G. Stokes | University of Glasgow

124

Operation Typhoon

The industrial gases industry originated in 1886, when a London-based company began producing high-purity oxygen. Focusing on the key firms that have shaped the evolution of this industry from its origins to the present, this book traces business and technological development, industrial evolution, and the industry’s local roots and international and global reach. • The first scholarly history of the industrial gases industry • Traces innovation in production, distribution, transport, storage systems and applications • Based on extensive archival research in company and public archives History of science and technology

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 479pp 46 b/w illus. 31 tables 978-1-107-03312-2 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00 C Highlight

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 418pp 21 b/w illus. 15 maps 4 tables 978-1-107-50195-9 Paperback £17.99 / US$22.99 G

Poison and Pollution in Modern India David Arnold | University of Warwick

David Arnold combines social, medical and environmental history to demonstrate the critical importance of poisons and pollution (and attempts to control them) to public anxiety, colonial governance and the role of scientific authority and agency in India between the 1830s and 1950s. • An innovative history of medicine, science and environment in modern India that places toxicity, and its management, as a central theme in colonial science and governance • Covers the 1830s to the postcolonial period to show how the imperatives behind science and its authority and social utility changed over time • Combines social, scientific and environmental history to demonstrate the critical importance of poisons and pollution in history History of science and technology | Science in History

Grand Strategy and Military Alliances Edited by Williamson Murray | Ohio State University

A broad-ranging study of the factors that made military alliances succeed or fail in practice. Covering more than 2,500 years from the Peloponnesian War to the Gulf War, case studies examine the role of alliances or coalitions in the articulation and conduct of grand strategy in peace and war. • Examines military alliances through the broad sweep of history • Analyses what makes alliances succeed or fail in practice • Presents case studies covering more than 2,500 years of history Military history

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 400pp 12 maps 978-1-107-13602-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Operation Typhoon was launched by Hitler in October 1941 to capture Moscow and knock the Soviet Union out of the war. Traditionally viewed as a victory, this groundbreaking new account of the offensive reveals that despite success on the battlefield the wider German war effort was already doomed to failure. • The first comprehensive history of Operation Typhoon from the German perspective for over thirty years and a follow-up to the author’s acclaimed history of the Battle of Kiev • Counters the myth that Germany’s attack on Moscow was a near run failure by showing that Operation Typhoon was far from ever achieving any kind of decisive victory • Includes a detailed account of the ‘forgotten’ battles of Viaz’ma and Briansk – two of Nazi Germany’s most significant battlefield victories of the war Military history

Toxic Histories

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 280pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12697-8 Hardback c. £35.00 / c. US$50.00

Hitler’s March on Moscow, October 1941 David Stahel | University of New South Wales, Canberra

Also available 978-1-107-03512-6 Hardback £28.99 / US$34.99

The Search for Tactical Success in Vietnam An Analysis of Australian Task Force Combat Operations Andrew Ross | University of New South Wales, Canberra

Thoroughly researched and engagingly written, this book provides a unique study of the tactics and achievements of the First Australian Task Force in Phuoc Tuy Province, South Vietnam. Further, original maps throughout the text illustrate how the Task Force’s tactics were employed. • Draws on statistical, spatial and temporal analysis, as well as primary data, to present a unique study of the tactics and achievements of the First Australian Task Force in Phuoc Tuy Province, South Vietnam • Original maps throughout the text help to illustrate how the Task Force’s tactics were employed • Sheds new light on the previously overlooked achievements of the First Australian Task Force in the Vietnam War Military history | Australian Army History Series

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 352pp 978-1-107-09844-2 Hardback £39.99 / US$59.99

Textbook

Britannia’s Shield Lieutenant-General Sir Edward Hutton and Late-Victorian Imperial Defence Craig Stockings | University of New South Wales, Canberra

From British colonial conflicts in Africa and Egypt to the turn-of-the century war on the South African veldt and its complicated aftermath, Craig Stockings presents a vivid portrayal of imperial land defence prior to 1914 through a biographical study of Lieutenant-General Sir Edward Hutton. • The first study of imperial land defence of the British Empire prior to World War One • The first biographical study of a key late-Victorian imperial figure in Sir Edward Hutton • A truly international study using archives and sources from Britain, Australia, Canada and New Zealand Contents: Introduction: imperial defence: one man within an empire; 1. ‘The common duties of the Empire’: developments in the imperial defence idea, 1848–92; 2. ‘An intelligent and most active officer’: Hutton’s

History – cross discipline

formative years, 1848–92; 3. ‘I suppose he sent me a blister’: a colonial commandant, 1893–96; 4. A ‘Trojan Horse’ in the colony?: federal and imperial defence in Australia, 1893–96; 5. ‘One general policy – elastic as it may be’: back in Britain, 1896–98; 6. ‘Making soldiers of them rapidly’: reforming the Canadian militia, 1898–99; 7. ‘I am here as one of yourselves’: political difficulties and imperial imperatives, 1898–99; 8. ‘Pregnant of great results’: Canada and an Imperial War, 1899–1900; 9. ‘Quite as much political and Imperial, as it is military’: Hutton’s war in South Africa and raising an Australian army, 1900–03; 10. ‘Unfortunately not in touch or sympathy’: difficulties and disappointments, 1903–04; 11. ‘Hopelessly ignorant of our self-governing colonies’: the New Australian Army and imperial defence, 1902–04; Epilogue: ‘how far his vision ranged’: the twilight years, 1905–23. Military history | Australian Army History Series

July 2015 228 x 152 mm 360pp 978-1-107-09482-6 Hardback £45.00 / US$69.95

New in Paperback

Haig’s Intelligence GHQ and the German Army, 1916–1918 Jim Beach | University of Northampton

This is an important study of Douglas Haig’s controversial command during the First World War. It reveals how the British Army perceived its enemy and how intelligence influenced strategy and operations. This is essential reading for military historians, intelligence scholars and anyone with an interest in the Great War. • Examines the intelligence influences upon the British army’s conduct of operations on the Western Front • Draws from original, global research to reconstruct both the intelligence system and the picture it provided • Makes an important contribution to our understanding of the First World War and modern intelligence practices Military history | Cambridge Military Histories

May 2015 229 x 152 mm 386pp 17 b/w illus. 3 maps 20 tables 978-1-107-51927-5 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99 C Also available 978-1-107-03961-2 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00

The First World War and German National Identity The Dual Alliance at War Jan Vermeiren | University of Essex

An innovative study of the coalition between Imperial Germany and Austria-Hungary during the First World War. Focusing primarily on the social and cultural dimension of the relationship, Jan Vermeiren examines the special relationship between Berlin and Vienna and investigates the impact of the wartime alliance on German national identity. • Comprehensive study of the alliance between Imperial Germany and Austria-Hungary during the First World War, focusing not just on military and diplomatic history, but also on the social and cultural dimension • Provides a reassessment of German war ideology and nationalism, enhancing understanding of the war’s significance, and defeat, for German history and identity • Offers an in-depth survey of the special relationship between Berlin and Vienna, relating this to questions of national identity Military history | Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-03167-8 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00

Textbook

An Economic History of Twentieth-Century Europe Economic Regimes from Laissez-Faire to Globalization Second edition Ivan T. Berend | University of California, Los Angeles

A revised and fully-updated new edition of this leading survey of the twentieth-century European economy. Ivan Berend provides an integrated, comparative account of European economic development from the evolution of capitalism to the fascist and communist regimes and their collapse, and the causes and impacts of the 2008 financial crisis. • Provides a clear framework for understanding economic development and economic regimes in twentieth-century Europe, including capitalism and socialism • Introduces key economic theories and explains their practical impact on the economy • Incorporates recent events such as the 2008 financial crisis, bringing the book fully up to date • Includes a broad range of case studies which illustrate key themes Contents: Introduction; 1. Europe’s laissez-faire system and its impact before World War I; 2. Decline of laissez-faire and the rise of the regulated market system; 3. Economic dirigisme in authoritarian-fascist regimes; 4. The centrally planned economic system; 5. Managed socialmarket system in an integrating post-World War II Western Europe; 6. Globalization: return to laissez-faire?; Bibliography; Index. Economic history

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 400pp 33 b/w illus. 46 tables 978-1-107-13642-7 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$130.00 X 978-1-316-50185-6 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$54.99

New in Paperback Key Reference

The Cambridge History of Capitalism Edited by Larry Neal | University of Illinois, UrbanaChampaign

The Cambridge History of Capitalism delves deep into the historical roots of capitalism to provide a detailed account of its rise, spread and impact across the world. With contributions from an international team of leading scholars, this twovolume work is a definitive reference on the global history of capitalism. • Provides a definitive account of the evolution of capitalism, exploring its spread across the world, its impact, and the varieties of responses to it • Has a wide geographical coverage: each feature identified with modern capitalism is treated globally for comparative perspectives • Imcludes a variety of viewpoints from a range of expert scholars, all supplemented with full and up-to-date bibliographies for further study Economic history

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 1205pp 54 b/w illus. 5 maps 27 tables 978-1-107-58459-4 2 Volume Paperback Set £44.99 / US$69.99 R Also available 978-1-107-03694-9 2 Volume Hardback Set

£165.00 / US$255.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

125

History – cross discipline

New in Paperback

The ‘Conspiracy’ of Free Trade

Key Reference

The Anglo-American Struggle over Empire and Economic Globalisation, 1846–1896 Marc-William Palen | University of Exeter

The Cambridge History of Capitalism Volume 1: The Rise of Capitalism: From Ancient Origins to 1848 Edited by Larry Neal | University of Illinois, UrbanaChampaign

126

The first volume of The Cambridge History of Capitalism delves deep into the historical roots of capitalism to provide a definitive account of its evolution. Adopting a wide geographical coverage and comparative perspective, a range of expert scholars trace capitalism’s development from distant origins in ancient Babylon to modern economic growth. • Provides a definitive account of the evolution of capitalism, exploring its spread across the world, its impact, and the varieties of responses to it • Has a wide geographical coverage: each feature identified with modern capitalism is treated globally for comparative perspectives • Imcludes a variety of viewpoints from a range of expert scholars, all supplemented with full and up-to-date bibliographies for further study Economic history

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 628pp 28 b/w illus. 5 maps 13 tables 978-1-107-58328-3 Paperback £29.99 / US$44.99 R Also available 978-1-107-01963-8 Hardback £94.99 / US$145.00

New in Paperback Key Reference

The Cambridge History of Capitalism Volume 2: The Spread of Capitalism: From 1848 to the Present Edited by Larry Neal | University of Illinois, UrbanaChampaign

The second volume of The Cambridge History of Capitalism provides an authoritative reference on the spread and impact of capitalism across the world. A team of leading scholars explore the global consequences that capitalism has had for industry, agriculture and trade, along with the responses by governments, firms and markets. • Provides a definitive account of the evolution of capitalism, exploring its spread across the world, its impact, and the varieties of responses to it • Has a wide geographical coverage: each feature identified with modern capitalism is treated globally for comparative perspectives • Imcludes a variety of viewpoints from a range of expert scholars, all supplemented with full and up-to-date bibliographies for further study Economic history

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 577pp 26 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-58335-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99 P Also available 978-1-107-01964-5 Hardback £94.99 / US$145.00

A provocative study of the controversial AngloAmerican struggle over empire and economic globalization in the mid- to late-nineteenth century. Palen reinterprets Anglo-American imperialism through the global interplay between Victorian free-trade cosmopolitanism and economic nationalism, revealing how imperial expansion and economic integration were mired in political and ideological conflict. • Evaluates the Anglo-American struggle over empire and economic globalization in the mid- to late-nineteenth century • Connects the history of ideas with the history of political economy • Proposes a new interpretation of American imperialism Economic history

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 340pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10912-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

The Hegemony of Growth The OECD and the Making of the Economic Growth Paradigm Matthias Schmelzer | Université de Genève

How did the pursuit of economic growth become the core goal of economic policymaking? Focussing on the OECD, Schmelzer offers a first transnational history of growth discourse, tracing how the methods employed to measure, model and prescribe growth resulted in new statistical standards, international policy frameworks and widely accepted norms. • Explores how the pursuit of economic growth evolved to become the core goal of economic policymaking • Offers a comprehensive historiography of the OECD, one of the least understood international organizations • Provides the first transnational analysis of the emergence of growth discourses Economic history

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 342pp 6 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-13060-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Key Reference

The Cambridge Economic History of Australia Edited by Simon Ville | University of Wollongong, New South Wales

Written by a team of eminent economic historians, The Cambridge Economic History of Australia is the definitive study of Australia’s economic past and present. It provides a systematic and comprehensive treatment of the nation’s economic foundations, growth, resilience and future, in an engaging, contemporary narrative. • The first new authoritative economic history of Australia for nearly three decades • Draws on a wide range of experts across disciplines and from overseas • Provides a systematic and comprehensive treatment of the nation’s economic foundations, growth, resilience and future in an engaging, contemporary narrative Economic history

January 2015 238 x 158 mm 624pp 978-1-107-02949-1 Hardback £120.00 / US$180.00

History – cross discipline

Highlight

Luxury in Global Perspective

The Path to Sustained Growth

Objects and Practices, 1600–2000 Edited by Karin Hofmeester | International Institute of Social History, Amsterdam

England’s Transition from an Organic Economy to an Industrial Revolution E. A. Wrigley | University of Cambridge

Charts Britain’s transformation from the European periphery to a global economic power over three centuries from the reign of Elizabeth I to Victoria. The book explores how new energy resources, population growth and urbanisation enabled Britain to overcome the constraints of an organic economy and forge a path to industrialisation. • Examines the transformation of Britain from the European periphery to a global economic power • Analyses the impact of new energy sources on production and transport systems • Considers how and why Britain’s competitive advantage gradually began to erode during the course of the nineteenth century Economic history

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 240pp 3 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-107-13571-0 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00 P 978-1-316-50428-4 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

Global history | Studies in Comparative World History

May 2016 228 x 152 mm 320pp 25 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-10832-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

The Making of International Human Rights The 1960s, Decolonization, and the Reconstruction of Global Values Steven L. B. Jensen | The Danish Institute for Human Rights

Humanitarian Invasion Global Development in Cold War Afghanistan Timothy Nunan | Harvard University, Massachusetts

This book is a global history of development and humanitarianism in Afghanistan during the Cold War. Relying on sources from Soviet, Western, and NGO archives and original interviews, it will engage readers interested in Soviet and Russian history, Afghan history, and the history of international development and NGOs. • Covers the history of development and humanitarianism in Afghanistan throughout the entire twentieth century • Engages with anthropological debates about humanitarianism through both Western and non-Western case studies • Makes extensive use of Soviet archives and interviews with former Soviet advisers Global history | Global and International History

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 336pp 8 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-11207-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

This anthology charts the different contexts in which luxury objects have been used across the globe, ranging from the social practices linked to these objects to their production, exchange, and consumption. Using luxury goods as a conduit, Luxury in Global Perspective enriches our understanding of global history. • Incorporates vice into the growing literature on international history • Demonstrates the centrality of race, gender and sexuality to the construction of the modern imperial and nation state • Illuminates the centrality of regulating the habits of the body in imperial and national modernization projects

The history of human rights is a history of our times. This book offers a remarkable reinterpretation, showing how key Third World states during the 1960s initiated the ‘human rights revolution’. They changed international norms and Western politics, challenged the Communist world, and made human rights central to global politics. • Reinterprets how human rights emerged in global politics after 1945 • Highly relevant for human rights practitioners, NGOs, international organizations and diplomats • Presents the political history behind the most significant attempt in the twentieth century to make religion a subject of international law Diplomatic, international history | Human Rights in History

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 306pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11216-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

West Germany, Cold War Europe and the Algerian War Mathilde Von Bulow | University of Nottingham

Epidemics in Modern Asia Robert Peckham | The University of Hong Kong

The first history of epidemics in modern Asia. Robert Peckham considers the varieties of responses that epidemics have elicited – from India to China and the Russian Far East – and examines the processes that have helped to produce and diffuse disease across the region. • Considers epidemic disease as a global phenomenon while remaining attentive to local, regional and global experience • Organized thematically and introduces key topics in Asian history through focused case studies • Outlines critical issues in contemporary science, making a specialist literature intelligible to students and a general readership

Examining the clandestine and subversive activities of Algerian nationalists in West Germany and Europe, Mathilde Von Bulow sheds new light on the extent to which FLN activities and French countermeasures impacted the conflict in Algeria and the politics of the global Cold War. • Examines how external sanctuaries affected French counter-insurgency efforts during Algeria’s independence struggle • Highlights the importance of civil diplomacy as a new pillar of West German foreign relations • Shows how Algeria’s independence struggle helped West Germany re-evaluate its place and role in the post-1945 world Diplomatic, international history | New Studies in European History

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-08859-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

Global history | New Approaches to Asian History

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 220pp 32 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-107-08468-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

978-1-107-44676-2 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

127

History – cross discipline

Highlight

The Great Transition Climate, Disease and Society in the Late Medieval World Bruce Campbell | Queen’s University Belfast

A major new account of the fourteenth-century crisis when climate change, disease and a transformation of the military and political balance of power reshaped the medieval world. Bruce Campbell reveals how these factors combined in a devastating succession of famines, floods, human and animal mortality, wars and financial crises. • Major new account of the fourteenth-century crisis when climate change, disease and a transformation of the military and political balance of power reshaped the medieval world • Provides a fresh account of the creation, collapse and realignment of Western Europe’s late medieval commercial economy • Synthesises a wealth of new historical, palaeo-ecological and biological evidence

128

Environmental history

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 420pp 93 colour illus. 12 tables 978-0-521-19588-1 Hardback c. £35.00 / c. US$49.99 P

Labour in Transport Histories from the Global South, c.1750–1950 Edited by Stefano Bellucci | International Institute of Social History, Amsterdam

This volume considers the history of labour in transport from 1750 to 1950, in the context of globalisation and the evolution of capitalism. The focus is on workers from the Global South (Africa, Asia and Latin America), a previously neglected field of enquiry. • Considers the history of labour in transport from 1750 to 1950, in the context of globalisation and the evolution of capitalism • Focuses on workers from the Global South (Africa, Asia and Latin America), a previously neglected field of enquiry • Includes studies of porters, boatmen, caravanners, rickshaw drivers, truck drivers, railway workers and postal runners Social, population history | International Review of Social History Supplements, 22

February 2015 228 x 152 mm 239pp 978-1-107-52117-9 Paperback £19.99 / US$34.99

Key Reference

The Cambridge Handbook of Western Mysticism and Esotericism

Two Concepts of Liberty? Wilfried Nippel | Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin

A comprehensive account of Athenian democracy as a subject of criticism, admiration and scholarly debate since 2,500 years, covering the features of Athenian democracy, its importance for the English, American and French revolutions and for the debates on democracy and political liberty from the nineteenth century to the present. • Offers an analysis of the continuity and changes in a debate that has stretched over 2,500 years • Shows an interconnection between political theory and historical scholarship in the subject of Athenian democracy • By establishing political ideas in their contemporary institutional context, the book connects with a modern audience History of ideas and intellectual history

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 396pp 978-1-107-02072-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Highlight

Ecological Imperialism The Biological Expansion of Europe, 900–1900 Second edition Alfred W. Crosby

In this original and fascinating study, Alfred W. Crosby argues that the Europeans’ displacement and replacement of the native peoples in the temperate zones was more a matter of biology than of military conquest. The spread of European disease, flora and fauna went hand in hand with the growth of populations. • Cites ecological reasons for success of European expansion, including movement of flora and fauna • The preface to the second edition revisits and evaluates the original thesis • Argues that Europeans’ displacement of native peoples was more a matter of biology than military conquest History – cross discipline (general) | Canto Classics

October 2015 216 x 138 mm 385pp 27 b/w illus. 978-1-107-56987-4 Paperback £12.99 / US$19.99

Edited by Glenn Alexander Magee | Long Island University, New York

This handbook brings together articles on two distinct but related subjects: Western mysticism and Western esotericism. Readers will be able to trace, in one volume, connections between mystical and esoteric currents of thought. The essays are accessible to novices, but will be of interest to seasoned scholars as well. • Accessible to students as well as professional scholars • Includes essays by major scholars, taking highly original and sometimes controversial approaches • Essays offer comprehensive overviews of their subjects History of ideas and intellectual history

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 575pp 978-0-521-50983-1 Hardback £89.99 / US$150.00

Ancient and Modern Democracy

Statistics and probability

Steve Selvin | University of California, Berkeley

Mathematical Foundations of Infinite-Dimensional Statistical Models Evarist Giné | University of Connecticut

High-dimensional and nonparametric statistical models are ubiquitous in modern data science. This book develops a mathematically coherent and objective approach to statistical inference in such models, with a focus on function estimation problems arising from random samples (density estimation) or from Gaussian regression/signal in white noise problems. • Describes the theory of statistical inference in statistical models with an infinite-dimensional parameter space • Develops a mathematically coherent and objective approach to statistical inference • Much of the material arises from courses taught by the authors at the beginning and advanced graduate level; each section ends with exercises Statistical theory and methods | Cambridge Series in Statistical and Probabilistic Mathematics, 40

December 2015 253 x 177 mm 720pp 978-1-107-04316-9 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99

A Biostatistics Toolbox for Data Analysis

Confidence, Likelihood, Probability Statistical Inference with Confidence Distributions Tore Schweder | Universitetet i Oslo

The baby without the bathwater? This lively book lays out a methodology of confidence distributions and puts them through their paces with a generous mixture of theory, illustrations, applications and exercises – suitable for statisticians at all levels of experience, as well as for data-oriented scientists. The methodology yields posterior distributions for parameters, but without the Bayesian ingredients. • Defines confidence inference and develops its basic theory • Includes many worked examples of/with confidence inference, with emphasis on the confidence curve as a good format of reporting • Presents methods for meta-analysis and other forms of combining information, which goes beyond present day theory based on approximate normality Statistical theory and methods | Cambridge Series in Statistical and Probabilistic Mathematics, 41

January 2016 253 x 177 mm 544pp 147 b/w illus. 17 tables 100 exercises 978-0-521-86160-1 Hardback £52.99 / US$84.99 P

Data Management Essentials Using SAS and JMP Julie Kezik | Yale School of Public Health

This book is designed for the first time or occasional SAS user who needs immediate guidance in navigating, exploring, visualizing, cleaning and reporting on data. It teaches the basic SAS skills essential to data management, including practical exercises with solutions. No formal or informal training is required. • A unique SAS textbook that is not statistically based, providing a clear and concise curriculum for basic programming needs • Offers a training program for support staff and students with little or no SAS experience • An ideal desk reference for infrequent users

A Biostatistics Toolbox for Data Analysis delivers a sophisticated package of statistical methods for advanced master’s (MPH) and PhD students in public health and epidemiology who are involved in the analysis of data. The book’s statistical tools are organized into sections with similar objectives, each of which is accompanied by complete instructions, explanations, detailed examples, and advice on relevant issues and potential pitfalls. • Statistical tools are accompanied by complete instructions, explanations, detailed examples, and advice on relevant issues and potential pitfalls • The only prerequisite is a first-year statistics course and familiarity with a computing package such as R, Stata, SPSS, or SAS • Relevant R code, data sets, and links to public data sets are available online Statistics for life sciences, medicine and health

October 2015 253 x 177 mm 578pp 146 b/w illus. 290 tables 978-1-107-11308-4 Hardback £39.99 / US$64.99 P

Numerical Analysis Using R Solutions to ODEs and PDEs Graham W. Griffiths | City University London

This book presents the latest numerical solutions to initial value problems and boundary value problems described by ODEs and PDEs. The author offers practical methods for a wide range of problems and illustrates them in the increasingly popular open source language R, allowing integration with more statistical methods. • Practical solutions to ODEs and PDEs using computer code • Overviews of ‘high resolution’ schemes and meshless methods • Case studies illustrating the use of numerical analysis in a real-world setting Statistics for physical sciences and engineering

April 2016 253 x 177 mm 500pp 182 b/w illus. 15 colour illus. 978-1-107-11561-3 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$79.99 P

The Surprising Mathematics of Longest Increasing Subsequences Dan Romik | University of California, Davis

This book presents for the first time to a graduate-level readership recent groundbreaking developments in probability and combinatorics related to the longest increasing subsequence problem. Its detailed, playful presentation provides a motivating entry to elegant mathematical ideas that are of interest to every mathematician and to many computer scientists, physicists and statisticians. • Includes detailed proofs of all key results • Contains many exercises of varying levels of difficulty • Covers important subject matter from cutting-edge research Probability theory and stochastic processes | Institute of Mathematical Statistics Textbooks, 4

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 366pp 3 b/w illus. 94 exercises 978-1-107-07583-2 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00 P 978-1-107-42882-9 Paperback £27.99 / US$39.99

Computational statistics, machine learning and information science

March 2016 234 x 177 mm 200pp 74 b/w illus. 4 tables 31 exercises 978-1-107-11456-2 Hardback c. £63.00 / c. US$108.00 P 978-1-107-53503-9 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

129

Statistics and probability / Mathematics

Noise Sensitivity of Boolean Functions and Percolation

When Life Is Linear From Computer Graphics to Bracketology Tim Chartier | Davidson College, North Carolina

Christophe Garban | Université Lyon I

This account of the new and exciting area of noise sensitivity of Boolean functions – in particular applied to critical percolation – is designed for graduate students and researchers in probability theory, discrete mathematics, and theoretical computer science. It assumes a basic background in probability theory and integration theory. Each chapter ends with exercises. • Describes the basics of Boolean functions • Includes many exercises throughout the book • Provides connections to important recent developments in statistical physics (such as critical exponents in percolation)

130

Probability theory and stochastic processes | Institute of Mathematical Statistics Textbooks, 5

March 2015 228 x 152 mm 222pp 29 b/w illus. 75 exercises 978-1-107-07643-3 Hardback £60.00 / US$99.00 P 978-1-107-43255-0 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

Truth or Truthiness

Algebra | Anneli Lax New Mathematical Library

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 148pp 978-0-88385-649-9 Paperback £32.00 / c. US$50.00

Groups St Andrews 2013 Edited by C. M. Campbell | University of St Andrews, Scotland

Distinguishing Fact from Fiction by Learning to Think Like a Data Scientist Howard Wainer | National Board of Medical Examiners, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Escaping the clutches of truthiness begins with one simple question: ‘what is the evidence?’ Howard Wainer shows how the sceptical mind-set of a data scientist can expose truthiness, nonsense, and outright deception. He evaluates the evidence, or lack thereof, supporting claims in many fields, with special emphasis in education. • A mixture of modern scientific theory and real drawn-from-theheadlines examples • Author is a well-known expert on educational issues and has written many popular books, including Uneducated Guesses: Using Evidence to Uncover Misguided Education Policies • The ideas are presented through words and pictures rather than equations and jargon Statistics and probability (general)

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 224pp 52 b/w illus. 9 colour illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-13057-9 Hardback £19.99 / US$29.99 G

Mathematics Ordinal Definability and Recursion Theory The Cabal Seminar, Volume III Edited by Alexander S. Kechris | California Institute of Technology

Every four years, leading researchers gather to survey the latest developments in all aspects of group theory. This volume contains selected papers from the 2013 meeting, covering a wide spectrum of modern group theory. • Contains expository articles by leading mathematicians in group theory • An essential reference for researchers and graduate students in this area • Covers a wide variety of topics related to group theory Algebra | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 422

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 500pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-51454-6 Paperback £65.00 / US$115.00

Learning Modern Algebra Al Cuoco | Education Development Center

Designed for prospective and practising mathematics teachers, this book makes explicit connections between the ideas of abstract algebra and the mathematics taught at high-school level. Algebraic concepts are presented in historical order, with focus on number theory, polynomials, and commutative rings and groups. • Designed for school-level mathematics teachers, but can also be used as a modern algebra coursebook • Outlines the development of algebra from the Babylonian era to the present day • Demonstrates how important themes in algebra arose from questions related to teaching Algebra | Mathematical Association of America Textbooks

Ordinal Definability and Recursion Theory is the third in a series of four books presenting the seminal papers from the Caltech-UCLA ‘Cabal Seminar’ with extensive unpublished material, new papers on related topics, and discussion of research developments since the publication of the original volumes. • Includes updated/revised material from the original Cabal Seminars volume • New, unpublished survey articles put the historical papers into context • Now includes uniform and modern notation to make the book more accessible to the reader Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 43

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 551pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03340-5 Hardback £110.00 / US$175.00

The mathematics of data is of growing importance, and a major tool to manipulate and study data is linear algebra. This book introduces concepts of matrix algebra with an emphasis on applications, including computer graphics and data mining. It is suitable as a textbook or as a supplement to a linear algebra course. • Shows the power of linear algebra by focussing on a huge range of modern applications • Applications such as sports ranking, image processing and webpage ranking are relevant to students, making this book a perfect supplement to a linear algebra course • Such modern applications will inspire and enthuse students

January 2015 253 x 177 mm 480pp 978-1-939512-01-7 Hardback £36.00 / c. US$60.00

Mathematics

Distilling Ideas

The Riemann Hypothesis

An Introduction to Mathematical Thinking Brian P. Katz | Augustana College, South Dakota

A Million Dollar Problem Roland van der Veen | Universiteit van Amsterdam

Designed for undergraduate students and lecturers, this text guides its users to develop the skills, and habits of a mathematician. Using exercises and theorems on the subject of graphs, groups, and calculus, its users will discover mathematical ideas, and understand the process of mathematical creativity and development. • An ideal textbook for a first course in proof-based mathematics • Presents a carefully designed sequence of exercises and theorems that challenge students to create proofs and concepts • Accessible to readers without a background in abstract mathematics as the concepts arise from questions about everyday experience

The Riemann Hypothesis is considered the most important and intriguing open problem in Mathematics. Not only fame, but also a million dollar prize awaits whoever proves it. This book introduces readers to the universe of prime numbers, infinite sequences, infinite products and complex functions that lies behind the hypothesis. • Explains the Riemann Hypothesis and its importance in mathematics • Originating from an online course for talented secondary school students, this books is accessible to a broad audience • Sure to inspire further interest in number theory and complex analysis

Algebra | Mathematical Association of America Textbooks

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 126pp 978-0-88385-650-5 Paperback c. £32.00 / c. US$50.00

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 188pp 978-1-939512-03-1 Paperback £32.00 / c. US$54.00

Number theory

131

Sheaves and Functions Modulo p

Commutative Algebra and Noncommutative Algebraic Geometry

Lectures on the Woods Hole Trace Formula Lenny Taelman | Universiteit van Amsterdam

Volume 1: Expository Articles Edited by David Eisenbud | University of California, Berkeley

In recent years there have been many significant developments in these two fields; furthermore, the boundary between them has become increasingly blurred. Based on a series of successful lectures, this two-volume series contains survey articles and research papers by experts in the field which emphasise the connections between them. • High-quality articles survey the current state of knowledge in this extremely active field • Focuses on areas of common interest which emphasise the lively interaction between commutative algebra and noncommutative algebraic geometry • Valuable to researchers and graduate students studying algebra and algebraic geometry

This graduate-level introduction describes a version of the sheaves-functions dictionary of Deligne, relating characteristic-p-valued functions on the rational points of varieties over finite fields to coherent modules equipped with a Frobenius structure. It includes classical examples as well as new results on characteristic p zeta values. • Makes the sheaves-functions dictionary accessible to readers without a strong background in algebraic geometry • Illustrated with a wide range of examples and exercises, from elementary to advanced • Later chapters include infinite coefficients, L-functions, and applications to special values of Goss L-functions and zeta functions Number theory | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 429

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 131pp 978-1-316-50259-4 Paperback £40.00 / US$70.00

Algebra | Mathematical Sciences Research Institute Publications, 67

November 2015 234 x 156 mm 462pp 15 b/w illus. 50 exercises 978-1-107-06562-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$120.00 C

Commutative Algebra and Noncommutative Algebraic Geometry Volume 2: Research Articles Edited by David Eisenbud | University of California, Berkeley

Graph Theory A Problem Oriented Approach Second edition Daniel A. Marcus

Combining the features of a textbook with those of a problem workbook, this text presents a natural, friendly way to learn some of the essential ideas of graph theory, with 360 strategically placed exercises and 280 additional homework problems to encourage reader involvement and engagement. • Introduces graph theory using 360 explanatory exercises, with a further 280 homework problems to help students master the concepts • Topics include Hall’s Theorem, the Konig–Egervary Theorem, matrices and Latin squares • Ideal for undergraduates in mathematics, computer science and engineering Discrete mathematics, information theory and coding theory

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 218pp 978-0-88385-772-4 Paperback £37.00 / c. US$57.00

Algebra | Mathematical Sciences Research Institute Publications, 68

November 2015 234 x 156 mm 302pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14972-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Mathematics

132

Erdős–Ko–Rado Theorems: Algebraic Approaches

Introduction to Model Spaces and their Operators

Christopher Godsil | University of Waterloo, Ontario

Stephan Ramon Garcia | Pomona College, California

The Erdős–Ko–Rado Theorem is a fundamental result in combinatorics. Aimed at graduate students and researchers, this comprehensive text shows how tools from algebraic graph theory can be applied to prove the EKR Theorem and its generalizations. Readers can test their understanding at every step with the end-ofchapter exercises. • Comprehensive look at the EKR Theorem covering many areas and techniques • Self-contained chapters and exercises make this text suitable for a graduate course • Final chapter outlines open research problems to inspire future research

The study of model spaces is a broad field with connections to complex analysis, operator theory, engineering and mathematical physics. This self-contained text is the ideal introduction for newcomers, quickly taking them through the history of the subject and then pointing towards areas of future research. • Self-contained chapters help graduate students and newcomers to follow the topics discussed • Provides historical background that sets model spaces in the context of complex analysis and operator theory • Allows the reader to fast-track to the latest developments in the field

Discrete mathematics, information theory and coding theory | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 149

November 2015 228 x 152 mm 375pp 5 b/w illus. 170 exercises 978-1-107-12844-6 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99 P

Random Graphs, Geometry and Asymptotic Structure

March 2016 228 x 152 mm 335pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10874-5 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99

An Introduction to the Theory of Reproducing Kernel Hilbert Spaces Vern I. Paulsen | University of Waterloo, Ontario

Edited by Michael Krivelevich | Tel-Aviv University

A self-contained and concise introduction to recent developments, particularly those of a geometric and topological nature, in the theory of random graphs. Such material is seldom covered in the formative study of young combinatorialists and probabilists, making this essential reading for beginning researchers in these fields. • An introduction to state-of-the-art developments in the theory of random graphs particularly related to topological, geometric and analytic aspects • Written by established researchers this book brings together in a single volume very different aspects of the theory of random graphs • Covers theoretical background which has applications in various scientific disciplines including telecommunications, astronomy, statistical physics, biology, and computer science, as well as much more recent developments such as the study of social and biological networks Discrete mathematics, information theory and coding theory | London Mathematical Society Student Texts

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 160pp 2 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-13657-1 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00

978-1-316-50191-7 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

Noncommutative Mathematics for Quantum Systems Uwe Franz | Université de Franche-Comté

This book is divided into two parts. The first part provides an introduction to quantum probability, focusing on the notion of independence in quantum probability. The second part provides an introduction to quantum dynamical systems, discussing analogies with fundamental problems studied in classical dynamics. • Provides an introduction to quantum probability • Presents an introduction to quantum dynamical systems • Discusses analogies with fundamental problems studied in classical dynamics Abstract analysis | Cambridge IISc Series

May 2016 234 x 156 mm 198pp 978-1-107-14805-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Abstract analysis | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 148

Covering the fundamental underlying theory as well as a range of applications, this unique text provides a unified overview of reproducing kernel Hilbert spaces. It offers an unrivalled and accessible introduction to the field, ideal for graduate students and researchers working in functional analysis or its applications. • Provides a unified account of the topic, covering fundamental theory as well as applications • Written at an accessible level suitable for a broad audience including graduate students and researchers • Includes a wealth of detailed examples and end-of-chapter exercises Abstract analysis | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 152

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 192pp 99 exercises 978-1-107-10409-9 Hardback £44.99 / US$69.99

Variational Methods for Nonlocal Fractional Problems Giovanni Molica Bisci | Università di Reggio Calabria, Italy

Devoted to the variational analysis of problems described by nonlocal operators, this book will appeal to a wide range of researchers and graduate students in mathematics, especially those interested in nonlinear phenomena. A careful balance is struck between rigorous mathematics and physical applications. • Presents a modern, unified approach to analyzing nonlocal equations • Examines a broad range of problems described by nonlocal operators that can be extended to other classes of related problems • Reveals a number of surprising interactions among various topics Abstract analysis | Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications, 162

February 2016 234 x 156 mm 386pp 978-1-107-11194-3 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Mathematics

The Banach–Tarski Paradox

Special Functions and Orthogonal Polynomials

Second edition Grzegorz Tomkowicz | Centrum Edukacji G2, Bytom, Poland

The Banach–Tarski Paradox is the most surprising result in mathematics. This new edition of a classic book offers a comprehensive, accessible presentation, with many related results, especially connections to non-Euclidean geometry, to squaring the circle, and even to some art by Escher. This material is suited to projects for undergraduates or masters students. • Offers complete coverage of the classic Banach–Tarski Paradox • Provides several examples of constructive or geometric paradoxes that can be visualized • Includes diagrams to help understand proofs and ideas visually Abstract analysis | Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications, 163

March 2016 234 x 156 mm 384pp 47 b/w illus. 6 colour illus. 978-1-107-04259-9 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$110.00 P

Convergence of One-parameter Operator Semigroups

A graduate-level introduction to special functions – a very active area of research and application. Emphases is given to unifying aspects, and on motivation, making this book ideal for self-study, while its comprehensive coverage of standard and newer topics and extensive bibliography also make it a valuable reference. • Covers standard topics from a unified point of view to show how different topics are part of a general scheme • Comprehensive but self-contained, covering newer asymptotic methods to give an up-to-date view of an important research area • Includes topics such as Painleve Functions and Meijer G-functions, which are not usually treated at this level, to give an understandable and well-motivated introduction to some subjects of great current interest Real and complex analysis | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 153

May 2016 228 x 152 mm 500pp 7 b/w illus. 430 exercises 978-1-107-10698-7 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00 P

In Models of Mathematical Biology and Elsewhere Adam Bobrowski | Politechnika Lubelska, Poland

Varieties of Integration C. Ray Rosentrater | Westmont College, California

Written by a leading expert in the field, this book presents the classical theory of convergence of semigroups and then uses real examples to show how it can be applied to models of mathematical biology as well as other branches of mathematics. • Arises from the author’s long-held fascination with phenomena accompanying convergence of semigroups • New results appear for the first time in book form • Illustrates how real-world phenomena lead to interesting mathematical insight and new theorems Abstract analysis | New Mathematical Monographs, 30

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 439pp 60 b/w illus. 9 colour illus. 160 exercises 978-1-107-13743-1 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

The Heart of Calculus

Young mathematicians typically encounter three definitions of integration which are often treated as disparate. This book, perfect as both a reference and as a textbook for a second undergraduate analysis course, redresses this situation by introducing the Riemann, Darboux, Lebesgue, and gauge integrals using a common set of examples. • A historically-motivated, cohesive survey of the most common types of integration • Unifies some seemingly disparate frameworks for integration using a common set of examples • Pedagogy is a clear priority, and the different types of integration are compared in multiple enlightening ways Real and complex analysis | Dolciani Mathematical Expositions

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-0-88385-359-7 Hardback c. £32.00 / c. US$50.00

The Lebesgue Integral

Explorations and Applications Philip M. Anselone | Oregon State University

Targeting talented students who seek a deeper understanding of calculus and its applications, this book contains enrichment material for undergraduate courses in calculus, differential equations, and modelling. The friendly presentation maintains rigour whilst avoiding epsilons and deltas. Topics are chosen for intrinsic interest, historical influence, and continuing importance. • Conveys the beauty and depth of calculus while imparting the mathematical reasoning at its heart • Contains a wealth of enrichment material for a broad variety of calculus courses • Valuable for beginning or seasoned instructors who wish to hone their pedagogical skills or gain new perspectives Real and complex analysis

August 2015 253 x 177 mm 245pp 978-0-88385-787-8 Hardback £38.00 / c. US$60.00

Second edition Richard Beals | Yale University, Connecticut

An Elementary Approach William Johnston | Butler University, Indiana

Using the Daniell–Riesz approach, this text presents the Lebesgue integral to an audience familiar only with limits, derivatives and series. Employing such minimal prerequisites allows for increased curricular flexibility for course instructors, and provides undergraduates with a gateway to the modern mathematics of functions at an early stage. • Introduces readers to the powerful theory of Lebesgue integration with fewer prerequisites than many other approaches • As a textbook, it allows for increased flexibility in the undergraduate analysis syllabus • Describes several applications, such as Fourier series, quantum mechanics, and probability Real and complex analysis | Mathematical Association of America Textbooks

September 2015 253 x 177 mm 200pp 978-1-939512-07-9 Hardback £38.00 / c. US$60.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

133

Mathematics

134

Introduction to Radon Transforms

Recent Advances in Hodge Theory

With Elements of Fractional Calculus and Harmonic Analysis Boris Rubin | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

Period Domains, Algebraic Cycles, and Arithmetic Edited by Matt Kerr | Washington University, St Louis

This comprehensive introduction for students and researchers explores Radon transforms and related operators when the basic manifolds are the real Euclidean space, the unit sphere, and the real hyperbolic space. Applications include analysis, integral and convex geometry, and medical imaging. Open problems and recent results are also presented. • Contains many examples and the results are presented with detailed proofs • Can serve as a basis of lecture courses for graduate and advanced undergraduate students • Features one hundred worked examples

Hodge theory lies at the heart of modern algebraic geometry and this volume explores the many contexts in which it arises, including theoretical physics. The book will be of value to graduate students and seasoned researchers alike, for its mixture of cutting-edge research and expository articles. • Discusses recent developments in Hodge theory with a novel focus on period maps • Thematic organisation helps the reader see how different topics and techniques fit together • High-quality papers from world-leading academics will draw new researchers and young mathematicians to the study of period maps

Topology and geometry | Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications

Topology and geometry | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 427

November 2015 234 x 156 mm 596pp 16 b/w illus. 4 exercises 978-0-521-85459-7 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00 C

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 528pp 10 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-54629-5 Paperback £65.00 / US$115.00 C

Recent Advances in Algebraic Geometry

Geometry in a Fréchet Context

A Volume in Honor of Rob Lazarsfeld’s 60th Birthday Edited by Christopher D. Hacon | University of Utah

A Projective Limit Approach C. T. J. Dodson | University of Manchester

A collection of articles, written by leading experts, on cutting-edge aspects of algebraic geometry. Up-to-date research is presented in an expository manner, giving a comprehensive picture of current research in this thriving field. Essential reading for researchers and graduate students. • Features contributions on modern topics from leading experts in algebraic geometry and related areas • Articles have an expository flavour suitable for graduate students • The flourishing modern topics of birational geometry and positivity feature prominently Topology and geometry | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 417

January 2015 228 x 152 mm 447pp 12 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-64755-8 Paperback £65.00 / US$99.00 C

Geometry, Topology, and Dynamics in Negative Curvature

Topology and geometry | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 428

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 314pp 978-1-316-60195-2 Paperback £55.00 / US$90.00

The Geometry of Celestial Mechanics Hansjörg Geiges | Universität zu Köln

Edited by C. S. Aravinda | Tata Institute of Fundamental Research, Mumbai, India

Negative curvature arises in several mathematical areas, including geometry, topology, dynamics, and number theory. This volume contains survey articles around this common theme, which should help mathematicians interested in transitioning between these areas, as well as graduate students entering this interdisciplinary subject. • Ten high-quality articles overview the state of the art in the mathematics surrounding negative curvature • Accessible to graduate students and mathematicians from other areas interested in entering the field • Provides a fresh perspective on known results with brand new proofs Topology and geometry | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 425

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 358pp 25 b/w illus. 978-1-107-52900-7 Paperback £60.00 / US$99.00

Aimed at researchers and graduate students, this book presents a new approach to studying Fréchet geometry which overcomes deficiencies of the Fréchet space theory, such as the lack of a general solvability theory for differential equations. The book concludes with a series of open problems and suggestions for further research. • Proposes a new approach that overcomes many complications of the geometric theory • Self-contained chapters and detailed proofs help the reader progress systematically through the book • Includes an extensive introduction to the geometry of Banach manifolds and bundles

A geometric introduction to celestial mechanics, for advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate students. This textbook introduces the geometric concepts underlying celestial mechanics and their applications, making it suitable for traditional geometry courses or as supplementary material. Numerous exercises and extensive historical notes also support self-study. • The first modern undergraduate mathematics textbook on celestial mechanics • Begins from an elementary discussion so the book can be used profitably by undergraduates and also senior students who have not encountered celestial mechanics before • Includes an extensive bibliography which serves as a guide for further reading with pointers to the old masters and current research literature Topology and geometry | London Mathematical Society Student Texts

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 235pp 39 b/w illus. 112 exercises 978-1-107-12540-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00 P 978-1-107-56480-0 Paperback c. £26.99 / c. US$44.99

Mathematics

Geometry Illuminated Matthew Harvey | University of Virginia

An introduction to Euclidean and hyperbolic geometry in the plane, this book is designed for an undergraduate course in geometry, but will also be a stimulating read for anyone comfortable with the language of mathematical proof. The text is extensively illustrated and brings together topics not typically found together. • Emphasises the logical development of geometries within an axiomatic system • Brings together a distinctive selection of topics that are not often found together in books at this level • Extensively illustrated to enhance the reader’s journey Topology and geometry | Mathematical Association of America Textbooks

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 550pp 978-1-939512-11-6 Hardback £45.00 / c. US$70.00

Thinking Geometrically A Survey of Geometries Thomas Sibley | St John’s University, Collegeville

A self-contained, comprehensive survey of college geometry that can serve a wide range of courses for students of mathematics and mathematics education. Topics include Euclidean geometry, axiomatic systems, analytic geometry, transformational geometry, symmetry, nonEuclidean geometry, projective geometry, finite geometry, and differential geometry, while connections between topics are emphasised throughout. • Emphasises the best aspects of geometrical thinking: its beauty, visual insights, convincing proofs, broad connections, and more • The book’s focus on developing reason and intuition will appeal to both students of mathematics and mathematics education • Historical material and biographies of famous geometers share some of the rich insights that history can provide Topology and geometry | Mathematical Association of America Textbooks

December 2015 253 x 177 mm 509pp 978-1-939512-08-6 Hardback £45.00 / c.US$70.00

Optimal Control and Geometry: Integrable Systems Velimir Jurdjevic | University of Toronto

Blending theory and applications, this book is a vital resource for graduates and researchers. It offers a broad theoretic base, synthesising symplectic geometry and optimal control theory, essential for mechanical, geometric or space engineering problems. The theory is tested through challenging problems and is rich with fresh insights and ideas. • Provides a cohesive view of the theory of integrable systems with conceptual clarity and originality of approach • Delivers a new framework for tackling problems of optimality • Allows readers in many fields to understand both the calculus of variations and control theory in a new light Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 154

May 2016 228 x 152 mm 400pp 4 tables 978-1-107-11388-6 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$85.00

Discrete Systems and Integrability Jarmo Hietarinta | University of Turku, Finland

The first introductory text on a topic of interdisciplinary science that has undergone major development in recent years. Written by respected experts in the field and including numerous exercises and notes on further reading, this book will benefit upper-level and beginning graduate students as well as researchers from other disciplines. • A generous and up-to-date bibliography allows the reader to use the text as a source for branching out into more specialized directions, according to their own interests • Readers will more easily absorb the ideas and the techniques by working through explicit computations built up on the basis of key examples while at the same time being presented with the general theory • Based on tried and tested lecture notes the material has been used for teaching undergraduate courses and is tailored for student use Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | Cambridge Texts in Applied Mathematics

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 432pp 68 b/w illus. 2 tables 98 exercises 978-1-107-04272-8 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-107-66948-2 Paperback c. £35.00 / c. US$50.00

Finite Dimensional Linear Systems Roger W. Brockett | Harvard University, Massachusetts

Since linearity lies at the heart of much applied mathematical analysis, a firm grounding in its central ideas is essential. Recommended for first-year graduate students, this classic textbook develops linear systems in a thorough yet intuitive way, providing a solid foundation for learning about dynamical systems. • Develops the theory of linear systems in a systematic way • Touches upon many central topics in applied mathematics, making it essential reading for a wide range of researchers and students • Contains many nontrivial examples and exercises to elucidate the theory Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | Classics in Applied Mathematics

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 260pp 978-1-61197-387-7 Paperback £51.00 / c. US$80.00

Isolated Singularities in Partial Differential Inequalities Marius Ghergu | University College Dublin

Singularities are a common feature of the qualitative side of mathematics. In this monograph, the authors present some powerful methods for dealing with singularities in elliptic and parabolic partial differential inequalities, which will appeal to researchers and graduate students interested in analysis. • Describes various methods developed by the authors in the study of isolated singularities • Self-contained chapters give readers quick access to specific mathematical methods • Each chapter concludes with historical notes and pointers to related literature Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications, 161

February 2016 234 x 156 mm 344pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13838-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

135

Mathematics

Active Subspaces

Lectures on the Theory of Water Waves

Emerging Ideas for Dimension Reduction in Parameter Studies Paul G. Constantine | Colorado School of Mines

Edited by Thomas J. Bridges | University of Surrey

Studying the relationship between a model’s input parameters and its outputs is challenging when the simulation is expensive and the model has several inputs. This book presents techniques and algorithms for discovering and exploiting active subspaces: an emerging set of tools for dimension reduction of the model’s input parameter space. • Presents new ideas for dimension reduction, essential reading for researchers • Demonstrates easy-to-implement algorithms • Gives several examples of active subspaces in action

136

Mathematical modelling and methods

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 110pp 978-1-61197-385-3 Paperback £28.00 / c. US$42.00

Model Emergent Dynamics in Complex Systems Arising from growing interest in dynamical systems, this book explores the derivation of relatively simple dynamical equations that model complex physical interactions. It describes mathematical models at various levels of resolution and complexity, focussing on the geometric picture of both coordinate transforms and invariant manifolds in dynamical systems. • Using mathematical models at various levels of resolution and complexity, it establishes the relationships between multiscale models, and clarifies difficulties and apparent paradoxes • A visual approach to state spaces provides a route to better assess a model’s limitations and strengths • The author expresses the range of geometric interpretations of the modeling process, inspiring sound methods of analysis Mathematical modelling and methods

The Defocusing Nonlinear Schrödinger Equation From Dark Solitions to Vortices and Vortex Rings P. G. Kevrekidis | University of Massachusetts, Amherst

A broad study of nonlinear excitations in self-defocusing nonlinear media, this book presents a wide array of findings in the realm of Bose–Einstein condensates and on the nonlinear Schrödinger-type models that arise therein. Recommended for beginning and experienced researchers in physics, nonlinear science, and applied mathematics. • This is a broad study of nonlinear excitations in self-defocusing nonlinear media • Summarizes state-of-the-art knowledge on the defocusing nonlinear Schrödinger-type models in a single volume • Contains a wealth of resources, including over 800 references to relevant articles and monographs and a meticulous index for ease of navigation Fluid dynamics and solid mechanics

October 2015 247 x 174 mm 446pp 978-1-61197-393-8 Paperback £69.00 / c. US$106.00

Fluid dynamics and solid mechanics | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 426

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 300pp 50 b/w illus. 978-1-107-56556-2 Paperback £55.00 / US$90.00

Textbook

A. J. Roberts | University of Adelaide

May 2015 247 x 174 mm 760pp 978-1-61197-355-6 Paperback £79.00 / c. US$124.00

In the summer of 2014 experts were invited to give introductory-level talks on active topics in the theory of water waves. This compilation is an ideal introduction for PhD students and researchers. It may also be used as a supplementary text for advanced courses in mathematics or fluid dynamics. • Captures the current state of the art in the theory of water waves • Aimed at students and young researchers entering the field • Includes contributions from a range of experts to represent the diversity of current research

Elements of Numerical Analysis Second edition Radhey S. Gupta | Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee

This textbook introduces the basic concepts of numerical analysis conforming to the module syllabus designed by the University Grant Commission (UGC) for undergraduate courses in science and engineering for Indian universities. The mathematical derivations discussed here are presented in a simplified and systematic manner. • Provides an in-depth coverage of topics like moving grid method, hyperbolic equation of first order and finite difference methods • Includes a separate chapter on Fourier series, discrete Fourier transform and fast Fourier transform • Presents applications of interpolation, splines, ordinary differential equations and minimum functional theorem Contents: Preface; 1. Errors in computation; 2. Linear equations and eigenvalue problem; 3. Nonlinear equations; 4. Interpolation; 5. Numerical differentiation; 6. Numerical integration; 7. Ordinary differential equations; 8. Splines and their applications; 9. Method of least squares and Chebyshev approximation; 10. Eigenvalues of symmetric matrices; 11. Partial differential equations; 12. Finite element method; 13. Integral equations; 14. Difference equations; 15. Fourier series, discrete Fourier transform and fast Fourier transform; 16. Free and moving boundary problems: a brief introduction; Appendices; Index. Numerical analysis

May 2015 244 x 170 mm 774pp 978-1-107-50049-5 Paperback £49.99 / US$79.99

Acta Numerica 2015 Volume 24 Edited by Arieh Iserles | University of Cambridge

Acta Numerica is an annual publication containing invited survey papers by leading researchers in numerical mathematics and scientific computing. The papers present overviews of recent developments in their area and provide state-of-the-art techniques and analysis. • High-impact survey volume • Contributors are leading researchers • Covers topics of current interest and presents state-of-the-art overviews of them Numerical analysis | Acta Numerica, 24

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 381pp 50 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11258-2 Hardback £114.00 / US$195.00

Mathematics

A Primer on Radial Basis Functions with Applications to the Geosciences Bengt Fornberg | University of Colorado Boulder

Using examples and heuristic explanations to generate a practical and intuitive perspective, this book focuses on Radial Basis Functions, a powerful numerical methodology for solving PDEs. As the first book to survey RBF-FD methodology, this text is valuable for graduates and researchers in areas ranging from numerical analysis to geoscience. • The first book to survey RBF-FD methods • The methods within can be applied to numerical simulations in seismic exploration, climate modelling, and electromagnetics • Suitable as a text for a one-semester first-year graduate course Numerical analysis | CBMS-NSF Regional Conference Series in Applied Mathematics

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 235pp 978-1-61197-402-7 Paperback £56.00 / c.US$86.00

Variational Methods for the Numerical Solution of Nonlinear Elliptic Problems Roland Glowinski | University of Houston

A detailed discussion of the computational methods that have proven efficient for the solution of various nonlinear elliptic problems. Particular focus is given to their application to problems in continuum mechanics and physics, providing useful insights to advanced graduates, researchers in applied mathematics and research engineers. • Demonstrates via examples the power and versatility of operatorsplitting methods • Presents efficient tools for the solution of highly nonlinear problems • Useful material for researchers in many areas of science and engineering, particularly continuum mechanics and physics Numerical analysis | CBMS-NSF Regional Conference Series in Applied Mathematics

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 445pp 978-1-61197-377-8 Paperback £56.00 / c.US$86.00

Passive Imaging with Ambient Noise Josselin Garnier | Université de Paris VII (Denis Diderot)

This multidisciplinary book, for researchers and graduate students, presents the mathematical underpinnings in the analysis of passive sensor array imaging using ambient noise sources. It also covers a range of related topics, including conventional sensor array imaging, wave propagation in random media, and high frequency wave propagation. • The first book to provide a complete mathematical framework in which correlation-based and ambient noise imaging methods can be understood • Takes a multidisciplinary approach, combining mathematical exposition with the physics of imaging • Can be used on advanced courses on wave-based imaging Computational science

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 288pp 15 b/w illus. 48 colour illus. 978-1-107-13563-5 Hardback £89.99 / US$150.00 P

Spline Functions Computational Methods Larry L. Schumaker | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

Focussing on key algorithms for computing with bivariate splines on triangulations in the plane and on the sphere, this book illustrates the usefulness of splines in solving problems in numerical analysis, including function approximation, numerical quadrature, data fitting, and the numerical solution of PDEs. • All the algorithms in the book are coded in a MATLAB package, available for licence • An additional bibliography containing over one hundred pages of references can be found on the book’s website • Contains numerous examples and figures to illustrate the methods and their performance Computational science

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 430pp 978-1-61197-389-1 Hardback £58.00 / c. US$90.00

Mathematics of Planet Earth Mathematicians Reflect on How to Discover, Organize, and Protect Our Planet Edited by Hans Kaper | Georgetown University, Washington DC

In 2013, an international partnership of more than 140 societies, institutes, and organizations focused its attention on challenges facing the planet, resulting in the ‘Mathematics of Planet Earth’ project. Based on outreach blog posts from the project, this book is accessible to a general audience with a basic scientific background. • A diverse collection of articles arising from a partnership of more than 140 societies, organisations and institutes • Accessible to those with a general scientific background • The issues presented reveal research problems with a mathematical and/or interdisciplinary flavour General and recreational mathematics

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 214pp 978-1-61197-370-9 Paperback £28.00 / c. US$42.00

The G. H. Hardy Reader Edited by Donald J. Albers | Dover Publications, California

G. H. Hardy ranks among the great mathematicians of the twentieth century, doing essential research in number theory and analysis. This book is a feast of Hardy’s writing, featuring articles ranging from the serious to the humorous. The G. H. Hardy Reader is a worthy introduction to an extraordinary individual. • Introduces the extraordinary life of G. H. Hardy • Provides samples of his essays, book reviews, and personal stories of his colleagues • A treat for anyone from amateurs to serious mathematicians General and recreational mathematics | Spectrum

January 2016 228 x 152 mm 380pp 24 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13555-0 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00

978-1-107-59464-7 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

137

Mathematics / Computer science

I, Mathematician Edited by Peter Cassaza | University of Missouri, Columbia

138

Essentials of Programming in Mathematica®

What do mathematicians think of themselves, and what do others think of them? A large and diverse group of mathematicians and mathematical people were assembled to offer their views on these matters. These contributions represent a vast array of perspectives on the psychology of the mathematician. • Contains fascinating musings on tension between truth and beauty, teaching and learning of mathematics, and sociology of the mathematical community, among other topics • A thought-provoking read for anyone interested in mathematics • Provides comment from many highly eminent mathematicians

This introduction is suitable for someone who has little or no background in Mathematica, or who has some experience using other languages such as C, Java, or Perl. Starting from first principles, this example-driven text contains material from disciplines as varied as linguistics, bioinformatics, geometry, computer science, and many more. • Assumes no formal knowledge of programming • More than 350 exercises from basic to advanced make the book ideal for teaching or for self-study • Solutions to exercises are available from www.cambridge.org/wellin

General and recreational mathematics | Spectrum

Scientific computing, scientific software

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 285pp 978-0-88385-585-0 Paperback £32.00 / c. US$50.00

Half a Century of Pythagoras Magazine Edited by Alex van den Brandhof | Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam

Containing an entertaining mix of original problems as well as playful introductions to subjects from topology to number theory, mathematical art, and more, this book is a selection of the most inspiring articles from Pythagoras magazine. Ideal for high school students and anyone with an inquisitive mind. • Hundreds of brainteasers originally published in Dutch in the renowned Pythagoras magazine • Will bring out the mathematician in every curious mind • Accessible to high-school students General and recreational mathematics | Spectrum

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 206pp 978-0-88385-587-4 Paperback c. £29.00 / c.US$45.00

Computer science

December 2015 246 x 189 mm 440pp 45 b/w illus. 190 colour illus. 350 exercises 978-1-107-11666-5 Hardback £39.99 / US$59.99 P

Statistical Methods for Recommender Systems Deepak K. Agarwal | Yahoo! Research, Sunnyvale, California

This book is for researchers and students in statistics, data mining, computer science, machine learning, marketing and also practitioners who implement recommender systems. It provides an in-depth discussion of challenges encountered in deploying real-life large-scale systems and the state-of-the-art solutions in personalization, explore/exploit, dimension reduction and multi-objective optimization. • Includes technical solutions together with open source software for four common recommender settings, with special attention to the online aspects • Provides a good introduction to ‘classical’ approaches to recommender problems • Features an open-source library for fitting latent factor models Knowledge management, databases, datamining

Practical Foundations for Programming Languages

February 2016 228 x 152 mm 288pp 66 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-03607-9 Hardback £34.99 / US$59.99 P

Second edition Robert Harper | Carnegie Mellon University, Pennsylvania

This book defines and analyzes a full range of programming language concepts in a single unifying framework that isolates core abstractions and avoids irrelevant details of specific languages. It stresses the central role of types and teaches the use of rigorous mathematical techniques for proving properties of languages and programs. • Develops the fundamental tools of type systems and operational semantics • Covers a broad range of language concepts in a single unifying framework • Provides a body of enduring principles on which all future work on language design may be based Programming languages and applied logic

March 2016 253 x 177 mm 550pp 978-1-107-15030-0 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00

Paul Wellin

Handbook of Computational Social Choice Edited by Felix Brandt | Technische Universität München

At the intersection of computer science and economics, computational social choice deals with the computational aspects of collective decision making. This book outlines the field’s major themes: voting, fair allocation, and coalition forming. Graduate students and researchers in computer science, economics, mathematics, political science, and philosophy will benefit from this book. • Chapters were written by many of the prominent members of the computational social choice community • Accessible to readers from a variety of disciplines, especially computer science, economics, and mathematics • The first book in English devoted to computational social choice Artificial intelligence and natural language processing

January 2016 253 x 177 mm 544pp 41 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-06043-2 Hardback £39.99 / US$59.99 P

Computer science

Intelligence Analysis as Discovery of Evidence, Hypotheses, and Arguments Connecting the Dots Gheorghe Tecuci | George Mason University, Virginia

This book teaches the evidential and inferential issues involved in ‘connecting the dots’ to draw defensible and persuasive conclusions from masses of evidence, providing a hands-on learning experience with an advanced analytical tool to generate and test hypotheses. • Covers several vital topics that are overlooked in other works • Follows a hands-on approach to learning intelligence analysis • Provides an advanced analytical too, Disciple-CD, for complex evidence-based hypothesis analysis Artificial intelligence and natural language processing

April 2016 253 x 177 mm 320pp 111 colour illus. 23 tables 978-1-107-12260-4 Hardback c. £40.00 / c. US$65.00 P

Knowledge Engineering Building Personal Learning Assistants for Evidence-based Reasoning Gheorghe Tecuci | George Mason University, Virginia

This book presents a significant advancement in knowledge engineering based on learning agent technology. Using the software Disciple-EBR, students, practitioners, and researchers can rapidly develop learning assistants numerous domains that require evidence-based reasoning, including cyber security, law, forensics, medicine, and education. • Presents a significant advancement in the theory and practice of knowledge engineering • Follows a hands-on approach to learning knowledge engineering • Disciple-EBR is provided as a tool to develop personal learning assistants Artificial intelligence and natural language processing

April 2016 253 x 177 mm 450pp 350 colour illus. 59 tables 978-1-107-12256-7 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$94.99 P

Real-Time Software Design for Embedded Systems Hassan Gomaa | George Mason University, Virginia

This tutorial reference takes the reader from use cases to complete architectures for real-time embedded systems using SysML, UML, and MARTE, including complete case studies using the COMET/ RTE design methods. Its modular presentation of the design stages makes it perfect for students as well as experienced software engineers. • Provides a concurrent object-oriented analysis and design method for real-time embedded software • Includes comprehensive case studies • Provides a catalog of Architectural design patterns for real-time embedded systems, with examples of their use in several case studies • Includes performance analysis of real-time designs using real-time scheduling and timing analysis on single and multiple processor systems Application development and software engineering

January 2016 253 x 177 mm 592pp 373 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-04109-7 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99 P

Contest Theory Incentive Mechanisms and Ranking Methods Milan Vojnovic | Microsoft Research

Contests are prevalent in many areas, from sports, to labor markets, to resource allocation, to crowdsourcing. Using a game-theoretic framework, this unified, comprehensive treatment pays particular attention to online applications of contest design, allowing professionals, researchers and students to learn about the theoretical principles and to test them in practice. • Brings together results from economics, computer science, and statistics for a broad range of applications • Includes simple and intuitive illustrations, exercises, and chapter summaries reinforce the main results and help readers check their understanding • An extensive survey of the literature is provided for each topic covered IT management and e-commerce

December 2015 253 x 177 mm 656pp 187 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-03313-9 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99 P

Big Crisis Data Social Media in Disasters and Time-Critical Situations Carlos Castillo | Qatar Computing Research Institute, Doha

During natural disasters people make extensive use of social media. How can this avalanche of messages be processed to extract the information needed to save lives? This book brings together computational methods from many disciplines for processing social media messages under timecritical constraints. • Domain specific, rather than method specific • Accessible to a broad audience, not just computer scientists, including practitioners and those involved in crisis management • Allows the reader to make sense of a rapidly developing area Social, educational and philosophical aspects of computing, e-publishing, HCI

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 224pp 10 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-13576-5 Hardback c. £39.99 / c. US$59.99

Interactions with Search Systems Ryen W. White | Microsoft Research

Search engines are an invaluable part of our daily lives. This book describes advances in technology, data availability, and searcher expectations around next-generation search engines. It will appeal to students (undergraduate/graduate) in disciplines such as computer science and information science, as well as scholars and scientists in related areas. • Discusses many new technologies and their role in the search process • Covers important issues involving data availability and privacy • Talks about these issues in depth, educating searchers in the benefits and potential costs involved in using big (and small) data • Combines research from information retrieval, information science, and human-computer interaction Social, educational and philosophical aspects of computing, e-publishing, HCI

December 2015 253 x 177 mm 500pp 79 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-107-03422-8 Hardback £34.99 / US$59.99 P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

139

Computer science / Physics

The Computing Universe A Journey through a Revolution Tony Hey | Microsoft Research, Redmond, Washington

140

This exciting and accessible book takes us on a journey from the early days of computers to the cutting-edge research of the present day. It introduces a fascinating cast of dreamers and inventors who brought these great technological developments, and will open up the universe of computing to those who wonder where their smartphone came from. • Explains in an engaging, non-technical way how computers work, how the world of computing came to be this way, and where it is going in the future • Contains numerous anecdotes and photos of key events and personalities involved with the development of the industry • Features chapters on Moore’s Law, video games, malware and cryptography, machine learning, Artificial Intelligence and consciousness • Shows how students have been able to make major contributions to computing and why young people should be interested in helping shape the future General computer science

Fundamentals of Polymer Physics and Molecular Biophysics Himadri B. Bohidar | Jawaharlal Nehru University

This book discusses the essential concepts that can be used to model and analyse the static and transport behaviour of polymers and biopolymers. It provides the application of essential concepts in different physical parameters including conformational properties and physicochemical features of protein and nucleic acids. • Discusses the fundamentals of polymer physics and molecular biophysics in one volume • Provides graded content from elementary thermodynamics and probability theory to elaborate static properties of polymers • Examines structure and properties of proteins and nucleic acids Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

January 2015 246 x 189 mm 350pp 978-1-107-05870-5 Hardback £70.00 / US$110.00 Textbook

March 2015 297 x 210 mm 424pp 596 colour illus. 20 tables 978-0-521-76645-6 Hardback £50.00 / US$85.00 G

Fundamentals of Condensed Matter Physics

978-0-521-15018-7 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

Marvin L. Cohen | University of California, Berkeley

Physics Highlight

The Wonders of Light Marta García-Matos | Institut de Ciències Fotòniques (ICFO)

Discover the spectacular power of light with this visually stunning celebration of the multitude of ways in which light-based technology has shaped our society. Be inspired by explanations of state-ofthe-art science, be dazzled by dramatic design and radiant color illustrations, and celebrate the 2015 UNESCO International Year of Light. • A highly visual book with a modern, eye-catching design • Simple explanations of high-tech, advanced scientific concepts, written by leading scientists – but in a gentle, literary style • Independent, standalone chapters can be read in any order you choose Optics, optoelectronics and photonics

June 2015 243 x 186 mm 142pp 30 b/w illus. 50 colour illus. 978-1-107-47741-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99 G

Fundamentals of Sum-Frequency Spectroscopy

Based on an established course and covering all the fundamentals, central areas, and contemporary topics of this diverse field, this is a much-needed textbook for graduate students. Coverage of concepts and techniques ensures that both theoretically and experimentally inclined students gain the strong understanding needed for research and teaching. • A much-needed textbook for graduate students, covering all the fundamental and central areas as well as contemporary topics • Features 200 illustrations, 40 worked examples and 150 homework problems for students to test their understanding • Takes readers through the concepts and techniques to give students a strong understanding Contents: Part I. Basic Concepts: Electrons and Phonons: 1. Concept of a solid: qualitative introduction and overview; 2. Electrons in crystals; 3. Electronic energy bands; 4. Lattice vibrations and phonons; Part II. Electron Intercations, Dynamics and Responses: 5. Electron dynamics in crystals; 6. Many-electron interactions: the interacting electron gas and beyond; 7. Density functional theory; 8. The dielectric function for solids; Part III. Optical and Transport Phenomena: 9. Electronic transitions and optical properties of solids; 10. Electron-phonon interactions; 11. Dynamics of crystal electrons in a magnetic field; 12. Fundamentals of transport phenomena in solids; Part IV. Superconductivity, Magnetism, and Lower Dimensional Systems: 13. Using many-body techniques; 14. Superconductivity; 15. Magnetism; 16. Reduced-dimensional systems and nanostructures; Index. Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

Yeun-Ron Shen | University of California, Berkeley

The first book on the topic and written by the founder of the technique, this is an authoritative and comprehensive guide to sum-frequency spectroscopy, its basic principles, applications, and future prospects. An essential resource for any researchers using the technique in fields ranging from physics to materials science and chemistry. • The first book on sum-frequency spectroscopy, written by the founder of the technique • Integrates all aspects of the topic including its basic principles and practical applications • Discusses future development and new areas to be explored Optics, optoelectronics and photonics | Cambridge Molecular Science

January 2016 247 x 174 mm 327pp 136 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09884-8 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

May 2016 246 x 189 mm 450pp 195 b/w illus. 7 tables 150 exercises 978-0-521-51331-9 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$84.99 X

Physics

Textbook

Quantum Monte Carlo Methods

Advanced Concepts in Particle and Field Theory

Algorithms for Lattice Models James Gubernatis | Los Alamos National Laboratory

Tristan Hübsch | Howard University, Washington DC

Featuring detailed explanations of the major algorithms used in quantum Monte Carlo simulations, this is the first textbook of its kind to provide a pedagogical examination of the field and its applications. This is an essential resource for graduate students, teachers, and researchers. • Provides extensive background on the quantum Monte Carlo methods being used today • Explains how and why the major algorithms work, and discusses the strengths and weaknesses of present algorithms • Presents the core algorithms and/or essential steps in these algorithms as pseudo-code in dedicated ‘algorithm boxes’ Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 536pp 60 b/w illus. 978-1-107-00642-3 Hardback £49.99 / US$84.99

Amorphous Semiconductors Sándor Kugler | Budapest University of Technology and Economics

Explaining how to use computer modelling to better understand the structure and properties of amorphous semiconductors, this book provides readers with the techniques to construct realistic material structures. It is ideal for both physicists and engineers working in solid state physics, semiconductor engineering and electrical engineering. • Shows how random structures can be created using computer simulations so readers can understand how to construct realistic material structures • Examines how optical and electronic properties are related to the characteristic features of disordered semiconductors • Discusses current understanding of photoinduced effects, which are characteristic features of amorphous semiconductors, and their applications Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

February 2015 247 x 174 mm 160pp 60 b/w illus. 978-1-107-01934-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Interacting Electrons Theory and Computational Approaches Richard M. Martin | University of Illinois, UrbanaChampaign

This extensive textbook sets out modern methods of computing properties of materials for graduates and researchers who want to use and understand advanced tools. Including essential theoretical background, practical guidelines and instructive applications, as well as less technical topic overviews for beginners, this book illuminates the mathematics behind the methods. • Provides extensive background and theory for each of the methods, which enables readers to understand capabilities as well as limitations, and how to avoid errors when making computations • Designed to be accessible for beginners with non-technical introductory chapters for each method • Chapters are complemented with exercises enabling students to master the theory by putting the tools to practical use

Uniting the usually distinct areas of particle physics and quantum field theory with gravity and general relativity, this expansive and comprehensive textbook for advanced undergraduates and graduate students includes numerous exercises and worked examples to aid technical understanding, as well as philosophical and historical anecdotes to develop contextual knowledge. • Presents a complete and conceptually unifying overview of all fundamental physics • Contains many worked examples and derivations to help develop technical skills • Includes contextual information in the form of historical anecdotes and an extensive lexicon Contents: Part I. Preliminaries: 1. The nature of observing nature; 2. Fundamental physics: elementary particles and processes; Part II. The Standard Model: 3. Physics in spacetime; 4. The quark model: combinatorics and groups; 5. Gauge symmetries and interactions; 6. Non-abelian gauge symmetries and interactions; 7. The standard model; Part III. Beyond the Standard Model: 8. Unification: the fabric of understanding nature; 9. Gravity and the geometrization of physics; 10. Supersymmetry: bosonfermion unification; 11. Strings: unification of all foundations of reality; Part IV. Appendices: A. Groups: structure and notation; B. A lexicon; C. A few more details; References; Index. Particle physics and nuclear physics

June 2015 246 x 189 mm 575pp 99 b/w illus. 32 tables 167 exercises 978-1-107-09748-3 Hardback £54.99 / US$94.99 P

Particle Physics of Brane Worlds and Extra Dimensions Sreerup Raychaudhuri | Tata Institute of Fundamental Research, Mumbai, India

Developments over the last fifteen years have provided models of extra dimensions, addressing important theoretical issues in high-energy physics which are viable theoretically and testable experimentally. This book provides a comprehensive account of these models, introducing researchers and graduate students to this area of research. • The first proper account of brane-world motivated models of extra dimensions and their implications for particle physics • Brings a student or working researcher up to date with the current understanding of the subject • Uses a pedagogical approach to address theoretical issues in highenergy physics and their connections to high-energy experiments Particle physics and nuclear physics | Cambridge Monographs on Mathematical Physics

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 400pp 51 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-0-521-76856-6 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$90.00

Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

May 2016 247 x 174 mm 865pp 203 b/w illus. 5 tables 203 exercises 978-0-521-87150-1 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$89.99 P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

141

Physics

Textbook

Grassmannian Geometry of Scattering Amplitudes

A Student’s Manual for A First Course in General Relativity

Nima Arkani-Hamed | Institute for Advanced Study, Princeton, New Jersey

142

Robert B. Scott | University of Brest

An essential resource examining the ongoing revolution in our understanding of perturbative quantum field theory and its connection to Grassmannian geometry. This book outlines the foundations of this important new formulation, with a self-contained and authoritative analysis of its application to planar maximally supersymmetric Yang–Mills theory. • Features an authoritative introduction to the foundations of a rapidly growing subject by leading experts in the field • Provides a single, comprehensive reference for the physical and mathematical tools in the case of planar SYM • Includes the downloadable Mathematica package, ‘positroids’, which is a comprehensive set of computational tools for studying the examples described in this book Theoretical physics and mathematical physics

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 250pp 192 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-08658-6 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$79.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Lyapunov Exponents A Tool to Explore Complex Dynamics Arkady Pikovsky | Universität Potsdam, Germany

Utilising a pragmatic, physical approach, this self-contained book provides a comprehensive description of Lyapunov exponents. Beginning with the basic properties and numerical methods, it then guides readers through to the most recent advances in applications to complex systems. It is ideal for both graduate students and experienced researchers. • An indispensable resource for new starters in the field and for experienced researchers • This is the first book to utilise a pragmatic, physical approach to the subject, rather than a purely mathematical perspective • Discusses the application of nonlinear dynamics and chaos theory across a diverse range of disciplines such as physics, applied mathematics, engineering and even biology Nonlinear science and fluid dynamics

January 2016 246 x 189 mm 330pp 80 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-03042-8 Hardback £54.99 / US$84.99 P

Cosmic Rays and Particle Physics Second edition Thomas K. Gaisser | University of Delaware

Fully updated for the second edition, this book is aimed at graduate students and established researchers interested in learning the fundamentals of particle astrophysics. It is designed as a selfcontained introductory text for graduate students studying high-energy cosmic rays, gamma-ray astronomy and neutrino astronomy. • Updates a widely used book in light of new results in particle astrophysics and introduces the field to a new generation of postgraduate and advanced undergraduate students • Chapters on complex concepts such as the physics principles of particle interactions are generously illustrated to enable readers to gain a complete and thorough understanding • Includes self-contained explanations and derivations for each topic enabling readers to make their own calculations Cosmology, relativity and gravitation

June 2016 247 x 174 mm 478pp 160 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-0-521-01646-9 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$79.99

This comprehensive student manual provides the perfect accompaniment to the leading textbook by Bernard Schutz, A First Course in General Relativity. Meticulously detailed solutions to almost half of Schutz’s exercises and 125 brand new supplementary problems enable undergraduates, postgraduates and self-learners to master general relativity with confidence. • Provides a perfect accompaniment to Schutz’s textbook by crossreferencing all solutions and exercises to those in Schutz’s book as well as referencing other complementary and widely used textbooks • Includes annotated derivations allowing students to easily follow solutions • Contains detailed solutions to almost half of Schutz’s exercises, and includes 125 new supplementary problems • Online resources include a table of answers and an instructors’ manual Contents: Preface; 1. Special relativity; 2. Vector analysis in special relativity; 3. Tensor analysis in special relativity; 4. Perfect fluids in special relativity; 5. Preface to curvature; 6. Curved manifolds; 7. Physics in curved spacetime; 8. The Einstein field equations; 9. Gravitational radiation; 10. Spherical solutions for stars; 11. Schwarzschild geometry and black holes; 12. Cosmology; Appendix A. Acronyms and definitions; Appendix B. Useful results; References; Index. Cosmology, relativity and gravitation

January 2016 246 x 189 mm 324pp 12 b/w illus. 5 tables 63 exercises 978-1-107-63857-0 Paperback £19.99 / US$39.99 P

Brownian Ratchets From Statistical Physics to Bio and Nano-motors David Cubero | Universidad de Sevilla

This book illustrates the development of Brownian ratchets, from their foundations, to their role in the description of life at the molecular scale and in the design of artificial nano-machinery. For advanced graduates and researchers entering the field, this book provides a pedagogical overview and includes coverage of current experimental developments. • Will appeal to scientists across disciplines including physics, biology and biochemistry due to the broad range of applications described • Avoiding technicalities where possible, the introductory section ensures that the theory can be understood by those who are less mathematically inclined before moving onto more complex ideas • Sets the stage for future developments in the field, particularly in biological physics Biological physics

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 200pp 68 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06352-5 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Physics

Highlight

The Origin and Nature of Life on Earth

The Life of Isaac Newton Richard S. Westfall

The Emergence of the Fourth Geosphere Eric Smith | Tokyo Institute of Technology

Uniting the conceptual foundations of the physical sciences and biology, this groundbreaking multidisciplinary book explores the origin of life as a planetary process. For researchers, professionals entering the field or specialists looking for a coherent overview, this text brings together geochemistry, biochemistry, microbiology and physics and includes an extensive bibliography. • The only book that combines high-level perspectives from geochemistry, biochemistry, microbiology and physics to form an inclusive picture of the origin of life • Offers a view of the nature of the living state that is radically different from the traditional scientific view of life as a property of organisms • Includes the only conceptually modern treatment of thermodynamic ideas directed towards the origin of life and provides a free standing introduction to these ideas Biological physics

May 2016 247 x 174 mm 840pp 64 colour illus. 4 maps 5 tables 978-1-107-12188-1 Hardback £29.99 / US$49.99 P

Isaac Newton was indisputably one of the greatest scientists in history. Richard Westfall captures in engaging detail both his private life and scientific career. An abridged version of his magisterial study Never at Rest (1980), this concise biography makes Westfall’s highly acclaimed portrait of Newton newly accessible to general readers. • Popular abridgement of Westfall’s classic biography of Isaac Newton, one of the greatest scientists in history • Makes Westfall’s highly acclaimed biography newly accessible to general readers • Deals with the whole range of Newton’s activities: scientific, philosophical, theological, alchemical, political, private and public History, philosophy and foundations of physics | Canto Classics

October 2015 216 x 138 mm 345pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-56985-0 Paperback £12.99 / US$19.99

Learning the Art of Electronics A Hands-On Lab Course Tom Hayes

New in Paperback

String Theory and the Scientific Method Richard Dawid | Universität Wien, Austria

Why do string theorists have such a strong belief in their theory despite the lack of empirical confirmation? This book explores this question, offering a novel insight into the understanding of the scientific process. Aimed at physicists and philosophers of science, the book avoids mathematical formalism and explains technical terms. • Explains the mechanisms which lead to trust in string theory and related theories in the absence of empirical confirmation • Offers a fresh perspective on the classical question of scientific realism • Discusses how a full appreciation of non-empirical theory assessment could lead to an altered perspective on scientific progress History, philosophy and foundations of physics

January 2015 212pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-44961-9 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Also available 978-1-107-02971-2 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Turn to this book if you want to learn about different types of circuits and their behavior. You will gain a deep and intuitive understanding of circuit operation, be exposed to advanced circuit designs, and learn to build analog and digital devices from first principles using basic components. • The course is intensive, teaching electronics in day-at-a-time practical doses so that students can learn in a hands-on way • The integration of discussion of design with a chance to try the circuits means students learn quickly • The course has been tried and tested, and proven successful through twenty-five years of teaching • The book is practical: it avoids mathematics and mathematical arguments and even includes a complete list of parts needed in the laboratory exercises, including where and how to buy them Electronics for physicists

February 2016 253 x 203 mm 1200pp 1530 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-0-521-17723-8 Paperback c. £40.00 / c. US$75.00 P

200 More Puzzling Physics Problems With Hints and Solutions Péter Gnädig | Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest

Highlight

Schrödinger Life and Thought Walter Moore

This is a biography of the great scientist, Erwin Schrödinger (author of What is Life?), which draws upon recollections of his family and friends, as well as on contemporary records, diaries and letters. It aims to reveal the fundamental motives that drove him. • Winner of the Excellence in Professional and Scholarly Publishing Award for the Most Outstanding Book in Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics and Astronomy in 1989 • A clear, elegant and comprehensive account of the life and work of Erwin Schrödinger, Austrian theoretical physicist and Nobel laureate • Draws upon recollections of his family and friends, as well as on contemporary records, diaries and letters

Presenting intriguing and challenging physics problems in a non-technical manner, this insightful book comes complete with hints and full solutions. A must-have for a wide range of readers, from advanced school students to graduate students, as well as teachers and lecturers. • Brief hints and full answers are provided for every problem so that students can obtain as little or as much help as they need • Problems are intriguingly posed in largely non-technical language • Problems can be solved by physics insight rather than brute-force calculation General and classical physics

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 450pp 377 b/w illus. 978-1-107-10385-6 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$70.00

978-1-107-50382-3 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$32.99

History, philosophy and foundations of physics | Canto Classics

October 2015 216 x 138 mm 523pp 45 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-56991-1 Paperback £12.99 / US$19.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

143

Physics / Earth and environmental science

Highlight

Rifts and Passive Margins

Why Quark Rhymes with Pork

144

And Other Scientific Diversions N. David Mermin | Cornell University, New York

Structural Architecture, Thermal Regimes, and Petroleum Systems Michal Nemčok | University of Utah

A collection of offbeat and entertaining primarily non-technical essays on physics and those who practice it, from well-known physicist N. David Mermin. These witty observations and humorous anecdotes will appeal to anyone with an interest in physical science or scientists at the turn of the twenty-first century. • Collects under one cover every one of the thirty ‘Reference Frame’ columns of this witty commentator • Includes previously unpublished material from this well-known writer on science and scientists • Provides a wry, discerning and at times controversial perspective on many different aspects of science and the scientific community

This book provides a comprehensive synthesis of state-of-the-art information on rifts and passive margins, regions that are vitally important hydrocarbon habitats. It will be invaluable for a broad range of readers, from advanced geology students and researchers to exploration geoscientists to exploration managers exploring for and developing hydrocarbon resources in analogous settings. • The only modern and up-to-date synthesis of the geology and geophysics of rifts and passive margins • Invaluable for petroleum industry professions searching these important geologic features for resources • Highly illustrated, with additional color figures available online

General and classical physics

Structural geology, tectonics and geodynamics

January 2016 216 x 138 mm 370pp 978-1-107-02430-4 Hardback £19.99 / US$29.99

Earth and environmental science Textbook

Structural Geology Second edition Haakon Fossen | Universitetet i Bergen, Norway

This market-leading textbook has been fully updated in response to extensive user feedback. It includes a new chapter on joints and veins, additional examples from around the world, and stunning new field photos. Extended online resources reinforce key topics using summaries, examples, and innovative animations to bring concepts to life. • The second edition of this hugely popular textbook, updated in response to instructor and student feedback, includes an entirely new chapter on joints and veins, as well as updates and new examples throughout the whole book • Supported by carefully designed full-colour illustrations, the book features numerous new photos, including an increased number of images from the USA and Brazil • Updated e-learning modules, available for most chapters, reinforce key concepts using summaries, innovative animations to bring concepts to life, and additional figures • Additional web resources include extra problems and solutions, PowerPoint slides of illustrations, and links to other online structural geology resources (including free software) Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; List of symbols; 1. Structural geology and structural analysis; 2. Deformation; 3. Strain in rocks; 4. Stress; 5. Stress in the lithosphere; 6. Rheology; 7. Fracture and brittle deformation; 8. Joints and veins; 9. Faults; 10. Kinematics and paleostress in the brittle regime; 11. Deformation at the microscale; 12. Folds and folding; 13. Foliation and cleavage; 14. Lineations; 15. Boudinage; 16. Shear zones and mylonites; 17. Contractional regimes; 18. Extensional regimes; 19. Strike-slip, transpression and transtension; 20. Salt tectonics; 21. Balancing and restoration; 22. A glimpse of a larger picture; Appendix A. More about the deformation matrix; Appendix B. Spherical projections; Glossary; References; Cover and chapter image captions; Index. Structural geology, tectonics and geodynamics

February 2016 276 x 219 mm 500pp 6 b/w illus. 557 colour illus. 2 tables 210 exercises 978-1-107-05764-7 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$99.99 X

February 2016 279 x 216 mm 576pp 499 b/w illus. 44 tables 978-1-107-02583-7 Hardback £99.99 / US$150.00 C

Source-to-Sink Fluxes in Undisturbed Cold Environments Edited by Achim A. Beylich | Geological Survey of Norway

This highly topical book provides a global synthesis and integrated analysis of environmental drivers and quantitative rates of solute and sedimentary fluxes in cold environments, and the likely impact of projected climate change. It will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in the fields of geomorphology, sedimentology, and global environmental change. • Presents a synthesis of the key findings from the work conducted by the global IAG/AIG SEDIBUD Programme, which was established with the aim of improving understanding of how processes and environments in cold climate regions will respond to changing climate • Provides the first quantitative overview of global source-to-sink fluxes in cold climate environments, allowing for direct comparisons with current research • Introduces a novel approach for co-ordinated and integrative research on denudational Earth surface processes and the effects of climate change in undisturbed cold climate environments Sedimentology and stratigraphy

March 2016 276 x 219 mm 413pp 160 b/w illus. 35 maps 37 tables 978-1-107-06822-3 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00 C

Quaternary Environmental Change in Southern Africa Physical and Human Dimensions Edited by Jasper Knight | University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg

This interdisciplinary volume synthesises current research and understanding of landscape-human relationships in southern Africa, a key region in the story of human evolution, during the Quaternary. Utilising the latest data and analytical techniques, this is a key reference for researchers and will also appeal to professionals and policymakers. • Provides an up-to-date treatment of landscape-human-climate interactions in southern Africa • Written by a team of international experts, including contributors from the UK, USA, Australia, Sweden, Germany and South Africa • Presents an interdisciplinary approach for understanding the response of sub-Saharan landscapes to past and future climate changes and the consequent sustainability of human populations Geomorphology and physical geography

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 468pp 67 b/w illus. 21 colour illus. 31 maps 11 tables 978-1-107-05579-7 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

Earth and environmental science

Volcanotectonics

Radiogenic Isotope Geochemistry

Understanding the Structure, Deformation and Dynamics of Volcanoes Agust Gudmundsson | Royal Holloway, University of London

A Guide for Industry Professionals Bruce F. Schaefer | Macquarie University, Sydney

This comprehensive textbook explains the physical processes that give rise to volcanic deformation and earthquakes, and which control eruption location, frequency, duration and size. With worked examples and exercises, it is ideal for students and professionals in geology, geophysics, geochemistry, volcanology, hazard studies and related fields. • Includes 60 worked examples and 120 exercises ranging from simple definitions to real-world applications for understanding magma intrusion, surface deformation, volcanic eruptions and earthquakes, and lateral and vertical collapses • Numerous field photographs and diagrams help illustrate the text and allow the reader to connect the theory with examples of active and inactive volcanoes in the field • A user-friendly layout including handy summaries and definitions of volcanic types, productions and processes makes this book an ideal learning resource Mineralogy, petrology and volcanology

June 2016 246 x 189 mm 450pp 400 b/w illus. 64 colour illus. 15 tables 120 exercises 978-1-107-02495-3 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$80.00

Volcanism and Global Environmental Change Edited by Anja Schmidt | University of Leeds

This multidisciplinary volume describes the effects of volcanism on the environment by combining present-day observations of volcanism and environmental changes with information from past eruptions preserved in the geologic record. A valuable book for researchers and advanced students in volcanology, climate science, and palaeontology. • An interdisciplinary work, bringing together contributions from geologists, atmospheric scientists, climate scientists and volcanologists • Presents recent discoveries and important advances providing an upto-date picture of the field • Includes review chapters, providing an introduction to readers new to the subject area

Providing broad coverage of radiogenic isotopes, this book explains the basic principles and state-of-the-art techniques used to study them. The major isotopic systems are fully summarised with relation to real-world applications, enabling advanced undergraduate students and industry professionals to maximise the potential value of isotopic datasets. • Provides a summary of isotopic systems, allowing quick identification and assessment of whether a system is the correct one for use on a specific problem • Gives insight into analytical techniques, with a short summary of the instrumentation and how data is obtained, enabling the reader to understand the limitations of the data they are using • Key concepts and applications are reinforced throughout the book, enabling the reader to ‘dip in’ and discover answers rather than requiring a linear reading Geochemistry and environmental chemistry

May 2016 247 x 174 mm 200pp 59 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-107-03958-2 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$79.99

Fluid-Induced Seismicity Serge A. Shapiro | Freie Universität Berlin

This book provides a quantitative introduction to the physics, application, interpretation, and hazard aspects of fluid-induced seismicity, focussing on spatio-temporal dynamics. Including many real data examples, this is a valuable reference for researchers and graduate students of geophysics, geomechanics and petrophysics, and a practical guide for petroleum geoscientists and engineers. • Provides a practical and systematic background to concepts necessary for understanding fluid-induced seismicity and for interpretation of microseismic monitoring data • Develops a seismicity-based reservoir characterisation approach, focussing particularly on seismicity induced by borehole fluid injections • Mathematical treatments of practical applications are simple and accessible Solid earth geophysics

April 2015 247 x 174 mm 289pp 94 b/w illus. 14 colour illus. 978-0-521-88457-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$120.00 P

Mineralogy, petrology and volcanology

January 2015 247 x 174 mm 339pp 85 b/w illus. 30 colour illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-05837-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00 C

Subsurface Fluid Flow and Imaging

Glaciovolcanism on Earth and Mars

With Applications for Hydrology, Reservoir Engineering, and Geophysics Donald Wyman Vasco | University of California, Berkeley

Products, Processes and Palaeoenvironmental Significance John Smellie | University of Leicester

This comprehensive volume outlines the distinctive processes and characteristics of glaciovolcanic eruptions, with reference to terrestrial and Martian occurrences, and how they can be used to unravel planetary palaeoclimatic histories. Supported by abundant photos, this is an ideal reference for academic researchers and postgraduate students. • Provides the first comprehensive glaciovolcanic lexicon of terminology and an extensive bibliography, allowing readers to quickly identify access points into the literature • Uses a combination of qualitative and quantitative descriptions of important physical and chemical processes, making it accessible to a broad range of readers • Outlines critical areas for future research, acting as a guide for student projects and to focus new research efforts Mineralogy, petrology and volcanology

May 2016 247 x 174 mm 450pp 148 b/w illus. 25 colour illus. 15 maps 5 tables 978-1-107-03739-7 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00

This book introduces methodologies for subsurface imaging based upon asymptotic and trajectorybased methods for modeling fluid flow, transport and deformation. Complete with online software applications and examples, this is an invaluable resource for graduate-level courses, as well as for academic researchers and industry practitioners. • Takes an interdisciplinary approach, promoting cross-fertilization between disciplines, particularly geophysics, hydrological science and petroleum engineering • Focuses on the practical side of imaging and inversion, emphasizing methods that are computationally efficient, robust and easy to implement successfully • Software applications and examples are provided for hands-on experience Solid earth geophysics

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 390pp 101 b/w illus. 27 colour illus. 978-0-521-51633-4 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

145

Earth and environmental science

Light Scattering by Ice Crystals Fundamentals and Applications Kuo-Nan Liou | University of California, Los Angeles

146

This research volume outlines the scientific foundations that are central to our current understanding of light scattering, absorption and polarization processes involving ice crystals. It is intended for active researchers and advanced graduate students in atmospheric science, climatology and remote sensing, as well as scholars in related fields. • Complements the work of other researchers investigating on light scattering by nonspherical particles, which include ice crystals • Bridges various gaps and provides unification of a range of topics in relating to light scattering by ice crystals in a coherent and logical manner • Emphasizes the broad applications of this research to various sectors of the scientific community, in particular atmospheric sciences, climate, and remote sensing Atmospheric science and meteorology

May 2016 247 x 174 mm 465pp 49 b/w illus. 117 colour illus. 978-0-521-88916-2 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$155.00 C

An Introduction to Clouds From the Microscale to Climate Ulrike Lohmann | ETH Zentrum, Switzerland

This comprehensive textbook provides a fundamental understanding of clouds, from cloud microphysics to the large-scale impacts of clouds on climate. Each chapter ends with problem sets and multiple-choice questions that can be completed online, making it ideal for advanced undergraduates and graduates in atmospheric and environmental sciences. • Fills the gap of a missing comprehensive cloud physics textbook at the undergraduate level • Provides detailed derivations of the main equations, enabling a thorough understanding of complex concepts, including microphysical cloud processes • Originates from a lecture series dedicated to a one-semester course in cloud physics Atmospheric science and meteorology

April 2016 246 x 189 mm 510pp 184 b/w illus. 23 colour illus. 27 tables 978-1-107-01822-8 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$89.99 P

Fundamentals of Lightning Vladimir A. Rakov | University of Florida

Presenting the current state of the art in lightning science, this book provides a focused set of topics suitable for advanced undergraduate or graduate students on a single-semester course. Pedagogical features designed to facilitate class learning include chapter summaries, further reading suggestions, questions and problems, and a glossary. • Written by one of the world’s leading authorities on the topic and coauthor of the acclaimed Lightning: Physics and Effects • Follows the content and structure of the lightning course that the author has taught over many years at the University of Florida • Appendices include material from the author’s public lectures and cover popular questions such as ‘is it true that lightning never strikes the same place twice?’ and ‘is it possible to use lightning as an energy source?’ Atmospheric science and meteorology

March 2016 246 x 189 mm 248pp 125 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-107-07223-7 Hardback £44.99 / US$74.99 P

Textbook

Space Physics An Introduction Chris Russell | University of California, Los Angeles

This textbook provides advanced undergraduates and graduates with up-to-date coverage of space physics from the Sun to the interstellar medium. Clear explanations of physical processes are presented alongside major new discoveries gained from space missions. End-of-chapter problems and especially developed computer-based exercises allow students to put the theory into practice. • Provides the background physics to go from the Sun to the interstellar medium, inspiring students by showing them the planetary applications as well as the terrestrial • Incorporates significant new discoveries and knowledge gained from space missions, ground-based observations, theory, and modelling • End-of-chapter problems underline key concepts and include specially designed computer-based exercises • Contains enough material for a two-semester course but with suggestions for how to tailor the material to fit a one-semester course Contents: Preface; 1. Solar terrestrial physics: the evolution of a discipline; 2. The upper atmosphere and ionosphere; 3. Physics of magnetized plasmas; 4. The Sun and its atmosphere; 5. The solar wind and heliosphere; 6. Collisionless shocks; 7. Solar wind interaction with magnetized obstacles; 8. Plasma interactions with unmagnetized bodies; 9. Solar wind magnetosphere coupling; 10. The terrestrial magnetosphere; 11. The aurora; 12. Planetary magnetospheres; 13. Plasma waves; Appendix 1. Notation, vector identities, and differential operators; Appendix 2. Fundamental constants and plasma parameters of space physics; Appendix 3. Geophysical coordinate transformations; Appendix 4. Time series analysis techniques; Glossary; References; Index. Atmospheric science and meteorology

February 2016 246 x 189 mm 500pp 325 b/w illus. 19 tables 98 exercises 978-1-107-09882-4 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$99.99 X

Dynamics and Predictability of Large-Scale, High-Impact Weather and Climate Events Edited by Jianping Li | Beijing Normal University

This book covers important research issues related to high-impact weather and extreme climate events, and examines the dynamical linkages between these and various atmospheric and ocean phenomena. Highlighting recent research and new advances in the field, this timely volume is ideal for professionals, policymakers, graduate students and academic researchers. • Emphasises the predictability of extreme events, providing useful background information to help policymakers and managers plan for climate extremes and shorter-term forecasts of severe weather events • Provides a context for future research in the field of high-impact weather and climate extremes by compiling a wide variety of diagnostic and dynamical tools • Presents a less technical explanation of the dynamical processes involved in extreme weather events, making it accessible to a wider audience Atmospheric science and meteorology | Special Publications of the International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics, 2

February 2016 276 x 219 mm 350pp 210 b/w illus. 51 colour illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-07142-1 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

Earth and environmental science

Biochar A Regional Supply Chain Approach in View of Climate Change Mitigation Edited by Viktor J. Bruckman | Austrian Academy of Sciences

This state-of-the-art compendium, covering a broad geographical range, focuses on the entire biochar supply chain. The combination of theory with practical examples makes this a valuable book for researchers, policymakers, and graduate students alike, in fields such as soil science, sustainable development, climate change mitigation and pyrolysis. • Written by an international team of more than 50 authors from various disciplines, the book provides a comprehensive assessment of biochar • Focuses on the potential for climate change mitigation, a topic that is becoming increasingly important • Presents a unique, holistic discussion of regional biochar systems using a supply chain approach Soil science

June 2016 247 x 174 mm 250pp 150 b/w illus. 24 colour illus. 978-1-107-11709-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$105.00 C Highlight

Discovering the Deep A Photographic Atlas of the Seafloor and Ocean Crust Jeffrey A. Karson | Syracuse University, New York

An indispensable reference for researchers and students of marine science, and a visually stunning resource that will enlighten and intrigue oceanographers and enthusiasts alike. Supplemented by online resources, this book provides fascinating insights into the hidden world of seafloor geology and biology using the latest deep-sea imaging and geological concepts. • Provides a comprehensive, up-to-date view of the oceanic crust, seafloor features, and seafloor volcanism, uniting studies of related phenomena in a single volume • Presents the latest perspectives and unique visual images of regions along the global mid-ocean ridge, providing context to understand diverse features, rock types, vent ecology and chemistry • Contains extraordinary images of the seafloor and representative geological, geochemical and biological features, combined with accompanying online visual and teaching materials to provide a unique resource Oceanography and marine science

April 2015 276 x 219 mm 430pp 24 b/w illus. 506 colour illus. 7 tables 978-0-521-85718-5 Hardback £60.00 / US$99.99 P

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Future of National Infrastructure A System-of-Systems Approach Edited by Jim W. Hall | University of Oxford

For the first time, a leading team of researchers sets out a systematic approach to making long-term choices about national infrastructure systems, for practitioners, policy-makers and academics. Great Britain is used as a case study, and provides lessons and insights for other industrialised nations and emerging economies. • Presents new and innovative analysis of infrastructure interdependencies • Provides global coverage of the key issues and draws out transferable lessons and insights • Covers a broad range of methodologies including system simulation, robust decision making, risk analysis, complex adaptive systems, transition theory, and visualisation • Draws on experience from academics, practitioners and policy-makers Environmental science

February 2016 246 x 189 mm 354pp 122 b/w illus. 24 tables 978-1-107-06602-1 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

Thermodynamic Foundations of the Earth System Axel Kleidon | Max-Planck-Institut für Biogeochemie, Jena

This book uses simple conceptual models and basic mathematical treatments to describe how the laws of thermodynamics apply to Earth system processes, from solar radiation to motion, geochemical cycling and biotic activity. It is an accessible reference for researchers and graduate students across a broad range of Earth science disciplines. • Formulates a thermodynamic approach of the whole Earth system ranging from the planetary radiative forcing to human activity, allowing readers to obtain a physical view of the Earth system and understand how processes follow the second law of thermodynamics • Keeps the mathematical treatment simple and accessible so that it will appeal to readers from a range of backgrounds in the Earth and environmental sciences • Describes thermodynamic limits and how these apply to Earth system processes, providing a means to quantify the magnitude of Earth system processes from first principles • Evaluates several hypotheses related to life and thermodynamics of the Earth system Environmental science

Vegetation Dynamics A Synthesis of Plant Ecophysiology, Remote Sensing and Modelling Derek Eamus | University of Technology, Sydney

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 404pp 82 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-107-02994-1 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

Understanding ecosystem structure and function requires familiarity with the techniques, knowledge and concepts of the three disciplines of plant physiology, remote sensing and modelling. This is the first textbook to provide the fundamentals of these three domains in a single volume, for advanced students and researchers. Environmental science

January 2016 253 x 177 mm 600pp 204 b/w illus. 139 colour illus. 24 tables 978-1-107-05420-2 Hardback £44.99 / US$79.99 P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

147

Earth and environmental science

Heliophysics: Active Stars, their Astrospheres, and Impacts on Planetary Environments Edited by Carolus J. Schrijver | Lockheed Martin Solar and Astrophysics Laboratory

148

The fourth in a collection of heliophysics texts, this book takes an interdisciplinary and comparative approach to explore what makes the conditions on Earth ‘just right’ to sustain life. Supplementary online resources include lecture presentations, problem sets and exercise labs, making this ideal for advanced undergraduate- and graduate-level courses. • Authored by a team of expert researchers and trialed at NASAs ‘Living with a Star’ summer school where this material has been taught • Unites the many subdisciplines related to the Sun-Earth connections under the umbrella of ‘heliophysics’, helping readers to quickly grasp the big picture • Takes a different perspective from the preceding three volumes, by using a comparative heliophysics approach which enables us to learn about our local cosmos by looking beyond it Planetary science and astrobiology

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 390pp 133 b/w illus. 13 colour illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-09047-7 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99 P

Extraterrestrial Seismology Edited by Vincent C. H. Tong | University College London

This unique book takes a transdisciplinary approach to seismology, reviewing the most recent developments in planetary seismology, helioseismology, and asteroseismology. With contributions from leading scientists, it systematically outlines the techniques used in observation, data processing, and modelling in these extraterrestrial contexts, making this an invaluable resource for postgraduates and academics. • Mathematical equations are kept to a minimum for most chapters, making this an accessible resource for undergraduates, postgraduates and researchers • Provides insights into upcoming space missions and the nextgeneration science in planetary science and astronomy • The first systematic survey of the methodologies and recent scientific advances in extraterrestrial seismology, including its links with terrestrial seismic methods Planetary science and astrobiology

June 2015 247 x 174 mm 491pp 142 b/w illus. 41 colour illus. 978-1-107-04172-1 Hardback £80.00 / US$140.00 C

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Rebuilding Asia Following Natural Disasters Approaches to Reconstruction in the AsiaPacific Region Edited by Patrick Daly | National University of Singapore

Providing a detailed and comparative assessment of the humanitarian responses to a series of major disasters in Asia over the past two decades, this book explores complex and changing understandings and practices of relief, recovery and reconstruction. This is a valuable resource for academic researchers, NGO practitioners and government officials. • Longitudinal studies from more than two decades of major disasters allow the reader to see how accumulated experiences of reconstruction influence the shape of projects responding to subsequent events • Draws on contributions from academics and humanitarian practitioners with years of on-the-ground experience • Discusses new forms of humanitarianism and their intersection with development projects emerging in contemporary Asia • Provides long-term analyses of post-disaster transformations, including the consequences of massive physical rebuilding, social restructuring and economic development Environmental policy, economics and law

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 450pp 66 b/w illus. 48 tables 978-1-107-07357-9 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

Stochastic Analysis of Scaling Time Series From Turbulence Theory to Applications François G. Schmitt | Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS), Paris

Covering a variety of statistical methods, this book provides readers with a thorough understanding of the techniques used to retrieve multi-scale information from time series data, particularly in relation to turbulence. Case studies and MATLAB codes are supplied, making this an excellent resource for graduate students and researchers. • This book is the culmination of the authors’ research over recent years, in which they have developed several new methods to deal with nonlinear and scaling time series • Applicable to many different fields of the natural sciences • MATLAB codes and experimental data are provided online, allowing the reader to reproduce the examples in the book and apply these methods to their own data Earth science (general)

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 224pp 148 b/w illus. 978-1-107-06761-5 Hardback £44.99 / US$74.99

Astronomy

Astronomy The International Atlas of Mars Exploration Philip J. Stooke | University of Western Ontario

An essential reference source on Mars exploration from space and its surface, blending scientific and historical data with detailed and unique illustrations. This two-volume set charts the history of Mars exploration missions from the dawn of the Space Age to the end of the Curiosity mission in 2014. • Features annotated maps, photographs, tables and detailed descriptions, covering every Mars mission in chronological order • Includes rare and never before published data and information on historical and modern Mars exploration • Hundreds of illustrations, most newly created for these volumes, show Mars exploration in a systematic manner never attempted before • An accessible guide to both the scientific development and historical background of Mars exploration Planetary science and astrobiology

December 2015 276 x 216 mm 740pp 164 b/w illus. 260 maps 142 tables 978-1-107-12033-4 2 Volume Hardback Set c. £169.99 / c. US$269.99 R

The International Atlas of Mars Exploration From Spirit to Curiosity Volume 2: 2004 to 2014 Philip J. Stooke | University of Western Ontario

Providing a chronological analysis of twenty-firstcentury Mars spacecraft operations, landing site selection, surface locations and mission proposals, this atlas is ideal for space enthusiasts, academic researchers and students. An essential reference source on modern Mars exploration, combining scientific and historical data with detailed illustrations. • Includes rare and never before published data and information on the history of modern Mars exploration • Over two hundred illustrations, most newly created for this volume, show Mars exploration in a systematic manner never attempted before • Includes maps of each stage of exploration and step-by-step images of robotic arm and rover operations • An accessible guide to both the scientific development and historical background of Mars exploration Planetary science

December 2015 276 x 216 mm 390pp 87 b/w illus. 130 maps 60 tables 978-1-107-03093-0 Hardback £94.99 / US$145.00 R

New in Paperback Textbook

Atomic Astrophysics and Spectroscopy Anil K. Pradhan | Ohio State University

Bridging the gap between physics and astronomy, this is the first integrated graduate-level textbook on atomic astrophysics. It covers the basics of atomic physics and astrophysics, and state-of-the-art research applications, methods and tools. A website hosted by the authors, containing updates, corrections, exercises and solutions, is available at www.cambridge.org/9780521825368. • A well-balanced treatment of atomic astrophysics covering the basics as well as advanced applications • Suitable for self-study; the basics are summarized at the beginning of each chapter • An accompanying website available at www.cambridge.org/9780521825368 contains updates, corrections, exercises, solutions and more Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Atomic structure; 3. Atomic processes; 4. Radiative transitions; 5. Electron-ion collisions; 6. Photoionization; 7. Electron-ion recombination; 8. Multi-wavelength emission lines; 9. Absorption lines and radiative transfer; 10. Stellar properties and spectra; 11. Stellar opacity and radiative forces; 12. Gaseous nebulae and HII regions; 13. Active galactic nuclei and quasars; 14. Cosmology; Appendices; References; Index. Astrophysics

January 2015 246 x 189 mm 376pp 148 b/w illus. 36 exercises 978-1-107-48358-3 Paperback £40.00 / US$60.00 X Also available 978-0-521-82536-8 Hardback £49.99 / US$89.99

New in Paperback

An Introduction to Star Formation Derek Ward-Thompson | University of Central Lancashire, Preston

Guiding the reader through all the stages that lead to the formation of a star such as our Sun, this advanced textbook provides students with a complete overview of star formation. This unique, self-contained text combines theory with observation, and is ideal for students and professional researchers alike. • Provides students with a complete overview of star formation, examining the underlying physical processes that govern the evolution from a molecular cloud core to a main-sequence star • Unique, self-contained text with sufficient background information for self-study • Presents theory and observation side-by-side, helping readers to connect with and understand the theory behind star formation Astrophysics

May 2015 244 x 170 mm 230pp 81 b/w illus. 978-1-107-48352-1 Paperback £35.99 / US$55.99

Also available 978-0-521-63030-6 Hardback £44.99 / US$74.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

149

Astronomy

150

Cosmic Magnetic Fields

Polarimetry (IAU S305)

Philipp P. Kronberg | University of Toronto

From the Sun to Stars and Stellar Environments Edited by K. N. Nagendra | Indian Institute of Astrophysics, India

Magnetic fields are important in the Universe and their effects contain the key to many astrophysical phenomena. Written for graduate students and researchers, this book presents an up-to-date overview of this fast-growing topic and will inspire readers to devise new ways of thinking about magnetic fields in space. • Presents an up-to-date review of magnetic fields in the Galaxy and wider Universe, examining how they are measured and their interconnections to diverse astrophysical phenomena • Discusses the techniques and methods for measuring magnetic fields, helping readers to appreciate future, more advanced magnetic field probes • Presentation of mathematical formulae is accessible and designed to add insight into the broad range of topics discussed Astrophysics | Cambridge Astrophysics

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 316pp 84 b/w illus. 978-0-521-63163-1 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Astrophysical Applications of Gravitational Lensing Edited by Evencio Mediavilla | Instituto de Astrofísica de Canarias, Tenerife

Covering topics from lensing basics, quasars, clusters and large-scale structures to tutorials on lens and microlensing modelling and the future of strong lensing, this is an ideal guide for postgraduate students and practising researchers in the use of gravitational lenses as an essential tool in their investigations. • Provides a wide-ranging and up-to-date overview of the subject • Presents gravitational lensing as an essential tool in astrophysics, from exoplanet studies to cosmology • Includes detailed information about the application of gravitational lensing to specific fields of research such as dark matter, galaxy structure, quasar accretion discs, exoplanets and cosmology Astrophysics | Canary Islands Winter School of Astrophysics

May 2016 247 x 174 mm 330pp 136 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-07854-3 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00

Young Stars and Planets Near the Sun (IAU S314) Edited by Joel H. Kastner | Rochester Institute of Technology, New York

IAU Symposium 314 provides astronomers who study the early evolution of stars and exoplanets with an abundance of up-to-date information regarding local groups of young stars. In particular, it illustrates how nearby young stars provide by far the best opportunities to study and directly image young, Jupiter-like exoplanets. • Up-to-date summaries of local groups of young stars provide a key reference for those interested in the formation and dissolution of star clusters • Delivers critical information on how nearby young stars can fuel the rapidly widening search for exoplanets • Illustrates the advancements in the study of early stellar evolution and evolved protoplanetary disks that nearby young stars can provide Astrophysics | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 300pp 150 b/w illus. 1 colour illus. 30 tables 978-1-107-13816-2 Hardback c. £75.99 / c. US$119.99 C

The advances in solar, planetary, and extrasolar science employing polarimetric tools are farreaching, and accelerating rapidly. IAU S305 is devoted to sharing these advances in science, data analysis, modeling, and instrumentation across polarimetry communities. The techniques and physical interpretations addressed within the book will be of interest to researchers and advanced students. • Presents state-of-the-art technology in spectropolarimetry for a broad range of astrophysical disciplines • Includes the most recent advances in theory to interpret the observed data • Shares the most recent observational data analysis and modeling techniques Astrophysics | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 434pp 234 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-07855-0 Hardback £79.99 / US$130.00 C Textbook

The Expanding Universe A Primer on Relativistic Cosmology William D. Heacox | University of Hawaii, Hilo

A comprehensive and up-to-date review of cosmology featuring coverage of the fundamental physics underlying modern cosmological theories and the connections between theory and observations. This book is ideal for students of physics and astronomy at the advanced undergraduate level, and for readers with backgrounds in these sciences. • Includes a structured discussion of general relativity, firmly based on conceptual foundations, with mathematics limited to the minimum necessary, enabling students to grasp the physical principles underlying modern cosmology • Relates modern observations to theories of cosmology, deriving and explaining the relationship between basic physical quantities and observations, to show how modern observational astronomy supports and informs cosmological theory • Discusses non-intuitive concepts based on the foundations of general relativity and cosmology, supporting readers as they tackle apparent paradoxes in modern cosmology • Features end-of-chapter problems with online worked solutions for instructors Contents: Introducing the Universe; Part I. Conceptual Foundations: 1. Newtonian cosmology; 2. General relativity; 3. Relativistic cosmology; Part II. General Relativity: 4. General covariance; 5. Equivalence principle; 6. Space-time curvature; 7. Einstein field equations of gravitation; Part III. Universal Expansion: 8. Cosmological field equations; 9. Cosmography; 10. Expansion dynamics; Part IV. Expansion Models: 11. Radiation; 12. Matter; 13. Dark energy; 14. Observational constraints; 15. Concordance cosmological model; Part V. Expansion History: 16. Particle era; 17. Plasma era; 18. Galaxy era; 19. Afterword: the new modern cosmology; Part VI: Appendices; Bibliography; Index. Cosmology and relativity

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 330pp 56 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11752-5 Hardback £39.99 / US$74.99

Astronomy

Highlight

Statistical Challenges in 21st Century Cosmology (IAU S306)

The Cambridge Double Star Atlas

Edited by Alan Heavens | Imperial College London

Led by members of the IAU’s Working Group in Astrostatistics and Astroinformatics, this timely volume addresses the intricate mathematical methods needed to extract scientific insights from large and complicated datasets. An essential text for both astronomers and statisticians, it provides a solid foundation to advance new research methods in cosmology. • Comprehensive coverage of the challenges and solutions in cosmological data analysis • A valuable source of overviews and technical methods for researchers in the field • Draws together contributions from international experts at the first ever IAU Symposium on Astrostatistics Cosmology and relativity | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

July 2015 247 x 174 mm 433pp 200 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-07856-7 Hardback £76.00 / US$125.00

Second edition Bruce MacEvoy

The first and only atlas of physical double stars that can be viewed with amateur astronomical instruments. Completely rewritten, this new edition explains the latest research into double stars, and looks at the equipment, techniques and opportunities that will enable you to discover, observe and measure them. An essential reference for double star observers. • This new edition focuses on physical double and multiple systems, providing the most accurate data available on 2500 systems • Provides a general introduction to the current theory and research on double stars and contains advice on the best observing equipment and techniques • Includes new illustrations by Wil Tirion, tables of useful formulas, illustrative binary orbits, and major historical catalogs as a one-stop reference on double stars Amateur and popular astronomy

December 2015 303 x 228 mm 192pp 6 b/w illus. 62 maps 5 tables 978-1-107-53420-9 Spiral bound £34.99 / US$44.99 G

Highlight

Shoot the Moon

Highlight

A Complete Guide to Lunar Imaging Nicolas Dupont-Bloch

Dedicated to modern lunar imaging, this volume offers an in-depth and illustrated approach to capturing impressive images of our nearest neighbour, the Moon. Covering equipment ranging from smartphones and DSLRs to specialist planetary cameras, everyone from amateur observers to experienced astrophotographers will benefit from the expertise within. • The first and only modern guide dedicated to all forms of digital lunar imaging, replete with numerous techniques, hints and tips • Describes how to use equipment from everyday technology, such as your smartphone or DSLR (with and without a tripod and telescope) through to specialized lunar and planetary CCD cameras mounted onto common types of amateur-level scope • Guides you through all types of imaging the Moon from wide-angle views and lunar eclipses to highly magnified close-up views, including in-depth guides on getting the best resolution for your equipment and Moon-specific image stacking and processing Amateur and popular astronomy

Deep-Sky Companions: The Caldwell Objects Second edition Stephen James O’Meara

This updated second edition of Stephen James O’Meara’s phenomenal guide to the Caldwell objects includes stunning new images from Mario Motta, southern observations by Magda Streicher and updated astrophysical descriptions. It is ideal for observers who have completed the Messier objects and are looking for their next challenge. • Covers the most up-to-date information on each object’s history, astrophysical information, and visual telescopic impressions • Provides expert advice on how to find each object, and explains in a conversational manner how to observe the objects • Includes detailed telescopic descriptions, drawings, and original finder charts Amateur and popular astronomy

May 2016 253 x 177 mm 480pp 520 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08397-4 Hardback c. £32.99 / c. US$49.99

May 2016 247 x 174 mm 320pp 153 b/w illus. 77 colour illus. 13 tables 978-1-107-54844-2 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99 G Highlight

The New Cosmos Answering Astronomy’s Big Questions David J. Eicher | Editor-in-Chief, Astronomy magazine

David J. Eicher’s fascinating and spectacular exploration of the cosmos presents a series of remarkable celestial highlights ranging from the exploration of our own solar system to the latest theories on the fate of the cosmos. It features color illustrations including numerous photos, maps and explanatory diagrams. • Inspired by Carl Sagan’s original Cosmos series and best-selling book (1980) it covers a broad selection of contemporary ‘big picture’ topics in astrophysics, planetary science and cosmology • Endorsed by leading scientists such as Alex Filippenko (who wrote the Foreword) and sixteen other experts • Suitable for beginners and all who wonder about the universe • David J. Eicher is the long-time Editor-in-Chief of Astronomy magazine and a guest writer for the Huffington Post Amateur and popular astronomy

December 2015 246 x 189 mm 300pp 90 colour illus. 978-1-107-06885-8 Hardback £19.99 / US$29.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

151

Astronomy / Engineering

Proceedings of the Twenty-Eighth General Assembly Beijing 2012 Transactions of the International Astronomical Union XXVIIIB Edited by Thierry Montmerle | Institut d’Astrophysique de Paris

152

A record of the formal organisational and administrative proceedings of the IAU XXVIII General Assembly which took place in Beijing, China. Included in this volume is the welcome address given by Xi Jinping, now President of the People’s Republic of China. • The Transactions in this volume complete the coverage of the entire XXVIII General Assembly of the International Astronomical Union • Lists the Resolutions passed and includes all reports from the regular Business Meetings of the Executive Committee and the Divisions, Commissions and Working Groups • Provides an update on the status of IAU membership and its main scientific interests • Includes the welcome address given by Xi Jinping, then Vice-President and now President of the People’s Republic of China Astronomy (general) | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

September 2015 247 x 174 mm 421pp 10 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-07883-3 Hardback £75.99 / US$125.00 C

Engineering Nanowire Transistors Physics of Devices and Materials in One Dimension Jean-Pierre Colinge | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited (TSMC)

From quantum mechanical concepts to practical circuit applications, this book presents a selfcontained and up-to-date account of the physics and technology of nanowire semiconductor devices. This is an essential resource for researchers and professional engineers working on semiconductor devices and materials in both academia and industry. • Explains how nanowire transistors can be used to extend the lifespan of Moore’s law • Describes the physics and electrical properties of nanowire transistors and the techniques used to fabricate them • Enables readers to understand the subject using a combination of simple examples and deeply involved physics based on quantum mechanics Electronic, optoelectronic devices, and nanotechnology

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 324pp 131 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-05240-6 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$85.00 P

Tunable Micro-optics Edited by Hans Zappe | Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg, Germany

Presenting state-of-the-art tunable micro-optics research, this is the first book to provide a comprehensive survey of the field, covering novel materials, actuation concepts and new imaging systems. An essential resource for engineers in academia and industry, and advanced students working on optical systems design. • Delivers a broad overview of the field, enriched by a selection of more focused chapters that spotlight some of the most cutting-edge research in this area • Combines wider research in micro-optics from the international community with findings collected from a six-year program focused on tunable micro-optics funded by the German Research Foundation • Examines the materials and devices on which tunable optical components are based, and addresses the implementation of these components in complex tunable systems Electronic, optoelectronic devices, and nanotechnology

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 462pp 281 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03245-3 Hardback £110.00 / US$175.00

Flow Measurement Handbook Industrial Designs, Operating Principles, Performance, and Applications Second edition Roger C. Baker

This book is a reference for engineers on flow measurement techniques and instruments. It strikes a balance between laboratory ideas and realities of field experience and provides advice on the operation and performance of flowmeters. This book will also provide background material on alternative products. • Discusses industrial meter types and technologies systematically • Provides a thorough source of knowledge to enable choices to be made and industrial products to be assessed Thermal-fluids engineering

February 2016 253 x 177 mm 575pp 438 b/w illus. 49 tables 978-1-107-04586-6 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$135.00 P

Thermo-Hydraulics of Nuclear Reactors Christopher Earls Brennen | California Institute of Technology

This book provides a summary of thermo-hydraulic analyses and design principles of nuclear reactors for electricity generation. It includes summaries of the causes for the three major nuclear power generation accidents, Three Mile Island, Chernobyl and Fukushima and the major improvements to reactor safety that grew out of those accidents. • A concise summary of some of the essential analyses and design principles of nuclear reactors for electricity generation • An effective guide to the thermo-hydraulics of nuclear reactors at the graduate or advanced undergraduate level • Provides support for advanced technical courses on nuclear power generation Thermal-fluids engineering

February 2016 253 x 177 mm 160pp 76 b/w illus. 2 maps 1 table 978-1-107-13960-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$135.00 P

Engineering

Modeling and Approximation in Heat Transfer

Fatigue Design of Marine Structures

Leon R. Glicksman | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Inge Lotsberg | Det Norske Veritas-Germanischer Lloyd, Norway

This book describes the approach to engineering solutions through simplified modeling of important physical features and approximating their behavior. Students will have greater facility in breaking down complex engineering systems into simplified thermal models that allow essential features of their performance to be assessed and modified. • Takes students and instructor beyond the classical formulations • Outlines real-world design and research problems that cannot be directly dealt with following classical closed form solutions • Extended coverage is given for modeling thermal radiation in various situations Thermal-fluids engineering

January 2016 253 x 177 mm 232pp 153 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-01217-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$125.00 X

Coarse Grained Simulation and Turbulent Mixing

Fatigue Design of Marine Structures provides students and designers with a theoretical and practical background for fatigue design of marine structures including sailing ships, offshore structures for oil and gas production, and other welded structures subject to dynamic loading such as wind turbine structures. • Covers all basic areas of fatigue design including material selection, fabrication, improvement methods, non-destructive testing, probability of failure, and in-service inspection • Richly illustrated with more than three hundred diagrams and photos • Includes forty-seven example calculations on a range of topics within fatigue design • Connects physical description of structural and fatigue behavior with its mathematical model Thermal-fluids engineering

Edited by Fernando F. Grinstein | Los Alamos National Laboratory

The mixing of materials by the small scales of turbulent motion is a critical element of many applications in engineering, geophysics and astrophysics. This book reviews our understanding of coarse grained simulation of turbulent mixing and will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in computational fluid dynamics and turbulence. • A graduate-level introduction to the current state of knowledge in coarse grained simulation, with a particular focus on turbulent material mixing • Comprises thirteen papers contributed by leading experts in the field • Will appeal to young researchers from across the sciences who work with complex turbulent flows Thermal-fluids engineering

April 2016 253 x 177 mm 530pp 230 b/w illus. 32 colour illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-13704-2 Hardback £120.00 / US$190.00 C

March 2016 253 x 177 mm 504pp 308 b/w illus. 56 tables 47 exercises 978-1-107-12133-1 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$135.00 P

Combustion Thermodynamics and Dynamics Joseph M. Powers | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

This book is for graduate and advanced undergraduate students in aerospace, mechanical and chemical engineering as well as physics and applied mathematics. It is appropriate as both a textbook and exposition of combustion science. It treats modern topics in thermodynamics, physical chemistry, and dynamics of advection-reaction-diffusion. • Detailed theoretical analysis with many intermediate steps equips students to solve real combustion problems • Language and methods of both thermodynamics and nonlinear dynamical systems are fully discussed and connected • Most authoritative and comprehensive textbook on nonlinear dynamics of combustion to date Thermal-fluids engineering

The Gas Dynamics of Explosions

April 2016 253 x 177 mm 502pp 146 b/w illus. 17 tables 978-1-107-06745-5 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$125.00

John H. S. Lee | McGill University, Montréal

The gas dynamics of explosions is a subject that continues to interest researchers from many fields of physics and engineering. Lee’s book describes the various analytical methods developed to determine non-steady shock propagation associated with explosions in a style accessible to graduate students and researchers in the subject. • Offers a logical and systematic progression through the material • Accessible to those without a mechanical engineering background • Appeals to a broad range of researchers working in the area of shock waves and explosions Thermal-fluids engineering

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 194pp 55 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-10630-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Optimization in Chemical Engineering Suman Dutta | Indian School of Mines

This book contains theory and application of optimization in chemical engineering and related fields. It will be suitable for both undergraduate and graduate students as it contains both classical and advanced topics including genetic algorithm, simulated annealing, trust-region method, multiobjective optimisation, and particle swarm optimization. • Latest advancements including genetic algorithm, simulated annealing, trust-region method, multi-objective optimization and particle swarm optimization are discussed in detail • A separate chapter covers theory and application of various optimization software tools including LINGO, MATLAB, MINITAB and GAMS • Each chapter includes solved examples for better understanding of theoretical concepts Chemical engineering

June 2016 244 x 170 mm 382pp 978-1-107-09123-8 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

153

Engineering

Introduction to Chemical Engineering Fluid Mechanics William M. Deen | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

154

Designed for introductory undergraduate courses in fluid mechanics for chemical engineers, this textbook illustrates the fundamental concepts and analytical strategies using a range of modern applications and worked examples. It includes traditional design calculations and guidance on predicting the flow properties of novel devices and systems. • Presents dimensional analysis and order-of-magnitude estimation as tools to help students identify which forces are important in different settings • Explains from an experimental viewpoint the friction factors for pipes and other conduits, terminal velocities of particles, drops, bubbles, and flow in porous media, packed beds, and fluidized beds • Describes the physical and mathematical distinctions among major flow regimes, including unidirectional flow, the lubrication approximation, creeping flow, pseudosteady flow, irrotational flow, laminar boundary layers, turbulent shear flow, and compressible flow Chemical engineering | Cambridge Series in Chemical Engineering

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 430pp 192 b/w illus. 24 tables 978-1-107-12377-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$124.99

Integrative Mechanobiology Micro- and Nano- Techniques in Cell Mechanobiology Edited by Yu Sun | University of Toronto

In this comprehensive resource, experts in the field describe state-of-the-art techniques and introduce the most recent technological advances and discoveries in cell mechanobiology. The first work of its kind, integrating cellular mechanobiology with micro-nano techniques, it is ideal for students and researchers in biomedical and mechanical engineering. • Describes state-of-the-art techniques and introduces the most recent progress in the field • Written by a team of well-known researchers • The first work of its kind, combining cellular mechanobiology with micro-nano technologies Biomedical engineering

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 382pp 89 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07839-0 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

elastic scattering from cells and small structures; 8. Diffuse reflectance spectroscopy at small source-detector separations; 9. Transport theory and the diffusion equation; 10. Continuous-wave methods for tissue spectroscopy; 11. Time-domain methods for tissue spectroscopy in the diffusion regime; 12. Frequency-domain methods for tissue spectroscopy in the diffusion regime; 13. Instrumentation and experimental methods for diffuse tissue spectroscopy; 14. Diffuse optical imaging and tomography; 15. In vivo applications of diffuse optical spectroscopy and imaging; 16. Combining light and ultrasound: acousto-optics and opto-acoustics; 17. Modern optical microscopy for biomedical applications; 18. Optical coherence tomography; 19. Optical tweezers and laser-tissue interactions. Biomedical engineering | Cambridge Texts in Biomedical Engineering

December 2015 246 x 189 mm 680pp 212 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-0-521-87656-8 Hardback £54.99 / US$99.99 X

Nonlinear Structural Dynamics Using FE Methods James F. Doyle | Purdue University, Indiana

This book will be useful to students and practising engineers, giving them a richer understanding of their trade and accelerating learning on new problems. Independent workers will find access to advanced topics presented in an accessible manner. • Emphasizes fundamental mechanics principles in a useful form, and presents a thoroughly modern approach to learning and understanding structural dynamics • Each major topic is supplemented with a large number of solved problems, ranging from direct applications to deeper explorations • The accompanying software is versatile enough to solve a wide range of problems • The source code is also provided which can be treated as a toolbox for extending the material Aerospace engineering

January 2015 253 x 177 mm 623pp 522 b/w illus. 18 tables 113 exercises 978-1-107-04570-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$135.00 P Textbook

Advanced Computational Fluid and Aerodynamics Paul G. Tucker | University of Cambridge

Textbook

Quantitative Biomedical Optics Theory, Methods, and Applications Irving Bigio | Boston University

Aimed at graduate level biomedical optics courses, this comprehensive text provides a rigorous quantitative approach. Based on clear explanations of underlying physical science principles, this book brings together a broad range of topics including spectroscopic techniques, imaging techniques and laser-tissue interactions. Practical problem sets and selected solutions complete the package. • Takes a quantitative approach that is actionable in a research setting • Includes practical end-of-chapter problems with solutions to selected problems • Brings together a broad range of topics in biomedical optics from spectroscopic techniques, imaging techniques, through to laser-tissue interactions, all at various length scales • Solutions to selected problems are available inside the book, with the remainder available on the website Contents: 1. Nomenclature; 2. Overview of tissue optical properties; 3. Introduction to biomedical statistics for diagnostic applications; 4. General concepts of tissue spectroscopy and instrumentation; 5. Autofluorescence spectroscopy and reporter fluorescence; 6. Raman and infrared spectroscopy of vibrational modes; 7. Elastic and quasi-

Advanced Computational Fluid and Aerodynamics outlines the Computational Fluid Dynamics evolution and gives an overview of the plethora of methods available to the engineer. It is suitable for a wide range of audiences engaged in computational fluid dynamics including advanced undergraduates, researchers and industrial practitioners. • Provides an overview of diverse Computational Fluid Dynamics methods • Explores modern Computational Fluid Dynamics and how it will evolve in the future • Presented in an accessible fashion for readers Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Governing equations; 3. Meshing; 4. Numerical methods; 5. Turbulence modelling; 6. Pre and post processing; 7. Advanced simulation; 8. Simulation in the future. Aerospace engineering | Cambridge Aerospace Series, 54

January 2016 253 x 177 mm 578pp 270 b/w illus. 46 tables 978-1-107-07590-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$135.00 P 978-1-107-42883-6 Paperback £44.99 / US$74.99

Engineering

Textbook

Big Data over Networks

Principles of Modern Communication Systems

Edited by Shuguang Cui | Texas A & M University

Samuel O. Agbo | California Polytechnic State University

Written for a one-semester course, this highly readable textbook uses an accessible, yet mathematically rigorous, approach. Worked examples, problems, MATLAB-based exercises and practical applications engage students and build their confidence. Figures from the book and a solutions manual, password-protected for instructors, are available online. • Designed specifically for a one-semester course • Offers step-by-step derivations of key results • Includes end-of-chapter review questions, MATLAB exercises, and practice problems that mirror solved examples • Provides historical profiles at the beginnings of chapters Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Signals and systems; 3. Amplitude modulation; 4. Angle modulation; 5. Pulse modulation and transmission; 6. Probability and random processes; 7. Noise in analog communications; 8. Noise in digital communication systems.

Written by experts in the field, this pioneering text is the first to examine the crucial interaction between big data and three diverse networks: communication, social and biological. Using critical mathematical tools and state-of-the-art research results, it is an essential reference for graduate students, scientific researchers and industry practitioners. • The first text to examine the interplay between big data and networks using a coherent and systematic approach • Promotes interdisciplinary research across different fields using a common bridge through big data analytics • Equips researchers and practitioners in related fields with the basic tools for dealing big data over large systems and a solid understanding of the current status of research and development Communications and signal processing

Communications and signal processing

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 448pp 115 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-107-09900-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 P

April 2016 246 x 189 mm 428pp 227 b/w illus. 30 tables 266 exercises 978-1-107-10792-2 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$99.95 X

Sampling Theory Beyond Bandlimited Systems Yonina C. Eldar | Technion – Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa

New in Paperback

Information Theory Coding Theorems for Discrete Memoryless Systems Second edition Imre Csiszár | Mathematical Institute of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences

Written by two pioneering researchers, Information Theory provides in-depth coverage of the mathematics of communication, data processing, transmission and provable security. Updated and expanded, this new edition discusses information theoretic secrecy and zero-error information, and includes 320 end-of-chapter problems and hints for solving them. • Fully updated and revised edition of a classic book in the field • Presents deep insights and expert treatment of the key theoretical issues, from two of the field’s pioneering researchers • Includes new, unique coverage of information theoretic secrecy and zero-error information, and provides 320 end-of-chapter problems, with helpful hints for solving them

Covering the fundamental mathematical underpinnings together with engineering principles and applications, this is a comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of sampling. Written from an engineering perspective, it focuses on uniform sampling in shift-invariant spaces and deterministic signals, and includes a wealth of worked examples and end-of-chapter exercises. • Provides a comprehensive review of linear algebra, Fourier analysis and prominent signal classes figuring in the context of sampling • Includes coverage of sampling with subspace or smoothness priors, including nonlinear sampling and sample rate conversion • Discusses sampling over unions of subspaces, including a detailed introduction to the field of compressed sensing and the theory and applications of sub-Nyquist sampling Communications and signal processing

April 2015 247 x 174 mm 836pp 315 b/w illus. 19 tables 198 exercises 978-1-107-00339-2 Hardback £65.00 / US$99.00 P

Communications and signal processing

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 528pp 53 b/w illus. 347 exercises 978-1-107-56504-3 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$69.99 P Also available 978-0-521-19681-9 Hardback £110.00 / US$175.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

155

Engineering

Textbook

Introduction to Communication Systems Upamanyu Madhow | University of California, Santa Barbara

156

Showcasing the principles behind modern communication systems, this accessible undergraduate textbook introduces only the most important fundamental concepts. Suitable for a one- or two-semester course, and accompanied online by a password-protected solutions manual and supporting instructor resources, this is the perfect textbook for undergraduate students studying electrical and computer engineering. • Software labs build on abstract theory, and give students a taste of practical industrial applications • Chapter introductions explaining real-world relevance of the material and a final roadmap for future R&D illustrate where communication theory sits within the bigger picture • Integration of MATLAB code fragments and labs throughout the text allows for immediate connection of theory to practice • Online resources include lecture slides and a solutions manual for instructors, example lab reports and code for instructors, and PowerPoint and JPEG versions of all the figures in the book Contents: Part I. Introduction: 1.1 Analog or digital?; 1.2 A technology perspective; 1.3 The scope of this textbook; 1.4 Why study communication systems?; 1.5 Concept summary; 1.6 Notes; Part II. Signals and Systems: 2.1 Complex numbers; 2.2 Signals; 2.3 Linear time-invariant systems; 2.4 Fourier series; 2.5 The Fourier transform; 2.6 Energy spectral density and bandwidth; 2.7 Baseband and passband signals; 2.8 The structure of a passband signal; 2.9 Wireless-channel modeling in complex baseband; 2.10 Concept summary; 2.11 Notes; 2.12 Problems; Software labs; Part III. Analog Communication Techniques: 3.1 Terminology and notation; 3.2 Amplitude modulation; 3.3 Angle modulation; 3.3.1 Limiter-discriminator demodulation; 3.4 The superheterodyne receiver; 3.5 The phase-locked loop; 3.6 Some analog communication systems; 3.7 Concept summary; 3.8 Notes; 3.9 Problems; Software labs; Part IV. Digital Modulation: 4.1 Signal constellations; 4.2 Bandwidth occupancy; 4.3 Design for bandlimited channels; 4.4 Orthogonal and biorthogonal modulation; 4.5 Proofs of the Nyquist theorems; 4.6 Concept summary; 4.7 Notes; 4.8 Problems; Software lab; Appendices; Part V. Probability and Random Processes: 5.1 Probability basics; 5.2 Random variables; 5.3 Multiple random variables, or random vectors; 5.4 Functions of random variables; 5.5 Expectation; 5.6 Gaussian random variables; 5.7 Random processes; 5.8 Noise modeling; 5.9 Linear operations on random processes; 5.10 Concept summary; 5.11 Notes; 5.12 Problems; Appendices; Part VI. Optimal Demodulation: 6.1 Hypothesis testing; 6.2 Signalspace concepts; 6.3 Performance analysis of ML reception; 6.4 Bit error probability; 6.5 Link-budget analysis; 6.6 Concept summary; 6.7 Notes; 6.8 Problems; Software labs; Part VII. Channel Coding: 7.1 Motivation; 7.2 Model for channel coding; 7.3 Shannon’s promise; 7.4 Introducing linear codes; 7.5 Soft decisions and belief propagation; 7.6 Concept summary; 7.7 Notes; 7.8 Problems; Part VIII. Dispersive Channels and MIMO: 8.1 The single-carrier system model; 8.2 Linear equalization; 8.3 Orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing; 8.4 MIMO; 8.5 Concept summary; 8.6 Notes; 8.7 Problems; Software labs. Communications and signal processing

January 2015 246 x 189 mm 512pp 430 b/w illus. 200 exercises 978-1-107-02277-5 Hardback £45.00 / US$120.00 X

Speech and Audio Processing A MATLAB-based Approach Ian McLoughlin | University of Science and Technology of China

This accessible introduction includes numerous practical illustrations, exercises, and hands-on MATLAB examples to equip readers with the skills and knowledge needed to work with current and future audio, speech, and hearing processing technologies. Clearly and concisely written, it is an ideal guide for students and industry practitioners alike. • The only book to provide a practical hands-on approach to speech and audio processing • Includes numerous MATLAB examples and homework exercises, with further material and solutions available online • Written in a clear and accessible style, providing an ideal introduction to the field Communications and signal processing

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 425pp 126 b/w illus. 16 tables 108 exercises 978-1-107-08546-6 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$80.00 P Textbook

Principles of Digital Communication A Top-Down Approach Bixio Rimoldi | École Polytechnique Fédérale, Lausanne

This comprehensive and accessible text teaches the fundamentals of digital communications via a top-down approach. Including worked examples, homework problems, and MATLAB simulation exercises, it provides a solid basis for students in the field of digital communications. Ideal for a onesemester course and for both traditional and flipped classroom teaching. • Takes a top-down-reversed approach cutting straight to the heart of the communication problem • Accessible and focused, it is ideal for a one-semester course • Includes worked examples, homework problems, and MATLAB simulation exercises making it suitable for self-study and traditional or flipped classroom teaching Contents: 1. Introduction and objectives; 2. Receiver design for discretetime observations: first layer; 3. Receiver design for the continuous-time AWGN channel: second layer; 4. Signal design trade-offs; 5. Symbol-bysymbol on a pulse train: second layer revisited; 6. Convolutional coding and Viterbi decoding: first layer revisited; 7. Passband communication via up/ down conversion: third layer. Communications and signal processing

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 338pp 124 b/w illus. 1 table 128 exercises 978-1-107-11645-0 Hardback £44.99 / US$89.99 P

Machine Learning Refined Foundations, Algorithms, and Applications Jeremy Watt | Northwestern University, Illinois

Provides a fresh, intuitive approach to machine learning, detailing the fundamental concepts necessary for building projects and conducting research. With colour illustrations, practical realworld examples, and MATLAB-based exercises, it is an essential resource for students and an ideal reference for researchers and practitioners in the field. • Provides MATLAB-based coding exercises, real-world examples, and practical applications • Takes a unique approach, enabling a more coherent, intuitive, and interactive way of learning • Includes over two hundred full-colour illustrations Communications and signal processing

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 300pp 135 colour illus. 3 tables 81 exercises 978-1-107-12352-6 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00 P

Engineering

Fundamentals of Mobile Data Networks

mm-Wave Silicon Power Amplifiers and Transmitters

Guowang Miao | KTH Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm

Edited by Hossein Hashemi | University of Southern California

A comprehensive text uniquely focussing on the design and management of state-of-the-art wireless mobile data networks for maximum efficiency. Including worked examples and end-ofchapter problems, and with solutions and lecture slides available online, it is ideal for students, researchers, and professionals in wireless communications. • Comprehensive and accessibly written, covering everything from fundamental principles to practical applications • Includes worked examples and end-of-chapter problems, with solutions and lecture slides available online • Ideal for self-study use as well as for taught courses

Suitable for students, researchers and practicing engineers, this is a self-contained guide to building high-performance, energy-efficient mm-wave power amplifiers and transmitters, accompanied by numerous case studies highlighting practical design techniques, tradeoffs and pitfalls. A superb resource for those working in high-frequency circuit design. • Covers deeply scaled CMOS and SiGe HBT/BiCMOS technologies • Includes detailed discussion of advanced topics, including transistor stacking, digital transmitters and self-healing approaches • Provides valuable insight into methods for achieving high power efficiency while maintaining high performance with complex waveforms • Includes contributions from world-renowned expert authors

Wireless communications

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 300pp 163 b/w illus. 12 tables 73 exercises 978-1-107-14321-0 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$110.00 P

5G Mobile and Wireless Communications Technology

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 478pp 407 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-05586-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 P

Edited by Afif Osseiran | Ericsson

A comprehensive overview of the current state of 5G. Written by leading experts in 5G research, it covers technology options, most likely use cases and potential system architectures. An essential reference for academics and professionals in wireless communications. • Covers technologies such as massive MIMO, device-to-device communications, mm-wave communications, wireless network coding and performance evaluation • The first consolidated overview of 5G • Features authoritative explanations by leading researchers Wireless communications

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 376pp 187 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-107-13009-8 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

Soft Computing in Electromagnetics Methods and Applications Balamati Choudhury | National Aerospace Laboratories

This book covers approaches to solving various complex electromagnetic problems through the novel route of soft computing. Soft computing methods such as genetic algorithm (GA), artificial neural network (ANN) and fuzzy logic have been widely used by researchers for microwave design since the last decade. • Presents a detailed treatment of soft computing techniques for electromagnetic design and optimisation applications • Emphasises design and performance enhancement of antennas, radar absorbing material (RAM) and metamaterial • Provides numerous algorithms, MATLAB programs, examples and software codes for easy understanding Electromagnetics

August 2015 244 x 170 mm 250pp 978-1-107-12248-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

RF and microwave engineering | The Cambridge RF and Microwave Engineering Series

Textbook

Digital Design Using VHDL A Systems Approach William J. Dally | Stanford University, California

Provides students with a system-level perspective and the tools they need to understand, analyze and design complete digital systems using VHDL. It goes beyond the design of simple combinational and sequential modules to show how such modules are used to build complete systems, reflecting digital design in the real world. • Takes a system-level approach that better prepares students for modern digital design in the real world • Includes all the essential topics, from composition of combinational modules to system timing and synchronization • Teaches students how to write VHDL-2008 HDL in a productive and maintainable style that enables modern CAD tools to do much of the tedious work • VHDL files, solutions, slides and labs are provided online Contents: Part I. Introduction: 1. The digital abstraction; 2. The practice of digital system design; Part II. Combinational Logic: 3. Boolean algebra; 4. CMOS logic circuits; 5. Delay and power of CMOS circuits; 6. Combinational logic design; 7. VHDL descriptions of combinational logic; 8. Combinational building blocks; 9. Combinational examples; Part III. Arithmetic Circuits: 10. Arithmetic circuits; 11. Fixed- and floatingpoint numbers; 12. Fast arithmetic circuits; 13. Arithmetic examples; Part IV. Synchronous Sequential Logic: 14. Sequential logic; 15. Timing constraints; 16. Datapath sequential logic; 17. Factoring finite-state machines; 18. Microcode; 19. Sequential examples; Part V. Practical Design: 20. Verification and test; Part VI. System Design: 21. System-level design; 22. Interface and system-level timing; 23. Pipelines; 24. Interconnect; 25. Memory systems; Part VII. Asynchronous Logic: 26. Asynchronous sequential circuits; 27. Flip-flops; 28. Metastability and synchronization failure; 29. Synchronizer design; Appendix A. VHDL coding style; Appendix B. VHDL syntax guide; References; Index. Circuits and systems

December 2015 246 x 189 mm 721pp 489 b/w illus. 68 tables 978-1-107-09886-2 Hardback £49.99 / US$99.99 X

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

157

Engineering

Microgrids and other Local Area Power and Energy Systems

Foundations and Applications of Engineering Mechanics H. D. Ram | Kamla Nehru Institute of Technology

Covering all aspects of microgrid design, including formation, integration, planning, composition and operation, this self-contained resource is ideal for graduate students and professionals in electrical, mechanical and chemical engineering and materials science. • Includes both fundamentals and more advanced topics • Provides comprehensive coverage of enabling technologies • Describes application of microgrids in practical settings, the role of distributed generation in smart grids and microgrid-based power supply solutions during natural disasters

This textbook is design by taking in consideration of the module syllabi of various technical universities and colleges in India. The book follows step-by-step problem solving approach throughout the book with lot of concept review questions and exercises at the end of each chapter. • Discusses fundamental principles in simple language and analyse various methods/alternatives for solving problems • Provides simple integration instead of double and triple integrals for finding moment of inertia • Presents the elastic spring model for finding deflection in elastic systems

Circuits and systems

Solid mechanics and materials

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 444pp 361 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-107-01279-0 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 P

March 2015 244 x 170 mm 646pp 978-1-107-49983-6 Paperback £69.99 / US$110.00

Alexis Kwasinski | University of Texas, Austin

158

Textbook

Robust Design of Digital Circuits on Foil

Resilience Engineering

Kris Myny | IMEC, Leuven

Describes the fundamental theory and practice of designing digital circuits on foil illustrated with numerous real-world design examples. Real design cases include RFID circuits and organic microprocessors, making it an essential guide for researchers, professionals and students who need to know how to make better transistors on foil. • Written by leading researchers in the design and technology field of digital circuits on foil • Provides guidelines for robust design of both logic circuits and simple analogue circuits • Includes practical design cases Circuits and systems

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 220pp 132 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-107-12701-2 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00

Models and Analysis Nii Attoh-Okine | University of Delaware

Resilience Engineering: Models and Analysis is suitable for practicing engineers, analysts, and researchers. It presents a general examination of resilience analyses as applied to infrastructure and energy systems at a ‘system of systems’ level. • Proposes a unified framework of resilience engineering • Provides a general introduction to selected data science topics • Gives a brief introduction to the big data paradigm in resilience engineering Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Infrastructure systems; 3. Disruptions; 4. Graph and networks; 5. Big data and resilience engineering; 6. Graphical models; 7. Tensors applications; 8. Resilience index; 9. Geologic carbon dioxide sequestration and storage; 10. Epilogue. Engineering mathematics and programming

Continuum Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Matter S. Paolucci | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

February 2016 253 x 177 mm 202pp 21 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-0-521-19349-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99 P

Numerical Methods in Engineering with MATLAB®

Aimed at advanced undergraduate and graduate students, this book provides a clear unifying approach to teaching continuum mechanics. It provides a well-grounded mathematical structure and gives the reader a glimpse of how such material can be extended in a variety of directions, with special emphasis on thermodynamics. • An introductory text for advanced undergraduate and graduate students, containing 250 exercises • Provides a deeper understanding of many aspects of single phase continuum mechanics • Prepares the reader for more advanced topics such as wave propagation and magnetohydrodynamic fluid mechanics

The third edition of this text describes a range of widely used numerical methods, with an emphasis on problem solving. Every method is discussed thoroughly and illustrated with problems involving both hand computation and programming. MATLAB® M-files accompany each method and are available online, as are solutions to the problems. • A new chapter featuring Euler’s method • Numerous new and improved sample problems and exercises • Online supplemental materials including a solutions manual and MATLAB® source code

Solid mechanics and materials

Engineering mathematics and programming

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 513pp 53 b/w illus. 20 tables 250 exercises 978-1-107-08995-2 Hardback £110.00 / US$175.00 C

October 2015 253 x 177 mm 430pp 154 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-12057-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$120.00 X

Third edition Jaan Kiusalaas | Pennsylvania State University

Engineering

Solar Power Generation Problems, Solutions and Monitoring

Fibrous Materials Second edition Krishan Chawla | University of Alabama, Birmingham

Peter Gevorkian | Vector Delta Design Group

This book is intended for professionals and graduate students interested in solar power system design. It was specifically written to serve as a pragmatic resource for solar photovoltaic power systems financing, minimizing unnecessary mathematics and related theoretical photovoltaic physics. It outlines real-life, straightforward design methodology. • A hands-on solar power system design and construction guide for consulting engineers, technology specialists, construction contractors, lending institutions, investors and project managers • Includes never before published procedures for solar power feasibility, dynamic field test and final acceptance and commissioning standards • A practical and highly informative design reference guide that will appeal to all technology professionals, solar power construction organizations and educators worldwide Energy technology

Materials science and engineering

June 2016 247 x 174 mm 295pp 171 b/w illus. 14 colour illus. 978-1-107-02972-9 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00 P

Computational Thermodynamics of Materials Zi-Kui Liu | University of Pittsburgh

January 2016 253 x 177 mm 502pp 99 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-12037-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$135.00 P

Theory of Dislocations Third edition Peter Anderson | Ohio State University

This book presents a complete understanding of the nucleation, motion, and interaction of crystalline defects called dislocations. It provides the basis to understand relaxation mechanisms in semiconductor materials, strengthening mechanisms and temperature-dependent behavior in metals, alloys, and ceramics. Then, it applies this to mechanical deformation in crystals, at different temperatures and imposed deformation. • Presents new topics on thin films, crystal plasticity, dislocation dynamics • The most up-to-date text available • Includes extensive new worked exercises and detailed supporting computer programs Materials science and engineering

March 2016 253 x 177 mm 950pp 978-0-521-86436-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$135.00

Fully up to date with recent developments, this edition provides an unrivaled overview of the entire range of fibrous materials. Written by a leading researcher, and with clear, concise explanations and a wealth of detailed diagrams, it is ideal for students and researchers in materials science, physics, chemistry, and engineering. • The only comprehensive introduction to the topic • Fully updated with new information on electrospun fibers, carbon nanotubes, and photonic bandgap fibers • Covers a range of applications in areas including medicine, aerospace, optical communications, and recycling

A unique introduction to computational thermodynamics of materials, integrating fundamental concepts with experimental techniques and practical applications. Worked examples, case studies, and end of chapter problems make this is an essential resource for students, researchers, and practitioners in materials science. • Focuses on the CALPHAD method, with additional advice for using YPHON and VASP • Integrates the basic fundamental concepts with experimental techniques and practical applications • Includes a range of worked examples, case studies, and end-of-chapter problems Materials science and engineering

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 275pp 125 b/w illus. 76 exercises 978-0-521-19896-7 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$89.99 P

Structural DNA Nanotechnology Nadrian C. Seeman | New York University

Textbook

Imperfections in Crystalline Solids Wei Cai | Stanford University, California

This unique and accessible textbook, based on fifty years of teaching, provides students with a working knowledge of the properties of defects in crystalline solids. With worked examples and end-of-chapter exercises, and solutions and MATLAB programs available online, it is essential for advanced undergraduate and graduate courses on crystal defects. • Written in a clear step-by-step style, ideal for self-study as well as course use • Prepares students for future success, with guidance on how fundamental knowledge can be applied in practice • Includes over two hundred exercise problems and more than four hundred detailed illustrations, with solutions for instructors and MATLAB programs available online

The definitive introduction to structural DNA nanotechnology, written by the founder of the field. Clearly written and with full colour illustrations throughout, this is an accessible, essential resource for advanced undergraduate and graduate students as well as researchers in nanotechnology, materials science, physics, biology, chemistry, computational science and engineering. • The first authored book on the topic, written by the founder of the field • Comprehensive and accessible, including over two hundred colour illustrations • Interdisciplinary appeal across physical sciences, life sciences and engineering Materials science and engineering

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 180pp 208 colour illus. 1 table 978-0-521-76448-3 Hardback £39.99 / US$64.99 P

Contents: 1. Introduction; Part I. Theoretical Background: 2. Stress, strain, and isotropic elasticity; 3. Statistical thermodynamics; Part II. Point Defects: 4. Point defect mechanics; 5. Point defect thermodynamics; 6. Point defect equilibria; 7. Point defect kinetics; Part III. Dislocations: 8. Dislocation geometry; 9. Dislocation mechanics; 10. Dislocation interactions and applications; 11. Partial and extended dislocations; 12. Dislocation core structure; Part IV. Grain Boundaries: 13. Grain boundary geometry; 14. Grain boundary mechanics. Materials science and engineering

May 2016 246 x 189 mm 600pp 344 b/w illus. 21 tables 202 exercises 978-1-107-12313-7 Hardback c. £39.99 / c. US$64.99 X

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

159

Engineering

Bioinspired Actuators and Sensors

Multifunctional Polymeric and Hybrid Materials

Minoru Taya | University of Washington

Volume 1718 Edited by Andreas Lendlein | Universität Potsdam, Germany

This is the first book to integrate sensor and actuator technology with bioinspired design. Experts in the field apply principles of natural actuation and sensing mechanisms to the synthetic design of smart materials and devices. Ideal for students, practising engineers, and researchers in both engineering and biology. • The first book to integrate sensor and actuator technology with bioinspired design • An interdisciplinary book from well-renowned authors in the fields of engineering and biology • Supported with a range of real-world examples and applications

160

Materials science and engineering

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 450pp 493 b/w illus. 39 colour illus. 978-1-107-06538-3 Hardback £110.00 / US$175.00 C

Synthesis, Characterization, and Applications of Functional Materials – Thin Films and Nanostructures

Materials science and engineering | MRS Proceedings

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 186pp 89 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-60511-695-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$109.99 C

Scientific Basis for Nuclear Waste Management XXXVIII Volume 1744 Edited by Josef Matyáš | Pacific Northwest National Laboratory

Volume 1675 Edited by Valentin Craciun | National Institute for Laser, Plasma, and Radiation Physics

Symposium K and Symposium RR were held April 21-25 at the 2014 MRS Spring Meeting. This symposium proceedings volume represents the recent advances in various areas of deposition, processing, characterization and integration of functional oxide materials, with particular emphasis on the relationship among the structure, composition, stability and functional properties. Materials science and engineering | MRS Proceedings

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 245pp 150 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-60511-652-5 Hardback £56.00 / US$90.00

Symposium B, ‘Multifunctional Polymeric and Hybrid Materials’, was held November 30–December 5 at the 2014 MRS Fall Meeting in Boston, Massachusetts. The papers are divided into four sections, representing the principal topics of Symposium B: (1) Multifunctional Composites, (2) Stimuli-Sensitive Polymers and Gels, (3) Characterization of Multifunctional Polymer Systems, and (4) Structured Surfaces and Multilayered Polymers.

Materials and Technology for Nonvolatile Memories Volume 1729 Edited by Panagiotis Dimitrakis | NCSR Demokritos

Symposium M, ‘Materials and Technology for Nonvolatile Memories’, was held November 30–December 5 at the 2014 MRS Fall Meeting in Boston, Massachusetts, which was a follow up of previous symposia on nonvolatile memories. This volume represents the recent advances and related material issues on various kinds of nonvolatile memory technologies. Materials science and engineering | MRS Proceedings

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 158pp 95 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-60511-706-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$109.99 C

Symposium EE, entitled ‘Scientific Basis for Nuclear Waste Management XXXVIII’, was held November 30th through December 5th, 2014, at the MRS Fall Meeting in Boston. The symposium attracted 85 abstracts. This proceedings volume contains 31 papers from the meeting. Materials science and engineering | MRS Proceedings

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 260pp 127 b/w illus. 48 tables 978-1-60511-721-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$109.99 C

Structural and Chemical Characterization of Metals, Alloys, and Compounds – 2014 Volume 1766 Edited by Ramiro Pérez Campos | Centro de Física Aplicada y Tecnología Avanzada, UNAM

The XXIII International Materials Research Congress was held on August 17–21, 2014, in Cancún, Mexico. It was organized by the Sociedad Mexicana de Materiales (SMM). About 1,500 specialized scientists from more than 40 countries participated in the 30 different symposia, workshops, plenary lectures and tutorial courses. Materials science and engineering | MRS Proceedings

September 2015 228 x 152 mm 200pp 119 b/w illus. 44 tables 978-1-60511-743-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$109.99 C

Life sciences

Bioinformatics and Computational Biology in Drug Discovery and Development

Trusting Judgements How to Get the Best out of Experts Mark A. Burgman | University of Melbourne

Edited by William T. Loging

Policy- and decision-makers in government and industry rely routinely on expert advice to fill critical scientific knowledge gaps. Yet even the best experts can be over-confident and error-prone. This book describes how to identify potentially risky advice, and how to ensure expert advice is relatively reliable and accurate. • An accessible guide to the fascinating science of expert judgement, designed to help even those without a background in science to understand the subject • Examines what makes expert judgements error-prone, highlighting how these frailties may be identified and mitigated in real-world scenarios • Provides a comprehensive framework for interacting with groups to deliver reliable and accurate assessments of facts, offering policy- and decision-makers the tools to implement strategies to improve the quality and consistency of scientific advice

Providing a comprehensive overview of the drug discovery and development pipeline, this book focuses on the integral role that computational biology methods play in this process. Covering technological advances and their relation to drug developmental processes, readers are exposed to new methods of discovery utilising technology available. • Features previously unpublished real-life case studies of computational biology approaches currently being used in different phases of the drug discovery pipeline • Exposes readers to the different concepts of drug discovery through a written and graphical interpretation of the process, with a specific focus on features critical for its success • Provides a summary of open source tools and example datasets currently utilised in drug discovery and development, an essential resource for both new and experienced researchers

Life science professional development

Genomics, bioinformatics, and systems biology

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 214pp 56 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-11208-7 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99 P

February 2016 247 x 174 mm 245pp 46 b/w illus. 9 colour illus. 3 tables 978-0-521-76800-9 Hardback £44.99 / US$74.99 P

978-1-107-53102-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$34.99

P Highlight

How to Write and Illustrate a Scientific Paper

Python Programming for Biology

Third edition Bjorn Gustavii | Lund University Hospital, Sweden

Bioinformatics and Beyond Tim J. Stevens | MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology, Cambridge

The third edition of this compact, easy-to-read book contains essential advice on how to take a manuscript from planning right through to publication. Detailing examples of good versus bad practice, this userfriendly volume shows both first-time writers and more experienced authors how to write, illustrate and prepare a scientific paper. • Concise, easy to read and full of common-sense advice, delivered with humour through the use of anecdotes • Uses illustrations of good and bad writing from a number of wellknown journals such as The Lancet, JAMA and The New England Journal of Medicine • Shows illustrative graphs taken from scientific papers, redrawn to demonstrate how they can be improved Life science professional development

June 2016 228 x 152 mm 188pp 71 b/w illus. 978-1-107-15405-6 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$74.99

978-1-316-60791-6 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$29.99

This book presents core concepts in computational biology in an accessible, jargon-free manner and offers a complete foundation course in the Python language, with entry points for novices and experienced programmers alike. Material covers traditional bioinformatics and many topics beyond, with practical examples for Python versions 2 and 3. • An extensive introduction to Python, a powerful, flexible and easyto-use programming language – suitable for newcomers to computer programming • A foundation for understanding key concepts in bioinformatics and beyond, with material ranging from structural biology to microarrays and image analysis • Working code examples and downloadable resources for both Python version 2 and version 3 – available at www.cambridge.org/ pythonforbiology Genomics, bioinformatics, and systems biology

February 2015 247 x 174 mm 711pp 91 b/w illus. 11 colour illus. 3 tables 978-0-521-89583-5 Hardback £84.99 / US$139.99 P 978-0-521-72009-0 Paperback £44.99 / US$69.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

161

Life sciences

The Inner Workings of Life

The Governance of the Countryside

Vignettes in Systems Biology Eberhard Voit | Georgia Institute of Technology

162

Comprised of short vignettes, this introductory text explains key concepts within a systems biology approach without resorting to mathematical equations or technical jargon. Suitable for students and researchers alike, this is the first book aimed at a more introductory level to systems biology. • Fulfils a growing demand for a more introductory overview of systems biology for students and researchers in the life sciences and other scientific disciplines, as well as for the general public • Tells the story of systems biology without using equations or jargon to ensure the book is accessible to a wide audience • Conveys the huge excitement and potential of the field as well as the implications for personalized medicine, predictive health, drug development, food and energy generation and beyond Genomics, bioinformatics, and systems biology

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-14995-3 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$80.00

978-1-316-60442-7 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

Next Generation Systematics Edited by Peter Olson | Natural History Museum, London

The growing power of DNA sequencing technology is transforming biological sciences. Systematics, the science of describing biological diversity and its origins, is no exception. This volume explores the impact NGS is having and will continue to have on systematics and related fields through reviews, forward-looking perspectives and case studies. • Leading researchers explore the broad range of ways in which next generation sequencing (NGS) data are being used in systematics and in the fields that it underpins, from biodiversity prospecting to evo-devo • Provides case studies of how NGS data are being used for state-of-theart evolutionary studies in systematics and related fields • Forward-looking perspectives introduce and comment on trends in contemporary systematics, placing research-focused chapters in context and reflecting the latest developments in a fast-moving field Genomics, bioinformatics, and systems biology | Systematics Association Special Volume Series, 82

May 2016 246 x 189 mm 350pp 40 b/w illus. 8 colour illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-02858-6 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$95.99 P

Plant Variation and Evolution Fourth edition David Briggs | University of Cambridge

A long-awaited fourth edition of a classic text, which considers the implications of new advances and challenges in our understanding of the evolution of flowering plants. It has been fully revised for the molecular era, and will continue to be an authoritative resource for students in the field. • This is a new edition of a classic text on plant evolution, fully revised to reflect the enormous advances that have been made over the last two decades • Examines our current understanding of plant evolution in its historical context, while presenting in detail the new insights that have been provided by molecular investigations and advances in computer science • Explores the challenges and opportunities offered by future research, summarising for the reader a variety of perspectives on a number of controversial issues in evolution, taxonomy, phylogenetics, conservation and climate change Plant science

April 2016 246 x 189 mm 580pp 108 b/w illus. 36 tables 978-1-107-60222-9 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$64.99

Property, Planning and Policy Ian Hodge | University of Cambridge

This book is carefully developed to meet the needs of anyone studying or interested in agricultural sciences, countryside management, the environment and rural geography. An examination of institutions that determine the delivery of ecosystem services is provided, alongside an institutional analysis of planning and managing land and the rural environment. • Offers a unique institutional governance approach to the countryside and rural environment, focusing on the environmental aspects of rural areas • Highlights the challenges and pressures faced in the governance of rural land, reviewing conflicts over the conservation of biodiversity, changing patterns in land use, public access, pollution, climate change and increasing demands for food and energy security • Sets out the background and historical context to contemporary debates, examining the institutions and policies that have led to the present situation, their historical development and options for the future Ecology and conservation

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 392pp 75 b/w illus. 32 tables 978-0-521-62396-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$105.00 P

The Choanoflagellates Evolution, Biology and Ecology Barry S. C. Leadbeater | University of Birmingham

Choanoflagellates: the closest, known, living, unicellular relatives of animals. This landmark book presents a unique, comprehensive, discussion of choanoflagellates with respect to their ultrastructure; silicon utilisation for skeletal purposes; contribution to microbial food webs, and molecular phylogeny. Also included is a novel account of the production of the basket-like lorica. • The first book to gather what is currently known about choanoflagellates – describes their ultrastructure, silicon utilisation for skeletal purposes, contribution to microbial food webs, and molecular phylogeny • Provides a full analysis of lorica structure, including the method of production and assembly – presenting the results obtained from electron microscopy, observation of living cells and computer reconstruction • Offers a novel explanation for the morphological and evolutionary relationship between two variations on cell division and lorica production, and discusses the possible relationship between ‘nudiform’ and ‘tectiform’ lorica production and cell division for the first time Ecology and conservation

January 2015 246 x 189 mm 350pp 470 b/w illus. 43 tables 978-0-521-88444-0 Hardback £80.00 / US$125.00 C

Life sciences

and climate change ecology; 24. Jane Lubchenco – from the marine intertidal to global service; 25. Epilogue; Glossary; References; Figure and quotation credits; Index.

Cause and Correlation in Biology A User’s Guide to Path Analysis, Structural Equations, and Causal Inference with R Second edition Bill Shipley | Université de Sherbrooke, Canada

Ecology and conservation

January 2016 276 x 219 mm 675pp 555 colour illus. 88 tables 408 exercises 978-1-107-11537-8 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$119.99 X

Written for biologists and students, this practical guide underlies the principle methods for analysing cause-effect relationships. Featuring extensive sections on the use of R statistical language to apply statistical methods to biological data, this completely revised new edition is a valuable resource for practising biologists. • Uses simplistic language throughout to convey statistical testing methods for causal hypotheses • Written from the perspective of a practising biologist as a complete user’s guide on testing causal hypotheses • Combines the underlying philosophy, the theoretical background, and the practical implementation of structural equations, path analysis and causal inference to provide a completely up-to-date resource for students and biologists alike Ecology and conservation

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 360pp 113 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-1-107-44259-7 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$64.99

Textbook

Ecology in Action Fred D. Singer | Radford University, Virginia

This fresh approach to integrating the core concepts of ecology and research processes has a strong narrative, driven by case studies that reveal how ecologists raise and answer real-world questions. It enables students to develop a strong grasp of key topics with a deep understanding of ecology as a dynamic science. • Strikes the perfect balance in delivering concepts alongside research processes, including four chapters devoted to inspiring ecologists and their research programs, allowing students to develop a deep understanding of how ecologists raise and answer real-world questions • Written by an experienced and passionate teacher, using an engaging personal narrative and stunning imagery to captivate students and bring this vibrant subject to life • ‘Thinking ecologically’ discussion questions integrated within the text encourage active participation, and a range of end-of-chapter exercises support students as they reinforce concepts and apply analytical and critical thinking skills • Online resources include PPT and JPEG files of all figures, solutions to exercises for instructors, and a tutorial introducing students to the R statistical package and explaining how to use it to solve exercises in the book Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; Part I. Introduction and the Physical Environment: 1. What is ecology in action?; 2. The physical environment; Part II: Evolutionary and Organismal Ecology: 3. Evolution and adaptation; 4. Physiological and evolutionary ecology of acquiring nutrients and energy; 5. Physiological and evolutionary ecology of temperature and water relations; 6. Behavioral ecology; 7. Bernd Heinrich – studying adaptation in the field and the laboratory; Part III. Population Ecology: 8. Life history evolution; 9. Distribution and dispersal; 10. Population abundance and growth; 11. Conservation ecology; 12. The chimpanzees of Gombe; Part IV. Community Ecology: 13. Interspecific competition; 14. Predation and other exploitative interactions; 15. Facilitation; 16. Complex interactions and food webs; 17. Biological diversity and community stability; 18. Dan Janzen and Winnie Hallwachs – community interactions and tropical restoration through biodiversity conservation; Part V. Ecosystem and Global Ecology: 19. Ecosystem structure and energy flow; 20. Nutrient cycles: global, regional and local; 21. Disturbance and succession; 22. Geographic and landscape ecology; 23. The carbon cycle

Textbook

Austral Ark The State of Wildlife in Australia and New Zealand Edited by Adam Stow | Macquarie University, Sydney

Australia and New Zealand are home to remarkable and unique flora and fauna. Unfortunately tough, major losses to biodiversity have occurred since European contact. Austral Ark fills an important gap by presenting a researchinformed synthesis of the current issues facing the Australasian biota and the challenges involved in their conservation. • A unique synthesis of Australia and New Zealand’s leading conservation biologists about wildlife gains and declines in this area • Provides an insight into the threatening processes occurring worldwide as well as the unique conservation problems faced in this region • Highlights Australia and New Zealand’s many historical and contemporary environmental differences as well as commonalities • Includes special boxes emphasising examples and case studies – offers ‘real world’ examples of the key issues and solutions Contents: List of contributors; Foreword; Introduction; 1. A separate creation: diversity, distinctiveness and conservation of Australian wildlife; 2. New Zealand – a land apart; 3. The ecological consequences of habitat loss and fragmentation in New Zealand and Australia; 4. The impacts of climate change on Australian and New Zealand flora and fauna; 5. Unwelcome and unpredictable: the sorry saga of cane toads in Australia; 6. Invasive plants and invaded ecosystems in Australia: implications for biodiversity; 7. Environmental weeds in New Zealand: impacts and management; 8. The insidious threat of invasive invertebrates; 9. Pollution by antibiotics and resistance genes: dissemination into Australian wildlife; 10. Invasive vertebrates in Australia and New Zealand; 11. Freshwaters in New Zealand; 12. A garden at the edge of the world; the diversity and conservation status of the New Zealand flora; 13. The evolutionary history of the Australian flora and its relevance to biodiversity conservation; 14. Protecting the small majority: insect conservation in Australia and New Zealand; 15. Terrestrial mammal diversity, conservation and management in Australia; 16. Marine mammals, back from the brink? Contemporary conservation issues; 17. Australian reptiles and their conservation; 18. New Zealand reptiles and their conservation; 19. Austral ark chapter – isolation, invasion and innovation: forces of change in the conservation of New Zealand birds; 20. Australian birds: current status and future prospects; 21. Austral amphibians – Gondwanan relicts in peril; 22. Predators in danger: shark conservation and management in Australia, New Zealand, and their neighbours; 23. ‘Ragged mountain ranges, droughts and flooding rains’: the evolutionary history and conservation of Australian freshwater fishes; 24. Down under Down Under: austral groundwater life; 25. Fire and biodiversity in Australia; 26. Terrestrial protected areas of Australia; 27. Australian marine protected areas; 28. Marine reserves in New Zealand: ecological responses to protection and network design; Index. Ecology and conservation

January 2015 246 x 189 mm 680pp 77 b/w illus. 33 tables 978-1-107-03354-2 Hardback £40.00 / US$60.00 P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

163

Life sciences

164

Conservation of Freshwater Fishes

Peatland Restoration and Ecosystem Services

Edited by Gerard P. Closs | University of Otago, New Zealand

Science, Policy and Practice Edited by Aletta Bonn | German Centre für Integrative Biodiversity Research (iDiv) Halle-Jena-Leipzig

Freshwater fish are one of the most diverse vertebrate groups, but are also amongst the most threatened. This is the first assessment of the global state of freshwater fish diversity, providing a comprehensive synthesis of the opportunities, challenges and barriers facing the conservation of freshwater fish biodiversity. • Leaders in the field provide the first assessment of the global state of freshwater fish diversity, synthesising opportunities and challenges to conservation • Introduces readers to the diversity of freshwater fishes, the extent of global threats to that diversity and the evolutionary and ecological mechanisms that have generated extraordinary species diversity • Specialist chapters examine key threats to diversity and discuss strategies and options to reduce impacts, highlighting potential management solutions to mitigate the primary threats to freshwater fish species

This book provides a basis for interdisciplinary discussions between policy makers, scientists and practitioners. Using current scientific information, the policy questions related to peatlands across the globe are addressed throughout and restoration is presented as a prerequisite for the sustainable management of ecosystem services in a changing environment. • Case studies from a global perspective will appeal to scientists, policy makers and practitioners to illustrate the challenges of peatland management • Adopting a cross-disciplinary approach, economic, political and scientific issues surrounding peatland restoration are explored in relation to natural resource management • Relevant to natural solutions to climate mitigation, financial and political resolutions are offered to achieve carbon emission reductions and enhance peatland ecosystem services

Ecology and conservation | Conservation Biology, 20

Ecology and conservation | Ecological Reviews

December 2015 228 x 152 mm 656pp 75 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-107-04011-3 Hardback £79.99 / US$130.00 P

March 2016 247 x 174 mm 430pp 92 b/w illus. 36 tables 978-1-107-02518-9 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$109.99 P

978-1-107-61609-7 Paperback £39.99 / US$64.99

978-1-107-61970-8 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$54.99

Cooperative Breeding in Vertebrates

Conservation Behavior Applying Behavioral Ecology to Wildlife Conservation and Management Edited by Oded Berger-Tal | Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel

Studies of Ecology, Evolution, and Behavior Edited by Walter D. Koenig | Cornell University, New York

This book identifies three vital areas for understanding conservation behaviour and integrates them into a practical management scheme. Its structured approach encompasses the efficient use of behavioural ecology theory and principles in conservation and management to offer concise applicable advice for wildlife management. • Explores the field of conservation behaviour through an easy-to-use structured approach, suitable for both academic researchers and wildlife managers • Offers concise and practical advice regarding the uses of behavioural theory and knowledge, applicable for wildlife managers who want to improve their practice • Condenses the field of conservation biology into one structured, userfriendly volume that is adaptable for conservation behaviour courses Ecology and conservation | Conservation Biology, 21

April 2016 228 x 152 mm 410pp 31 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-04010-6 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$124.99

978-1-107-69041-7 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$59.99

This book brings together long-term studies of cooperatively breeding birds, mammals, and fishes. The chapters focus not only on describing the behavior and ecology of particular species but also on testing evolutionary hypotheses for the form and function of the diverse cooperative breeding lifestyles that have been discovered. • Features contributions from leaders in the field to provide the definitive synthesis of current studies of cooperative breeding • The chapters describe the behavior and ecology of a range of species as well as testing evolutionary hypotheses for the form and function of diverse and fascinating cooperative breeding lifestyles • A much-needed update to earlier volumes focused on cooperative breeding, providing readers with studies involving a range of taxa and taking advantage of modern genetic techniques Animal behaviour

January 2016 246 x 189 mm 426pp 181 b/w illus. 12 colour illus. 32 tables 978-1-107-04343-5 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00 C

Life sciences

The Mandrill A Case of Extreme Sexual Selection Alan F. Dixson | Victoria University of Wellington

Living in the remote forests of western central Africa, mandrills are notoriously elusive and have evaded scientific scrutiny for decades. Recent research, synthesised here for the first time, sheds light on mandrill behaviour, reproductive biology and evolution, and allows for explanation of its extreme sexual dimorphism. • The first detailed account of the natural history of the world’s largest and most spectacular monkey species, synthesising the results of more than twenty-five years of research • Explores in detail the role that sexual selection has played in shaping the mandrill’s evolution, covering mechanisms of mate choice, intrasexual competition, sperm competition and cryptic female choice • Sheds new light on the evolutionary biology of the mandrill by bringing to life its communicatory biology and the functions of its brightly coloured adornments Biological anthropology and primatology

November 2015 247 x 174 mm 273pp 124 b/w illus. 24 colour illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-11461-6 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99 P

Skeletal Biology of the Ancient Rapanui (Easter Islanders) Edited by Vincent H. Stefan | Herbert H. Lehman College, City University of New York

Compiling osteological research from Rapanui remains, this book demonstrates how the application of modern techniques utilised in skeletal biology research can be employed to address questions of human population origins and microevolution. Evidence is presented in an accessible manner that allows researchers to critically analyse current evidence of Rapanui prehistory. • Provides a comprehensive analysis of Rapanui prehistory, useful for archaeologists, bioarchaeologists and researchers interested in the history of Easter Island • Biological evidence is presented in a succinct and easy to read manner, allowing researchers to further evaluate preconceptions originating from cultural anthropology and folklore • Cranial differences are combined with DNA evidence to examine the genetic relationships between different Rapanui tribes Biological anthropology and primatology | Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary Anthropology, 72

The Dwarf and Mouse Lemurs of Madagascar

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 352pp 74 b/w illus. 2 colour illus. 53 tables 978-1-107-02366-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$124.99 P

Biology, Behavior and Conservation Biogeography of the Cheirogaleidae Edited by Shawn Lehman | University of Toronto

The Missing Lemur Link

Uniting contributions from international experts, this first ever volume on the Cheirogaleidae family reviews their behaviour, physiology, ecology, genetics and biogeography in one comprehensive volume. Featuring previously unpublished research, this unique book will encourage further exploration of the dwarf and mouse lemurs of Madagascar. • The first ever complete work on the Cheirogaleidae family which will encourage further research on the behaviour, ecology and conservation of dwarf and mouse lemurs • Presents a wide range of methodological approaches for the study of these species, which is appropriate introductory reading for students interested in lemurs • Serves as a complete summary of existing research on the cheirogaleids, assessing their current species status and making a compelling case for their future conservation Biological anthropology and primatology | Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary Anthropology

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 515pp 88 b/w illus. 29 colour illus. 978-1-107-07559-7 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00 P

An Ancestral Step in the Evolution of Human Behaviour Ivan Norscia | Università degli Studi, Pisa

Reviewing and expanding upon recent research into lemur behavioural traits, this comparative study analyses links between lemurs, primates and humans. Suitable for both experts and non-experts, this book attempts to break the conceptual walls between primate taxa to encourage further research into ancestral traits between primates and humans. • Includes up-to-date research on lemur behaviour to allow researchers to assess the connection to modern and ancestral human behaviour traits • Features methodological boxes written by guest contributors that allow practical replication of studies described • Reviews over a decade of quantitative data on lemur and monkey social behaviour to reveal traits previously thought to be exclusive to primate behaviour Biological anthropology and primatology | Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary Anthropology, 74

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 320pp 79 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-01608-8 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$104.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

165

Life sciences / Medicine

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

166

Highlight

Industrial Agriculture and Ape Conservation

Combating Hunger and Achieving Food Security

Edited by Alison White | Arcus Foundation

M. S. Swaminathan | M. S. Swaminathan Research Foundation

This second volume in an important new series examines the interface between ape conservation and industrial agriculture, presenting original research as well as topical case studies. It aims to influence debate, practice and policy for a broad range of policy makers, industry experts, decision makers, academics, researchers and NGOs. • The second volume to be published in an important new series, using objective and rigorous analysis to present, for the first time, statistics and information on all non-human ape species • Intended to enhance and influence debate, practice and policy for a broad range of policy makers, industry experts, decision makers, academics, researchers and NGOs • Beautifully illustrated in full colour throughout Biological anthropology and primatology | State of the Apes

January 2016 246 x 189 mm 360pp 1 b/w illus. 112 colour illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-13968-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$112.00 P 978-1-316-50523-6 Paperback £24.99 / US$44.99

The Emergence of Life From Chemical Origins to Synthetic Biology Second edition Pier Luigi Luisi | Università degli Studi Roma Tre

Addressing the origins of biological and synthetic life from a systems biology perspective, this new edition has undergone an extensive revision and includes greater coverage of synthetic biology. Unique to this edition are discussions with contemporaries in the field, demonstrating an evolution of thought on the question ‘what is life?’. • This new edition provides greater coverage of synthetic biology and includes discussions with contemporaries in the field • Beautifully illustrated with minimal jargon, making it suitable for a broad audience Evolutionary biology

April 2016 247 x 174 mm 450pp 166 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-09239-6 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$75.00

This book discusses the major causes of chronic and hidden hunger and emphasises the need to redesign the farming system based on nutritional considerations. Besides discussing the role of an effective monsoon management programme, there are chapters that analyse the importance of biodiversity conservation and farmer skill development. • Provides discussion on major causes of chronic and hidden hunger • Examines the need to redesign farming system to increase food production • Analyses the role of an effective monsoon management programme Natural resource management, agriculture, horticulture and forestry

June 2015 228 x 152 mm 186pp 978-1-107-12311-3 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

The Hadal Zone Life in the Deepest Oceans Alan Jamieson | University of Aberdeen

A valuable resource for undergraduates, postgraduates and deep-sea researchers, this book offers a comprehensive account of life in the deepest oceans and covers a breadth of topics from geology to ecology to illuminate this otherwise deep and dark area of science. • Compiles all known scientific research from depths greater than 6000 meters – a valuable source of reference for anyone interested or requiring a rapid introduction into this otherwise rarely documented part of the ocean • Presents the state-of-the-art observations and imagery of the trenches and the hadal communities therein – offers a visual perspective on the hadal zone to debunk the popular idea that the very deepest seas are ‘alien’ • Calls for future efforts to comprehensively sample numerous trenches in order to enable global generalizations about life on Earth Marine biology

January 2015 247 x 174 mm 382pp 95 b/w illus. 36 tables 978-1-107-01674-3 Hardback £50.00 / US$80.00 P

Global Deforestation Christiane Runyan | University of Virginia

This book provides a concise but comprehensive examination of the ways in which deforestation modifies environmental processes, as well as the societal implications of these changes. It will appeal to a broad readership of ecologists, hydrologists, economists, biogeochemists, geographers and policymakers whose work is related to deforestation. • A comprehensive yet concise reference on deforestation for both scientists and policymakers working in this very broad and interdisciplinary research area • Reviews the rich body of literature on deforestation and synthesizes information across disciplines, allowing readers to learn about deforestation on an interdisciplinary level without having to consult multiple texts and journal articles • Bridges the physical and biological sciences with the social sciences by examining economic impacts and socioeconomic drivers of deforestation Natural resource management, agriculture, horticulture and forestry

March 2016 253 x 177 mm 300pp 68 b/w illus. 14 colour illus. 978-1-107-13526-0 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$79.99 P

Medicine Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder in Adults and Children Edited by Lenard A. Adler | New York University School of Medicine

A comprehensive text, written by leading experts, detailing the significant advances in the treatment of ADHD in both children and adults. The wide ranging coverage includes the history, diagnosis, comorbidity, new psychopharmacologic medications and cognitive and behavioral therapy techniques for anyone involved in the assessment and management of ADHD. • Evidence-based review of ADHD from childhood through to adulthood • Authored by international team of experts in the field • Up-to-date, wide ranging and detailed coverage including co-existing psychiatric disorders and neuroimaging Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

January 2015 246 x 189 mm 410pp 14 b/w illus. 28 tables 978-0-521-11398-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$120.00 P

Medicine

Comprehensive Women’s Mental Health Edited by David J. Castle | University of Melbourne

A comprehensive, evidence-based review covering the broader social, genetic and developmental context of women’s mental health, with detailed clinical chapters covering disorders such as depression, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia and dementia. A detailed but practical resource for mental health practitioners, general physicians, nurses, social workers and psychologists. • Amalgam and expansion of two highly successful volumes, providing broad but practical coverage of topics • Considers broader social and cultural aspects of women’s lives making it relevant for a global perspective on women’s mental health • Includes chapters on life stages pertinent to women, such as pregnancy and the post-partum period • Written by leading experts from around the globe Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

January 2016 246 x 189 mm 363pp 6 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-107-62269-2 Paperback £49.99 / US$79.99 P

Adult Personality Growth in Psychotherapy Mardi J. Horowitz | University of California, San Francisco

Will expand your therapeutic repertoire. Once crises have been resolved, the clinician and patient explore what can change in order to increase the patient’s capacities for balance, harmony and satisfaction. The outcome is the achievement of a wider range of safe emotional expression and mastery of previous traumas and losses. • Illustrates how formulating the reasons for maladaptive patterns allows insight that promotes a new understanding and hopefulness for the future • Readers will learn to tolerate the ambiguities almost always present in the early phases of psychotherapy • Vignettes will guide therapists through difficult phases of treatment Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

April 2016 234 x 156 mm 144pp 6 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-53296-0 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$47.99

Edwards’ Treatment of Drinking Problems A Guide for the Helping Professions Sixth edition Keith Humphreys | Stanford University School of Medicine, California

State of the art, accessible reviews of the expanding science of alcohol treatment, integrated with practical guides to the management of a wide range of clinical situations, this new edition is compassionate towards patients, optimistic about treatment, and candid about the clinical and professional challenges embedded in the treatment endeavour. • Updates the classic brand originated by the world famous addictionologist Griffith Edwards • Equips the widest range of health professionals with the tools to respond effectively to patients with drinking disorders • Tailors the advice to the realities of an individual’s situation rather than suggesting a one-size-fits-all solution

The Self in Understanding and Treating Psychological Disorders Edited by Michael Kyrios | Australian National University, Canberra

This must-have reference suggests a new way forward in our understanding of how the ‘self’ and related constructs, such as early schemas and attachment, impact on psychopathology, psychotherapy processes and treatment outcomes across psychological and cognitive conditions, such as depression, anxiety, schizophrenia, self-regulation disorders, and autism, offering alternative intervention techniques. • Provides an up-to-date overview of existing literature on the concept of self from a social psychological, clinical, personality, cognitive, philosophical, neuroscientific and experimental perspective, enhancing the reader’s understanding of the concept and factors influencing the development of the self • Organized by chapters addressing specific psychological and cognitive disorders, making it an easy-to-use reference whilst also providing a comprehensive overview of the role of self in different disorders • Covers all major approaches that have a widespread practitioner base and that have existing or emerging evidence bases, including psychological and cognitive disorders representing major groups within diagnostic taxonomies such as the DSM-5 Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

February 2016 246 x 189 mm 264pp 3 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-107-07914-4 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99 P

Physical Exercise Interventions for Mental Health Edited by Linda C. W. Lam | The Chinese University of Hong Kong

Exercise is well known to be beneficial to physical health; however, increasing research indicates that physical exercise is also beneficial to brain health and may alleviate symptoms of mental disorders. This book describes and explores the theory and practice of exercise intervention for different mental disorders across the life span. • Describes clinically useful interventions based on evidence-based and theoretical findings • Provides readers with a broad perspective on the best exercise modalities to fit the needs of individuals with different mental health problems • Advises on the best physical exercise interventions for mental disorders across the breadth of the life span Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

February 2016 234 x 156 mm 208pp 4 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-107-09709-4 Hardback £44.99 / US$74.99 P

Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

March 2016 234 x 156 mm 234pp 14 b/w illus. 27 tables 978-1-107-51952-7 Paperback £49.99 / US$79.99 P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

167

Medicine

Bipolar Disorders Basic Mechanisms and Therapeutic Implications Third edition Edited by Jair C. Soares | University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston

168

This new edition covers groundbreaking advances in the fields of genetics, neuropsychopharmacology, psychosocial factors, and many other important areas, emphasizing the therapeutic implications and potential of this new understanding. It will be essential reading for those interested in the neurobiology of mental illness and in mental health more generally. • Presents contributions from the leaders at the forefront of areas of research into the pathophysiology of bipolar disorder • Includes chapters on groundbreaking advances in the fields of genetics, neuroimaging, neuropsychopharmacology, oxidative stress and neuronal resilience, inflammatory mechanisms, psychosocial factors, childhood onset and late-life bipolar disorder, and several other areas • Emphasizes the therapeutic implications and potential of this new understanding Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

April 2016 246 x 189 mm 288pp 7 b/w illus. 9 colour illus. 23 tables 978-1-107-06271-9 Hardback c. £84.99 / c. US$135.00 P

Case Studies: Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology Volume 2 Stephen M. Stahl | Neuroscience Education Institute

This new selection of clinical stories, covers treatments that work, or fail, and mistakes made along the journey. Designed with a distinctive user-friendly presentation and making use of icons, questions/answers and tips, they address complex issues in an understandable way and with direct relevance to the everyday experience of clinicians. • Describes treatment options for a wide range of psychiatric disorders • Explains what to try next if an intervention fails • Highlights possible mistakes and pitfalls so that you don’t have to make them Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

March 2016 228 x 139 mm 504pp 1 b/w illus. 24 colour illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-60733-0 Paperback £49.99 / US$79.99 P

Stahl’s Self-Assessment Examination in Psychiatry Multiple Choice Questions for Clinicians Second edition Stephen M. Stahl | University of California, San Diego

This book features one hundred and fifty new and updated questions derived from Dr Stahl’s Online Master Psychopharmacology Program which will help readers prepare for formal tests, including American Board of Psychiatry and Neurology examinations, and achieve CME and MoC credits towards ABPN reaccreditation. The self-assessment questions also offer detailed explanations of correct and incorrect answers. • All questions have been approved by the American Board of Psychiatry and Neurology as being pitched at an appropriate level for reaccreditation purposes • Thorough explanations of the correct and incorrect answer choices for every question demystify complex principles and enable the user to build their knowledge and understanding • The one hundred and fifty questions are divided into ten sections, reflecting the core areas of psychiatry and providing comprehensive self-assessment for American Board of Psychiatry and Neurology examinations Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

January 2016 186 x 123 mm 320pp 152 tables 978-1-316-50249-5 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$59.99

The Stahl Neuropsychopharmacology Masterclass: Antidepressants Part 2: Antidepressants The Neuroscience Education Institute

An online educational program of courses focusing on core areas of psychiatric research and practice. The content of each course consists of interactive readings, short lectures, animations and case studies. This course on Antidepressants is certified for 18.25 CME credits. An ideal resource for busy mental health professionals. • Presents the most up-to-date and accurate coverage of this fastmoving discipline • Written and moderated by experts in the field from the Neuroscience Education Institute (founded by Dr Stahl) and endorsed by Cambridge University Health Partners • Provides self-testing options and opportunities to claim formal CME credits, all taken at a self-directed speed • Includes opportunities to record personal practice notes as well as interact with other users Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

August 2015 978-1-107-59483-8 Online Resource

£65.00 / US$99.00

Medicine

Violence in Psychiatry

Passing the Primary FRCA SOE

Edited by Katherine D. Warburton | University of California, Davis

A Practical Guide Edited by Claire M. Blandford | Torbay Hospital

Focusing on violence from assessment, through underlying neurobiology, to treatment and other recommendations for practice, this book will be of interest to forensic psychiatrists, general adult psychiatrists, psychiatric residents, psychologists, psychiatric social workers and rehabilitation therapists. • Focuses on violence from assessment, through underlying neurobiology, to treatment and other recommendations for practice • Reconceptualizes violence as a primary medical condition, not as the by-product of one • Addresses new types of violence exhibited in inpatient environments to enhance a balance between safety and hospital treatment

Trainee anaesthetists preparing for the Primary FRCA SOE will find in this book helpful advice and expanded question and answer material, making it an extensive and essential revision guide. Fully scripted answers demonstrate how to link facts together in the exam to form a thorough and cohesive response. • Fully expanded questions and scripted answers form entire mock exams that demonstrate how to link facts together into a cohesive response, providing a realistic practice experience that prepares trainees for exactly what they will face in the exam • Questions are presented in two formats, as both full mock exams and divided by section area, allowing readers to adjust their use depending on their preferred revision and learning styles • A dedicated introduction presents a top ten hints and tips section and outlines common pitfalls and how they can be avoided, helping trainees develop an overall approach to the exam that will give them the best possible chance of success

Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

April 2016 246 x 189 mm 400pp 10 b/w illus. 32 colour illus. 55 tables 978-1-107-09219-8 Hardback £54.99 / US$84.99 P

Moral Jeopardy: Risks of Accepting Money from the Alcohol, Tobacco and Gambling Industries Peter J. Adams | University of Auckland

Tobacco, alcohol and gambling corporations have been highly effective in stalling, diverting and blocking public health measures. This book provides an original and engaging exposé of the ethical issues faced by people and organizations when they accept industry money in ways that facilitate corporate influence with policy-makers. • Confronts ethical issues associated with conflicts of interest that influence many in governments, communities and universities • Develops a framework for action and intervention aimed at reducing moral jeopardy • Draws on psychology, philosophy, public health, social theory and addiction studies Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology | International Research Monographs in the Addictions

June 2016 234 x 156 mm 256pp 19 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-107-09120-7 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$130.00

Cases in Emergency Airway Management Edited by Lauren C. Berkow | The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine

The full range of potential emergency airway situations is covered using a clear and direct approach, outlining specific clinical scenarios through case-based discussion and procedural advice. This guide is a vital resource for physicians and healthcare professionals involved in emergency airway management and post-intubation care. • This book addresses emergency airway scenarios in a more clinical and case-based way than existing literature on the subject, making it more useful as a practical guide to safely managing patients in these situations • The multidisciplinary approach and contributors from a variety of specialties make this an invaluable resource for all healthcare professionals involved in emergency airway management • Chapters cover both pediatric and adult cases, providing clinically useful information for the entire spectrum of potential patients and scenarios Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

December 2015 234 x 156 mm 224pp 59 b/w illus. 24 tables 978-1-107-43744-9 Paperback £44.99 / US$69.99 P

Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

April 2016 234 x 156 mm 160pp 46 b/w illus. 27 tables 978-1-107-54580-9 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

Perioperative Drill-Based Crisis Management Edited by Steven Butz | Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee

Medical professionals in the operating room must regularly practice emergencies to improve patient safety and fulfil regulations. Endorsed by the Society for Ambulatory Anesthesia, this practical manual covers clinical and non-medical emergencies in the form of scripted drills with expected actions, followed by educational material for debriefing. • Consistent chapter structure with written scenarios and expected actions allows the reader to run an effective drill with little or no prior preparation • Drills are generalizable, enabling facilities to run different drills for a long period of time without repetition and allowing adaptation for many different clinical settings and geographies • Key learning points, guidelines and algorithms allow every reader to put together meaningful and educational drills on the spot Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

November 2015 246 x 189 mm 93pp 17 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-54693-6 Paperback £34.99 / US$54.99 P

Clinical Airway Management An Illustrated Case-Based Approach Edited by D. John Doyle | Cleveland Clinic

Clinical Airway Management takes a case-based approach to the subject, supplemented by high-quality illustrations and online videos. Practical guidance is offered on all aspects of airway management, important advances and developments in the field are discussed, and sections on rarely discussed lower airway challenges are also included. • High quality illustrations and supplemental videos offer the reader an increased understanding of the discussed techniques and concepts • Unlike competing titles which focus on the upper airway, this book covers both upper and lower airway management problems, giving a more comprehensive and useful overview of the field • Takes a more directly case-based approach than other books on this subject, which provides a more problem-based learning experience for trainees and more practical and applicable guidance for practicing clinicians Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

April 2016 246 x 189 mm 240pp 9 b/w illus. 144 colour illus. 36 tables 978-1-316-60135-8 Hardback with Online Resource c. £64.99 / c. US$89.99 P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

169

Medicine

Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting A Practical Guide Edited by Tong Joo Gan | Duke University Medical Center, Durham

170

The growing challenge of postoperative nausea and vomiting means that specific knowledge and management strategies are a vital aspect of perioperative care. This book provides practical help and advice on assessing PONV risk, providing appropriate prophylactic antiemetic therapy, and managing patients who fail antiemetic prophylaxis. • This is the only fully up-to-date book-length discussion of the topic, making it an invaluable resource for clinicians who regularly deal with patients experiencing PONV • Provides guidance on both pharmacological and non-pharmacological treatment strategies, giving the reader a thorough and comprehensive understanding of the available options • PONV is a growing problem, with incidences increasing over time and a growing need for effective treatment strategies, making this book increasingly relevant for healthcare practitioners Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

March 2016 234 x 156 mm 208pp 19 b/w illus. 31 tables 978-1-107-46519-0 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$64.99 P

Quality Management in Intensive Care A Practical Guide Edited by Bertrand Guidet | Hopital Saint Antoine, Paris, France

One of the first comprehensive summaries of the latest thinking and research in this rapidly evolving field. With a practical focus on patient-centred, evidence-based implementation to increase efficiency and safety, the book reflects commonly accepted goals and guidelines for best practice. For intensive care physicians and ICU and hospital managers. • Numerous diagrams and flowcharts exemplify and illustrate key principles in an easy-to-understand format • Brings together information previously only available in journal articles and collections of papers • There is an increasing shift in focus in intensive care medicine towards quality management – the time is right for a book on this ‘hot topic’ Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

February 2016 234 x 156 mm 224pp 34 b/w illus. 34 tables 978-1-107-50386-1 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$74.99 P

Clinical Fluid Therapy in the Perioperative Setting Second edition Edited by Robert G. Hahn | Linköpings Universitet, Sweden

Clinical Fluid Therapy in the Perioperative Setting, 2nd edition explains current evidence-based knowledge, essential basic science and modern clinical practice. In 34 focused, authoritative chapters, the most internationally renowned researchers and specialists explain what you should know when providing infusion fluids to surgical patients. • Building on the success and popularity of the first edition, this revised and expanded volume includes thirteen new chapters, together covering all aspects of perioperative care • Chapters are concise and authoritative, with abstracts providing at-aglance overviews of each topic • Both basic science and clinical practice are covered, enabling the reader to apply their learning with confidence Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

May 2016 246 x 189 mm 256pp 27 b/w illus. 31 colour illus. 29 tables 978-1-107-11955-0 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$89.99 P

Post-Anesthesia Care Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Management Edited by James W. Heitz | Thomas Jefferson University Hospital

Post-operative care of surgical patients is shared by healthcare providers from many different disciplines, including physicians and nurses in anesthesiology, surgery and internal medicine. This book offers a one-stop resource for diagnosing and managing the myriad of complications which may occur in these patients in the dangerous hours after surgery. • Takes a symptom-based approach to treatment, aiding quick formation of differential diagnosis for common and uncommon post-operative complications • Focuses on the early post-operative period, enhancing recognition of the unique presentation of many complications at this critical time • Takes a multidisciplinary approach, integrating the surgical, medical and nursing perspectives necessary for the complete care of the surgical patient Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

February 2016 234 x 156 mm 400pp 38 b/w illus. 53 tables 978-1-107-64221-8 Paperback £49.99 / US$79.99 P

Physics for the Anaesthetic Viva Aman Kalsi | Wessex Deanery

This book prepares FRCA trainees for the physics viva by explaining fundamental science and its application to anaesthetic practice. The information provided is concise, comprehensive and relevant to the curriculum. The sample viva questions are based around common viva themes appearing in previous exams. • A concise resource that clearly explains the fundamental science and its application to anaesthetic practice, encompassing all aspects of the FRCA curriculum pertinent to physics and measurement • Key words are highlighted in bold, allowing targeted learning and enhancing the reader’s recollection • Simple and appealing diagrams are easily reproducible in an exam setting and enhance the explanation of the more difficult concepts Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

April 2016 234 x 156 mm 128pp 65 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-49833-4 Paperback £29.99 / US$49.99

Returning to Work in Anaesthesia Back on the Circuit Edited by Emma Plunkett | West Midlands Deanery

In order to provide practical and realistic advice about the return to work process and associated challenges, this book brings together relevant published guidance, checklists and guidelines documents, and includes a variety of clinical scenarios in a question and answer format to refresh the reader’s knowledge and aid decision making. • This is the first reference source to gather all relevant and useful information for returning to anaesthesia after a break into one single, easily accessible format, making it useful for doctors at any point in the process • The book is divided into three distinct sections, each with a specific purpose, making it simple and convenient for readers to find the information they need quickly • The knowledge refreshing section includes 120 different clinical scenarios, covering common dilemmas and serious emergencies, in a variety of question styles to engage readers and allow them to assess their own knowledge and progress Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

April 2016 234 x 156 mm 68 b/w illus. 60 tables 978-1-107-51469-0 Paperback c.£44.99 / c. US$69.99

Medicine

Practical Ambulatory Anesthesia

Koenig and Schultz’s Disaster Medicine

Edited by Johan Raeder | Universitetet i Oslo

Comprehensive Principles and Practice Second edition Edited by Kristi L. Koenig | Center for Disaster Medical Sciences, University of California, Irvine

This book provides a comprehensive and evidencebased guide to managing patients who are undergoing anesthesia for ambulatory surgery. The book is based on the latest clinical evidence, technology and trends in patient outcomes, augmented by practical advice based on the authors’ and editors’ wealth of experience. • Summarizes the most recent clinical and administrative developments in ambulatory anesthesia • This ‘how to’ book is practical and to the point • Includes practical ‘recipes’ for anesthesia involving commonly performed procedures Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

July 2015 246 x 189 mm 203pp 17 b/w illus. 42 tables 978-1-107-06534-5 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

Emergency medicine

Delirium in Critical Care

January 2016 253 x 203 mm 720pp 172 colour illus. 144 tables 978-1-107-04075-5 Hardback £130.00 / US$205.00 P

Second edition Valerie J. Page | Watford General Hospital

This concise handbook describes tools the bedside clinician can use to prevent, diagnose and manage delirium in critically ill patients. Fully up to date, including new developments in assessing risk and diagnosis and the effect of antipsychotics, this second edition is essential reading for trainees, consultants and nurses in the ICU. • Maintains the first edition’s evidence-based approach and engaging writing style, bringing the text to life with patient case histories • Includes practical instruction about screening for delirium • Updated throughout to bring the second edition in line with current knowledge and recent evidence, including new developments in assessing risk and diagnosis, discoveries regarding delirium and longterm cognitive outcomes, and dangers of sedation and death Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management | Core Critical Care

March 2015 186 x 123 mm 256pp 35 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-107-43365-6 Paperback £29.99 / US$49.99 P

Observation Medicine Principles and Protocols Edited by Sharon E. Mace | Department of Emergency Medicine, Cleveland Clinic, Ohio

Observation medicine is a cutting-edge solution to the high costs and poor accessibility of primary and subspecialty care. This book is a practical guide to the clinical and administrative aspects of establishing and managing an observation unit. For healthcare professionals and business managers alike, it is accessible to an international audience. • Contains clinical protocols for diseases/conditions that may be managed by observation medicine, which is an up-and-coming solution to the crisis of costs and access to emergency healthcare • Contains administrative protocols and covers the financial and business aspects of running an observation unit • Offers an international perspective, with practical methods for implementing observation medicine in any location and with any type of resources, staffing, and education Emergency medicine

Broken Bones

February 2016 253 x 177 mm 320pp 9 b/w illus. 13 colour illus. 978-1-107-02234-8 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00 P

The Radiologic Atlas of Fractures and Dislocations Second edition Felix S. Chew | University of Washington

This atlas illustrates the spectrum of fractures and dislocations throughout the skeleton using high-quality radiologic images and clinical descriptions, thereby duplicating the experience of reviewing this subject with an expert teaching physician. Decades of experience have been distilled into one easy-reading, extensively illustrated book. • Contains clear, state-of-the-art radiologic images, which will allow readers to observe more subtle details, including soft tissues • Contains radiologic descriptions that concisely describe the key features of each case, thereby simulating a case discussion with an expert • While other books show images of fractures without context, this book provides patient demographics and clinical presentations for all cases Emergency medicine

March 2016 276 x 219 mm 400pp 1101 b/w illus. 978-1-107-49923-2 Paperback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00

This book is the definitive reference on disaster medicine. It outlines necessary areas of proficiency for health care professionals handling mass casualty crises. It also covers in-depth strategies for the rapid diagnosis and treatment of victims exposed to biological, chemical, or radiological agents, spanning the full spectrum of potential situations. • A fresh new approach to disaster preparedness and response, written for both emergency physicians and nurses • Covers a wide range of disaster situations, with strategies for rapid diagnosis and treatment of victims, as well as scene management • Contributed to by experts from all over the world, and supplemented with photos and diagrams of each aspect of disaster response

Ethical Dilemmas in Emergency Medicine Edited by Catherine Marco | Wright State University, Ohio

The emergency department is a place of challenging ethical dilemmas with little time to solve them. This book provides solutions to common ethical dilemmas in emergency medicine. It covers topics including medicolegal issues, triage, privacy and confidentiality, difficult patients, minors, research, patient safety, disasters, suicide, and end of life issues. • Presented in an easy-to-read case-based format • Includes multimedia resources, including media presentations, casebased discussions, and multiple choice questions • Helps provide solutions to recognisable, everyday ethical dilemmas in emergency medicine Emergency medicine

October 2015 228 x 152 mm 442pp 6 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-43859-0 Paperback £44.99 / US$74.99 P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

171

Medicine

172

Caplan’s Stroke

Neurology in Africa

A Clinical Approach Fifth edition Edited by Louis R. Caplan | Department of Neurology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, Massachusetts

Clinical Skills and Neurological Disorders William P. Howlett | Kilimanjaro Christian Medical Centre, Tanzania

This market-leading guide provides a fully up-todate account of the features of cerebrovascular disease, stroke syndromes, complications, and recovery and rehabilitation in a comprehensive, accessible manner. A must-have for medical specialists, consultants, and trainees in neurology, stroke medicine, internal medicine and neurorehabilitation. • Contains numerous patient examples to aid in mapping theory to reallife situations • Not previously included, this new edition also contains a chapter on the genetics of stroke • Key findings are summarized in tables

This practical, clear and comprehensive book will be invaluable to students and doctors of neurology and internal medicine working in Africa. Highly illustrated, it covers clinical skills as well as diagnosis and management of all the major neurological disorders, including tropical infections, konzo and others frequently omitted from Western textbooks. • Written to fill a need identified by the author during his own practice and teaching • Informed by the author’s twenty years of experience practising general medicine and neurology in Africa • Focuses on disease patterns specific to Africa and how to diagnose and manage them with local resources

Neurology and clinical neuroscience

April 2016 276 x 219 mm 576pp 295 b/w illus. 129 colour illus. 98 tables 978-1-107-08729-3 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00 P

August 2015 247 x 174 mm 459pp 86 b/w illus. 91 colour illus. 103 tables 978-1-107-11422-7 Hardback £94.99 / US$150.00 P

White Matter Dementia

Common Pitfalls in Multiple Sclerosis and CNS Demyelinating Diseases

Christopher M. Filley | University of Colorado School of Medicine

Breaking away from prevailing views of dementia, relying heavily on the role of the cerebral cortex, Filley considers the novel concept of white matter dementia, highlighting the importance of white matter-cognition relationships. This unique book offers hope for a better understanding of the neurobiological basis of dementia. • Offers a thorough and consistent account, emphasizing the role of white matter in cognition • Will allow readers the opportunity to consider dementia in a new light • Highlights key points in several contexts that can enhance clinical care and research • Includes a chapter on therapeutic innovations Neurology and clinical neuroscience

March 2016 246 x 189 mm 216pp 23 b/w illus. 28 tables 978-1-107-03541-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 P

Parkinson’s Disease: Current and Future Therapeutics and Clinical Trials Edited by Nestor Galvez-Jimenez | Cleveland Clinic, Florida

This book emphasizes treatment options for Parkinson’s disease, critically assessing pharmacologic and surgical interventions. Evidence from randomized controlled clinical trials is highlighted to develop practical recommendations for clinical practice. Readers will find the necessary clinical and scientific foundations for the understanding of the disease and the basis for solid therapeutics. • Covers the full range of therapeutic options for Parkinson’s disease – medical and surgical – and compares their effectiveness • Treatment advice based on evidence from clinical trials rather than expert opinion • Also looks at areas of controversy where therapeutic options are less clear-cut, making it useful for patients unsuitable for traditional therapies Neurology and clinical neuroscience

March 2016 246 x 189 mm 400pp 26 b/w illus. 9 colour illus. 48 tables 978-1-107-05386-1 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00 P

Case-Based Learning B. Mark Keegan | Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Minnesota

Differentiating multiple sclerosis (MS) from alternative demyelinating diseases is challenging. This text guides readers through a number of clinical cases to define MS and rule out competing causes, using specific clinical examples. The text is written in a coaching style, buttressed by the strong pedagogic wisdom of the author. • Offers a straightforward three-step MS diagnostic strategy, aiding a quick and accurate MS diagnosis • Provides case studies of MS and CNS demyelinating diseases to allow readers to familiarize themselves with real-life clinical situations • Reflects challenges regarding specific anatomical territories affected by MS and its mimickers, while offering key tips in differential diagnosis Neurology and clinical neuroscience

April 2016 246 x 189 mm 112pp 108 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-68040-1 Paperback £44.99 / US$69.99

Complications of Neuroendovascular Procedures and Bailout Techniques Edited by Rakesh Khatri | Fort Wayne Neurological Center, Indiana

This book presents how various neuroendovascular complication scenarios are handled by authorities from neurology, neurosurgery, and neuroradiology. Contributors describe management of these complications, focusing on the common principles that all the specialists agree on, and give tips and tricks for ‘bail-out’ procedures. • Practical text with tips and tricks on how to manage intraoperative complications • Extensive illustrations to demonstrate correct procedures, and potential pitfalls • Authored by a team of experienced clinicians from various specialities who share the tricks of their trade Neurology and clinical neuroscience

April 2016 234 x 156 mm 320pp 236 b/w illus. 12 colour illus. 41 tables 978-1-107-03002-2 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 P

Medicine

The Behavioral Neurology of Dementia

Managing Myeloproliferative Neoplasms

Second edition Edited by Bruce L. Miller | University of California, San Francisco

A Case-Based Approach Edited by Ruben A. Mesa | Mayo Clinic Cancer Center, Arizona

This new edition provides the latest research findings written by leading dementia experts. The authors have distilled the most valuable discoveries into clear, insightful chapters. Includes new chapters on autoimmune antibody-associated encephalopathy; chronic traumatic encephalopathy; and sleep issues in dementia. • Describes the latest research findings in the dementia field – information is up to date and engaging for health care professionals • The number of people affected by dementia is increasing quickly – this book provides a resource for anyone who sees patients with dementia to aid accurate diagnosis and management • The chapter authors represent the leaders in their field – the quality of the research and evaluation of the data in this book is unparalleled in that the authors are speaking from first-hand knowledge of the data and patients involved

This book is a guide for physicians and nurses who treat patients with chronic leukemia-like conditions, known as myeloproliferative neoplasms. The practical case-based chapters from world experts in these diseases will help providers treat patients on both a dayto-day basis as well as in challenging situations. • A useful guide for providers across the world managing patients with myeloproliferative neoplasms • The practical case-based approach makes this book particularly suitable for training individuals in the care of hematology patients, from major cancer centers to community hematologists and medical oncologists • Provides detailed information about uncommon myeloproliferative neoplasms, for which there is little good clinical guidance in existing literature

Neurology and clinical neuroscience

Hematology

June 2016 246 x 189 mm 416pp 39 b/w illus. 34 colour illus. 40 tables 978-1-107-07720-1 Hardback c. £94.99 / c. US$149.95 P

March 2016 246 x 189 mm 216pp 21 b/w illus. 23 colour illus. 31 tables 978-1-107-44443-0 Paperback £84.99 / US$135.00 P

The Duke Glioma Handbook

Emergency Neuroradiology

Pathology, Diagnosis and Management Edited by John H. Sampson | Duke University Medical Center, Durham

A Case-Based Approach Edited by Yang Tang | Virginia Commonwealth University

Provides a summary of glioma biology, genetics and management, based on the world-leading program at Duke University Tisch Brain Tumor Center. It will be an important educational resource for neurologists, neurosurgeons, oncologists, psychiatrists and neurohospitalists. • Written by specialists from the Duke University Preston Robert Tisch Brain Tumor Center, giving it a consistent approach and style • Provides a comprehensive review of the various aspects of the topic Neurology and clinical neuroscience

February 2016 234 x 156 mm 240pp 52 b/w illus. 13 colour illus. 13 maps 10 tables 978-1-107-06597-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P

Autonomic Disorders A Case-Based Approach Paola Sandroni | Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, Minnesota

Based on experience at the unique autonomic program at the Mayo Clinic, the authors teach using patient material and laboratory recordings to clarify complex autonomic syndromes. Emphasis is given to clarifying what is real and highlighting those changes that mimic autonomic dysfunction. Of interest to practitioners in neurology and cardiology. • Includes over three hundred and fifty images • Provides simple vignettes for self-testing • Sample cases enable pattern recognition, identification of potential artifacts and test interpretation Neurology and clinical neuroscience

August 2015 246 x 189 mm 189pp 17 b/w illus. 337 colour illus. 978-1-107-40044-3 Paperback £54.99 / US$84.99 P

This concise, highly illustrated volume covers all facets of emergency neuroradiology in a clear, easily searchable way. Discusses over 150 emergent cases across the key areas of brain, head and neck, and spine, with nearly 800 high-quality CT and MRI images. Ideal learning and reference for practicing and trainee radiologists. • Bullet-point case format allows quick reference and fast learning • Supplements larger, more broadly focused textbooks by providing easily digestible specialist information • Comprehensive images for each case show exactly what to expect when making diagnoses in a real-world setting Medical imaging

August 2015 276 x 219 mm 412pp 751 b/w illus. 19 colour illus. 1 table 978-1-107-67613-8 Paperback £74.99 / US$120.00 P

Teaching Medical Professionalism Supporting the Development of a Professional Identity Second edition Edited by Richard L. Cruess | McGill University, Montréal

This book presents ideas, evidence and guidance for those interested in using the most recent advances in learning and human development to enhance medical education’s ability to form competent and caring physicians. It does this by establishing development of a professional identity as a primary goal of medical education. • Guides the practical implementation of supportive teaching programs • Provides case studies from institutions already engaged in the process • Brings together the expertise of pioneers in the field Medical law, medical ethics, forensic medicine

April 2016 246 x 189 mm 288pp 23 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-49524-1 Paperback c. £43.99 / c. US$69.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

173

Medicine

communities; 14. Working with the aged: lessons from residential care; 15. Sex, gender and sexual orientation; 16. Maori health: Maori- and Whanau-centred practice; 17. Nursing and working with disability.

Textbook

Leading and Managing Health Services

Nursing

An Australasian Perspective Gary E. Day | Griffith University, Queensland

174

Leading and Managing Health Services features a rich pedagogy both in the text and on its companion website, a contemporary approach to learning in line with the Health LEADS Australia framework, and case studies and a wealth of reflective, short answer and multiple-choice questions to extend student learning. • Features a contemporary approach to learning in line with the Health LEADS Australia framework • Rich in pedagogical features including case studies, reflective, short answer and multiple choice questions, and a companion website • Written by a team of respected and experienced Australian academics and industry experts Contents: Part I. Introduction: 1. The concept of leadership and management in health services; 2. Leadership and management frameworks and theories; 3. Ethical leadership; Part II. Leads Self: 4. Self-management; 5. Self-awareness and emotional intelligence; 6. Exploring values; 7. Ambiguity and leadership; 8. Leadership and critical reflective practice; Part III. Engages Systems: 9. Communication leadership; 10. Leading inter-professional teams; 11. Clinical governance; 12. Partnering with stakeholders; 13. Being politically astute; 14. Influencing strategically; 15. Networking; Part IV. Achieves Outcomes: 16. Holding to account; 17. Critical thinking and decision making; 18. Managing and leading staff; 19. Project management; 20. Financial management; 21. Negotiating; Part V. Drives Innovation: 22. Creativity and visioning; 23. Evidence-based practice; 24. Successfully managing conflict; 25. Building positive work cultures; 26. Leading and managing change; 27. Quality and service improvement; Part VI. Shapes Systems: 28. Workforce planning; 29. Strategic planning; 30. Health service planning. Nursing

September 2015 255 x 190 mm 280pp 978-1-107-48639-3 Paperback £44.99 / US$74.99

Textbook

Cultural Safety in Aotearoa New Zealand Second edition Edited by Dianne Wepa | Hawkes Bay District Health Board

Cultural Safety in Aotearoa New Zealand will equip students, tutors, managers, policy analysts and others involved in the delivery of healthcare with the tools to acknowledge the importance of cultural difference in achieving health and wellbeing in diverse communities. • Written by experienced educators active in cultural safety education, research and practice • Thoroughly revised and featuring new chapters on ethical considerations when working cross-culturally, as well as the legislative requirements of the Nursing Council of New Zealand • Chapters include key terms and concepts, practice examples providing content from healthcare workers’ everyday experiences, reflective questions, and references to allow further exploration Contents: Part I. Setting the Scene: 1. Towards cultural safety; 2. Cultural safety and the Nursing Council of New Zealand; 3. Cultural safety: daring to be different; Part II. The Foundations of Cultural Safety: 4. Cultural safety and continuing competence; 5. Culture and ethnicity: what is the question?; 6. Te Tiriti o Waitangi/Treaty of Waitangi 1840: its influence on the New Zealand health sector and health practice; 7. Exploring prejudice, understanding paradox and working towards new possibilities; 8. Navigating the ethical in cultural safety; 9. Being a culturally safe researcher; Part III. Fields of Practice: 10. Child, youth and family health care; 11. Cultural safety in mental health: a practice example; 12. Midwifery practice; 13. Culturally safe care for ethnically and religiously diverse

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 284pp 978-1-107-47744-5 Paperback £39.00 / US$69.99

Antenatal Disorders for the MRCOG and Beyond Second edition Edited by Dilly Anumba | University of Sheffield

This second edition covers all aspects of care for women developing disorders during pregnancy, including the latest changes in clinical practice and new research since publication of the previous edition, reflecting that care of such women is provided by multidisciplinary teams of physicians, obstetricians, general practitioners and midwives. • The book covers the curriculum for the antenatal disorders section of the Part 2 MRCOG, so is a key examination preparation test • Approximately 2000 candidates sit the Part 2 MRCOG each year – this is the final stage of becoming a member of the RCOG • In addition to being of interest to Part 2 candidates, the book provides a useful update for all healthcare professionals involved in caring for women who develop disorders during pregnancy: physicians, obstetricians, general practitioners and midwives Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

March 2016 216 x 138 mm 200pp 6 b/w illus. 2 colour illus. 54 tables 978-1-107-68492-8 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$54.99 P

Clinical Gynecology Second edition Edited by Eric J. Bieber | Rochester General Hospital, New York

Written with busy practices in mind, this book delivers clinically focused, evidence-based gynecology guidance in a quick-reference format. It explores etiology, screening, tests, diagnosis, and treatment for a full range of gynecologic health issues. The new edition has been expanded to include aspects of gynecology important in resource-poor settings. • Utilizes an easy-to-use, highly templated format with many full-color illustrations – makes information easy to find and understand • Focuses on evidence-based practices – helps deliver effective patient care • Contributor list now includes more international authorities – gives a global view Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

April 2015 276 x 219 mm 1126pp 130 b/w illus. 517 colour illus. 978-1-107-04039-7 Hardback £125.00 / US$199.00 P

SBA Questions for the Part 2 MRCOG Edited by Amanda Jones | North Manchester General Hospital

This book contains two hundred practice single best answer questions written by MRCOG question writers with accompanying explanations and references. It is the only official preparation book produced by RCOG. A valuable preparation resource for those specialising in Obstetrics and Gynaecology who are planning to take the Part 2 MRCOG examination. • The only official preparation book produced by the RCOG for the new format Part 2 MRCOG • Contains two hundred SBA questions and answers written by the authors of the actual examination • Contains explanations to accompany answers Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

February 2015 234 x 156 mm 176pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-47960-9 Paperback £34.99 / US$54.99

Medicine

Time-Lapse Microscopy in In-Vitro Fertilization

Heart Disease and Pregnancy

Edited by Marcos Meseguer

This practical and innovative clinical atlas includes access to over 180 high-quality video sequences. Written by experts from across numerous subspecialties, it provides embryologists and clinicians with a comprehensive guide to the increasingly popular technique of digital time-lapse microscopy and sheds new light on the intricacies of human embryo development. • One of the first books to cover this topic – fills a gap in the market • Online format allows access to a wealth of high-quality visual material, both videos and still images • Complements traditional embryology textbooks by giving the reader a fresh perspective Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

February 2016 246 x 189 mm 188pp 188 b/w illus. 98 colour illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-59326-8 Hardback with Online Resource £79.99 / US$125.00 P

Office Care of Women

This comprehensive and authoritative text will appeal to an audience of obstetricians, cardiologists, midwives, and cardiac nurses. Written by the multidisciplinary team, it covers both maternity and cardiac care in all causes of heart disease – congenital and acquired. A new section on heart and lung transplantation is included. • Includes consensus statements covering the main management options – there are no readily accessible guidelines about the management of heart disease in pregnancy which are comprehensible to obstetricians, cardiologists and allied disciplines; this book provides guidance based on consensus – not just the opinions of individual clinicians • All chapters are edited by the same two editors with an emphasis on a clear writing style – information is easier to assimilate • Comprehensive coverage of the topic – covers the whole range of heart disease including congenital, acquired, ischemic, and transplant Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

Edited by Martin Olsen | East Tennessee State University

Office Care of Women covers a wide range of topics which are pertinent to the provision of excellent healthcare. This book is designed as a single source reference which covers the majority of topics seen by clinicians as they care for women patients in the office setting. • The most comprehensive book available on the topic of ambulatory care of women • Covers both Ob/Gyn topics and other topics seen as crucial by leaders in women’s health • Assists in understanding non-gynecologic medical conditions which are commonly faced by female patients Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

April 2016 253 x 177 mm 480pp 115 b/w illus. 978-1-107-08570-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

Second edition Edited by Philip J. Steer | Chelsea and Westminster Hospital, London

PROMPT Course Manual Carl P. Weiner | Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Kansas

The course manual for attendees of the PROMPT (Practical Obstetric Multi-Professional Training) course which covers a range of obstetric emergency situations and aims to improve patient safety. This book will also provide much useful information for any health professional wishing to understand more about the management of obstetric emergencies. • The Course Manual for the PROMPT course • A Trainers Manual also available • Fully updated to reflect the latest research and clinical practice May 2016 276 x 219 mm 240pp 92 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-107-54954-8 US Edition

Managing the Menopause 21st Century Solutions Edited by Nick Panay | Queen Charlotte’s Hospital, London

c. US$44.99 P

Fetal Medicine

A comprehensive but practical, case-based resource for all clinicians who work with menopausal women. This book is a vital tool providing clarity at a time of controversy for all health professionals managing the problems of the menopause. • Comprehensive review of all aspects of the menopause • Includes case studies allowing the reader to relate to clinical problems • Discusses concerns over long-term complications of HRT use August 2015 234 x 156 mm 254pp 41 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-1-107-45182-7 Paperback £39.99 / US$64.99 P

US EDITION

Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

February 2016 246 x 189 mm 240pp 27 b/w illus. 1 colour illus. 49 tables 978-1-107-09594-6 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$150.00 C

Edited by Bid Kumar | Wrexham Maelor Hospital

Based on the RCOG Advanced Training Skills Module in Fetal Medicine, this book provides a comprehensive knowledge base for doctors practising in obstetrics and maternal-fetal medicine. It is well-illustrated with images of normal and abnormal findings in pregnancy. Readers benefit from the vast clinical experience of the internationally renowned authors. • Covers the curriculum for the RCOG’s Advanced Training Skills Module (ATSM) in ‘fetal medicine’ • Also of interest to all trainees and consultants looking to develop and update their skills in fetal medicine • Chapter authors are all recognized experts in their fields Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine | Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists Advanced Skills

April 2016 246 x 189 mm 304pp 135 b/w illus. 85 colour illus. 76 tables 978-1-107-06434-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

175

Medicine

176

Reichel’s Care of the Elderly

Practical Clinical Oncology

Clinical Aspects of Aging Seventh edition Edited by Jan Busby-Whitehead | University of North Carolina

Second edition Edited by Louise Hanna | Velindre Cancer Centre, Velindre Hospital, Cardiff

Dr Reichel’s formative text is designed as a clinical guide for all health specialists, from medical students to practicing physicians. Emphasizing the holistic management of the elderly patient with simple to complex problems, this is a must-read for all practitioners who need practical and relevant information in a comprehensive format. • Emphasizes compassionate care, continuity of care, respect for the inherent dignity and worth of the aged individual, and the integration of the biopsychosocial-spiritual model • Continues the tradition of speaking to the practitioner and the student or resident, with an emphasis on providing information that is relevant and meaningful at the point of care • Succeeds in updating the reader on the many advances and the continuing expansion of knowledge Geriatrics

March 2016 246 x 189 mm 816pp 43 b/w illus. 23 colour illus. 154 tables 978-1-107-05494-3 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00 P

Oncology

November 2015 246 x 189 mm 621pp 46 b/w illus. 218 tables 978-1-107-68362-4 Paperback £69.99 / US$115.00 P

Textbook

Care of the Person with Dementia

Leong’s Manual of Diagnostic Antibodies for Immunohistology

Interprofessional Practice and Education Dawn Forman | Curtin University, Perth

Written by experienced academics, and providing national and international perspectives, Care of the Person with Dementia is a unique and crucial resource for students, health educators and health professionals wanting to develop collaborative skills and professional knowledge in the management of dementia. • Structured around a model of interprofessional education and practice (IPE) tailored to dementia care • The first Australian text of its kind • Written by an author team of experienced academics Contents: 1. Interprofessional practice and education – dementia MIPPE-D introduction; 2. The journey of dementia; 3. National and international perspectives: interprofessional education and collaborative practice; 4. Evidence-based practice; 5. Leadership in interprofessional dementia care; 6. Personal and professional knowledge; 7. Developing collaborative skills and creating a sustainable environment for further development of these skills; 8. Personal and relationship centred care; 9. Understanding ethics and dementia care; 10. Environmental and social contexts – applying IPE values to the design of buildings used by people with dementia. Geriatrics

December 2015 247 x 174 mm 232pp 978-1-107-67845-3 Paperback £44.99 / US$69.99

Essential reading for all doctors training in oncology, as well as a useful companion and source of guidance for all health professionals involved in cancer care, this updated textbook of practical clinical oncology covers contemporary treatment and management of common forms of cancer in an accessible format. • Many chapters contain a section on areas of current interest relevant to the chapter topic, which gives the reader information on the most recent developments in this rapidly changing field • Consistent chapter format makes it simple for readers to assimilate information quickly and easily • An introductory section on generic topics followed by chapters divided into tumour site and type means it is easy to navigate and locate specific information quickly, making it an ideal book for trainees preparing for examination or for practical use in a clinical setting • Brand new chapters on advanced radiotherapy techniques and pathology

Third edition Edited by Runjan Chetty | University of Toronto

A guide to antibodies for diagnostic, therapeutic, prognostic and research applications, this unique A-Z compendium guarantees quick access to key information, expanded from previous editions with over fourty new entries. Concise yet detailed, it is an essential desktop book for practicing pathologists as well as researchers, residents and trainees. • The third edition of the Manual of Diagnostic Antibodies for Immunohistology, fully updated with over fourty new entries, outlining the specificities of monoclonal and antisera antibodies and their key uses • Highlights caveats and how to avoid the most common problems in practical application of immunohistochemistry • Each entry follows a standard structure for quick and easy access and retrieval of information Pathology and laboratory science

May 2016 246 x 189 mm 350pp 64 tables 978-1-107-07778-2 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$160.00

Diagnostic Pediatric Cytopathology and Histopathologic Correlation Edited by Pauline M. Chou | Northwestern University Medical School, Chicago

This state-of-the-art book provides a comprehensive review of cytologic and histologic features of the most relevant childhood disorders. The book is illustrated with more than 1000 high-quality color images, and a password provides the reader with full electronic access to all text and images. • Detailed descriptions of cytologic and histologic features aid the reader in the work-up of tumors • More than 1000 high-quality color images help the reader to identify key diagnostic features • A password in each copy of the book provides electronic access to all text and images, enabling enhanced viewing and searching of the book’s content Pathology and laboratory science

January 2016 276 x 219 mm 384pp 11 b/w illus. 905 colour illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-05476-9 Hardback with Online Resource c. £140.00 / c. US$225.00 P

Medicine / General

Pearls and Pitfalls in Forensic Pathology

Endocrine Pathology

Infant and Child Death Investigation Peter M. Cummings | Office of the Chief Medical Examiner, Boston, Massachusetts

Edited by Ozgur Mete | University of Toronto

Infant and child death investigation is complex and involves the interpretation of information gathered from numerous sources. With easy-to-read text, high-quality images, procedural standards and practical case studies, this practical text guides the reader from the moment the phone rings to the final signature on the death certificate. • The authors discuss their personal experiences of death investigation, imparting their wealth of expertise in a conversational and easily accessible way • Practical case examples followed by detailed discussion allow readers to apply new concepts to their casework • Clear and up-to-date guidance dispels myths about modern death investigation regarding infants and children Pathology and laboratory science

April 2016 246 x 189 mm 6 b/w illus. 43 colour illus. 1 table 978-1-316-60152-5 Hardback with Online Resource c. £79.99 / c. US$130.00 P

Pearls and Pitfalls in Neoplastic Dermatopathology Edited by Ophelia E. Dadzie | Hillingdon Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust

Cutaneous tumors form the bulk of the daily sign-out in dermatopathology. This practical book explains how to tackle the diagnosis, emphasizing diagnostic clues for each entity as well as pitfalls, mimickers and general pathological principles. This is essential reading for trainees tackling the daily sign-out and board exams. • Provides histopathologic clues to a spectrum of lineage-unrelated tumors, as well as diagnostic pitfalls, enabling the reader to identify histopathologic features that define a specific neoplasm • Discusses a general approach to the diagnosis of cutaneous neoplasms, providing the reader with broad principles that can be applied in different settings • Consistent chapter structure and bulleted text allows the reader to gain a comprehensive overview quickly and easily Pathology and laboratory science

January 2016 276 x 219 mm 528pp 6 b/w illus. 925 colour illus. 11 tables 978-1-107-58458-7 Hardback with Online Resource £135.00 / US$210.00 P

Pathology of the Urinary Bladder An Algorithmic Approach Antonio Lopez-Beltran | Universidad de Córdoba, Spain

This practical guide aids the diagnostic process for both common and complex bladder diseases. Concise text integrates histology, immunohistochemistry and clinical details. Containing numerous illustrations and algorithms, this is an essential guide for trainees and practising surgical pathologists, urologists and oncologists. • Provides an integrated approach to bladder cancer diagnosis, combining basic clinical details with conventional histology and immunohistochemical markers • Contains numerous histologic images and pathologic decision trees to aid the reader in their understanding of the diagnostic process in bladder pathology • Covers the full spectrum of pathologic conditions afflicting the bladder and urothelium, as well as the renal pelvis, ureter and urethra Pathology and laboratory science

January 2016 246 x 189 mm 224pp 449 colour illus. 39 tables 978-1-107-59337-4 Hardback with Online Resource £79.99 / US$125.00 P

Leading experts provide a comprehensive, multidisciplinary review of all aspects of endocrine pathology, making this an essential resource for diagnosis and management of endocrine diseases. Chapters are illustrated with color images, tables and algorithms and a password in each book gives the reader online access to all text and images. • Highlights advances in laboratory technology and new concepts, allowing readers to understand and adopt modern approaches to the diagnosis and management of endocrine disorders • Integrates numerous illustrations, tables, algorithms, charts and highquality color images, available in both print and electronic formats • Provides a definite review of the evolving landscape of endocrine pathology practice, illustrating the role of the pathologist in the multidisciplinary medical team Pathology and laboratory science

February 2016 276 x 219 mm 952pp 495 b/w illus. 608 colour illus. 94 tables 978-1-107-44331-0 Hardback with Online Resource £260.00 / US$420.00 P

Non-Neoplastic Pulmonary Pathology An Algorithmic Approach to Histologic Findings in the Lung Sanjay Mukhopadhyay | State University of New York Upstate Medical University

This beautifully illustrated book is geared towards pathology residents and practicing pathologists. It includes simple flow-charts and more than five hundred microscopic pictures to simplify the diagnosis of ‘medical lung disease’. Medical students and pulmonary specialists who wish to understand lung pathology will also find this an easy read. • Key microscopic findings and variable findings are presented in separate sections to enable the reader to quickly determine which findings are essential for a pathologic diagnosis • Side-by-side photomicrographs of similar entities provide a visual guide to differentiating between lung diseases with similar histologic findings • Algorithms with key histologic findings simplify the daunting task of approaching pathologic findings with a broad differential diagnosis • Includes a glossary of common terms used in lung pathology Pathology and laboratory science

February 2016 276 x 219 mm 392pp 656 colour illus. 58 tables 978-1-107-44350-1 Hardback with Online Resource £130.00 / US$205.00 P

General The Digital Humanities A Primer for Students and Scholars Eileen Gardiner | Italica Press

Introducing the impact of the digital on humanities research., this study begins with definitions and a brief historical survey of the humanities. It then examines how humanists have been affected by the digital and how they shape it to research, organize, analyze and publish their work. • Examines the digital humanities within the context of the traditional humanities dating from the Renaissance • Considers theoretical and meta-issues in digital humanities research • Provides practical information on available tools, humanities centers, an up-to-date bibliography and glossary, and serious consideration of the issues of academic career advantages and disadvantages plus funding and support for humanities and digital humanities research General

August 2015 228 x 152 mm 288pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-107-01319-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

978-1-107-60102-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

177

Index

0-9 1857 Indian Uprising and the British Empire, The.............................................119 200 More Puzzling Physics Problems..........143 5G Mobile and Wireless Communications Technology..............................................157

178

Aamodt, Tor M...........................................157 Abdelmalak, Basem....................................169 Abel, Kathryn M.........................................167 Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Education................................................103 Above Politics..............................................58 Abraham or Aristotle? First Millennium Empires and Exegetical Traditions.................9 Abu-Manneh, Bashir....................................23 Accessories in Private Law..........................101 Accommodating Rising Powers.....................66 Acocella, Valerio.........................................145 Acquisition of Heritage Languages, The.........27 Across Forest, Steppe, and Mountain..........122 Acta Numerica 2015..................................136 Active Subspaces........................................136 Acts and Letters of the Marshal Family, The.104 Adams, Peter J............................................169 Adaptive Behavior and Learning...................55 Adler, H. G..................................................112 Adler, Jeremy..............................................112 Adler, Lenard A...........................................166 Adult Personality Growth in Psychotherapy.167 Advance of the State in Contemporary China, The.................................................70 Advanced Computational Fluid and Aerodynamics..........................................154 Advanced Concepts in Particle and Field Theory.....................................................141 Aesthetics of Emotion, The............................51 Affective Communities in World Politics........67 African Civilizations......................................49 African Voices on Slavery and the Slave Trade.......................................................118 Agarwal, Deepak K.....................................138 Agbo, Samuel O..........................................155 Agrawal, Pradeep.........................................75 Aguilera, Roberto F.......................................77 Ahmed, Dirdeiry M.......................................82 Albano, Gian Luigi........................................88 Albers, Donald J..........................................137 Albert, Mathias............................................67 Alberto, Paulina..........................................117 Alexanderson, Gerald L...............................137 Alfirevic, Zarko...........................................175 Ali, Shahla F.................................................96 Allott, Nicholas............................................31 Allott, Tim..................................................164 Aloni, Maria.................................................26 Alternative Visions of the International Law on Foreign Investment........................88 Alvarez, R. Michael.......................................73 Alvesson, Mats.............................................43 Amadae, S. M...............................................56 Amengual, Matthew.....................................71 America and Great Britain: Diplomatic Relations 1775–1815..............................106 American Congress, The................................60 American Gridlock........................................60 Amorphous Semiconductors.......................141 Analogies in International Investment Law and Arbitration..........................................83

Analysing English Sentences.........................25 Analysis of Panel Data..................................76 Anatomy of Authoritarianism in the Arab Republics..................................................68 Ancient and Modern Democracy.................128 Ancient Antioch..............................................8 Ancient Egyptian Economy, The.....................49 Ancient Glass...............................................48 Andaya, Barbara Watson............................120 Andaya, Leonard Y......................................120 Anderson, Peter..........................................159 Anesko, Michael...........................................17 Anselone, Philip M......................................133 Antenatal Disorders for the MRCOG and Beyond....................................................174 Anthropology and Economy..........................48 Anumba, Dilly............................................174 AP Foreign Correspondents in Action..........107 Appleby, John B............................................50 Applied Psychology......................................55 Aquinas’s Disputed Questions on Evil............37 Arabic Thought beyond the Liberal Age.......122 Aravinda, C. S.............................................134 Archaeology of Elam, The.............................49 Archibald, Elizabeth P...................................10 Architecture of the Roman Triumph, The..........5 Arcus Foundation.......................................166 Ardito, Alissa M............................................56 Arenson, Christine......................................176 Ariffin, Yohan...............................................63 Aristotle on Female Animals...........................7 Aristotle’s Ethics and Medieval Philosophy....37 Arkani-Hamed, Nima..................................142 Armstrong, D. M...........................................36 Armstrong, David.......................................102 Armstrong, Jeremy.........................................7 Arner, Douglas W..........................................95 Arnold, David.............................................124 Arnovitz, Benton........................................112 Aroney, Nicholas..........................................78 Art and Archaeology of Ancient Greece, The....4 Art of Euripides, The.......................................6 Aryanization of Private Banks in the Third Reich, The................................................114 Asa, Sylvia L...............................................177 ASEAN as an Actor in International Fora.......86 ASEAN Economic Community, The................87 ASEAN Economic Cooperation and Integration................................................86 ASEAN’s External Agreements......................85 Astrophysical Applications of Gravitational Lensing...................................................150 Asymmetry and International Relationships...66 Atomic Astrophysics and Spectroscopy........149 Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder in Adults and Children.................................166 Attoh-Okine, Nii.........................................158 Auer, Anita...................................................30 Austral Ark.................................................163 Australia 1944–45.....................................123 Australian Commercial Law..........................93 Australian Intellectual Property Law..............97 Autonomic Disorders..................................173 Autonomous Weapons Systems....................96 Avgouleas, Emilios.......................................95 Aztec Economic World, The...........................49

B Bach..............................................................2 Bachvarova, Mary R........................................5

Backhouse, Anthony E..................................29 Baer, John....................................................53 Bagenal, Frances........................................148 Bagnulo, Stefano........................................150 Bailey, Alison L.............................................49 Baker, Chris..................................................69 Baker, Roger C............................................152 Balani, Nikhail............................................170 Baldanza, Kathlene....................................120 Baldwin, Kate...............................................73 Bâli, Aslı Ü....................................................78 Balog, Robert S...........................................158 Baltzell, Amy L..............................................55 Banach–Tarski Paradox, The........................133 Banaji, Jairus..................................................8 Banken, Ralf...............................................124 Bannerman, Sara..........................................97 Bardill, Jonathan............................................4 Barman, Emily..............................................46 Barnard, Alan...............................................47 Barnes, Tiffany D...........................................61 Barreto, Humberto........................................77 Barringer, Judith M.........................................4 Barrios-Lech, Peter.........................................6 Bastmeijer, Kees...........................................92 Batchelder, William H....................................55 Bates, Robert H............................................73 Bavarian Tourism and the Modern World, 1800–1950.............................................112 Bayly, Martin J..............................................63 Beach, Jim..................................................125 Beals, Richard............................................133 Beauty and Sublimity....................................54 Beck, Susanne..............................................96 Becker-Ritterspach, Florian A. A.....................43 Beckett, Samuel............................................23 Beckman, Robert..........................................87 Beeching, Kate.............................................26 Before Anarchy.............................................56 Behavioral Neurology of Dementia, The.......173 Bellagamba, Alice.......................................118 Bello, David A.............................................122 Bellucci, Stefano.........................................128 Belser, Julia Watts.........................................41 Ben Slimane, Slimane.................................157 Bender, Jill C...............................................119 Benefaction and Rewards in the Ancient Greek City...................................................8 Bennett, Jonathan........................................37 Berend, Ivan T.............................................125 Berger-Tal, Oded.........................................164 Berger, Iris..................................................119 Berkow, Lauren C.......................................169 Berlin, Adele.................................................41 Bernard, Leonardo........................................87 Berry, John W...............................................51 Beylich, Achim A.........................................144 Beyond Elite Law..........................................79 Bhar, Sunil S...............................................167 Bhattacharyya, Dwaipayan............................69 Bhuta, Nehal................................................96 Biber, Douglas..............................................30 Biblical Criticism in Early Modern Europe......40 Bickford-Smith, Vivian.................................118 Bieber, Eric J...............................................174 Biersteker, Thomas J......................................63 Big Crisis Data............................................139 Big Data over Networks..............................155 Bigio, Irving................................................154 Binbaş, İlker Evrim.....................................122 Biochar......................................................147

Index

Bioinformatics and Computational Biology in Drug Discovery and Development.........161 Bioinspired Actuators and Sensors..............160 Biologically Modified Justice.........................56 Biostatistics Toolbox for Data Analysis, A.....129 Bipolar Disorders........................................168 Black, Ryan C...............................................79 Blandford, Claire M....................................169 Blazejewski, Susanne...................................43 Blome, Kerstin..............................................82 Blue, Daniel..................................................38 Blum, Douglas W..........................................46 Blume, Fred H.................................................9 Boas, Taylor..................................................71 Bobrowski, Adam.......................................133 Body in History, The......................................48 Boeve, Bradley F.........................................173 Bohidar, Himadri B......................................140 Bohlken, Anjali Thomas.................................61 Boicu, Mihai...............................................139 Bonn, Aletta...............................................164 Booth, Anne...............................................120 Bordo, Michael D....................................74, 75 Borhani, Reza.............................................156 Bosi, Lorenzo...............................................46 Botha, Rudolf...............................................30 Boucher, Wayne..........................................161 Bouldin, Elizabeth........................................39 Boundaries and Secession in Africa and International Law......................................82 Boundaries of State, Boundaries of Rights.....81 Bourbeau, Philippe.......................................64 Bourjaily, Jacob..........................................142 Bourke, Richard............................................58 Bowers, Kate................................................46 Bowman, Brady............................................38 Bowman, Michael J......................................82 Box-Steffensmeier, Janet M...........................73 Bozzi, Claudio..............................................93 Bradley, Curtis A...........................................82 Braga, Anthony A.........................................46 Brain in a Vat, The........................................36 Brakke, David.................................................8 Bramante’s Tempietto, the Roman Renaissance, and the Spanish Crown.......111 Brandt, Felix...............................................138 Bravo, Karen E..............................................81 Brennen, Christopher Earls.........................152 Brenner, William J.........................................64 Bridges, Thomas J.......................................136 Briggs, David..............................................162 Briggs, Paula..............................................175 Brilli, Catia.................................................111 Brinkmann, Klaus.........................................38 Britain’s Maritime Empire...........................104 Britannia’s Shield.......................................124 Broch, Ludivine..........................................114 Brockett, Roger W.......................................135 Brockliss, William.........................................10 Broken Bones.............................................171 Bronze Object in the Middle Ages, The........110 Broomall, James J.......................................108 Brown, Timothy Scott..................................114 Brownian Ratchets.....................................142 Bruckman, Viktor J......................................147 Brummer, Chris.............................................95 Bryan, M. W..................................................99 Buckley, Ross P.............................................95 Budziszewski, J.............................................34 Building on Air...........................................124 Bulutgil, H. Zeynep.......................................68

Burdens of Proof, The...................................95 Burdett, Anita.............................................106 Burgman, Mark A.......................................161 Burns, Joshua Ezra........................................41 Burridge, Kate..............................................28 Burson, Jeffrey D...........................................40 Busby-Whitehead, Jan................................176 Business and Human Rights Landscape, The..81 Butcher, Kevin................................................8 Butz, Steven...............................................169 Buur, Lars.....................................................73 Byrne Bodley, Lorraine....................................2

C Cachazo, Freddy.........................................142 Cai, Wei.....................................................159 Callcott, Deborah.......................................102 Cambridge Companion to Alice Munro, The...22 Cambridge Companion to British Poetry, 1945–2010, The........................................18 Cambridge Companion to Christian Political Theology, The................................39 Cambridge Companion to Duke Ellington, The.3 Cambridge Companion to French Literature, The............................................23 Cambridge Companion to International Criminal Law, The......................................84 Cambridge Companion to Jewish Music, The...3 Cambridge Companion to John Ruskin, The..16 Cambridge Companion to Latina/o American Literature, The............................21 Cambridge Companion to Literature of the American West, The.............................21 Cambridge Companion to Medievalism, The.115 Cambridge Companion to Newton, The.........37 Cambridge Companion to Percussion, The.......1 Cambridge Companion to Popper, The..........33 Cambridge Companion to Reformed Theology, The............................................40 Cambridge Companion to Slavery in American Literature, The............................21 Cambridge Companion to the American Modernist Novel, The.................................21 Cambridge Companion to The Communist Manifesto, The...........................................58 Cambridge Companion to the English Short Story, The.........................................19 Cambridge Companion to the Hebrew Bible/Old Testament, The............................42 Cambridge Companion to the Postcolonial Novel, The.................................................11 Cambridge Companion to the SingerSongwriter, The............................................3 Cambridge Companion to the Summa Theologiae, The.........................................40 Cambridge Companion to Wyndham Lewis, The.................................................18 Cambridge Double Star Atlas, The...............151 Cambridge Economic History of Australia, The.........................................................126 Cambridge Edition of the Works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea, The.............13 Cambridge Encyclopedia of Stage Actors and Acting, The..........................................25 Cambridge Guide to African American History, The.............................................108 Cambridge Guide to the Worlds of Shakespeare, The.......................................14 Cambridge Handbook of Acculturation Psychology, The.........................................51

Cambridge Handbook of Applied Perception Research, The...........................54 Cambridge Handbook of English Historical Linguistics, The..........................................29 Cambridge Handbook of Formal Semantics, The...........................................26 Cambridge Handbook of Linguistic MultiCompetence, The.......................................28 Cambridge Handbook of the Learning Sciences, The.............................................52 Cambridge Handbook of Western Mysticism and Esotericism, The................128 Cambridge History of Capitalism, The.. 125, 126 Cambridge History of China, The.........116, 122 Cambridge History of Gay and Lesbian Literature, The............................................19 Cambridge History of Postmodern Literature, The............................................18 Cambridge History of Religions in Latin America, The...........................................117 Cambridge History of Russia, The................115 Cambridge History of Scandinavia, The........111 Cambridge History of the First World War, The.................................................116, 117 Cambridge Introduction to Performance Theory, The................................................25 Cameron, Euan............................................40 Campana, Alessandra.....................................1 Campbell, Bruce.........................................128 Campbell, C. M...........................................130 Campbell, Coral.........................................103 Campbell, Edward..........................................3 Cane, Peter..................................................78 Caplan, Louis R..........................................172 Caplan’s Stroke..........................................172 Care of the Person with Dementia..............176 Caring Capitalism.........................................46 Carlin, Nathan S...........................................32 Carrese, Paul O.............................................56 Carretero-González, R................................136 Carson, Ronald A..........................................32 Carver, Terrell...............................................58 Case Studies: Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology...............................168 Cases in Emergency Airway Management...169 Casini, Lorenzo.............................................87 Cassaza, Peter............................................138 Castillo, Carlos...........................................139 Castle, David J............................................167 Catalinac, Amy.............................................70 Cause and Correlation in Biology................163 Cave, Breanne..............................................46 Cavert, William M.......................................105 Celano, Anthony...........................................37 Centeno, Rebecca.......................................150 Central Banks at a Crossroads......................74 Ceperley, David M......................................141 Chadha, Jagjit..............................................74 Chaffee, John W.........................................116 Chakrabarti, Anjan.......................................67 Chalcraft, John...........................................122 Chalmers, Damian........................................94 Chalmers, Kerry A.........................................54 Chambers, Christopher.................................76 Chambers, Simone.......................................42 Champ, Bruce...............................................74 Chan, Steve..................................................64 Chanda, Rupa..............................................67 Chandra, Kanchan........................................69 Change of Class, A.......................................11 Changing Course in Latin America................72

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

179

Index

180

Channel, The..............................................112 Chapman, Audrey R......................................80 Chapman, Stephen B....................................42 Charalambous, Constadina...........................52 Charalambous, Panayiota.............................52 Chartier, Gary...............................................99 Chartier, Tim...............................................130 Chastity in Early Stuart Literature and Culture.14 Chaudhuri, Rosinka......................................23 Chauhan, A. K............................................158 Chawla, Krishan.........................................159 Cheating, Corruption, and Concealment........51 Chen, Bee-Chung.......................................138 Cheng, Liang..............................................177 Chetty, Runjan...........................................176 Chew, Felix S..............................................171 Chia, Siow Yue.............................................86 Children’s Fantasy Literature.........................18 Children’s Multilingual Development and Education..................................................49 China and Islam.........................................100 China-Japan Relations after World War Two.121 China’s Crisis Behavior.................................70 China’s Troubled Waters...............................64 Chinese Metaphysics and its Problems..........36 Chivvis, Christopher S...................................64 Choanoflagellates, The...............................162 Chomsky......................................................31 Chopsticks.................................................121 Chou, Pauline M.........................................176 Choudhury, Balamati..................................157 Christian Schism in Jewish History and Jewish Memory, The...................................41 Christianity and Freedom....................100, 101 Christov, Theodore........................................56 Citizenship and Federalism in the European Union........................................94 Citizenship, Alienage, and the Modern Constitutional State...................................78 Citron, Gabriel..............................................39 Clark, Eve V..................................................26 Clarke, Peter...............................................105 Classical Myths in Italian Renaissance Painting.1 Clift, Rebecca...............................................31 Climate Justice and Disaster Law..................92 Cline, David....................................................3 Clinical Airway Management......................169 Clinical Fluid Therapy in the Perioperative Setting....................................................170 Clinical Gynecology....................................174 Closa, Carlos................................................87 Closs, Gerard P...........................................164 Coarse Grained Simulation and Turbulent Mixing....................................................153 Codex of Justinian, The...................................9 Coelho, Victor.................................................1 Cognition.....................................................53 Cohen, Marvin L.........................................140 Cohen, Meredith........................................109 Cohen, Mordechai Z.....................................41 Coicaud, Jean-Marc......................................63 Coldiron, A. E. B...........................................12 Cole, Thomas R.............................................32 Colinge, Jean-Pierre....................................152 Collective Violence and the Agrarian Origins of South African Apartheid, 1900–1948.............................................118 Collins, John...............................................105 Collins, Peter..............................................123 Collister, Peter........................................19, 20 Colonius, Hans.............................................55

Combating Hunger and Achieving Food Security...................................................166 Combustion Thermodynamics and Dynamics.153 Commentary on Thomas Aquinas’s Treatise on Law.........................................34 Common Pitfalls in Multiple Sclerosis and CNS Demyelinating Diseases....................172 Communal Violence, Forced Migration and the State...................................................69 Commutative Algebra and Noncommutative Algebraic Geometry......131 Company’s Right to Damages for NonPecuniary Loss, A.....................................101 Comparative Defamation and Privacy Law....97 Comparative Regional Integration.................87 Complete Writings of Henry James on Art and Drama, The...................................19, 20 Complications of Neuroendovascular Procedures and Bailout Techniques..........172 Comprehensive Women’s Mental Health.....167 Computational Social Science.......................73 Computational Thermodynamics of Materials.................................................159 Computing Universe, The............................140 Conceptual and Contextual Perspectives on the Modern Law of Treaties...................82 Conduct of Hostilities under the Law of International Armed Conflict, The...............96 Confidence, Likelihood, Probability..............129 Conflict and Commerce in Maritime East Asia........................................................121 Confluence of Law and Religion, The............99 Confounding Powers....................................64 Congress and Policy Making in the 21st Century.....................................................59 Conitzer, Vincent........................................138 Conkie, Rob.................................................12 Conley-Zilkic, Bridget....................................96 Connah, Graham..........................................49 Connell, Sophia M..........................................7 Consequences of Social Movements, The.......46 Conservation Behavior................................164 Conservation of Freshwater Fishes..............164 Conspiracy’ of Free Trade, The.....................126 Constantine, Divine Emperor of the Christian Golden Age...................................4 Constantine, Paul G....................................136 Constitution of the Commonwealth of Australia, The............................................78 Constitution Writing, Religion and Democracy................................................78 Constitutional Protection of Private Property in China, The..............................102 Constructing Authorities...............................32 Constructing Dynamic Triangles Together......53 Contest Theory...........................................139 Contested Justice.........................................83 Contested Regime Collisions.........................82 Continent of International Law, The..............66 Continuum Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Matter......................158 Contractual Knowledge..............................100 Contreas Cuevas, Antonio...........................160 Controlling Administrative Power..................78 Convergence of One-parameter Operator Semigroups.............................................133 Conversation Analysis...................................31 Cook, Vivian.................................................28 Cooper, Belinda..........................................112 Cooper, Kate..............................................109 Cooper, Kumarasen....................................176

Cooperative Breeding in Vertebrates...........164 Copeland, Edward........................................15 Copyright Law in an Age of Limitations and Exceptions..........................................97 Corporate Strategy.......................................43 Corrêa, Larissa Rosa...................................128 Corruption and Government.........................75 Corstange, Daniel.........................................68 Cosmic Magnetic Fields..............................150 Cosmic Rays and Particle Physics................142 Cost-Benefit Analysis for Project Appraisal....75 Costigliola, Frank........................................109 Cottingham, John.........................................35 Cotton, James A.........................................162 Cottrell, M. Patrick.......................................64 Coupland, Nik..............................................27 Cousins, A. D................................................15 Cox, Gary W.................................................58 Craats, Jan van de......................................131 Craciun, Adriana...........................................16 Craciun, Valentin........................................160 Crafting Policies to End Poverty in Latin America....................................................61 Craig, George...............................................23 Craig, Paul...................................................80 Crandall, Russell...........................................71 Cranmer, Frank.............................................99 Creation of Eve and Renaissance Naturalism, The.......................................110 Creativity and Reason in Cognitive Development.............................................53 Cremona, Marise..........................................85 Crime and Punishment in Early Modern Russia.....................................................112 Criminalising Contagion.............................102 Crisis, Resilience and Survival........................43 Crislip, Andrew...............................................8 Critical Feeling.............................................54 Critical Perspectives on Applied Theatre........24 Crosby, Alfred W.........................................128 Crosby, Tom...............................................176 Crosnoe, Robert...........................................50 Cross, Emily S...............................................56 Crossing the Aisle.........................................61 Crouch, David............................................104 Crucible of Language, The.............................28 Cruess, Richard L........................................173 Cruess, Sylvia R..........................................173 Crystal, Alec.................................................74 Csiszár, Imre...............................................155 Cuba, the United States, and Cultures of the Transnational Left, 1930–1975..........117 Cubero, David............................................142 Cuervo-Cazurra, Alvaro...........................43, 44 Cueto, Marcos............................................118 Cui, Shuguang...........................................155 Cultural Safety in Aotearoa New Zealand....174 Cultural-Existential Psychology.....................50 Cummings, Peter M....................................177 Cuoco, Al...................................................130 Cupchik, Gerald C.........................................51 Curran, Louise..............................................15 Custom’s Future...........................................82

D D’Arcens, Louise.........................................115 D’Odorico, Paolo........................................166 da Cunha Resende, Aimara...........................14 Dadzie, Ophelia E.......................................177 Dahan, Yossi.................................................98

Index

Dahlstrom, Daniel O......................................38 Dally, William J...........................................157 Daly, M. W..................................................118 Daly, Mary E...............................................106 Daly, Patrick...............................................148 Daly, Sarah Zukerman...................................72 Damschroder, David........................................2 Dasgupta, Byasdeb.......................................67 Data Management Essentials Using SAS and JMP..................................................129 Datta-Gupta, Akhil.....................................145 Dauvergne, Catherine...................................80 David, King of Israel, and Caleb in Biblical Memory....................................................41 Davidson, Alan.............................................98 Davies, Surekha..........................................112 Davis, Martha F.............................................81 Davison, Mark L...........................................97 Dawid, Richard...........................................143 Dawson, Anthony B......................................11 Day, Gary E................................................174 De Giorgi, Andrea U........................................8 de La Grandville, Olivier................................76 De La O, Ana Lorena.....................................61 de Ligt, Luuk..................................................8 De Temmerman, Koen.....................................6 De Vos, Christian..........................................83 Deadly Impasse............................................64 Deal, Robert...............................................107 Dean, Peter................................................123 Debating Early Child Care.............................50 Deen, William M.........................................154 Deep-Sky Companions: The Caldwell Objects....................................................151 Defocusing Nonlinear Schrödinger Equation, The..........................................136 Degeling, Simone.........................................99 Dehaene, Wim............................................158 Dekker, Erwin...............................................76 Dekker, Paul.................................................26 Delgado Casteleiro, Andrés...........................95 Delimatsis, Panagiotis...................................89 Delirium in Critical Care..............................171 Dell’Orto, Giovanna....................................107 della Dora, Veronica...................................109 Democracy and the Death of Shame.............57 Democracy in Moderation.............................56 Democracy, Inequality and Corruption...........62 Democratic Dynasties...................................69 Democratization from Above........................61 Demoen, Kristoffel..........................................6 Denis, Lara...................................................35 Dennis, David B..........................................112 Descartes: Meditations on First Philosophy....35 Detloff, Madelyn...........................................18 Deutsch, Jan-Georg....................................128 Dhar, Anup K................................................67 Di Giovanni, George.....................................38 Diagnostic Pediatric Cytopathology and Histopathologic Correlation.....................176 Dialect Matters.............................................28 Diaz-Cayeros, Alberto...................................62 Dickinson, Janis L.......................................164 Dietrich, Joachim........................................101 Digital Design Using VHDL..........................157 Digital Humanities, The...............................178 Dimensions of Dignity...................................79 Dimitrakis, Panagiotis.................................160 Dinovitzer, Ronit.........................................100 Dinstein, Yoram............................................96

Discourse-Pragmatic Variation and Change in English.....................................29 Discovering the Deep.................................147 Discrete Systems and Integrability...............135 Dispute Settlement Reports 2014...........90, 91 Dissent on Core Beliefs.................................42 Distilling Ideas............................................131 Diversity in Practice....................................100 Dixon, John C.............................................144 Dixon, Rosalind............................................78 Dixson, Alan F.............................................165 Dobbs-Weinstein, Idit...................................32 Doctrine of Odious Debt in International Law, The....................................................84 Dodson, C. T. J............................................134 Does War Make States?................................45 Does Your Family Make You Smarter?............54 Dohler, Mischa...........................................157 Domingo Gygax, Marc....................................8 Domingo, Darryl P.........................................15 Domingo, Rafael.........................................100 Donald, Scott...............................................99 Doran, Robert...............................................33 Doron, Guy.................................................167 Dörrenbächer, Christoph...............................43 Dostoevsky in Context..................................23 Dougherty, M. V............................................37 Dove, Stephen C.........................................117 Doyle, D. John............................................169 Doyle, James F............................................154 Dramaturgy and Dramatic Character.............24 Dreams of Modernity....................................17 Drpić, Ivan..................................................110 Duffy, Helen.................................................80 Duke Glioma Handbook, The.......................173 Dumberry, Patrick.........................................93 Dumitru, Diana...........................................113 Dunham, William........................................137 Dupont-Bloch, Nicolas................................151 Duppé, Claudia...........................................152 Durso, Samuel C.........................................176 Dusinberre, Elspeth R. M...............................48 Dutsch, Dorota...............................................5 Dutta, Suman.............................................153 Duxbury, Alison............................................80 Dwarf and Mouse Lemurs of Madagascar, The.........................................................165 Dynamics and Predictability of LargeScale, High-Impact Weather and Climate Events.....................................................146 Dzhafarov, Ehtibar N.....................................55

E Eamus, Derek.............................................147 Eaton, Sarah................................................70 Echenique, Federico......................................76 Echeverri, Marcela......................................117 Eck, John E...................................................46 Eckert, Sue E................................................63 Ecological Imperialism................................128 Ecology in Action........................................163 Economic Change in Modern Indonesia......120 Economic Growth.........................................76 Economic History of China, The...................121 Economic History of Twentieth-Century Europe, An..............................................125 Eddy, Anna A................................................30 Edwards, Ben.............................................145 Edwards’ Treatment of Drinking Problems...167 Eells, Ellery...................................................33

Eicher, David J............................................151 Einhaus, Ann-Marie......................................19 Eisenbud, David.........................................131 Eitrheim, Øyvind...........................................74 Elbadawi, Ibrahim........................................76 Eldar, Yonina C............................................155 Elections in Hard Times.................................61 Electoral Reform and National Security in Japan........................................................70 Elements of Numerical Analysis..................136 Elena, Eduardo...........................................117 Elias, Juanita................................................70 Elite Parties, Poor Voters...............................67 Elkins-Tanton, Linda...................................145 Elliott, Julian..............................................102 Elster, Jon.....................................................32 Ely, E. Wesley.............................................171 Emberling, Geoff..........................................48 Emergence of Life, The................................166 Emergence of the South African Metropolis, The........................................118 Emergencies in Public Law............................79 Emergency Neuroradiology.........................173 Emerging Market Multinationals...................43 Emmerson, Simon..........................................2 Emotional Mimicry in Social Context.............51 Emotions in International Politics..................63 Empire of Timber........................................107 Empire, Authority, and Autonomy in Achaemenid Anatolia................................48 Empty Labor.................................................44 End of the Eurocrats’ Dream, The..................94 Endocrine Pathology...................................177 Endriss, Ulle...............................................138 Engaging with Social Rights.........................82 Engel, Ralph...............................................142 Engel, William E...........................................12 Engeström, Yrjö............................................52 Enns, Peter K................................................46 Epidemics in Modern Asia...........................127 Epigram, Art, and Devotion in Later Byzantium...............................................110 Equity and Administration...........................101 Erdös–Ko–Rado Theorems: Algebraic Approaches.............................................132 Erie, Matthew S..........................................100 Erne, Lukas..................................................12 Espa, Ilaria...................................................90 Esparza Muñoz, Rodrigo A..........................160 Espay, Alberto J..........................................172 Essentials of Programming in Mathematica®.......................................138 Essentials of WTO Law.................................88 Establishing Judicial Authority in International Economic Law.......................89 Estévez, Federico..........................................62 Estreicher, Samuel........................................79 Ethical Dilemmas in Emergency Medicine....171 Ethics and Health Care.................................32 Ethics of Insurgency, The...............................65 Ethnicity and International Law.....................83 Euro Experiment, The....................................74 European Constitutional Language...............77 European Constitutional Law........................94 Evans, Jane....................................................8 Evans, Martin.............................................164 Evans, Michael A..........................................52 Evans, Vyvyan...............................................28 Everyday Political Economy of Southeast Asia, The...................................................70

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

181

Index

182

Evolution and Imagination in Victorian Children’s Literature..................................16 Evolution and Legitimacy of International Security Institutions, The............................64 Evolution, Cognition, and Performance..........24 Excommunication for Debt in Late Medieval France......................................110 Expanding the Horizon of Electroacoustic Music Analysis.............................................2 Expanding Universe, The.............................150 Explaining the History of American Foreign Relations.....................................109 Explanatory Pluralism...................................36 Exploring the Economy of Late Antiquity.........8 Export Restrictions on Critical Minerals and Metals................................................90 Extermination of the European Jews, The....114 Extraterrestrial Seismology..........................148

F Faia, Ester....................................................95 Fall of Cities in the Mediterranean, The...........5 Famine and Scarcity in Late Medieval and Early Modern England.............................104 Fantasy of Modernity......................................3 Fantini, Sergio............................................154 Farr, James...................................................58 Farrell, F. T..................................................134 Farrelly, Colin...............................................56 Fatigue Design of Marine Structures...........153 Faulkner, Thomas........................................109 Federal Reserve’s Role in the Global Economy, The............................................75 Federal Trade Commission Privacy Law and Policy..................................................92 Feener, R. Michael......................................148 Fehsenfeld, Martha Dow...............................23 Female Voice of Myanmar, The......................69 Fergusson, David A. S....................................40 Fernandez, Hubert H...................................172 Ferreira, Nuno..............................................94 Fetal Medicine............................................175 Fiatarone Singh, Maria...............................176 Fibrous Materials.......................................159 Filippenko, Alex..........................................151 Filley, Christopher M...................................172 Film Copyright in the European Union...........97 Financial Regulation.....................................95 Finch, Anne..................................................13 Finite Dimensional Linear Systems..............135 Finlayson, Lorna...........................................34 First Language Acquisition............................26 First World War and German National Identity, The.............................................125 Fischer-Lescano, Andreas..............................82 Fischer, Agneta.............................................51 Fitzgerald, F. Scott........................................11 Fitzmaurice, Malgosia...................................83 Flaatten, Hans............................................170 Flandreau, Marc...........................................74 Fleer, Marilyn..............................................103 Flores, Thomas Edward.................................61 Flow Measurement Handbook....................152 Flowerdew, John..........................................29 Fluid-Induced Seismicity.............................145 Flyer, Natasha............................................137 Flynn, James R..............................................54 For the Love of Language.............................28 Force and Contention in Contemporary China.71 Foreign-Related Arbitration in China.............92

Forest, Richard W..........................................29 Forman, Dawn............................................176 Formation and Identification of Rules of Customary International Law in International Investment Law, The..............93 Fornari, Daniel J..........................................147 Fornberg, Bengt.........................................137 Fossen, Haakon..........................................144 Foundation of the ASEAN Economic Community, The.........................................85 Foundations and Applications of Engineering Mechanics............................158 Foundations of Comparative Politics..............63 Fountoulakis, Nikolaos................................132 Fowden, Garth...............................................9 Fox, Jonathan...............................................45 Fox, Susan H..............................................172 Franssen, Paul..............................................13 Frantzeskakis, D. J.......................................136 Franz, Uwe.................................................132 Franzki, Hannah...........................................82 Frasure-Yokley, Lorrie....................................59 Free French Africa in World War II...............116 Freedman in the Roman World, The................9 Freedman, Luba..............................................1 Freeman, John R...........................................73 Freeman, Scott.............................................74 Freiberg, Jack.............................................111 French War on Al Qa’ida in Africa, The...........64 Freston, Paul..............................................117 Friedman, Michael........................................37 Frier, Bruce W.................................................9 Fristad, Kirsten...........................................145 From Hometown to Battlefield in the Civil War Era...................................................108 From Self to Social Relationships...................52 From Slavery to Aid....................................119 From the Knowledge Argument to Mental Substance.................................................35 From Treaty-Making to Treaty-Breaking.........86 Frontier Democracy.....................................107 Frye, Steven..................................................21 Fujisaki, Yoshihisa.......................................160 Fundamentals of Condensed Matter Physics.140 Fundamentals of Lightning.........................146 Fundamentals of Mobile Data Networks.....157 Fundamentals of Polymer Physics and Molecular Biophysics...............................140 Fundamentals of Sum-Frequency Spectroscopy...........................................140 Future of Financial Regulation, The...............77 Future of National Infrastructure, The..........147 Fynn-Paul, Jeff............................................110

G G. H. Hardy Reader, The..............................137 Gaisser, Thomas K.......................................142 Galanis, George..........................................134 Gale, Richard M............................................42 Galvez-Jimenez, Nestor..............................172 Gan, Tong Joo............................................170 Ganguly, Sumit.............................................64 Garban, Christophe....................................130 García-Matos, Marta..................................140 García, Rafael A..........................................148 Garcia, Stephan Ramon..............................132 Gardiner, Eileen..........................................178 Garnier, Josselin.........................................137 Garrard-Burnett, Virginia............................117 Garrison, Daniel H......................................111

Garzón, Francisco.......................................150 Gas Dynamics of Explosions, The.................153 Gattuso, Paolo...........................................176 Gatzoulis, Michael A...................................175 Gavins, Raymond.......................................108 Geiß, Robin..................................................96 Geiges, Hansjörg........................................134 Geller, E. Scott..............................................55 Gender Remade.........................................108 Gendering European Working Time Regimes.95 Gendering Legislative Behavior.....................61 General He Yingqin.....................................121 Genesee, Fred..............................................49 Genoe, Jan.................................................158 Genoese Trade and Migration in the Spanish Atlantic, 1700–1830...................111 Geometry Illuminated.................................135 Geometry in a Fréchet Context....................134 Geometry of Celestial Mechanics, The.........134 Geometry, Topology, and Dynamics in Negative Curvature..................................134 Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel: Encyclopedia of the Philosophical Sciences in Basic Outline............................38 Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel: Heidelberg Writings....................................................38 Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel: The Science of Logic.........................................38 George Eliot in Context................................17 George Herbert: 100 Poems..........................13 Geppert, Mike..............................................43 Gerangelos, Peter.........................................78 Gerlach, Christian.......................................114 German Cosmopolitan Social Thought and the Idea of the West..................................45 Gevorkian, Peter.........................................159 Ghergu, Marius..........................................135 Gilje, Paul A................................................106 Gill, George W............................................165 Gillette, Clayton P.........................................93 Gin, Stéphane............................................160 Giné, Evarist...............................................129 Giugni, Marco..............................................46 Glaciovolcanism on Earth and Mars............145 Gladhill, Bill...................................................6 Glass, Arnold Lewis......................................53 Glicksman, Leon R......................................153 Global Deforestation..................................166 Global Health, Human Rights and the Challenge of Neoliberal Policies.................80 Global Justice and International Labour Rights.......................................................98 Global Powers..............................................46 Global Turning Points...................................44 Global Urban Justice.....................................81 Glowinski, Roland......................................137 Gnädig, Péter.............................................143 Gnoza, Jonathan..........................................10 God and the Secular Legal System..............100 Godfrey, Mark..............................................98 Godsil, Christopher.....................................132 Goh, Yeng-Seng............................................29 Goldberg, Sanford C.....................................36 Goldthorpe, John H.......................................47 Golombok, Susan.........................................50 Gomaa, Hassan..........................................139 Goncharov, Alexander................................142 González, María Jesús Martínez..................150 Gorner, P. A..................................................36 Governance of the Countryside, The............162 Governing Disasters.....................................96

Index

Governing the Commons..............................57 Government as Practice................................69 Gowder, Paul................................................77 Gown, Allen...............................................176 Grab, Stefan W...........................................144 Grammatical Complexity in Academic English.30 Grand Strategy and Military Alliances..........124 Grande, Edgar..............................................68 Graph Music of Morton Feldman, The.............3 Graph Theory.............................................131 Grassmannian Geometry of Scattering Amplitudes..............................................142 Gray, Bethany...............................................30 Grayson, Richard S......................................106 Great Transition, The...................................128 Green, Adam................................................42 Green, Edward...............................................3 Greene, Sandra E........................................118 Greenstein, Jack M.....................................110 Greenwood, Christopher.........................87, 88 Greer, James C............................................152 Gregor, Mary................................................35 Grewe, Bernd-Stefan..................................127 Griffin, Amy................................................124 Griffin, Jennifer J...........................................44 Griffith, Tom.................................................58 Griffiths, Graham W....................................129 Grigolo, Michele...........................................81 Grinstein, Fernando F..................................153 Gronbeck-Tedesco, John A..........................117 Gross, Michael L...........................................65 Grossman, Joanna L.....................................93 Grotjahn, Richard.......................................146 Groups St Andrews 2013............................130 Groves, Mark D...........................................136 Groves, Matthew..........................................80 Gubernatis, James......................................141 Gudeman, Stephen.......................................48 Gudmundsson, Agust.................................145 Guichelaar, Jan...........................................138 Guidet, Bertrand.........................................170 Guillén, Mauro F...........................................44 Guilloux-Viry, Maryline................................160 Gunn, Dan...................................................23 Gunneflo, Markus.........................................96 Gupta, Pralok...............................................67 Gupta, Radhey S.........................................136 Gustavii, Björn...........................................161

H Habib, Ashraf S...........................................170 Hackethal, Andreas.......................................95 Hacking, Ian.................................................35 Hacon, Christopher D..................................134 Hadal Zone, The.........................................166 Hadiz, Vedi R................................................70 Hahn, Robert G...........................................170 Haig’s Intelligence......................................125 Hajj, The.....................................................122 Hale, Henry E................................................68 Half a Century of Pythagoras Magazine......138 Haliassos, Michael........................................95 Hall, Bob....................................................124 Hall, Jim W.................................................147 Hall, Judith A................................................50 Hall, Marcia B.............................................111 Hallett, Fiona.............................................102 Hallett, Graham..........................................102 Hamilton versus Jefferson in the Washington Administration........................59

Hammond, Adam.........................................19 Hancock, Peter.......................................53, 54 Handbook of Computational Social Choice..138 Handel on the Stage.......................................1 Hang, Xing.................................................121 Hanna, Louise............................................176 Hanssen, Jens.............................................122 Harden, Jeffrey J...........................................59 Harding, Jason.............................................17 Harmony in Beethoven...................................2 Harper, Robert............................................138 Harrington, Austin........................................45 Harris, Margaret...........................................17 Harris, Oliver J. T...........................................48 Harrison, Claire..........................................173 Harrower, Michael J......................................49 Hartenberger, Russell......................................1 Harting, R. Curtis........................................157 Harvey, Matthew........................................135 Hasegawa, Yoko...........................................29 Hashemi, Hossein.......................................157 Haslag, Joseph.............................................74 Hayes, Tom C..............................................143 He, Kai.........................................................70 Heacox, William D......................................150 Headworth, Spencer...................................100 Health and Education in Early Childhood......50 Health and Physical Education....................102 Heart Disease and Pregnancy.....................175 Heart of Calculus, The.................................133 Heavens, Alan............................................151 Hedreen, Guy.................................................4 Hefetz, Dan................................................132 Hegarty, Michael..........................................26 Hegel, Georg Wilhelm Fredrich......................38 Hegemony of Growth, The..........................126 Heitz, James W...........................................170 Heliophysics: Active Stars, their Astrospheres, and Impacts on Planetary Environments..........................................148 Hellenistic and Roman Ideal Sculpture............5 Hemingway, Ernest.................................21, 22 Hemingway, Style, and the Art of Emotion.....21 Henderson, Julian.........................................48 Herbert, George...........................................13 Hermeneutics and the Human Sciences.........34 Hero, Alfred................................................155 Hertzke, Allen D..................................100, 101 Hess, Ursula.................................................51 Hestir, Blake E..............................................39 Hey, Tony...................................................140 Hicken, Allen................................................62 Hickford, Adrian J.......................................147 Hidden Divinity and Religious Belief..............42 Hietarinta, Jarmo........................................135 Higginson, John.........................................118 High Court, the Constitution and Australian Politics, The...............................78 Hill, Mark.....................................................99 Hill, Melissa...............................................129 Hinton, Timothy............................................35 Hirsch, Barton J............................................50 Hirth, John.................................................159 Hirth, Kenneth G...........................................49 History of Colombian Literature, A.................22 History of Early Modern Southeast Asia, 1400–1830, A.........................................120 History of English Autobiography, A..............19 History of Indian Poetry in English, A.............23 History of Islamic Societies, A......................123 History of Japanese Theatre, A......................24

History of Mexican Literature, A....................22 History of New Zealand Literature, A.............19 History of Nineteenth-Century American Women’s Poetry, A.....................................20 History of South Sudan, A...........................118 History of Thailand, A....................................69 History of Twentieth-Century American Women’s Poetry, A.....................................20 History of Western American Literature, A......20 Hitler versus Hindenburg............................113 Hitt, Matthew P............................................73 Hjort, Nils Lid.............................................129 Hoax Springs Eternal....................................53 Hodge, Ian.................................................162 Hoenselaars, Ton..........................................14 Hoffman, Robert R........................................54 Hofmeester, Karin.......................................127 Hogan, Michael..........................................109 Hogan, Patrick Colm.....................................54 Holloway, Carson.........................................59 Holocaust and the Revival of Psychological History, The........................113 Holweg, Matthias.........................................43 Holwell, Gregory I.......................................163 Home and Nation in British Literature from the English to the French Revolutions.15 Honyek, Gyula............................................143 Hoofnagle, Chris Jay.....................................92 Hooks, Adam G.............................................14 Horowitz, Ira R...........................................174 Horowitz, Mardi J.......................................167 Horowitz, Paul............................................143 Horton, Julian.................................................2 Horwich, Paul...............................................33 House of Commons 1604–1629, The..........105 Hovey, Craig.................................................39 How Marriage Became One of the Sacraments...............................................98 How Mass Atrocities End..............................96 How to Write and Illustrate a Scientific Paper......................................................161 Howitt, Christine........................................103 Howlett, William P......................................172 Hsiao, Cheng................................................76 Hsu, Locknie.................................................90 Htun, Mala...................................................72 Hu, Guohan...............................................160 Huang, Yongxiang......................................148 Hübsch, Tristan...........................................141 Huete, Alfredo............................................147 Hughes, Jenny..............................................24 Hughes, Joseph..........................................162 Hughes, Judith M........................................113 Human Face of the European Union, The.......94 Human Rights-Based Approach to Carbon Finance, The..............................................92 Humanitarian Invasion................................127 Humphreys, Keith.......................................167 Humphreys, Michael S...................................54 Hutchinson, Allan C......................................98 Hutchison, Emma.........................................67 Hutter, Swen................................................68 Hylton, Keith N...........................................101

I I, Mathematician........................................138 Iliffe, Rob.....................................................37 Image and Text in Graeco-Roman Antiquity.....5 Image of the Artist in Archaic and Classical Greece, The....................................4

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

183

Index

184

Imagining Medieval English..........................12 Impact of the ECHR on Democratic Change in Central and Eastern Europe, The.81 Imperfections in Crystalline Solids...............159 In Defense of Pluralism.................................63 Inama, Stefano.............................................85 Inbari, Motti...............................................113 Incarceration Nation.....................................46 Inclusion without Representation in Latin America....................................................72 Independent Politics.....................................60 Independent Study Guide to Reading Latin, An...................................................10 India and the Islamic Heartlands.................120 India–EU People Mobility.............................67 Indian and Slave Royalists in the Age of Revolution...............................................117 Indian Economy in Transition, The.................67 Industrial Agriculture and Ape Conservation.166 Inflectional Paradigms..................................31 Informal Order and the State in Afghanistan.62 Information for Autocrats..............................71 Information Politics, Protests, and Human Rights in the Digital Age............................81 Information Theory.....................................155 Information, Power, and Democracy..............57 Inhumanities..............................................112 Inner Workings of Life, The.........................162 Innovative Vaulting in the Architecture of the Roman Empire.......................................5 Institutional Slavery....................................106 Institutions Curse, The..................................67 Instrumentalists and Renaissance Culture, 1420–1600.................................................1 Integrative Mechanobiology.......................154 Intellectual Networks in Timurid Iran...........122 Intelligence Analysis as Discovery of Evidence, Hypotheses, and Arguments......139 Interacting Electrons...................................141 Interactions with Search Systems................139 International Atlas of Mars Exploration, The.149 International Copyright and Access to Knowledge................................................97 International Diplomacy of Israel’s Founders, The............................................88 International Law Reports.......................87, 88 International Negotiation.............................65 International Pecking Orders.........................66 International Responsibility of the European Union, The..................................95 Interpersonal Dynamics of Emotion...............51 Interpreting Scriptures in Judaism, Christianity and Islam................................41 Interprofessional Ethics.................................47 Introduction to Chemical Engineering Fluid Mechanics......................................154 Introduction to Clouds, An..........................146 Introduction to Communication Systems.....156 Introduction to Feminism, An........................34 Introduction to Indian Philosophy, An............36 Introduction to Model Spaces and their Operators................................................132 Introduction to Radon Transforms...............134 Introduction to Star Formation, An..............149 Introduction to the Theory of Reproducing Kernel Hilbert Spaces, An.........................132 Ippolito, Francesca........................................83 Irving, Helen.................................................78 Is Killing People Right?.................................98 Iserles, Arieh...............................................136 Islam and Democracy in Indonesia................70

Islamic Populism in Indonesia and the Middle East...............................................70 Isolated Singularities in Partial Differential Inequalities.............................................135 Iyengar, Srikanth B......................................131

J Jachtenfuchs, Markus...................................94 Jackson, Van................................................71 Jaffe, Alexandra............................................27 Jain, Menka...............................................160 Jakab, András...............................................77 James, Henry....................................17, 19, 20 Jamieson, Alan...........................................166 Japanese......................................................29 Jaspers, Arnout...........................................138 Jemielniak, Joanna.......................................89 Jenkins, Jeffery A..........................................59 Jenner, C. J...................................................65 Jennings, Eric T...........................................116 Jensen, Steven L. B.....................................127 Jeong, Ho-Won............................................65 Jesuit Suppression in Global Context, The......40 Jesus and the Temple....................................40 Jewish Radical Ultra-Orthodoxy Confronts Modernity, Zionism and Women’s Equality.113 Jha, Rakesh Mohan....................................157 Jha, Sadan.................................................119 Jia, Quanxi.................................................160 Jivraj, Shehnaaz..........................................174 Job Skills and Minority Youth........................50 Jobling, Wendy...........................................103 Joerges, Christian.........................................94 Johansson, Per-Olov.....................................75 Johnson, Emily...........................................170 Johnston, William.......................................133 Jones, Amanda...........................................174 Jones, Larry Eugene....................................113 Jones, Peter..................................................10 Joosten, Hans.............................................164 Jordan, David...............................................65 Joseph, Simon J............................................40 Joshel, Sandra R.............................................4 Joshi, Chitra...............................................128 Joshi, Nalini...............................................135 Joukovsky, Nicholas A...................................16 Jubin, Robert..............................................160 July Crisis...................................................113 Jurasinski, Stefan........................................104 Jurdjevic, Velimir.........................................135 Justice across Boundaries.............................34 Justice in Asia and the Pacific Region, 1945–1952.............................................117

K Kaeuper, Richard........................................110 Kahana, Tsvi.................................................81 Kairoff, Claudia Thomas................................13 Kalsi, Aman................................................170 Kamina, Pascal.............................................97 Kania, Raymond.............................................6 Kant: Lectures and Drafts on Political Philosophy................................................38 Kant: The Metaphysics of Morals...................35 Kant’s Analytic.............................................37 Kant’s Construction of Nature.......................37 Kant’s Dialectic.............................................37 Kaper, Hans................................................137 Kaplan, Abby................................................31 Karson, Jeffrey A.........................................147

Kaspersen, Lars Bo.......................................45 Kastner, Joel H............................................150 Katsaggelos, Aggelos..................................156 Katz, Brian P...............................................131 Kaufman, James C........................................53 Kawashima, Naoki.....................................141 Kay, Alex J..................................................113 Kaya, Ayse....................................................65 Kechris, Alexander S....................................130 Keefe, Simon P................................................2 Keegan, B. Mark.........................................172 Kehlet, Henrik............................................170 Keith, Jennifer..............................................13 Kelley, Deborah S........................................147 Kelly-Holmes, Helen......................................27 Kendall, Sara................................................83 Kennedy, Matthew.......................................89 Kennedy, Robert...........................................25 Kenny, Celia.................................................99 Kenyon, Andrew T.........................................97 Kerr, Matt...................................................134 Kevrekidis, P. G...........................................136 Kezik, Julie.................................................129 Khalidi, Muhammad Ali................................33 Khatri, Rakesh............................................172 Kim, Deok-Ho.............................................154 Kimbell, David................................................1 King, Amy..................................................121 King, Jeff......................................................84 Kinkead-Weekes, Mark.................................11 Kinnahan, Linda A........................................20 Kiras, James D..............................................65 Kiusalaas, Jaan...........................................158 Kjær, Anne Mette.........................................73 Klar, Samara.................................................60 Kleidon, Axel..............................................147 Kleimann, David...........................................85 Klein, Martin A...........................................118 Klorman, Edward............................................1 Klug, Heinz..................................................99 Knee, C. Raymond........................................51 Knight, Jasper............................................144 Knowledge Engineering..............................139 Knowledge of Life........................................47 Kochenov, Dimitry.........................................94 Koenig and Schultz’s Disaster Medicine.......171 Koenig, Kristi L...........................................171 Koenig, Walter D........................................164 Köhler, Ingo................................................114 Kollin, Susan................................................20 Kollmann, Nancy........................................112 Koremenos, Barbara.....................................66 Körner, János..............................................155 Kosař, David.................................................80 Kostakopoulou, Dora....................................94 Kouri, E. I...................................................111 Kousser, Rachel Meredith................................5 Kovacs, Gab...............................................175 Kozuka, Hiromitsu......................................160 Krantz, Steven............................................138 Kreß, Claus..................................................96 Kriesi, Hanspeter..........................................68 Kriström, Bengt............................................75 Kritsiotis, Dino..............................................82 Krivelevich, Michael....................................132 Krkosek, Martin..........................................164 Kronberg, Philipp P.....................................150 Krone-Martins, Alberto...............................151 Krupnikov, Yanna..........................................60 Kugler, Sándor............................................141 Kuhonta, Erik Martinez.................................62

Index

Kuijper, Pieter Jan.........................................86 Kumar Nanda, Aswini...................................45 Kumar, Bid.................................................175 Kumar, Dhananjay......................................160 Kurtz, Jürgen................................................90 Kusunoki, Akiko............................................14 Kwak, Keumjoo............................................52 Kwasinski, Alexis........................................158 Kyrios, Michael...........................................167 Kytö, Merja...................................................29

L Labour in Transport.....................................128 Lafont, J.-F..................................................134 Lam, Linda C. W..........................................167 Lancaster, Lynne C..........................................5 Lander Johnson, Bonnie................................14 Landscape, Nature, and the Sacred in Byzantium...............................................109 Landy, Leigh...................................................2 Lang, Jérôme..............................................138 Lange, Tyler................................................110 Langenbucher, Katja.....................................95 Language and Development in Africa............28 Language Dominance in Bilinguals...............27 Language Evolution......................................30 Language in Prehistory.................................47 Language, Youth and Identity in the 21st Century.....................................................27 Lapidus, Ira M............................................123 Larik, Joris....................................................85 Larrissy, Edward...........................................18 Latin America Confronts the United States....72 Lauterpacht, Elihu..................................87, 88 Law and Authority in British Legal History, 1200–1900...............................................98 Law and Authority in the Early Middle Ages.109 Law and Economics of Framework Agreements, The........................................88 Law and Religion in American History.........109 Law of Armed Conflict, The...........................96 Law of the Whale Hunt, The........................107 Law, Economics and Politics of International Standardisation, The..............89 Lawler, Edward J...........................................45 Lawrence, D. H.............................................11 Leadbeater, Barry S. C.................................162 Leading and Managing Early Childhood Settings...................................................103 Leading and Managing Health Services.......174 Learning from Entrepreneurial Failure...........45 Learning Latin and Greek from Antiquity to the Present............................................10 Learning Modern Algebra...........................130 Learning the Art of Electronics....................143 Lebesgue Integral, The................................133 Lectures on the Theory of Water Waves.......136 Lee, Dwight R...............................................75 Lee, John....................................................133 Lee, John H. S.............................................153 Lee, Karen..............................................87, 88 Lee, Rena.....................................................85 Lee, Sophia Z..............................................107 Leeder, Karen...............................................22 Legacies of Totalitarianism, The.....................57 Leggat, Sandra G........................................174 Lehman, Shawn..........................................165 Lendlein, Andreas.......................................160 Leonard, John..............................................14

Leong’s Manual of Diagnostic Antibodies for Immunohistology................................176 Leow, Rachel..............................................120 Lerner, Hanna.........................................78, 98 Letter Writing and Language Change............30 Letters of Ernest Hemingway, The............21, 22 Letters of Samuel Beckett, The......................23 Leventhal, Tama...........................................50 Levy, Michael...............................................18 Leyser, Conrad............................................109 Li, Chenyang................................................36 Li, Jianping.................................................146 Lienhard V, John H......................................153 Lieven, Dominic..........................................115 Life of Isaac Newton, The............................143 Light Scattering by Ice Crystals....................146 Lim, Chin Leng.............................................88 Lingford-Hughes, Anne...............................167 Linguistic Ecology and Language Contact......30 Linguistic Interaction in Roman Comedy..........6 Link, William A...........................................108 Linklater, Andrew.........................................66 Liou, Kuo-Nan............................................146 Literary Coteries and the Making of Modern Print Culture.................................15 Literature in the Digital Age..........................19 Liu, Hin-Yan.................................................96 Liu, Jay.......................................................147 Liu, Zi-Kui...................................................159 Locke, Jill......................................................57 Loeffelholz, Mary..........................................20 Loevy, Karin.................................................79 Loewenhaar-Blauweiss, Amy.......................112 Logic of Statistical Inference.........................35 Loging, William T........................................161 Lohmann, Ulrike.........................................146 Lokhande, Sanjeevini Badigar.......................69 Lomfeld, Bertram..........................................93 Long-Vowel Shifts in English, c. 1050–1700.30 Long, Tom....................................................72 Longo, Angela................................................7 Lonsdale, David J..........................................65 Loomis, Erik................................................107 Lopez-Beltran, Antonio...............................177 Lorge, Peter................................................121 Lothe, Jens.................................................159 Lotsberg, Inge............................................153 Loughnane, Rory..........................................12 Louie, Steven G...........................................140 Lovett, Frank................................................57 Low, Phillip A.............................................173 Löwe, Benedikt...........................................130 Lowenthal, David.......................................123 Ludsin, Hallie...............................................81 Ludwig, Ralph..............................................30 Luhmann, Janet..........................................146 Luisi, Pier Luigi...........................................166 Luo, Zhi-Quan............................................155 Lüönd, Felix................................................146 Lupu, Noam.................................................62 Luther’s Legacy..........................................111 Luxury in Global Perspective.......................127 Lyapunov Exponents...................................142 Lybeck, Johan A............................................77 Lyne, Raphael...............................................14 Lyons, John D...............................................23 Lyster, Rosemary...........................................92

M Macaulay, Stewart........................................99

MacAuslan, John............................................2 Macbeth, Fergus.........................................176 Mace, Sharon E..........................................171 MacEvoy, Bruce..........................................151 Machan, Tim William....................................12 Machiavelli and the Modern State................56 Machine Learning Refined..........................156 Maclean, Norman.......................................163 Madhow, Upamanyu..................................156 Magaloni, Beatriz.........................................62 Magee, Glenn Alexander.............................128 Mahalingam, Meera...................................177 Mahoney, Terence J.....................................150 Mahoney, Timothy R...................................108 Mahrt, Fabian.............................................146 Maiorova, Olga............................................23 Making Early Medieval Societies.................109 Making of an SS Killer, The..........................113 Making of Friedrich Nietzsche, The................38 Making of International Human Rights, The.127 Making Sense of Mass Education................104 Maldijan, Catherine....................................171 Mallard, Grégoire.......................................100 Managerial Lives..........................................43 Managing Corporate Impacts.......................44 Managing Myeloproliferative Neoplasms....173 Managing the Menopause..........................175 Mandrill, The..............................................165 Manion, Melanie..........................................71 Mansoor, Peter...........................................124 Mantzavinos, C.............................................36 Manuscript Circulation and the Invention of Politics in Early Stuart England.............105 Manuwald, Gesine.........................................6 Marco, Catherine........................................171 Marcu, Dorin..............................................139 Marcus, Daniel A........................................131 Marcus, Laura..............................................17 Markard, Nora..............................................82 Marketing Sovereign Promises......................58 Marsch, Patrick...........................................157 Martial Law and English Laws, c.1500–c.1700........................................105 Martin, Jena.................................................81 Martin, Richard M......................................141 Martin, Thomas R...........................................9 Martinsen, Deborah A...................................23 Mashreghi, Javad.......................................132 Mastronarde, Donald J....................................6 Material Life of Roman Slaves, The..................4 Materials and Technology for Nonvolatile Memories................................................160 Mathematical Foundations of InfiniteDimensional Statistical Models.................129 Mathematics of Planet Earth.......................137 Mathis, James H...........................................86 Matthew, Anne............................................93 Matthiesen, Toby..........................................68 Matyáš, Josef.............................................160 McAleer, John.............................................104 McAuliffe, Donna.........................................47 McCallum, E. L.............................................19 McConachie, Bruce.......................................24 McCosker, Philip...........................................40 McCrea, Nadine Louise...............................103 McDiarmid, Colin.......................................132 McDonald, Grantley......................................40 McDonald, Rónán........................................11 McGarry, Fearghal......................................106 McGarvie, Mark Douglas............................109 McHale, Brian...............................................18

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

185

Index

186

McKenzie, Richard B.....................................75 McLoughlin, Ian.........................................156 McNeill, David..............................................27 Meagher, Karen..........................................132 Meaningful Resistance.................................72 Mediavilla, Evencio.....................................150 Medical Humanities......................................32 Medicine and Public Health in Latin America..................................................118 Medieval Chivalry.......................................110 Medieval Presence in Modernist Literature, The............................................17 Mee, Jon......................................................16 Mehrotra, Santosh........................................76 Melton, James Van Horn.............................107 Memory and Intertextuality in Renaissance Literature...............................14 Memory Arts in Renaissance England, The.....12 Menaldo, Victor............................................67 Menchik, Jeremy..........................................70 Mendlesohn, Farah.......................................18 Mermin, N. David.......................................144 Merry, Sally Engle.........................................99 Mertens, Jean-François.................................75 Mertz, Elizabeth...........................................99 Mesa, Ruben A...........................................173 Meseguer, Marcos......................................175 Metallurgy of Roman Silver Coinage, The........8 Metchev, Stanimir.......................................150 Mete, Ozgur...............................................177 Miao, Guowang.........................................157 Microeconomics for MBAs............................75 Microgrids and other Local Area Power and Energy Systems.................................158 Micropolitics in the Multinational Corporation...............................................43 Migration in the Mediterranean....................83 Migration, Mobility and Multiple Affiliations..45 Mikulincer, Mario.......................................167 Military Justice in the Modern Age................80 Milkis, Sidney M...........................................59 Miller, Bruce L.............................................173 Miller, Gary J.................................................58 Miller, Joshua L.............................................21 Miller, Judith..............................................102 Miller, Tyrus..................................................18 Millstone, Noah..........................................105 Milman-Sivan, Faina.....................................98 Mind, Self and Person...................................39 Mindfulness and Performance.......................55 Ming China and Vietnam............................120 Minton, Gretchen.........................................11 Missing Lemur Link, The.............................165 Mitcham, John C.........................................105 Mitchell, Thomas W......................................99 Mizunami, Makoto.....................................160 mm-Wave Silicon Power Amplifiers and Transmitters............................................157 Modality and Propositional Attitudes............26 Model Emergent Dynamics in Complex Systems...................................................136 Modeling and Approximation in Heat Transfer...................................................153 Modeling Monetary Economies.....................74 Molica Bisci, Giovanni................................132 Monotti, Ann................................................97 Monserrat, Jose F........................................157 Monshipouri, Mahmood...............................81 Montironi, Rodolfo.....................................177 Montmerle, Thierry.....................................152 Montpetit, Éric.............................................63

Montrul, Silvina............................................27 Moore, Walter............................................143 Moral Jeopardy: Risks of Accepting Money from the Alcohol, Tobacco and Gambling Industries................................169 Morán González, John..................................21 Morieux, Renaud........................................112 Morowitz, Harold J.....................................143 Morris-Sharma, Natalie Y..............................86 Morrison, Kevin M........................................62 Mortality and Form in Late Modernist Literature..................................................17 Moschella, Melissa.......................................93 Moskop, John C............................................32 Mosqueda, Laura.......................................176 Motoc, Iulia..................................................81 Motta, Mario..............................................151 Moulding, Richard......................................167 Moura, Jose...............................................155 Mouritsen, Henrik...........................................9 Mozart Studies 2............................................2 Mozart’s Music of Friends...............................1 Mühlhäusler, Peter........................................30 Muhs, Brian..................................................49 Mukherjee, Sugoto.....................................173 Mukhopadhyay, Sanjay...............................177 Mulcahy, Hyojeong.....................................171 Mulheron, Rachael.....................................101 Mullaney, James.........................................151 Multidimensional Democracy........................59 Multifunctional Polymeric and Hybrid Materials.................................................160 Muñoz, Jose A............................................150 Murphy, Andrew...........................................14 Murray, Sarah...............................................78 Murray, Williamson.....................................124 Murtazashvili, Jennifer Brick.........................62 Mustață, Mircea.........................................134 Musto, Ronald G.........................................178 Myny, Kris..................................................158 Myung, Jay...................................................55

N Nagendra, K. N...........................................150 Nahar, Sultana N........................................149 Nakamura, Takehiro....................................157 Nance, Dale A...............................................95 Nanowire Transistors..................................152 Naples.......................................................111 Narcissism and Politics.................................73 Natural Categories and Human Kinds...........33 Neal, Larry.........................................125, 126 Nedeljkovic, Maja.......................................167 Nelson, Robert L.........................................100 Nemčok, Michal.........................................144 Neurology in Africa.....................................172 New Cambridge Companion to T. S. Eliot, The.17 New Cambridge History of the Bible, The......40 New Cosmos, The.......................................151 New Entrants Problem in International Fisheries Law, The......................................84 New Handbook of Mathematical Psychology.55 New Legal Realism, The................................99 New Politics of Immigration and the End of Settler Societies, The..............................80 Newburry, William........................................43 Newell, Waller R...........................................57 Newton, Kenneth.........................................63 Next Generation Systematics......................162 Nguitragool, Paruedee..................................86

Nicholas, Caroline........................................88 Nicholls, David P.........................................136 Nicholls, Robert J........................................147 Nicholson, Helen..........................................24 Nickl, Richard.............................................129 Nicolaus of Damascus....................................9 Nicolaus of Damascus: The Life of Augustus and The Autobiography.................9 Nielsen, Laura..............................................89 Nietzsche on Tragedy....................................38 Nightmare Abbey.........................................16 Nijhoff, Frank..............................................135 Nimmo, Paul T..............................................40 Nine to Five.................................................93 Nippel, Wilfried..........................................128 Nix, William D............................................159 Nogar, Anna M.............................................22 Noise Sensitivity of Boolean Functions and Percolation..............................................130 Nomura, Shûhei.........................................160 Non-Neoplastic Pulmonary Pathology.........177 Noncommutative Mathematics for Quantum Systems....................................132 Nonlinear Structural Dynamics Using FE Methods.................................................154 Nontaxation and Representation..................62 Nooruddin, Irfan...........................................61 Norris, Margot..............................................18 Norscia, Ivan..............................................165 Nortier, Jacomine..........................................27 Nosco, Peter.................................................42 Numerical Analysis Using R.........................129 Numerical Methods in Engineering with MATLAB®..............................................158 Nunan, Timothy..........................................127

O O’Gorman, Francis........................................16 O’Hagan, Peter...............................................3 O’Hear, Anthony...........................................39 O’Meara, Stephen James............................151 O’Neill, Onora........................................32, 34 Oast, Jennifer.............................................106 Obhi, Sukhvinder S.......................................56 Observation Medicine.................................171 Oeter, Stefan................................................82 Office Care of Women................................175 Ohlin, Jens David..........................................82 Okediji, Ruth L..............................................97 Olawuyi, Damilola S......................................92 Old English Penitentials and Anglo-Saxon Law, The..................................................104 Olden, Julian D...........................................164 Olesen, Jens E............................................111 Oliver, Nick...................................................43 Olsen, Henrik Palmer....................................89 Olsen, Martin.............................................175 Olson, Peter D............................................162 On the Nature and Existence of God.............42 Ontiveros, Emilio..........................................44 Oomen, Barbara...........................................81 Opera and Modern Spectatorship in Late Nineteenth-Century Italy..............................1 Operation Typhoon.....................................124 Optimal Control and Geometry: Integrable Systems...................................................135 Optimal Regulation and the Law of International Trade.....................................89 Optimization in Chemical Engineering.........153 Order on the Edge of Chaos.........................45

Index

Ordinal Definability and Recursion Theory...130 Ordinary Workers, Vichy and the Holocaust.114 Organisms, Agency, and Evolution.................33 Organized Violence after Civil War................72 Origin and Nature of Life on Earth, The.......143 Original Position, The....................................35 Oscan in the Greek Alphabet........................10 Osipova, Anna V............................................49 Osseiran, Afif..............................................157 Ostrom, Elinor..............................................57 Other Saudis, The.........................................68 Otte, T. G....................................................113 Overbeck, Lois More.....................................23 Owens, Ryan J..............................................79

P Packer, Martin J............................................52 Pagans and Christians in Late Antique Rome.10 Page, Valerie J.............................................171 Pagel, Steve.................................................30 Pahta, Päivi..................................................29 Palagi, Elisabetta........................................165 Palen, Marc-William...................................126 Palestinian Novel, The...................................23 Palifka, Bonnie J...........................................75 Palmer, Steven............................................118 Panagiotou, Konstantinos...........................132 Panay, Nick................................................175 Paolucci, S..................................................158 Papal Authority and the Limits of the Law in Tudor England.....................................105 Papanicolaou, George................................137 Pápay, Gyuri...............................................140 Paradox of Traditional Chiefs in Democratic Africa, The...............................73 Parasuraman, Raja.......................................54 Park, Seung Ho.............................................43 Parkinson’s Disease: Current and Future Therapeutics and Clinical Trials.................172 Particle Physics of Brane Worlds and Extra Dimensions.............................................141 Partition of Bengal, The..............................119 Party Brands in Crisis....................................62 Party System Institutionalization in Asia........62 Pashley, Vanessa.............................................8 Passing the Primary FRCA SOE....................169 Passive Imaging with Ambient Noise...........137 Past is a Foreign Country – Revisited, The....123 Patashnik, Eric M..........................................59 Path to Sustained Growth, The....................127 Pathology of the Urinary Bladder................177 Patristic Theories of Biblical Interpretation.....41 Patronal Politics............................................68 Patzelt, Holger..............................................45 Paul, T. V.......................................................66 Paulsen, Roland............................................44 Paulsen, Vern I............................................132 Payne, Geoffrey............................................15 Peace Education in a Conflict-Affected Society......................................................52 Peacock, Thomas Love..................................16 Pearlman, Joseph.........................................74 Pearls and Pitfalls in Forensic Pathology......177 Pearls and Pitfalls in Neoplastic Dermatopathology...................................177 Pearlstein, Gregory.....................................134 Peasants, Citizens and Soldiers.......................8 Peatland Restoration and Ecosystem Services...................................................164 Peckham, Robert........................................127

Pelkmans, Jacques........................................87 Penrose, Mathew.......................................132 Pérez Campos, Ramiro................................160 Pérez, Efrén O...............................................61 Perfit, Michael R.........................................147 Pericles..........................................................9 Pericles and the Conquest of History.............10 Perils of Judicial Self-Government in Transitional Societies.................................80 Perioperative Drill-Based Crisis Management...........................................169 Perkins, Franklin...........................................36 Perla, Jr, Héctor.............................................72 Perrett, Roy W..............................................36 Perrie, Maureen..........................................115 Petersen, Lauren Hackworth...........................4 Peterson, Willard J......................................122 Pettegree, Andrew......................................106 Pevehouse, Jon C. W.....................................73 Phan, Hao Duy.............................................87 Phillips, Elizabeth.........................................39 Philosophy of Argument and Audience Reception, The...........................................35 Phongpaichit, Pasuk.....................................69 Phonology....................................................25 Physical Exercise Interventions for Mental Health.....................................................167 Physics for the Anaesthetic Viva..................170 Pichler, Heike................................................29 Pierre Boulez Studies......................................3 Pierson, Anna.............................................170 Pietikainen, Sari...........................................27 Pikovsky, Arkady.........................................142 Pindar’s Poetics of Immortality........................7 Piris, Jean-Claude.........................................85 Place Matters...............................................46 Plant Variation and Evolution......................162 Plato............................................................58 Plato on the Metaphysical Foundation of Meaning and Truth....................................39 Plato: Laws..................................................58 Platt, Len.....................................................18 Plays, The.....................................................11 Plotinus and Epicurus.....................................7 Plummer, Michael G......................................86 Plunkett, Emma..........................................170 Poetic Ethics in Proverbs...............................41 Polarimetry (IAU S305)...............................150 Politi, Antonio............................................142 Political Economy of Predation, The...............74 Political Logic of Poverty Relief, The...............62 Politicising Europe........................................68 Politicized Enforcement in Argentina.............71 Politics of African Industrial Policy, The..........73 Politics of Major Policy Reform in Postwar America, The.............................................59 Politis, Vasilis................................................39 Polk, Keith......................................................1 Pond, Dimity...............................................176 Ponting, Matthew..........................................8 Popa, Mihnea.............................................134 Popkin, Maggie L............................................5 Popovski, Vesselin........................................63 Popular Politics in the Making of the Modern Middle East................................122 Popular Sovereignty in Historical Perspective.58 Portrait of a Lady, The...................................17 Positive Approaches to Optimal Relationship Development.........................51 Post-Anesthesia Care.................................170 Post, Jerrold M.............................................73

Postnikov, Alexander...................................142 Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting............170 Potts, D. T.....................................................49 Pouliot, Vincent............................................66 Power and Global Economic Institutions.......65 Power, Ethics, and Ecology in Jewish Late Antiquity...................................................41 Powers, Joseph M.......................................153 Practical Ambulatory Anesthesia.................171 Practical Clinical Oncology..........................176 Practical Foundations for Programming Languages..............................................138 Pradhan, Anil K...........................................149 Pragmatic Markers in British English.............26 Prasad, Ritika.............................................119 Presidential Campaigns in Latin America.......71 Preventive Detention and the Democratic State.........................................................81 Prévost, Denise............................................88 Price of a Vote in the Middle East, The..........68 Price of Oil, The............................................77 Price, Kaye...........................................47, 103 Primer on Radial Basis Functions with Applications to the Geosciences, A...........137 Principles of Digital Communication............156 Principles of Modern Communication Systems...................................................155 Principles of Tort Law.................................101 Print, Publicity, and Popular Radicalism in the 1790s.................................................16 Printers without Borders...............................12 Prisoners of Reason......................................56 Probability and Evidence...............................33 Procaccia, Ariel D........................................138 Proceedings of the Twenty-Eighth General Assembly Beijing 2012............................152 Promoting Compliance.................................87 PROMPT Course Manual............................175 Proshina, Zoya G..........................................30 Psychology of the Digital Age.......................55 Public Law of Gender, The.............................79 Public Practice, Private Law...........................99 Puranam, Phanish........................................43 Purkis, James................................................14 Putzi, Jennifer...............................................20 Python Programming for Biology................161

Q Quah, Jon S. T...............................................86 Quality Management in Intensive Care........170 Quantitative Biomedical Optics...................154 Quantum Monte Carlo Methods.................141 Quaternary Environmental Change in Southern Africa........................................144 Quayson, Ato...............................................11 Questier, Michael........................................105 Questions of Jurisdiction and Admissibility before International Courts........................85 Quick, M. R................................................130 Quigley, John...............................................88 Quirk, Hannah............................................102 Qureshi, Adnan I.........................................172 Qvigstad, Jan F.............................................74

R Rűland, Jűrgen.............................................86 Race and Imperial Defence in the British World, 1870–1914..................................105 Racial and Ethnic Politics in American Suburbs.....................................................59

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

187

Index

188

Radespiel, Ute............................................165 Radetzki, Marian..........................................77 Radford, Andrew..........................................25 Radice, Joy...................................................79 Radio and the Politics of Sound in Interwar France, 1921–1939....................114 Radiogenic Isotope Geochemistry...............145 Radulescu, Vicentiu D.................................132 Raeder, Johan.............................................171 Raghupathi, Mrinal....................................132 Rainbow, The...............................................11 Rajan, S. Irudaya...........................................45 Rakov, Vladimir A.......................................146 Ram, H. D...................................................158 Ramamurti, Ravi...........................................44 Raman, Sanjay...........................................157 Random Graphs, Geometry and Asymptotic Structure...............................132 Rational Decision and Causality....................33 Rauscher, Frederick.......................................38 Ray, Brian....................................................82 Raychaudhuri, Sreerup................................141 Raymond, Jean...........................................172 Real-Time Software Design for Embedded Systems...................................................139 Realising the Demographic Dividend.............76 Reason, Revelation, and Devotion.................42 Reber, Rolf...................................................54 Rebuilding Asia Following Natural Disasters.148 Recent Advances in Algebraic Geometry......134 Recent Advances in Hodge Theory...............134 Reconceptualising Global Finance and its Regulation................................................95 Reddy, Vijaya B...........................................176 Reflections on the Learning Sciences.............52 Regulating Government Ethics......................79 Regulating Reproductive Donation................50 Reichel’s Care of the Elderly........................176 Reining, Lucia.............................................141 Reis, Harry T..................................................51 Religion, Community, and Slavery on the Colonial Southern Frontier.......................107 Religious Deviance in the Roman World..........9 Religious Hatred and International Law........84 Remembering 1916....................................106 Renaissance Ethnography and the Invention of the Human...........................112 Renzoni, Ferruccio......................................142 Repeated Games..........................................75 Republic of Law, A........................................57 Rereading East Germany..............................22 Resconi, Elisa.............................................142 Reshaping Markets.......................................93 Resilience Engineering................................158 Rethel, Lena.................................................70 Rethinking American Emancipation.............108 Rethinking Race in Modern Argentina.........117 Rethinking Roman Alliance.............................6 Returning to Work in Anaesthesia...............170 Reunification of China, The.........................121 Revealed Preference Theory..........................76 Reverence, Resistance and Politics of Seeing the Indian National Flag...............119 Reviving Growth in India..............................75 Reyes-Mugica, Miguel................................176 Reynolds, Arthur J.........................................50 Reynolds, Philiip...........................................98 Rhetoric of Diversion in English Literature and Culture, 1690–1760, The....................15 Riba, Michelle............................................167 Richards, David A. J.......................................99

Richards, Martin...........................................50 Richardson, David M. B...................................9 Ricoeur, Paul................................................34 Ridge, Pauline............................................101 Riemann Hypothesis, The............................131 Rifts and Passive Margins...........................144 Rigod, Boris.................................................89 Riley, Ken F.................................................143 Rimoldi, Bixio.............................................156 Rise and Decline of an Iberian Bourgeoisie, The......................................110 Rival Reputations.........................................71 Rizk, Botros................................................175 Robb, John...................................................48 Roberts, A. J...............................................136 Roberts, Jason M..........................................60 Roberts, Kenneth M......................................72 Robertson, E. F............................................130 Robinson, Howard........................................35 Robust Design of Digital Circuits on Foil......158 Roby, Courtney...............................................7 Rodriguez, Gustavo J..................................172 Rogers, Brian................................................39 Rohan, Colleen M.........................................83 Rolandsen, Øystein H..................................118 Role of the Defence in International Criminal Justice, The..................................83 Role of the Public Bureaucracy in Policy Implementation in Five ASEAN Countries, The...........................................86 Rolnick, Arthur J...........................................50 Roman Republican Theatre.............................6 Romance and History...................................23 Romik, Dan................................................129 Roney-Dougal, C. M....................................130 Roots of Ethnic Cleansing in Europe, The.......68 Rose-Ackerman, Susan.................................75 Rosenbaum, Adam T...................................112 Rosentrater, C. Ray.....................................133 Ross, Andrew.............................................124 Ross, William T............................................132 Rossi, Benedetta........................................119 Rotman, Joseph..........................................130 Rousseau, Christiane..................................137 Rowe, Katherine...........................................14 Royal Society and the Promotion of Science since 1960, The...........................123 Rubenstein, Kim...........................................79 Rubin, Boris...............................................134 Ruden, Randi D..........................................138 Ruisánchez Serra, José Ramón......................22 Rule of Law in the Real World, The................77 Rumbold, Kate.............................................15 Runyan, Christiane.....................................166 Rüpke, Jörg....................................................9 Russell, Chris..............................................146 Russian English............................................30

S Sacerdoti, Giorgio.........................................90 Sadiku, Matthew N. O.................................155 Sághy, Marianne..........................................10 Sainte-Chapelle and the Construction of Sacral Monarchy, The...............................109 Sakles, John C............................................169 Saltz, David................................................164 Salvador Option, The....................................71 Salz, Jonah...................................................24 Salzman, Michele.........................................10 Sam, David L................................................51

Samons, II, Loren J........................................10 Sampling Theory.........................................155 Sampson, John H........................................173 Samuel Richardson and the Art of LetterWriting......................................................15 Sänchez Prado, Ignacio M.............................22 Sandberg, Russell.........................................99 Sandinista Nicaragua’s Resistance to US Coercion...................................................72 Sandroni, Paola..........................................173 Sanfilippo, Joseph S....................................174 Sanwal, Mukul.............................................66 Sassoon, Joseph...........................................68 Sawyer, R. Keith............................................52 SBA Questions for the Part 2 MRCOG.........174 Scales, Rebecca P........................................114 Scerbo, Mark W............................................54 Schabas, William A.......................................84 Schaefer, Bruce F.........................................145 Schears, Raquel..........................................171 Schellenberg, Betty A....................................15 Schmelzer, Matthias...................................126 Schmid Mast, Marianne................................50 Schmidt, Anja.............................................145 Schmitt, François G.....................................148 Schofield, Malcolm.......................................58 School Bullying in Different Cultures.............52 Schreier, Daniel............................................30 Schrijver, Carolus J......................................148 Schrödinger................................................143 Schroeder, Ralph..........................................46 Schubert’s Late Music.....................................2 Schultz, Carl H............................................171 Schum, David.............................................139 Schumaker, Larry L......................................137 Schumann’s Music and E. T. A. Hoffmann’s Fiction.........................................................2 Schütze, Robert............................................94 Schwartz, Thomas L....................................168 Schwarze, Hans-Wilhelm..............................11 Schweder, Tore...........................................129 Science for Children....................................103 Science in Early Childhood..........................103 Science, Fiction, and the Fin-de-Siècle Periodical Press.........................................16 Scientific Basis for Nuclear Waste Management XXXVIII..............................160 Scolnicov, Anat.............................................81 Scott, Robert B...........................................142 Scott, Rosamund..........................................50 Search for Tactical Success in Vietnam, The..124 Security........................................................64 Seeman, Nadrian C.....................................159 Selected Discourses of Shenoute the Great......8 Self in Understanding and Treating Psychological Disorders, The.....................167 Selim, Hoda..................................................76 Selling Shakespeare......................................14 Selvin, Steve...............................................129 Semantics of Compounding, The...................31 Sender, Omri................................................87 Sengupta, Debjani......................................119 Sengupta, Nilanjana.....................................69 Separation of Powers and Legislative Organization.............................................60 Serdy, Andrew..............................................84 Servadei, Raffaella......................................132 Sgard, Jérôme............................................100 Shafi, Mahmood I.......................................174 Shah, Timothy Samuel........................100, 101 Shahabuddin, Mohammad............................83

Index

Shakespeare and Manuscript Drama.............14 Shakespeare and the Book Trade..................12 Shakespeare and the Eighteenth-Century Novel........................................................15 Shakespeare, William....................................11 Shakespeare’s Literary Lives..........................13 Shank, Timothy M.......................................147 Shany, Yuval.................................................85 Shapira, Omer..............................................92 Shapiro, Serge A.........................................145 Shared Representations................................56 Shari’a in the Modern Era...........................100 Sharp, Buchanan........................................104 Shearmur, Jeremy.........................................33 Sheaves and Functions Modulo p................131 Shen, Yeun-Ron..........................................140 Shepherd, Dean A.........................................45 Shepherd, Simon..........................................25 Shimakawa, Koichi.....................................141 Shipley, Bill.................................................163 Shoot the Moon.........................................151 Sibley, Thomas............................................135 Siddali, Silvana R........................................107 Sidwell, Keith C............................................10 Sigelman, Asya C............................................7 Signalling Nouns in English..........................29 Silk, M. S......................................................38 Silva-Corvalán, Carmen................................27 Silver Fork Novel, The...................................15 Sim, Edmund W............................................85 Simmons, Craig A.......................................154 Simmons, Erica.............................................72 Sin, Gisela....................................................60 Singer, Fred D.............................................163 Singh, Anurag K..........................................131 Sixties Ireland.............................................106 Sjåfjell, Beate...............................................94 Skalski, Adam.............................................132 Skeletal Biology of the Ancient Rapanui (Easter Islanders).....................................165 Skinner, Quentin...........................................58 Skocpol, Theda.............................................58 Smellie, John..............................................145 Smith, Bruce R..............................................14 Smith, Eric..................................................143 Smith, George E...........................................37 Smith, Neil...................................................31 Smith, Peter.................................................74 Smith, Peter K...............................................52 Smith, Steven S.............................................60 Smoke of London, The................................105 Smyth, Adam................................................19 Soares, Jair C..............................................168 Socarides, Alex.............................................20 Social Media and Electronic Commerce Law..98 Social Process of Globalization, The...............46 Social Psychology of Perceiving Others Accurately, The..........................................50 Social Theory in Archaeology and Ancient History......................................................48 Sociolinguistics from the Periphery................27 Sociology as a Population Science.................47 Soft Computing in Electromagnetics...........157 Soft Law and the Global Financial System.....95 Sojka, Jan J.................................................148 Solar Power Generation Problems, Solutions and Monitoring........................159 Solis, Gary D.................................................96 Somerfield, Christopher..................................8 Somma, Alessandro......................................93 Sood, Gagan..............................................120

Sorin, Sylvain................................................75 Sour Grapes.................................................32 Source-to-Sink Fluxes in Undisturbed Cold Environments..........................................144 Sourcebook on Equity and Trusts in Australia, A...............................................99 South China Sea, The....................................65 Space Physics.............................................146 Special Functions and Orthogonal Polynomials.............................................133 Speech and Audio Processing.....................156 Speight, Allen...............................................38 Speller, Ian...................................................65 Spencer, Thomas J.......................................166 Spinoza’s Critique of Religion and its Heirs....32 Spline Functions.........................................137 Squire, Michael...............................................5 Sridhar, K...................................................141 Staddon, J. E. R.............................................55 Stafford, J. Toby..........................................131 Stahel, David..............................................124 Stahl Neuropsychopharmacology Masterclass: Antidepressants, The............168 Stahl, Gerry..................................................53 Stahl, Stephen M................................168, 169 Stahl’s Self-Assessment Examination in Psychiatry................................................168 Stahn, Carsten..............................................83 Staines, David..............................................22 Stanton, Catherine.....................................102 Starbird, Michael........................................131 Starck, Jean-Luc.........................................151 State, Antisemitism, and Collaboration in the Holocaust, The...................................113 States and Social Revolutions.......................58 States of Dependency.................................108 Statistical Challenges in 21st Century Cosmology (IAU S306)............................151 Statistical Methods for Recommender Systems...................................................138 Stebbins, Tonya N.........................................28 Steel, John R..............................................130 Steer, Philip J..............................................175 Stefan, Vincent H........................................165 Stehr, Nico...................................................57 Steif, Jeffrey E.............................................130 Steinert, Yvonne.........................................173 Stellios, James..............................................78 Stelzer, Beate.............................................150 Stenbrenden, Gjertrud Flermoen...................30 Stern, David G..............................................39 Stern, J. P......................................................38 Stevens, Tim J.............................................161 Stewart, Anne W...........................................41 Stochastic Analysis of Scaling Time Series....148 Stockings, Craig..........................................124 Stokes, Geoffrey...........................................33 Stokes, Raymond G.....................................124 Stoneman, Rob..........................................164 Stooke, Philip J...........................................149 Storm, William.............................................24 Stow, Adam................................................163 Straley, Jessica..............................................16 Strandsbjerg, Jeppe......................................45 Strangeway, Robert....................................146 String Theory and the Scientific Method......143 Structural and Chemical Characterization of Metals, Alloys, and Compounds – 2014.160 Structural DNA Nanotechnology.................159 Structural Geology......................................144

Structure of Enquiry in Plato’s Early Dialogues, The...........................................39 Student’s Manual for A First Course in General Relativity, A................................142 Studies in Expansive Learning.......................52 Stump, Eleonore...........................................42 Stump, Gregory............................................31 Subsurface Fluid Flow and Imaging.............145 Sugarman, Susan.........................................54 Suler, John R.................................................55 Sullivan, Daniel............................................50 Sun, Yu.......................................................154 Sung, Ki Won.............................................157 Suny, Ronald Grigor....................................115 Surprising Mathematics of Longest Increasing Subsequences, The..................129 Sustainable Public Procurement under EU Law...........................................................94 Suter, Ann......................................................5 Svendsen, Bente A........................................27 Sveningsson, Stefan.....................................43 Swagerty, Daniel........................................176 Swaminathan, M. S.....................................166 Sweeney, Marvin A.......................................42 Swinbank, Richard......................................146 Synthesis, Characterization, and Applications of Functional Materials – Thin Films and Nanostructures.................160 Szalma, James L...........................................54

T Taelman, Lenny..........................................131 Tagliacozzo, Eric.........................................122 Tagliamonte, Sali A.......................................27 Tait, Gordon...............................................104 Taliaferro, Steven D.....................................135 Taming Babel.............................................120 Taming the Imperial Imagination..................63 Tan, Hsien-Li................................................87 Tan, Vivi.......................................................93 Tang, Yang.................................................173 Tani, Karen M.............................................108 Taormina, Daniela Patrizia..............................7 Targeted Killing............................................96 Targeted Sanctions.......................................63 Tarrant, Richard..............................................7 Tattersdill, Will.............................................16 Tawil, Ezra....................................................21 Taya, Minoru..............................................160 Teaching Chinese as an International Language..................................................29 Teaching Macroeconomics with Microsoft Excel®......................................................77 Teaching Medical Professionalism...............173 Technical Ekphrasis in Greek and Roman Science and Literature.................................7 Tecuci, Gheorghe........................................139 Teen Talk......................................................27 Telep, Cody W...............................................46 Temperman, Jeroen......................................84 Temple, Judy A..............................................50 ten Hacken, Pius...........................................31 Tesón, Fernando R........................................84 Testa, Rita Lizzi.............................................10 Texts, Editors, and Readers.............................7 Thachil, Tariq................................................67 Thampapillai, Dilan.......................................93 Thaxton, Jr, Ralph A......................................71 The Neuroscience Education Institute..........168

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

189

Index

190

Theoretical Boundaries of Armed Conflict and Human Rights.....................................82 Theory of Dislocations................................159 Theory of Mediators’ Ethics, A.......................92 Theory of Self-Determination, The.................84 Theory of the Sublime from Longinus to Kant, The...................................................33 Theory of World Politics, A............................67 Theresienstadt 1941–1945.........................112 Therkildsen, Ole............................................73 Thermo-Hydraulics of Nuclear Reactors.......152 Thermodynamic Foundations of the Earth System....................................................147 Thinking about Human Memory....................54 Thinking Geometrically...............................135 Third World Colonialism and Strategies of Liberation................................................118 Thompson, John B........................................34 Thrush, Andrew..........................................105 Thurber, James A..........................................60 Thuy, Tran Truong..........................................65 Thye, Shane R...............................................45 Time Series Analysis for the Social Sciences...73 Time-Lapse Microscopy in In-Vitro Fertilization.............................................175 Tindale, Christopher W..................................35 Tirelli, Nicola..............................................160 Tirion, Wil..................................................151 To Swear like a Sailor.................................106 To Whom Do Children Belong?.....................93 Toda, Yuichi..................................................52 Toher, Mark....................................................9 Tokumitsu, Eisuke.......................................160 Tomkowicz, Grzegorz..................................133 Tong, Vincent C. H......................................148 Toom, Tarmo................................................41 Toorawa, Shawkat......................................122 Torner, Lluís................................................140 Tort Law....................................................101 Totani, Yuma..............................................117 Tourinho, Marcos.........................................63 Towards a Rules-Based Community: An ASEAN Legal Service.................................85 Toxic Histories............................................124 Tracks of Change........................................119 Trade, Investment, Innovation and their Impact on Access to Medicines..................90 Traditional and Analytical Philosophy............36 Tran, Martino.............................................147 Transactions of the Royal Historical Society.106 Treffers-Daller, Jeanine..................................27 Trelka, Darin P............................................177 Trevisanut, Seline.........................................83 Tribe, Keith.................................................128 Trnka, Jaroslav............................................142 Troilus and Cressida.....................................11 Trudgill, Peter...............................................28 Trusting Judgements...................................161 Truth or Truthiness......................................130 Tuck, Christopher.........................................65 Tucker, Aviezer..............................................57 Tucker, Paul G.............................................154 Tugendhat, Ernst..........................................36 Tuhkanen, Mikko..........................................19 Tunable Micro-optics..................................152 Turner, Denys................................................40 Turner, P. G.................................................101 Twitchett, Denis.........................................116 Tyrants.........................................................57

U Uba, Katrin..................................................46 UK Economy in the Long Expansion and its Aftermath, The......................................74 UK, EU and Global Administrative Law..........80 Ullyot, Jonathan...........................................17 UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, The.................93 Understanding and Avoiding the Oil Curse in Resource-rich Arab Economies...............76 Understanding Child and Adolescent Behaviour in the Classroom.....................102 Understanding Modern Warfare....................65 Understanding Multinationals from Emerging Markets.....................................44 Unfree Exercise of Religion, The....................45 Unspoken Politics.........................................61 Uptalk..........................................................26 Urman, Richard D.......................................171 US Supreme Court Opinions and their Audiences.................................................79 Using Japanese Synonyms............................29 Uzun, Basak B............................................147

V Vadi, Valentina.............................................83 Vahabi, Mehrdad..........................................74 Valentin, Andreas.......................................170 Value of Emily Dickinson, The........................20 Value of James Joyce, The.............................18 Value of Milton, The.....................................14 Value of Virginia Woolf, The..........................18 Values of Literary Studies, The.......................11 Van den Bergh, Michel...............................131 van den Bossche, Peter.................................88 van den Brandhof, Alex...............................138 van Deth, Jan W...........................................63 van Kleef, Gerben A......................................51 van Lange, Paul A. M....................................51 van Prooijen, Jan-Willem..............................51 Van Volkenburgh, E....................................160 van Zomeren, Martijn...................................52 VanBurkleo, Sandra F..................................108 Vance, Eric.................................................160 Vander Wielen, Ryan J..................................60 Vann, Vicki...................................................99 Vanneste, Bart..............................................43 Varghese, V. J................................................45 Variational Methods for Nonlocal Fractional Problems.................................132 Variational Methods for the Numerical Solution of Nonlinear Elliptic Problems.....137 Varieties of Integration...............................133 Varol, Esin..................................................147 Vasco, Donald Wyman................................145 Vassiliou, Efstathios....................................134 Veen, Roland van der.................................131 Vegetation Dynamics..................................147 Vennesson, Pascal........................................85 Vermeiren, Jan...........................................125 Vesalius, Andreas.......................................111 Vesalius: The China Root Epistle..................111 Viennese Students of Civilization, The...........76 Vigh, Máté.................................................143 Ville, Simon................................................126 Violence and Civilization in the Western States-Systems..........................................66 Violence in Psychiatry.................................169 Virgil’s Eclogues and the Art of Fiction............6 Voit, Eberhard............................................162

Vojnovi , Milan...........................................139 Volcanism and Global Environmental Change...................................................145 Volcanotectonics........................................145 Volkert, Hans..............................................146 Von Bulow, Mathilde..................................127 von Friedeburg, Robert...............................111 von Glahn, Richard.....................................121

W Wagon, Stan..............................................133 Wainer, Howard..........................................130 Wainwright, William J...................................42 Walden, Joshua S...........................................3 Wallace, Paul................................................74 Walsh, D. M..................................................33 Walt, Steven D..............................................93 Walters, Stuart Max....................................162 Walton, C. Dale............................................65 Wang, Chuanhui........................................102 Wang, Q. Edward.......................................121 Wang, Yi....................................................159 Wani, Aarti.....................................................3 War and Society in Early Rome.......................7 War on Terror’ and the Framework of International Law, The...............................80 Warburton, Katherine D..............................169 Ward-Thompson, Derek..............................149 Warren, Paul................................................26 Water Histories and Spatial Archaeology.......49 Watt, Jeremy..............................................156 Watts, Richard J............................................30 Weaver, Wayne...........................................158 Wedeking, Justin..........................................79 Wei, Li.........................................................28 Weiner, Carl P.............................................175 Weinrib, Jacob..............................................79 Weinryb, Ittai..............................................110 Weisburd, David...........................................46 Weiss, Max.................................................122 Weiss, Robert A..........................................160 Weldemichael, Awet Tewelde......................118 Wellin, Paul................................................138 Wepa, Dianne............................................174 Werner, Philipp...........................................141 West Germany and the Global Sixties..........114 West Germany, Cold War Europe and the Algerian War...........................................127 West III, James L. W......................................11 West, Tessa V................................................50 Westfall, Richard S......................................143 Westphal, Kenneth R....................................38 Whaling and International Law.....................83 What Freud Really Meant.............................54 What is a Law of Nature?.............................36 When Life Is Linear.....................................130 When Things Fell Apart.................................73 White Matter Dementia..............................172 White, Ryen W............................................139 Whitfield, Lindsay.........................................73 Whitford, Andrew B......................................58 Whitman, Jon...............................................23 Whittier-Ferguson, John................................17 Whitworth, Anthony P.................................149 Why Love Leads to Justice............................99 Why Quark Rhymes with Pork.....................144 Why Regional Parties?..................................69 Why We Gesture..........................................27 Wiesbrock, Anja...........................................94 Wilcox, Helen...............................................13

Index

Wilcox, Vanessa..........................................101 Wilderness Protection in Europe...................92 Wilens, Timothy E.......................................166 Wilkins, David B.........................................100 Wilkinson, Stephen.......................................50 Willette, Thomas.........................................111 Williams, George..........................................78 Williams, Grant.............................................12 Williams, Justin A...........................................3 Williams, Katherine........................................3 Williams, Mark.............................................19 Williams, Peter...............................................2 Williams, Raymond.......................................22 Williams, Simon............................................25 Williams, Trenton..........................................45 Williamson, Jeffrey G..........................125, 126 Wilson-Gahan, Susan.................................102 Winter, Jay.........................................116, 117 Wintermark, Max.......................................173 Wiseman, Leanne.........................................97 Withers, Glenn...........................................126 Wittgenstein: Lectures, Cambridge 1930–1933...............................................39 Wohlfarth, Patrick C......................................79 Wolfe, Marcus..............................................45 Wolff, H. Ekkehard........................................28 Womack, Brantly..........................................66 Women in Twentieth-Century Africa............119 Women Prophets and Radical Protestantism in the British Atlantic World, 1640–1730....................................39 Women Talk More Than Men........................31 Wonders of Light, The.................................140 Wong, Roderick..........................................133 Woon, Walter...............................................85 Workplace Constitution from the New Deal to the New Right, The......................107 World Trade Organization.......................90, 91 World’s Search for Sustainable Development, The......................................66 Worthen, John..............................................11 Worthing, Peter..........................................121 Wright, Jacob L............................................41 Wright, Jonathan..........................................40 Wright, Stephen...........................................74 Wrigley, E. A...............................................127 Writing Arctic Disaster..................................16 Writing Biography in Greece and Rome...........6 Writing Performative Shakespeares...............12 WTO and International Investment Law, The..90 WTO Dispute Settlement and the TRIPS Agreement................................................89 Wu, Chonghao.............................................79 Wyatt, David................................................21 Wynne, Mark A.............................................75

Yusran, Ranyta.............................................87

Z Zahalka, Iyad..............................................100 Zair, Nicholas...............................................10 Zamir, Shmuel..............................................75 Zander, Jens...............................................157 Zappe, Hans...............................................152 Zbyszewska, Ania.........................................95 Zembylas, Michalinos...................................52 Ziegfeld, Adam.............................................69 Ziemele, Ineta..............................................81 Zimmermann, Elke......................................165 Zumbansen, Peer..........................................93 Zwoliński, Zbigniew....................................144 Zyberi, Gentian.............................................83

191

X Xie, Tao......................................................160

Y Yang, Fan.....................................................92 Yang, Ping..................................................146 Yoon, Jeongkoo............................................45 Yoshinaka, Antoine.................................60, 61 You, Jong-sung.............................................62 Young Stars and Planets Near the Sun (IAU S314)..............................................150 Young, Allan...............................................168 Young, Katharine G......................................79 Yu, Qiang...................................................147

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Notes

192

Cambridge University Press Bookshop

Customer Services

Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org

Booksellers

Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.

North America - customer_service@cambridge.org

How to order

Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com

United Kingdom and Ireland

The Americas

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Iberia Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Basílica 17, 1º-, 28020 Madrid, Spain Phone + 34 91 360 46 06 Fax + 34 91 360 45 70 Email iberia@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Asia

We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/asia

Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:

PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management

EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format

www.cambridge.org/knowledge Cambridge University Press,University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK

Academic & Professional Publishing | New Books January – June 2016

Services for Booksellers

Academic & Professional Publishing New Books January – June 2016 www.cambridge.org/knowledge